Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 21, 2004
Registration No.                    


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Trinity Industries, Inc.

Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company

Trinity Industries Leasing Company
Trinity Marine Products, Inc.
Trinity Rail Group, LLC
Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.
Trinity Tank Car, Inc.
Trinity Rail Components and Repair, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware       75-0225040
Delaware       74-2613970
Delaware       75-1640393
Delaware       75-2655349
Delaware       74-3019443
Delaware       75-2966210
Delaware       75-2966213
Delaware
  3743   75-2966212
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
Trinity Industries, Inc.
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas 75207-2401
(214) 631-4420
  Michael G. Fortado, Esq.
Vice President & Secretary
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas 75207-2401
(214) 631-4420
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
  (Name and address, including zip code, and telephone
number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies of communications to:

W. Scott Wallace, Esq.
Haynes and Boone, LLP
901 Main Street, Suite 3100
Dallas, Texas 75202
(214) 651-5000


    Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

    If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o

    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                 


Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Amount to be Offering Price Aggregate Amount of
Securities to be Registered Registered Per Unit(1) Offering Price(1) Registration Fee

6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014.
  $300,000,000   100%   $300,000,000   $38,010
Guarantees of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014
        (2)


(1)  Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) of the rules and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2)  Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is required with respect to the guarantees.

     The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated July 21, 2004

PROSPECTUS

(TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.)

Offer to Exchange

6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014

which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933

for all outstanding 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014
($300,000,000 aggregate principal amount outstanding)

of

Trinity Industries, Inc.

Guaranteed by Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company, Trinity Industries Leasing Company,

Trinity Marine Products, Inc., Trinity Rail Group, LLC, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.,
Trinity Tank Car, Inc. and Trinity Rail Components and Repair, Inc.

We are offering to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (which we refer to as the exchange notes) which will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (which we refer to as the original notes).

The terms of the exchange offer are summarized below and more fully described in this prospectus.

  •  The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on                     , 2004, unless extended.
 
  •  We will exchange all outstanding original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn before the exchange offer expires for an equal principal amount of exchange notes which are registered under the Securities Act.
 
  •  You may withdraw tenders of original notes at any time before the exchange offer expires.
 
  •  The exchange of original notes for exchange notes will generally not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
  •  We can amend or terminate the exchange offer.
 
  •  The terms of the exchange notes will be substantially identical to the original notes, except that the special interest, transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the original notes will not apply to the exchange notes.

Please refer to “Risk factors” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should consider in connection with the exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this Prospectus is                       , 2004.


In making your investment decision, you should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. This prospectus is part of a registration statement we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. You may obtain a copy of this information, without charge, as described in the “Where you can find more information” section. In order to obtain timely delivery, please provide us with at least five business days’ notice. To ensure the timely delivery of any requested information with regard to this exchange offer, we must receive your request for information no later than                     , 2004 . We have not authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall under any circumstances imply that the information herein is correct as of any date subsequent to the date on the cover of this prospectus.


Table of contents

         

Page

    ii  
    iii  
    1  
    16  
    27  
    37  
    38  
    39  
    42  
    68  
    81  
    84  
    85  
    90  
    127  
    128  
    129  
    129  
    129  
    F-1  
  Purchase Agreement
  Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement
  Certificate of Incorporation - Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Co.
  By-Laws - Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Co.
  Certificate of Incorporation - Trinity Industries Leasing Co.
  By-Laws - Trinity Industries Leasing Co.
  Certificate of Incorporation - Trinity Marine Products, Inc.
  By-Laws - Trinity Marine Products, Inc.
  Certificate of Formation - Trinity Rail Group, LLC
  Limited Liability Company Agreement - Trinity Rail Group, LLC
  Certificate of Incorporation - Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.
  By-Laws - Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.
  Certificate of Incorporation - Trinity Tank Car, Inc.
  By-Laws - Trinity Tank Car, Inc.
  Certificate of Incorporation - Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc.
  By-Laws - Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc.
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  Registration Rights Agreement
  Indenture
  Form of 6 1/2% Senior Note due 2014
  Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP
  Directors' Retirement Plan, as Amended
  Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust
  Amendment No. 1 to Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust
  Supplemental Retirement Plan
  Deferred Plan for Director Fees, as Amended
  Deferred Compensation Trust
  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
  Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  Listing of Subsidiaries
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  Statement of Eligibility Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1
  Form of Letter of Transmittal
  Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
  Form of Letter to Clients
  Form of Instructions from Beneficial Owner
  Form of Letter to Registered Holders & Depository Trust Participants
  Form of Exchange Agent Agreement


Trinity Industries, Inc. is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, TX 75207-2401 and our telephone number at that address is (214) 631-4420. Our website is located at www.trin.net. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have


Table of Contents

agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date (as defined herein), we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of distribution.”

Forward-looking statements

Some statements in this prospectus (or otherwise made by us or on our behalf from time to time in other reports, filings with the Commission, news releases, conferences, World Wide Web postings or otherwise) which are not historical facts, may be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include statements about our estimates, expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies for the future, and the assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements. We use the words “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “forecasts,” “may,” “will,” “should” and similar expressions to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical experience of our present expectations. Factors that could cause these differences include, but are not limited to:

  • market conditions and demand for our products;
 
  • the cyclical nature of both the railcar and barge industries;
 
  • variations in weather in areas where construction products are sold and used;
 
  • the timing of introduction of new products;
 
  • the timing of customer orders;
 
  • price changes;
 
  • changes in mix of products sold;
 
  • the extent of utilization of manufacturing capacity;
 
  • availability and costs of component parts, supplies and raw materials;
 
  • competition and other competitive factors;
 
  • changing technologies;
 
  • steel prices;
 
  • surcharges added to fixed pricing agreements for raw materials;
 
  • interest rates and capital costs;
 
  • long-term funding of our leasing warehouse facility;
 
  • taxes;
 
  • the stability of the governments and political and business conditions in certain foreign countries, particularly Mexico and Romania;
 
  • changes in import and export quotas and regulations;
 
  • business conditions in emerging economies;
 
  • results of litigation; and
 
  • legal, regulatory and environmental issues.

ii


Table of Contents

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made.

Incorporation of certain documents by reference

We are incorporating by reference in this prospectus the documents we file with the SEC. This means that we are disclosing important information to you by referring to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede the information contained in this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the following documents:

  • Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003;
 
  • Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004; and
 
  • Current Reports on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2004, February 27, 2004, March 10, 2004, March 17, 2004 and May 6, 2004.

In addition, we incorporate by reference into this prospectus all documents filed by us pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the exchange offer.

Any statement contained in this prospectus or in a document incorporated by reference, or deemed to be incorporated by reference, in this prospectus shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent that a statement contained in this prospectus or in any other subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference in this prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus.

As used in this prospectus, the term “prospectus” means this prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus do not purport to be complete, and where reference is made to the particular provisions of such contract or other document, such provisions are qualified in all respects by reference to all of the provisions of such contract or other document. We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus has been delivered, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents which have been or may be incorporated in this prospectus by reference (other than exhibits to such documents unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in any such documents) and a copy of any or all other contracts or documents which are referred to in this prospectus. You may request a copy of these filings at the address and telephone number set forth in the “Where you can find more information” section.

iii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information we have included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. However, this summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you. More detailed information about the exchange offer, our business and our financial and operating data is contained elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We encourage you to read this prospectus in its entirety before making an investment decision.

Unless we indicate otherwise, references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our” and “Trinity” are to Trinity Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries as a consolidated entity.

Our Company

We are a diversified industrial company providing a variety of products and services for the transportation, industrial and construction sectors. We are engaged in the manufacturing and marketing of railcars, inland barges, concrete and aggregates, highway safety products, beams and girders used in highway construction, weld pipe fittings and tank containers. In addition, we lease railcars to our customers through a captive leasing business, Trinity Industries Leasing Company, or TILC. We were incorporated in 1933 and have been publicly-traded since 1958.

We are the market leader for many of our principal products. We serve our customers through manufacturing facilities located primarily in four countries, and have approximately 14,000 employees worldwide. We generated revenues of $1.4 billion and EBITDA of $106.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and generated revenues of $454.9 million and EBITDA of $15.7 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2004. See footnote (c) to “Selected historical consolidated financial data.”

We serve our customers through five business groups:

Rail Group. Our Rail Group is the leading freight railcar manufacturer in North America and we believe we are one of the leading railcar manufacturers in Europe. We provide a full complement of railcars used for transporting a wide variety of liquids, gases and dry cargo. Our Rail Group consists of two primary business units: Trinity Rail Group North America and Trinity Rail GmbH, our European railcar manufacturing business. In 2001, we merged with Thrall Car Manufacturing Company, or Thrall, which has enhanced our product offerings, increased our production capacity and enabled us to leverage the best practices of both companies. Our Rail Group, prior to inter-company eliminations, generated revenues of $734.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $260.9 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

Trinity Rail Group North America provides a complete array of railcar solutions for our customers. We manufacture a full line of railcars, including tank cars, hopper cars, box cars, gondolas, flat cars, auto carriers and a variety of railcar components for the North American market from our facilities in the United States and Mexico. We also have two repair and coating facilities located in Texas. We produce the widest range of railcars in the industry, which allows us to take advantage of changing industry trends and developing market opportunities. We also manufacture and sell railcar parts used in manufacturing and repairing railcars, such as auto carrier doors and accessories, discharge gates, yokes, couplers, axles and hitches. Our customers include railroads, leasing companies and shippers such as utilities, petrochemical companies, grain shippers and major industrial companies. We compete against five major railcar manufacturers in the North American market. We shipped approximately 8,300 railcars in North America, or approximately 26% of total North American shipments for

1


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2,800 railcars, or approximately 28% of total North American shipments for the quarter ended March 31, 2004. Our North American order backlog as of March 31, 2004 was approximately 17,200 railcars, or approximately 41% of the total North American backlog as estimated by the Railway Supply Institute, Inc.

We believe Trinity Rail GmbH is one of the leading railcar manufacturers in Europe with operations primarily located in Romania. We entered the European railcar manufacturing business in 1999 with our acquisition of a large government-owned Romanian railcar manufacturer. Immediately after the acquisition, we initiated a multi-step program designed to substantially upgrade and improve the infrastructure of the facility, including the installation of state-of-the-art railcar manufacturing tooling and equipment and the transfer of our best practices. Thrall also had European facilities, which we consolidated with ours following the merger and enhanced through the transferring of best practices from the combined companies. Trinity Rail GmbH shipped approximately 2,100 railcars for the year ended December 31, 2003 and approximately 800 railcars for the quarter ended March 31, 2004. In the European market, there is no formal collection of information pertaining to railcar shipments. However, we believe our current European market share is approximately 30-35%. Our European backlog as of March 31, 2004 was approximately 2,000 railcars.

Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group is a premier provider of railcar leasing and management services and is an important strategic resource that uniquely links our Rail Group with our customers and provides us with revenue and cash flow diversification. Trinity Rail Group North America and TILC coordinate sales and marketing activities under the trade name Trinity Rail thereby providing a single point of contact for railroads and shippers seeking solutions to their rail equipment and services needs. We lease specialized types of railcars, including both tank cars and freight cars. Our railcars are leased to industrial companies in the petroleum, chemical, agricultural, energy and other industries that supply their own railcars to the railroads. Substantially all of our owned railcars are purchased from and manufactured by our Rail Group at prices comparable to the prices for railcars sold by our Rail Group to third parties.

In addition, we manage railcar fleets on behalf of independent third parties. We believe our railcar fleet management services complement our leasing business by generating stable fee income, strengthening customer relationships and enhancing the view of Trinity as a leading provider of railcar products and services. In addition, the leasing business provides a strong product marketing platform for our new products. As of March 31, 2004, we owned or leased approximately 19,100 railcars that were 98.3% utilized. Additionally, we manage approximately 66,000 railcars on behalf of independent third parties. Our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group generated revenues of $153.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $35.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

Construction Products Group. Our Construction Products Group manufactures concrete and aggregates, highway safety products, beams and girders used in railway and highway bridge construction and weld pipe fittings. We believe we are a leader in the supply of ready mix concrete in several rural regions and smaller cities located throughout Texas. Our customers for concrete include contractors and subcontractors in the construction and foundation industry who are located near our plant locations. We also distribute construction aggregates, such as crushed stone, sand and gravel, asphalt rock and recycled concrete in several larger Texas cities. Our customers for aggregates are mostly other concrete manufacturers and paving contractors. In highway safety products, we are the only full line producer of guardrails, crash cushions and

2


Table of Contents

other protective barriers that absorb and dissipate the force of impact in collisions between vehicles and fixed roadside objects. We believe we are the largest highway guardrail manufacturer in the United States, based on revenues, with a comprehensive nationwide guardrail supply network. Our crash cushions and other protective barriers include multiple proprietary products manufactured through various product license agreements with certain public and private research organizations and inventors. We sell highway safety products in all 50 U.S. states, Canada and Mexico. We have also recently started to export our highway safety proprietary products to certain other countries. Our Construction Products Group generated revenues of $489.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $120.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

Inland Barge Group. According to River Transport News, we are the largest producer of inland barges in the United States and we believe we are the largest producer of fiberglass barge covers, which are used primarily on grain barges. We shipped a total of approximately 360 barges in 2003 and approximately 100 barges in the first quarter of 2004. We manufacture a variety of dry-cargo barges, such as deck barges and open and covered hopper barges that transport various commodities, such as grain, coal and aggregates. We also produce tank barges used to transport liquid products. Our six manufacturing facilities are strategically located along the U.S. inland river system allowing for rapid delivery to our customers. Our primary Inland Barge customers are commercial marine transportation companies. Our Inland Barge Group generated revenues of $170.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $43.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

Industrial Products Group. We believe we are a leading producer of tank containers and tank heads for pressure vessels. We manufacture our tanks in the United States, Mexico and Brazil. We market a portion of our industrial products in Mexico under the brand name of TATSA®. Our tanks include pressure propane tanks that are used by industrial plants, utilities and small businesses and in suburban and rural areas. We also manufacture fertilizer containers for bulk storage, farm storage and the application and distribution of anhydrous ammonia. In the United States, we generally deliver the containers to distributors who install and fill the containers. Our Industrial Products Group generated revenues of $124.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $31.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.

Railcar industry Overview

Our operations are significantly influenced by the level of activity, financial condition and capital spending plans of the railcar industry, which in large part is driven by the overall health and growth prospects of the national and local economies in the markets we serve. Over the past three years, the railcar market has been challenged, primarily due to a weak U.S. economy, low capital spending and overbuilding. We believe the railcar industry is poised for a strong turnaround due to the aging railcar fleet, positive economic activity and improved capital spending, new product development and increased productivity and efficiency.

Demand for railcars is driven by a number of factors, including:

Aging railcar fleet. According to Global Insight, Inc., an independent industry research firm, the active North American railcar fleet totals approximately 1.5 million with an average age of 19.3 years. In addition, approximately 53% of North American railcars are over 20 years old. We believe that the high level of railcar deliveries experienced during the 1950’s, 1960’s and 1970’s will drive replacement demand in the coming years. According to the Railway Supply Institute, Inc., during the 10-year period between 1956 and 1965, average annual North

3


Table of Contents

American railcar deliveries were approximately 56,500 per year, and between 1966 and 1975, average annual deliveries totaled approximately 66,500 per year. When compared to the average shipments since 1975 of approximately 41,500 railcars per year calculated based on information from the Railway Supply Institute, Inc., we believe this presents a significant opportunity for replacement railcar business for the next several years. This is further illustrated by Global Insight’s estimates of railcar industry shipments increasing by approximately 47% from 32,184 railcars in 2003 to approximately 47,400 railcars in 2004. Global Insight has estimated deliveries for 2005-2008 of approximately 53,200 railcars in 2005, 53,500 railcars in 2006, 50,700 railcars in 2007 and 49,000 railcars in 2008.

Macroeconomic environment and capital spending. We believe increased railcar deliveries have been and will continue to be driven by the strengthening of the U.S. economy and increased capital spending. We anticipate that this increased capital spending will positively impact rail industry fundamentals, which have shown gradual improvement over the past few quarters, as evidenced by increasing freight car orders and deliveries, growth in carload traffic and growing backlog. The table below illustrates the improving trends in the North American freight car segment of the rail industry.

                                                                 

2002 2003


Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Orders(1)
    2,637       6,973       10,135       8,712       11,767       16,693       6,726       12,063  
Deliveries
    3,855       4,155       4,925       4,801       6,614       7,365       8,251       9,953  
Backlog
    6,443       9,281       14,491       18,402       24,055       33,383       31,858       33,967  

(1)  Orders are shown before cancellations.

Source:  Railway Supply Institute, Inc.

As the economy continues to expand and the production of key commodities such as coal and grain returns to more normalized levels, carload traffic should continue to improve. Global Insight expects growth in U.S. carload traffic of 3.1% in 2004, 2.2% in 2005, 1.6% in each of 2006 and 2007, and 0.9% in 2008. In addition, as fuel prices increase, we believe that the railcar industry becomes a more cost-competitive source of transportation as compared to the trucking industry.

New product development and flexible financing options. The railcar industry is evolving to offer more specialized, client focused railcars with flexible financing options. Through our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group, we have leveraged our ability to provide highly specialized railcars that meet our clients’ operational needs and financial requirements.

Increased productivity and efficiency. An important driver of new railcar demand is improvements in productivity and efficiency. When railcars are idle and the industry experiences a cyclical low, the railcar fleet ages and replacements are minimal. We believe as the economy improves, the replacement market demand will significantly increase as companies recognize the economic upside to replacing their older, inefficient railcars.

Competitive strengths

Our key strengths include:

Leading market positions. We hold leading positions in many of the markets we serve. We are the leading freight railcar manufacturer in North America, with particular strength in tank cars, covered hoppers and box cars. In addition, through the Thrall merger, we assumed the

4


Table of Contents

leadership position in automobile carrier railcars. We are also the market leader in inland barges and we believe we are a leader in highway guardrails, railcar couplers and railcar axles in the United States. We believe we are the leading propane tank manufacturer in Mexico and have a leading position in the U.S. market. We believe we also hold leading market positions in the manufacturing of weld pipe fittings in the United States as well as ready mix concrete in several rural Texas construction markets.

Diversified portfolio of businesses. The diversity of our portfolio of businesses enables us to more efficiently manage through economic cycles, while capitalizing on our core product manufacturing competencies. We believe our railcar manufacturing business offers the most comprehensive product line of railcars in the industry, allowing us to take advantage of changing industry trends, reduce our exposure to any single railcar segment and serve the diverse needs of our railcar customers. Our railcar leasing and management business provides us with a predictable earnings stream and is an important strategic resource for enhancing our railcar marketing efforts and deepening our relationships with our clients. In addition, the railcar leasing business provides a predictable source of demand for our railcars and allows us to more efficiently schedule our production runs. Our portfolio of businesses also allows us to cross-sell our products and services across multiple industries.

Long-standing customer relationships. We enjoy long-standing relationships with many of our customers, including the majority of North American railroads. We have key strategic relationships with the Union Pacific Railroad and the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad. In addition, we have several long-term relationships with large shippers of rail and barge products such as Cargill, ADM, ConAgra and Kirby Barge Lines. We also have multi-year relationships with railcar leasing customers such as GATX, GE and CIT. As an example of the strength of our relationships, we received our second multi-year order from the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad for 6,000 grain cars and we are in the second year of a five-year 5,000 railcar supply agreement with GATX. We regularly participate in joint product development projects with several of our key customers. For example, in 2002, we developed for certain customers a new larger covered hopper for a specific application, and we also developed new refrigerated box cars to the individual specifications of each of the Union Pacific Railroad and the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad.

Emphasis on low-cost initiatives. We have been able to lower costs for many of our products by emphasizing flexibility in our manufacturing processes. We strive to make rapid and efficient changeovers for various products. For example, in 2000, we converted a railcar manufacturing facility to produce bridge beams to take advantage of shifting patterns of demand. Our ability to lower costs is enhanced by the development of strategic initiatives designed to effectively predict and respond to the cyclical nature of our businesses. For example, we shifted a large portion of our railcar production to our facility in Mexico in order to further improve our cost base.

Experienced management team. Our experienced management team, led by Timothy R. Wallace, has a successful track record of proactively managing through changing business conditions. Our senior corporate and operating team has an average of 18.7 years of experience in our industries.

5


Table of Contents

Business strategy

The key elements of our business strategy include:

Development of new products and services. We are dedicated to the identification, development, introduction and commercialization of new products and services. During the recent rail industry downturn, we maintained our commitment to research and continued to fund major development projects. We continue to emphasize the creation of new and improved products and services. In the railcar manufacturing business, we strive to have particularly strong market positions in higher margin products. We primarily focus our railcar product development efforts on identifying older equipment in the railcar fleet destined for replacement and developing product enhancements designed to encourage our customers to upgrade their railcar fleets. In addition, as we develop products, we concurrently look for opportunities to lower our manufacturing costs in order to increase our margins. We also design products for emerging markets. For example, we recently developed a new larger covered hopper to transport distilled dry grain, a byproduct of the ethanol production process. We initially leased these new cars through our leasing business, and then sold the portfolio to a third-party leasing company once the new car type became established in the market. We also partner with key customers to develop new car types. We recently developed new refrigerated box cars to the individual specifications of two of our key railroad customers. In highway safety products, we strive to develop new proprietary products that enhance our reputation as an industry leader. We will continue to work with private inventors and recognized leaders in highway safety research to provide marketing expertise and production capacity.

Capitalize on expected market improvement by emphasizing operational excellence and reducing costs. We employ strategies to reduce costs while maintaining superior product quality. We will continue to emphasize flexibility in our manufacturing processes in order to position ourselves to take advantage of any improvements in our markets. Our network of production facilities offers geographical balance and allows us to efficiently respond to the demands of the marketplace. As we restart our railcar facilities, we will continue our emphasis on quality manufacturing through best practices and workforce training. By maintaining our focus on operational excellence and reducing our cost base, we expect our cash flow and profit margins to significantly increase as the railcar market improves.

Anticipate and effectively manage through business cycles. We have a proven ability to successfully operate in a highly cyclical environment. We recently implemented company-wide cyclical management processes in order to more effectively predict and respond to the highly cyclical nature of our individual business segments. We have developed a number of tools and processes to forecast and manage our businesses better. These processes enable us to more accurately pinpoint specific customer needs and adjust our manufacturing operations accordingly. Our decision on whether to expand or contract production is driven by our knowledge and understanding of the unique cost structures of each of our production facilities as well as our view of overall market conditions. During the recent market downturn, we shifted a large portion of our production to our facility in Mexico in order to further improve our cost base. Also during the downturn, in anticipation of a market improvement, we developed plans to expand our production in Mexico. We intend to increase our investment in Mexico in the future.

Maintain our conservative financial policy. We intend to maintain our conservative financial policy. During the recent adverse market conditions, which resulted in weaker cash flow in our railcar manufacturing business, our business diversification and conservative financial policies

6


Table of Contents

allowed us to improve our capital structure and conserve cash by successfully raising capital through sales of equity and decreasing our common stock dividend. Our financial strategy for our railcar leasing business anticipates that growth in our railcar lease portfolio will be financed largely through internally generated cash flow and external non-recourse indebtedness backed by the leasing portfolio.

7


Table of Contents

The exchange offer

 
Background On March 10, 2004, we completed a private placement of the original notes. In connection with that private placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement in which we agreed to deliver this prospectus to you and to make an exchange offer. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy the exchange and registration rights granted to the initial purchasers of the original notes in the registration rights agreement. Except in the limited circumstances described below, after the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to the original notes.
 
Exchange notes Up to $300,000,000 of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014. The terms of the exchange notes and the original notes are identical in all material respects, except for certain provisions regarding special interest, transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the original notes.
 
Exchange offer We are offering to exchange the original notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes. Original notes may only be exchanged in integral principal multiples of $1,000.
 
Expiration date; withdrawal of tender The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless we decide to extend it. You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time prior to the expiration date. All outstanding original notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged. Any original notes not accepted by us for exchange for any reason will be returned to you at our expense promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
 
Resales of exchange notes Based on interpretive letters of the SEC staff to third parties, we believe that you can offer for resale, resell and otherwise transfer the exchange notes without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act if:
 
• you acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business;
 
• you are not participating, do not intend to participate, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in the distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
• you are not an “affiliate” of ours, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
If any of these conditions is not satisfied and you transfer any exchange notes without qualifying for a registration exemption, you may incur liability under the Securities Act. We do not assume or indemnify you against this liability.
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where such original notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making

8


Table of Contents

 
activities, or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the expiration date (as defined herein) we will amend or supplement the prospectus, if requested by the initial purchasers or by one or more broker-dealers, and make it available to broker-dealers for this purpose. See “Plan of distribution.”
 
Conditions to the exchange offer Our obligation to accept for exchange, or to issue the exchange notes in exchange for, any original notes is subject to certain customary conditions relating to compliance with applicable law, or any applicable interpretation by the staff of the SEC, or any order of any governmental agency or court of law. See “The exchange offer— Conditions to the exchange offer.”
 
Procedures for tendering original notes The original notes were issued as global securities and were deposited upon issuance with the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. The Trustee issued certificateless depository interests in those outstanding original notes, to DTC. Beneficial interests in the outstanding original notes, which are held by direct or indirect participants in DTC through the certificateless depository interest, are shown on, and transfers of the original notes can only be made through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC.
 
You may tender your outstanding original notes:
 
• through a computer-generated message transmitted using DTC’s transfer procedures and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal; or
 
• by sending a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal, which accompanies this prospectus, and other documents required by the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal and other required documents, to the exchange agent at the address on the cover page of the letter of transmittal;
 
and either:
 
• a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your outstanding original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, under the procedure for book-entry transfers described in this prospectus under the heading “The exchange offer— Book— entry procedures for the global notes” must be received by the exchange agent on or before the expiration date; or
 
• the documents necessary for compliance with the guaranteed delivery described in “The exchange offer— Guaranteed delivery procedures” must be received by the exchange agent on or before the expiration date.

9


Table of Contents

 
Consequences of exchanging outstanding original notes Holders of original notes who do not exchange their original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the original notes as set forth in the legend on the original notes as a consequence of the issuance of the original notes in accordance with exceptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Original notes not exchanged in accordance with the exchange offer will continue to accrue interest at 6 1/2% per annum and will otherwise remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Holders of original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. In general, the original notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently anticipate that we will register the original notes under the Securities Act.
 
U.S. federal income tax considerations The exchange offer should not result in any income, gain or loss to the holders of original notes or to us for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. federal income tax considerations.”
 
Use of proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer.
 
The proceeds from the offering of the original notes were used, or are expected to be used, (i) to repay all $162.8 million of outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility; and (ii) for general corporate purposes, including, among others, to make capital expenditures in strategic manufacturing facilities and fund working capital requirements of our railcar manufacturing operations. Concurrently with the consummation of the offering of the original notes, we amended and restated our existing credit facility to provide for a $250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Letters of credit issued under our existing credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $111.1 million as of March 31, 2004 remain outstanding under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility.
 
Exchange agent Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is serving as exchange agent for the exchange offer.
 
Shelf registration statement In limited circumstances, holders of original notes may require us to register their original notes under a shelf registration statement. See “The exchange offer— Shelf registration.”

10


Table of Contents

The exchange notes

The terms of the exchange notes and those of the original notes are substantially identical, except that certain provisions regarding special interest, transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the original notes do not apply to the exchange notes. For a more complete understanding of the exchange notes, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of exchange notes.”

 
Issuer Trinity Industries, Inc.
 
Notes offered $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014.
 
Maturity date March 15, 2014.
 
Interest rate 6 1/2% per year.
 
Interest payment
dates
March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on September 15, 2004.
 
Guarantees Each of our subsidiaries guaranteeing our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility will unconditionally guarantee the exchange notes on a senior unsecured basis.
 
Ranking The exchange notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally with all of our existing and future senior debt and rank senior to all of our existing and future senior subordinated debt. The exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.
 
The guarantees by our subsidiary guarantors will rank equally with existing and future senior debt of such subsidiaries. The guarantees by our subsidiary guarantors will be effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future secured debt of such subsidiaries, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.
 
As of March 31, 2004, we and the subsidiary guarantors had $474.7 million of senior indebtedness outstanding, $175.6 million of which is secured, and an additional $138.9 million is available to be borrowed under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility.
 
The exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and liabilities, including trade payables, of our non-guarantor subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had total liabilities of $244.5 million, including $108.6 million of outstanding borrowings of Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II, or TRL II, a wholly-owned qualified subsidiary of Trinity Industries Leasing Company, our captive leasing subsidiary, under TRL II’s warehouse facility, which is secured by a pledge of the railcars financed with such borrowings. As of March 31, 2004, TRL II had $191.4 million of available borrowings under its warehouse facility.

11


Table of Contents

 
Optional redemption We may redeem some or all of the exchange notes at any time on or after March 15, 2009. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the original and exchange notes using the proceeds from certain public equity offerings completed on or before March 15, 2007. The redemption prices are described under “Description of exchange notes— Optional redemption.”
 
Change in control and asset sales If we experience specific kinds of changes of control, we will be required to make an offer to purchase the exchange notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date. See “Description of exchange notes— Change of control.”
 
If we sell assets under certain circumstances, we may be required to make an offer to purchase the exchange notes at par, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the exchange notes to the date of purchase. See “Description of exchange notes— Limitation on sales of assets.”
 
Certain covenants The indenture restricts our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:
 
• incur additional debt;
 
• make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;
 
• enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our restricted subsidiaries;
 
• sell assets;
 
• enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
• create certain liens; and
 
• merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets.
 
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. See “Description of exchange notes— Certain covenants.”
 
Covenant suspension At any time when the exchange notes are rated investment grade by both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s and no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under the indenture, we and our restricted subsidiaries will not be subject to certain of the foregoing covenants. See “Description of exchange notes— Suspension of covenants.”
 
Listing We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange.
 
Further issues We may from time to time, without notice to or consent of the holders of the exchange notes, create and issue further notes ranking equally and ratably with the exchange notes. Such further notes may be issued under the indenture relating to the exchange notes and

12


Table of Contents

will have substantially the same terms and conditions as the exchange notes.
 
Risk factors See “Risk factors” for a discussion of certain factors that you should carefully consider before investing in the exchange notes.

13


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 has been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements, which, in management’s opinion, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal and recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations for those periods. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected from any other interim period or for a full year. This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Selected historical consolidated financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In September 2001, we changed our fiscal year-end from March 31 to December 31. The information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and has been included herein for informational and comparison purposes.

                                           

Three months
ended
Year ended December 31, March 31,


(Dollars in millions) 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004

(unaudited) (unaudited)
Statement of operations data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
 
Rail Group
  $ 957.5     $ 629.4     $ 734.6     $ 149.1     $ 260.9  
 
Construction Products Group
    550.3       504.8       489.9       103.5       120.1  
 
Inland Barge Group
    206.7       211.7       170.6       44.1       43.3  
 
Industrial Products Group
    147.5       143.1       124.8       28.5       31.8  
 
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    114.1       114.7       153.8       28.5       35.1  
 
All Other
    106.0       39.5       30.9       7.3       7.6  
 
Eliminations & Corporate Items
    (315.6 )     (155.9 )     (271.8 )     (71.9 )     (43.9 )
   
Consolidated revenues
    1,766.5       1,487.3       1,432.8       289.1       454.9  
Operating costs:
                                       
 
Cost of revenues(a)
    1,659.8       1,314.0       1,260.4       266.4       425.1  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses(a)
    181.3       162.6       159.0       34.1       36.3  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    (74.6 )     10.7       13.4       (11.4 )     (6.5 )
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (3.9 )     (1.2 )     (0.7 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )
 
Interest expense
    29.3       36.3       34.9       9.5       10.1  
 
Other, net
    2.6             (6.5 )     (0.8 )     0.1  
   
Loss before income taxes
    (102.6 )     (24.4 )     (14.3 )     (20.0 )     (16.5 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (28.2 )     (4.8 )     (4.3 )     (5.5 )     (5.7 )
   
 
Net loss(b)
    (74.4 )     (19.6 )     (10.0 )     (14.5 )     (10.8 )
Statement of cash flows data:
                                       
Net cash provided (required) by operating activities
  $ 235.0     $ 120.7     $ 114.9     $ 87.6     $ (71.7 )
Net cash required by investing activities
    (223.8 )     (151.1 )     (40.9 )     (65.9 )     (39.9 )
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    (3.8 )     27.3       (47.1 )     4.5       216.9  
Other financial data:
                                       
EBITDA(c)
  $ 12.2     $ 102.6     $ 106.2     $ 11.3     $ 15.7  
Depreciation and amortization
    85.5       90.7       85.6       21.8       22.1  
Capital expenditures:
                                       
 
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiary
    183.3       134.5       264.7       65.5       31.8  
 
Capital expenditures— other
    70.9       37.7       20.2       2.9       5.0  
   
Total capital expenditures
    254.2       172.2       284.9       68.4       36.8  

14


Table of Contents

                                           

Three months
ended
Year ended December 31, March 31,


(Dollars in millions) 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004

(unaudited) (unaudited)
Balance sheet data: (as of end of period)
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 22.2     $ 19.1     $ 46.0             $ 151.3  
Total assets
    1,952.0       1,956.5       2,007.9               2,166.2  
Debt:
                                       
 
Recourse
    476.3       375.1       298.5               475.6  
 
Non-recourse
          113.8       96.7 (d)             108.6  
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock
                57.8               57.9  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,009.4     $ 1,001.6     $ 1,003.8             $ 996.1  

(a) Includes charges of $120.1 million for unusual charges for the year ended December 31, 2001. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations— Unusual charges.”

(b) Includes after tax charges or credit of $86.1 million for unusual charges for the year ended December 31, 2001 and does not include preferred stock dividends of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations— Unusual charges.”

(c) “EBITDA” is defined as net income plus income taxes, interest expense and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a calculation based upon generally accepted accounting principles. The amounts included in the EBITDA calculation, however, are derived from amounts included in the historical statements of operations data. In addition, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income or operating income as an indicator of our operating performance, or as an alternative to operating cash flows as a measure of liquidity. We have reported EBITDA because we regularly review EBITDA as a measure of our ability to incur and service debt. In addition, we believe our debt holders utilize and analyze our EBITDA for similar purposes. We also believe EBITDA assists investors in comparing a company’s performance on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation and amortization, which can vary significantly depending upon many factors. However, the EBITDA measure presented in this document may not always be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the components of the calculation. In addition, our calculation of EBITDA is different than that used in the covenants concerning our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the exchange notes. See “Description of exchange notes.”

Our reconciliation of EBITDA to net loss and net cash from operating activities is set forth in the following table:

                                         

Three months
ended
Year ended December 31, March 31,


(Dollars in millions) 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004

(unaudited) (unaudited)
EBITDA reconciliation:
                                       
EBITDA
  $ 12.2     $ 102.6     $ 106.2     $ 11.3     $ 15.7  
Interest expense
    29.3       36.3       34.9       9.5       10.1  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (28.2 )     (4.8 )     (4.3 )     (5.5 )     (5.7 )
Depreciation and amortization
    85.5       90.7       85.6       21.8       22.1  
   
Net loss
    (74.4 )     (19.6 )     (10.0 )     (14.5 )     (10.8 )
Depreciation and amortization
    85.5       90.7       85.6       21.8       22.1  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    (17.5 )     56.0       10.1       (1.8 )     (5.7 )
Unusual charges
    122.2                          
Other non-cash charges
    (0.9 )     0.8       (7.4 )     (2.0 )     (0.1 )
Net changes in certain assets and liabilities
    120.1       (7.2 )     36.6       84.1       (77.2 )
   
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 235.0     $ 120.7     $ 114.9     $ 87.6     $ (71.7 )

(d) Non-recourse debt consists of a warehouse facility utilized by TRL II to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TRL II and, as of December 31, 2003, $25.6 million of debt that belongs to a variable interest trust that we were required to consolidate under FASB Interpretation No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” See notes 1 and 9 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of February 2004, the sale of our equity interest in this variable interest trust was complete, and this trust is no longer consolidated.

15


Table of Contents

Risk factors

In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before making an investment decision. Investing in the exchange notes involves a high degree of risk. The occurrence of any one or more of the following could materially adversely affect your investment in the exchange notes or our business and operating results.

Risks relating to our business

The cyclical nature of our business results in lower revenues during economic downturns.

We operate in cyclical industries. Downturns in overall economic conditions usually have a significant adverse effect on cyclical industries due to a decreased demand for new and replacement products. Decreased demand could continue to result in lower sales volumes, lower prices and/or a loss of profits. The railcar industry recently experienced a deep down cycle and operated with a minimal backlog. If this down cycle were to return, we could experience increased losses and could make plant closures, suspend production and incur related costs.

Litigation claims could increase our costs and weaken our financial condition.

We and our subsidiaries are currently and may from time to time be involved in various legal proceedings arising out of our operations. In one such legal proceeding, we and our wholly owned subsidiary, Trinity Marine Products, or TMP, have been named co-defendants in four separate lawsuits filed by certain purchasers of our inland barges. These claims assert damages arising from alleged defects in coating materials supplied by a co-defendant and coatings application workmanship by TMP. The plaintiffs in these cases seek compensatory and punitive damages and/or rescission of the barge purchase contracts. In one of the four cases, the plaintiff has petitioned the court for certification of a class, which, if certified by the court, could potentially increase the total number of barges involved in the litigation. Absent class certification in this case, two of the suits involve 30 tank barges sold at an approximate average price of $1.4 million, and the other two suits involve 140 hopper barges sold at an approximate average price of $280,000. In addition, as of March 31, 2004, one of the four plaintiffs owed TMP approximately $8.7 million related to contracts for barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amounts.

On March 15, 2004, we entered into a settlement agreement with a purchaser in litigation similar to that described above related to 28 tank barges owned and/or operated by such purchaser, pursuant to which we and the purchaser agreed to, among other elements, joint monitoring of the barge coating and void compartment maintenance procedures and a mutual release of all claims against one another.

In an unrelated claim, we filed a declaratory judgment action against purchasers of certain of our inland barges, coating manufacturers and these manufacturers’ insurance carriers with respect to TMP’s rights and obligations regarding 65 tank barges sold to such purchasers. In December 2003, these purchasers filed a reconventional demand for alleged coating defects, claiming $6.5 million in actual damages and $10.0 million in punitive damages.

The transportation of commodities by railcar or barge raises potential risks in the event of a derailment, spill or other accident. Generally, liability under existing law in the United States for a derailment, spill or other accident depends on the negligence of the party, such as the

16


Table of Contents

railroad, the shipper or the manufacturer of the railcar or its components. However, for certain hazardous commodities being shipped, strict liability concepts may apply.

We have appealed a final judgment in the amount of $33.9 million (inclusive of fees, costs and judgment interest) against Transit Mix Concrete and Materials Company, our wholly owned subsidiary, relating to an employee of an independent contractor who died following an accident that occurred while working at one of our manufacturing facilities. We believe we are insured for liability in this case, if any, in excess of $3.0 million.

We are also involved in other claims and lawsuits incidental to our current and former subsidiaries’ businesses. Based on information currently available to us, it is management’s opinion that the ultimate outcome of all current litigation and other claims, including settlements, in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s overall financial condition for purposes of financial reporting. However, resolution of certain claims or lawsuits by settlement or otherwise could have a significant impact on our operating results for the reporting period in which any such resolution occurs.

While we maintain reserves and liability insurance at coverage levels based upon commercial norms in our industries, our reserves may be inadequate to cover these claims or lawsuits or any future claims or lawsuits arising from our businesses, and any such claims or lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or overall financial condition. See “Business— Legal proceedings.”

Increases in the price and demand for steel could lower our margins and profitability.

The principal material used by us in our railcar, inland barge and industrial products operating segments is steel. At the current time, the price of steel in the United States is increasing due to several factors. Primary causes are the significant increase in scrap prices, increased U.S. demand, lack of foreign imports, reduced capacity due to consolidation and scarcity of other raw inputs. Raw inputs, especially scrap, are in tight supply due to foreign demand, primarily from China. China is absorbing not only raw inputs but also significant amounts of global supply. U.S. imports are expensive and are also limited because of the weaker U.S. dollar and the significant increase in global freight rates. Spot market pricing for plate products and hot-rolled coil has shown a substantial increase over the last six months. Some of our steel suppliers have implemented surcharges based on rising steel prices.

These steel market issues are also negatively impacting the price and availability of key railcar and barge components, many of which are manufactured predominantly through the use of scrap or steel. Many of our suppliers of subassemblies and parts are smaller companies which may experience higher steel prices and limited access in times of tight supply. Also, due to consolidation and challenging industry conditions, there are only one major and two smaller U.S. suppliers of large railroad castings for freight cars. While we believe we have contracts and other relationships in place sufficient to meet our current product forecasts, any unanticipated interruption in our supply chain or further raw material price increases would have an impact on both our margins and production schedules as we work to meet market demands. See “Business— Raw materials and suppliers.”

We have potential exposure to environmental liabilities, which may increase costs and lower profitability.

Our operations are subject to extensive and frequently changing federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those dealing with air quality and the handling

17


Table of Contents

and disposal of waste products, fuel products and hazardous substances. In particular, we may incur remediation costs and other related expenses because:

  • Some of our manufacturing facilities were constructed and operated before the adoption of current environmental laws and the institution of compliance practices; and
 
  • Some of the products that we manufacture are used to transport hazardous materials.

Furthermore, although we intend to conduct appropriate due diligence with respect to environmental matters in connection with future acquisitions, we may be unable to identify or be indemnified for all potential environmental liabilities relating to any acquired business. Environmental liabilities incurred by us, if not covered by adequate insurance or indemnification, will increase our respective costs and have a negative impact on our profitability.

We compete in highly competitive industries, which may impact our respective financial results.

We face aggressive competition in all geographic markets and each industry sector in which we operate. As a result, competition on pricing is often intense. The effect of this competition could reduce our revenues, limit our ability to grow, increase pricing pressure on our products, and otherwise affect our financial results.

If our railcar leasing subsidiary is unable to obtain acceptable long-term financing of its railcar lease fleet, our lenders may foreclose on the portion of our lease fleet that secures our warehouse facility.

Trinity Industries Leasing Company, or TILC, our wholly owned captive leasing subsidiary, uses borrowings under a warehouse facility to initially finance the railcars it purchases from us. Borrowings under the warehouse facility are secured by the specific railcars financed by such borrowings and the underlying leases. The warehouse facility is non-recourse (as described herein) to us and to our subsidiaries other than TRL II, a qualified subsidiary of TILC that is the borrower under the warehouse facility. Borrowings under the warehouse facility are available through August 2004, and unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in February 2005, August 2005, and February 2006. A decline in the value of the railcars securing borrowings under the warehouse facility, or in the creditworthiness of the lessees under the associated leases, could reduce TRL II’s ability to obtain long-term financing for such railcars. Additionally, fluctuations in interest rates from the time TRL II purchases railcars with short-term borrowings under the warehouse facility and the time TRL II obtains permanent financing for such railcars could decrease our profitability on the leasing of the railcars and could have an adverse impact on our financial results. If TRL II is unable to obtain long-term financing to replace borrowings under the warehouse facility, Trinity may decide to satisfy TRL II’s indebtedness under the warehouse facility or the lenders under the warehouse facility may foreclose on the portion of TRL II’s lease fleet pledged to secure this facility. As of March 31, 2004, there was $108.6 million of indebtedness outstanding and $191.4 million of available borrowings under the warehouse facility.

18


Table of Contents

We may be unable to remarket leased railcars on favorable terms, which could result in lower lease utilization rates and reduced revenues.

The profitability of our railcar leasing business is dependent in part on our ability to re-lease or sell railcars we own upon the expiration of existing lease terms. Our ability to remarket leased railcars profitably is dependent upon several factors, including, among others:

  • the cost of and demand for newer models;
 
  • the availability in the market generally of other used or new railcars;
 
  • the degree of obsolescence of the leased railcars;
 
  • prevailing market and economic conditions, including interest and inflation rates;
 
  • the need for refurbishment;
 
  • the cost of materials and labor; and
 
  • volume of railcar traffic.

A downturn in the industries in which our lessees operate and decreased demand for railcars could also increase our exposure to remarket risk because lessees may demand shorter lease terms, requiring us to remarket leased railcars more frequently. Furthermore, the resale market for previously leased railcars has a limited number of potential buyers. Our inability to re-lease or sell leased railcars on favorable terms could result in lower lease utilization rates and reduced revenues.

Fluctuations in the supply of component parts used in the production of our products could have a material adverse effect on our ability to cost effectively manufacture and sell our products.

A significant portion or our business depends on the adequate supply of numerous specialty components such as brakes, wheels, side frames and bolsters at competitive prices. We depend on third-party suppliers for a significant portion of our component part needs. Specialty components comprise a significant portion of the production cost of each railcar we manufacture. Due to consolidations and challenging industry conditions, the number of alternative suppliers of specialty components has declined in recent years, though generally a minimum of three suppliers continue to produce each type of component we use in our products. While we endeavor to be diligent in contractual relationships with our suppliers, a significant decrease in the availability of specialty components could materially increase our cost of goods sold or prevent us from manufacturing our products on a timely basis.

Reductions in the availability of energy supplies or an increase in energy costs may increase our operating costs.

We use natural gas at our manufacturing facilities and use diesel fuel in vehicles to transport our tank containers to customers and to operate our plant equipment. Over the past three years, prices for natural gas have fluctuated significantly. An outbreak or escalation of hostilities between the United States and any foreign power and, in particular, a prolonged armed conflict in the Middle East, could result in a real or perceived shortage of petroleum and/or natural gas, which could result in an increase in the cost of natural gas prices or energy generally. Future limitations on the availability or consumption of petroleum products and/or an increase in energy costs, particularly natural gas for plant operations and diesel fuel for

19


Table of Contents

vehicles and plant equipment, could have an adverse effect upon our ability to conduct our business cost effectively.

Our manufacturer’s warranties expose us to potentially significant claims.

We warrant the workmanship and materials of many of our products under limited warranties. Accordingly, we may be subject to significant warranty claims in the future such as multiple claims based on one defect repeated throughout our mass production process or claims for which the cost of repairing the defective part is highly disproportionate to the original cost of the part. These types of warranty claims could result in costly product recalls, significant repair costs and damage to our reputation.

Increasing insurance claims and expenses could lower profitability and increase business risk.

The nature of our business subjects us to product liability, property damage and personal injury claims, especially in connection with the repair and manufacture of products that transport hazardous or volatile materials. We maintain reserves and liability insurance coverage at levels based upon commercial norms in the industries in which we operate and our historical claims experience. Over the last several years, insurance carriers have raised premiums for many companies operating in our industries. Increased premiums may further increase our insurance expense as coverages expire or cause us to raise our self-insured retention. If the number or severity of claims for which we are self-insured increases, we could suffer costs in excess of our reserves. An unusually large liability claim or a string of claims based on a failure repeated throughout our mass production process may exceed our insurance coverage or result in direct damages if we were unable or elected not to insure against certain hazards because of high premiums or other reasons. In addition, the availability of, and our ability to collect on, insurance coverage is often subject to factors beyond our control. Moreover, any accident or incident involving us, even if we are fully insured or not held to be liable, could negatively affect our reputation among customers and the public, thereby making it more difficult for us to compete effectively, and could significantly affect the cost and availability of insurance in the future.

Risks related to our operations outside of the United States could decrease our profitability.

Our operations outside of the United States are subject to the risks associated with cross-border business transactions and activities. Political, legal, trade or economic changes or instability could limit or curtail our respective foreign business activities and operations. Some foreign countries where we operate have regulatory authorities that regulate railroad safety, railcar design and railcar component part design, performance and manufacture used on their railroad systems. If we fail to obtain and maintain certifications of our railcars and railcar parts within the various foreign countries where we operate, we may be unable to market and sell our railcars in those countries. In addition, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, more stringent rules relating to labor or the environment, adverse tax consequences and price exchange controls could limit operations and make the manufacture and distribution of our products difficult. Furthermore, any material change in the quotas, regulations or duties on imports imposed by the U.S. government and agencies or on exports by the government of Mexico or its agencies could affect our ability to export the railcars and propane tanks that we manufacture in Mexico. Our Mexican subsidiary currently purchases steel from a company operating under a judicial declaration of suspension of payments. We have funds on deposit, which are used along with other funds from us to purchase steel. While

20


Table of Contents

our understanding of Mexican law is that all funds on deposit are required to be returned to us regardless of whether or not the supplier is able to operate under the declaration of suspension of payments, the uncertainty of the legal environment in these and other areas could limit our ability to enforce our rights effectively.

Because we do not have employment contracts with our key management employees, we may not be able to retain their services in the future.

Our success depends on the continued services of our key management employees, none of whom currently have employment agreements with us. Although we have historically been successful in retaining the services of our key management, we may be unable to do so in the future. The loss of the services of one or more key members of our management team could result in increased costs associated with attracting and retaining a replacement and could disrupt our operations and result in a loss of revenues.

Repercussions from terrorist activities or armed conflict could harm our business.

Terrorist activities, anti-terrorist efforts and other armed conflicts involving the United States or its interests abroad may adversely affect the United States and global economies and could prevent us from meeting our financial and other obligations. In particular, the negative impacts of these events may affect the industries in which we operate. This could result in delays in or cancellations of the purchase of our products or shortages in raw materials or component parts. Any of these occurrences could have a significant adverse impact on our operating results, revenues and costs.

Violations of or changes in the regulatory requirements applicable to the industries in which we operate may increase our operating costs.

We are subject to extensive regulation by governmental regulatory and industry authorities. Our railcar operations are subject to regulation by the Environmental Protection Agency; the Research and Special Programs Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation; the Federal Railroad Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation; and the Association of American Railroads. These organizations establish rules and regulations for the railcar industry, including construction specifications and standards for the design and manufacture of railcars; mechanical, maintenance and related standards for railcars; safety of railroad equipment, tracks and operations; and packaging and transportation of hazardous materials. Future changes that affect compliance costs may materially increase our operating costs.

Our Inland Barge operations are subject to regulation by the United States Coast Guard; the National Transportation Safety Board; the United States Customs Service; the Maritime Administration of the United States Department of Transportation; and private industry organizations such as the American Bureau of Shipping. These organizations establish safety criteria, investigate vessel accidents and recommend improved safety standards. Violations of these regulations and related laws can result in substantial civil and criminal penalties as well as injunctions curtailing operations.

Our operations are also subject to regulation of health and safety matters by the United States Occupations Safety and Health Administration. We believe that we employ appropriate precautions to protect our employees and others from workplace injuries and harmful exposure to materials handled and managed at our facilities. However, claims that may be asserted

21


Table of Contents

against us for work-related illnesses or injury, and the further adoption of occupational health and safety regulations in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate could increase our operating costs. We are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these health and safety laws and regulations. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or if we were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceedings, that such costs would not be material to us.

We may be required to reduce our inventory carrying values, which would negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We are required to record our inventories at the lower of cost or market. In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories, we are required to make judgments as to future demand requirements and compare that with the current or committed inventory levels. We have recorded reductions in inventory carrying values in recent periods due to discontinuance of product lines as well as changes in market conditions due to changes in demand requirements. We may be required to reduce inventory carrying values in the future due to a decline in market conditions in the railcar business, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be required to reduce the value of our long-lived assets and/or goodwill, which would weaken our financial condition and results of operations.

We periodically evaluate the carrying values of our long-lived assets to be held and used for potential impairment. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the carrying value is not recoverable and the fair value of the asset is less than the carrying value. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved. Impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale are determined in a similar manner, except that fair values are reduced for the estimated cost to dispose of the assets. In addition, we are required, at least annually, to evaluate goodwill related to acquired businesses for potential impairment indicators that are based on legal factors, market conditions in the United States and Europe and operational performance of our acquired businesses. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill associated with our acquired businesses is impaired. Any resulting impairment loss related to reductions in the value of our long-lived assets or our goodwill would weaken our financial condition and results of operations.

We may incur increased costs due to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

We are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates and changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We seek to minimize these risks, when considered appropriate, through the use of currency and interest rate hedges and similar financial instruments and other activities, although these measures may not be implemented or effective. Any material and untimely changes in interest rates or exchange rates could result in significant losses to us.

22


Table of Contents

Risks relating to our indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could cause our financial health to decline and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under the exchange notes.

We now have, and will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. At March 31, 2004, we had total indebtedness of $584.2 million on a consolidated basis and $138.9 million of available borrowings under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility. Additionally, as of March 31, 2004, TRL II had $191.4 million of available borrowings under its warehouse facility.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

  • make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the exchange notes;
 
  • increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  • require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
 
  • limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;
 
  • place us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less debt; and
 
  • limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

Restrictive covenants in our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility and the indenture may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies or pay off the exchange notes.

The indenture and our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility could limit our ability, among other things, to:

  • incur additional debt;
 
  • make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments;
 
  • enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our restricted subsidiaries;
 
  • sell assets;
 
  • enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  • create certain liens; and
 
  • merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets.

In addition, our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility will require us to maintain financial ratios. See “Description of certain debt.” We may be unable to maintain these ratios. Covenants in our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility may also impair our ability to finance future operations or capital needs, to enter into acquisitions or joint ventures, or to engage in other favorable business activities.

23


Table of Contents

Risks relating to the exchange notes

The exchange notes and the guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness and all indebtedness and other obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

The exchange notes will not be secured. The exchange notes are effectively subordinated to our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness and the holders of the exchange notes would in all likelihood recover ratably less than the lenders of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution. As of March 31, 2004, we and the subsidiary guarantors had $474.7 million of senior indebtedness outstanding, $175.6 million of which is secured, and an additional $138.9 million is available to be borrowed under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility.

In addition, the exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities and other obligations of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness, their trade creditors and holders of their preferred equity will generally be entitled to payment on their claims from assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. However, under some circumstances, the terms of the exchange notes will permit our non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur additional specified indebtedness. As of March 31, 2004, our non-guarantor subsidiaries had total liabilities of $244.5 million, including $108.6 million of outstanding borrowings of TRL II under its warehouse facility, which is secured by a pledge of the railcars financed with such borrowings. As of March 31, 2004, TRL II had $191.4 million of available borrowings under its warehouse facility.

We may not be able to purchase the exchange notes upon a change of control.

Upon the occurrence of certain specific kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding exchange notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of exchange notes.

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees of the exchange notes by our subsidiary guarantors and require the holders of the exchange notes to return payments received from the subsidiary guarantors.

Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the subsidiary guarantees could be voided, or claims in respect of the subsidiary guarantees could be subordinated to all other debts of a subsidiary guarantor if, either, the subsidiary guarantee was incurred with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditors of the subsidiary guarantor or the subsidiary guarantors, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its subsidiary guarantee, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such indebtedness and the subsidiary guarantor either:

  • was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;

24


Table of Contents

  • was engaged in a business or transaction for which such subsidiary guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
 
  • intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

If a subsidiary guarantee is voided, you will be unable to rely on the applicable subsidiary guarantor to satisfy your claim in the event that we fail to make one or more required payments due on the exchange notes. In addition, any payment by such subsidiary guarantor pursuant to its subsidiary guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to such subsidiary guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of creditors of such subsidiary guarantor.

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a subsidiary guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

  • the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;
 
  • the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including the contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
  • it could not pay its debts as they become due.

On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we and each subsidiary guarantor believe that, after giving effect to the indebtedness incurred in connection with this offering, no subsidiary guarantor will be insolvent, will have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged or will have incurred debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such determination or that a court would agree with our or the subsidiary guarantors’ conclusions in this regard.

Certain covenants contained in the indenture will not be applicable during any period in which the exchange notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s.

The indenture provides that certain covenants will not apply to us during any period in which the exchange notes are rated investment grade by both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. The covenants restrict, among other things, our ability to pay dividends, incur debt and to enter into other transactions. There can be no assurance that the exchange notes will ever be rated investment grade, or that if they are rated investment grade, the exchange notes will maintain such rating. However, suspension of these covenants would allow us to engage in certain transactions that would not be permitted while these covenants were in force and any such actions that we take while these covenants are not in force will be permitted even if the exchange notes are subsequently downgraded below investment grade. See “Description of exchange notes— Suspension of covenants.”

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our debt service obligations.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, will depend on our financial and operating performance, which in turn will be affected by general economic conditions and by financial,

25


Table of Contents

competitive, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or future sources of capital may not be available to us (whether under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility or otherwise) in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, certain of our leasing and foreign subsidiaries are subject to restrictions on their ability to make dividend payments to us.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sale and the amount of proceeds that may be realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, would materially weaken our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the exchange notes.

An active trading market may not develop for the exchange notes.

The exchange notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market and will not be listed on any securities exchange. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes will depend on various factors, including:

  • the number of holders of the exchange notes;
 
  • the interest of securities dealers in making a market for the exchange notes;
 
  • the overall market for high yield securities;
 
  • prevailing interest rates;
 
  • our financial performance or prospects; and
 
  • the prospects for companies in our industry generally.

Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market for the exchange notes, if any, may be subject to similar disruptions. Any such disruptions may affect you as a holder of the exchange notes.

26


Table of Contents

The exchange offer

Terms of the exchange offer; Period for tendering original notes

On March 10, 2004, we sold the original notes to J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Dresdner Kleinwort Benson North America LLC, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc and Wachovia Securities LLC (collectively referred to as the initial purchasers) pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated March 5, 2004 and as amended by an Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase Agreement dated March 9, 2004. The initial purchasers subsequently resold the original notes to qualified institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. When we sold the original notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers under which we agreed:

  • to use our reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to a registered exchange offer;
 
  • to use our reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective under the Securities Act;
 
  • upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, to offer the exchange notes in exchange for surrender of the original notes; and
 
  • to keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the original notes.

Subject to terms and conditions detailed in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange original notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. As used herein, the term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, as it may be extended in our sole discretion.

As of the date of this prospectus, $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of original notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about the date hereof, to all holders of original notes known to us.

Original notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding original notes except that:

  • the exchange notes being issued in the exchange offer will be registered under the Securities Act and will not have legends restricting their transfer;
 
  • the provisions for payment of additional interest in case of non-registration will be eliminated;
 
  • the exchange notes being issued in the exchange offer will not have the registration rights applicable to the original notes; and
 
  • interest on the exchange notes will accrue from the last interest date to which interest was paid on your original notes or, if none, from the date of issuance of the original notes.

27


Table of Contents

Outstanding original notes that we accept for exchange will not accrue interest after we complete the exchange offer. The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. If we extend the exchange offer, we will issue a notice by press release or other public announcement before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

If we extend the exchange offer, original notes that you have previously tendered will still be subject to the exchange offer, and we may accept them.

To the extent we are legally permitted to do so, we reserve the right, in our sole discretion:

  • to delay the acceptance and, accordingly, the exchange of your original notes;
 
  • to terminate the exchange offer and not accept any original notes for exchange if any of the conditions have not been satisfied; or
 
  • to amend the exchange offer in any manner.

Any such delay in acceptance, termination or amendment will be followed by oral or written notice to the registered holders of original notes.

Without limiting the manner by which we may choose to give notice of any extension, delay in acceptance, amendment or termination of the exchange offer, we will have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any public announcement, other than by making a timely press release to a financial news service.

We will promptly return your original notes without expense to you after the exchange offer expires or terminates if we do not accept them for exchange for any reason.

Procedures for tendering original notes

Only you may tender your original notes in the exchange offer. To tender your original notes in the exchange offer, you must:

  • do all of the following:

  • complete, sign, and date the letter of transmittal which accompanied this prospectus, or a copy of it;
 
  • have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed, if required by the letter of transmittal; and
 
  • mail, fax or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or copy to the exchange agent;

  OR
 
  • if you tender your original notes under DTC’s book-entry transfer procedures, arrange for DTC to transmit an agent’s message to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent, at the address set forth below under “— Exchange agent” on or before the expiration date.

In addition, one of the following must occur:

  • the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding original notes and the letter of transmittal;

28


Table of Contents

  • the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of your original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, along with the agent’s message; or
 
  • you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

An agent’s message is a computer-generated message transmitted to the exchange agent by DTC using its transfer procedures. To tender your original notes effectively, a tendering party must make sure that the exchange agent receives a letter of transmittal and other required documents or an agent’s message before the expiration date. When you tender your outstanding original notes and we accept them, the tender will be a binding agreement between you and us in accordance with the terms and conditions in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.

The method of delivery to the exchange agent of original notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. We recommend that you use an overnight or hand delivery service instead of mail. If you do deliver by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow enough time to make sure your documents reach the exchange agent before the expiration date. Do not send a letter of transmittal or your original notes directly to us. You may request your brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies, or nominees to make the exchange on your behalf.

Unless you are a registered holder who requests that the exchange notes be mailed to you and issued in your name, or unless you are an eligible institution (as defined below), you must have your signature on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal guaranteed by an eligible institution. An “eligible institution” is a firm which is a financial institution that is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program.

If the person who signs the letter of transmittal and tenders the original notes is not the registered holder of the original notes, the registered holders must endorse the original notes or sign a written instrument of transfer or exchange that is included with the original notes, with the registered holder’s signature guaranteed by an eligible institution. We will decide whether the endorsement or transfer instrument is satisfactory.

We will decide all questions about the validity, form, eligibility, acceptance, and withdrawal of tendered original notes, and such determination will be final and binding on you. We reserve the absolute right to:

  • reject any and all tenders of any particular original note not properly tendered;
 
  • refuse to accept any original note if, in our judgment or the judgment of our counsel, the acceptance would be unlawful; and
 
  • waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original note either before or after the expiration date. This includes the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender original notes in the exchange offer. However, we will not waive any condition of the exchange offer relating to the requirements set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (May 13, 1998), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling (July 2, 1993) no-action letters.

29


Table of Contents

Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. You must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes as we will determine. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person are under any duty to notify you, nor will we, the exchange agent or any other person incur any liability for failure to notify you, of any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of original notes.

If trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity sign the letter of transmittal or any original notes or power of attorney on your behalf, those persons must indicate their capacity when signing, and submit to us with the letter of transmittal satisfactory evidence demonstrating their authority to act on your behalf.

By tendering original notes, you represent to us that:

  • you or any other person acquiring exchange notes for your original notes in the exchange offer is acquiring them in the ordinary course of business;
 
  • neither you nor any other person acquiring exchange notes for your original notes is an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of Trinity or any of our subsidiaries guaranteeing our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility;
 
  • neither you nor any other person acquiring exchange notes in exchange for your original notes is engaging or intends to engage in a distribution of the exchange notes and none of them has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of exchange notes; and
 
  • if you or another person acquiring exchange notes for your original notes is a broker-dealer, you will receive exchange notes for your own account, you acquired exchange notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and you acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of your exchange notes.

Unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available, any secondary resale by you with the intention of distributing exchange notes should be covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act containing the information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

If you are our “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, you are a broker-dealer who acquired your original notes in the initial offering and not as a result of market-making or trading activities, or if you are engaged in or intend to engage in or have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of exchange notes acquired in the exchange offer, you or that person:

  • may not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and
 
  • must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act when reselling the exchange notes.

The delivery of an agent’s message to the exchange agent on your behalf will be deemed a representation by you to the effects stated above.

By its acceptance of the exchange offer, any broker-dealer that receives exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer agrees to notify us in writing before using the prospectus in

30


Table of Contents

connection with the resale or transfer of exchange notes. The broker-dealer further acknowledges and agrees that, upon receipt of notice from us of the happening of any event which makes any statement in the prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in the prospectus to make the statements in the prospectus not misleading or which may impose upon us disclosure obligations that may have a material adverse effect on us, which notice we agree to deliver promptly to the broker-dealer, the broker-dealer will suspend use of the prospectus until we have notified the broker-dealer that delivery of the prospectus may resume and have furnished to the broker-dealer copies of any amendment or supplement to the prospectus. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the expiration date (as defined herein) we will amend or supplement this prospectus, if requested by the initial purchasers or by one or more broker-dealers, and make it available to any broker-dealer.

Broker-dealers who cannot make the representation that neither they nor any other person acquiring exchange notes in exchange for their original notes has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of exchange notes issued in the exchange offer cannot use this exchange offer prospectus in connection with resales of exchange notes.

If we do not receive any letters of transmittal from broker-dealers requesting to use this prospectus in connection with resales of exchange notes, we intend to terminate the effectiveness of the registration statement as soon as practicable after the consummation or termination of the exchange offer. After we terminate the effectiveness of the registration statement, broker-dealers will be unable to use this prospectus in connection with resales of exchange notes. As a result, any broker-dealers intending to use this prospectus in connection with resales of exchange notes must deliver to us a letter of transmittal so stating.

Acceptance of original notes for exchange; Delivery of exchange notes issued in the exchange offer

We will accept validly tendered original notes when the conditions to the exchange offer have been satisfied or we have waived them. We will have accepted your validly tendered original notes when we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us. If we do not accept any tendered original notes for exchange because of an invalid tender or other valid reason, the exchange agent will return the certificates, without expense, to the tendering holder. If a holder has tendered original notes by book-entry transfer, we will credit the notes to an account maintained with DTC. We will return certificates or credit the account at DTC promptly after the exchange offer terminates or expires. We will issue exchange notes in exchange for validity tendered original notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Book-entry procedures for the global notes

The exchange agent will establish an account at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems must make book-entry delivery of outstanding original notes by causing DTC to transfer those outstanding original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures. The participant should transmit its acceptance to DTC on or before the expiration date or comply with the guaranteed delivery

31


Table of Contents

procedures described below. DTC will verify acceptance, execute a book-entry transfer of the tendered outstanding original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and then send to the exchange agent confirmation of the book-entry transfer. The confirmation of the book-entry transfer will include an agent’s message confirming that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against the participant. Delivery of exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC. However, the letter of transmittal or facsimile of it or an agent’s message, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must:

  • be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address listed below under “Exchange agent” on or before the expiration date; or
 
  • the guaranteed delivery procedures described below must be complied with.

Certificated notes

Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

  • DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;
 
  • DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 90 days;
 
  • we, at our option, notify the Trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or
 
  • certain other events provided in the indenture should occur.

Guaranteed delivery procedures

If you are a registered holder of outstanding original notes who desires to tender original notes but your original notes are not immediately available, time will not permit your original notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, you may effect a tender if:

  • you tender the original notes through an eligible institution;
 
  • before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from the eligible institution a notice of guaranteed delivery in the form we have provided. The notice of guaranteed delivery will state the name and address of the holder of the original notes being tendered and the amount of original notes being tendered, that the tender is being made and guarantee that within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the notice of guaranteed delivery is signed, the certificates for all physically tendered original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, together with a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

32


Table of Contents

  • the certificates for all physically tendered outstanding original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, together with a properly completed and signed letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, are received by the exchange agent within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery.

Withdrawal rights

You may withdraw your tender of original notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

For a withdrawal to be effective, you must make sure that, before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, the exchange agent receives a written notice of withdrawal at one of the addresses set forth under the heading “— Exchange agent” below or, if you are a participant of DTC, an electronic message using DTC’s automated procedures.

A notice of withdrawal must:

  • specify the name of the person that tendered the original notes to be withdrawn;
 
  • identify the original notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount of the original notes;
 
  • be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the original notes were tendered or be accompanied by documents of transfer; and
 
  • if you have transmitted certificates for outstanding original notes, specify the name in which the original notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder, and identify the serial numbers of the certificates.

If you have tendered original notes under the book-entry transfer procedure, your notice of withdrawal must also specify the name and number of an account at DTC to which your withdrawn original notes can be credited.

We will decide all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of the notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any tendered original notes that you withdraw will be not be considered to have been validly tendered. We will return any outstanding original notes that have been tendered but not exchanged, or credit them to DTC’s account, as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn original notes before the expiration date by following one of the procedures described above.

Conditions to the exchange offer

We are not required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding original notes. We may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer:

  • any federal law, statute, rule or regulation has been adopted or enacted which, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer;

33


Table of Contents

  • if any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939; or
 
  • there is a change in the current interpretation by the staff of the SEC which permits holders who have made the required representations to us to resell, offer for resale, or otherwise transfer exchange notes issued in the exchange offer without registration of the exchange notes and delivery of a prospectus, as discussed above.

These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert or waive them at any time and for any reason. However, the exchange offer will remain open for at least five business days following any waiver of the preceding conditions. Our failure to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be a waiver of our rights.

Exchange agent

You should direct all signed letters of transmittal to the exchange agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. You should direct questions, requests for assistance, and requests for additional copies of this prospectus, the letter of transmittal, and the notice of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

     
By Registered or Certified Mail:
  By Hand Delivery:
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A
  Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Operations
  Corporate Trust Operations
MAC N9303-121
  Sixth and Marquette
P.O. Box 1517
  MAC N9303-121
Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517
  Minneapolis, MN 55479
 
By Overnight Courier:
  By Facsimile (for authorized institutions only):
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  (612) 667-4927
Corporate Trust Operations
   
Sixth and Marquette
   
MAC N9303-121
   
Minneapolis, MN 55479
   

Delivery or fax of the letter of transmittal to an address or number other than those above is not a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.

Fees and expenses

We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer except for reimbursement of mailing expenses. The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. These expenses will include reasonable and customary fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the exchange agent and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by brokerage houses and other fiduciaries in forwarding materials to beneficial holders in connection with the exchange offer.

34


Table of Contents

Accounting treatment

The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the existing original notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will recognize no gain or loss for accounting purposes. The costs of the exchange offer will be amortized over the term of the exchange notes.

Transfer taxes

If you tender outstanding original notes for exchange, you will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes. However, if you instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that your original notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than you, you will be responsible for paying any transfer tax owed.

You may suffer adverse consequences if you fail to exchange outstanding exchange notes

Original notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted by us will, following completion of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to existing restrictions upon transfer under the Securities Act. Upon completion of the exchange offer, specified rights under the registration rights agreement, including registration rights and any right to additional interest, will be either limited or eliminated. Accordingly, if you do not tender your notes in the exchange offer, your ability to sell your original notes could be adversely affected. Once we have completed the exchange offer, holders who have not tendered notes will not continue to be entitled to any increase in interest rate that the indenture provides for should we not complete the exchange offer.

Holders of the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer and original notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer will vote together as a single class under the indenture.

Consequences of exchanging outstanding original notes

Holders of original notes who do not exchange their original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the original notes as set forth in the legend on the original notes as a consequence of the issuance of the original notes in accordance with exceptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Original notes not exchanged in accordance with the exchange offer will continue to accrue interest at 6 1/2% per annum and will otherwise remain outstanding in accordance with their terms. Holders of original notes do not have any appraisal or dissenters’ rights under the Delaware General Corporation Law in connection with the exchange offer. In general, the original notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not currently anticipate that we will register the original notes under the Securities Act.

Based on interpretive letters issued by the staff of the SEC to third parties in unrelated transactions, we are of the view that exchange notes issued in accordance with the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by the holders (other than (1) any holder which is an “affiliate” of us within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act or (2) any broker-dealer that purchases notes from us to resell in accordance with

35


Table of Contents

Rule 144A or any other available exemption) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders’ business and the holders have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes. If any holder has any arrangement or understanding regarding the distribution of the exchange notes to be acquired in accordance with the exchange offer, the holder (1) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. A broker-dealer who holds original notes that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of exchange notes. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where the original notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge in the letter of transmittal that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of distribution.” We have not requested the staff of the SEC to consider the exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff would take positions similar to those taken in the interpretive letters referred to above if we were to make a no-action request.

Shelf registration

The registration rights agreement requires that we file a shelf registration statement if:

  • we determine that the exchange offer as contemplated by this prospectus is not available or may not be completed because it would violate any law or applicable interpretations of the law by the staff of the SEC;
 
  • for any other reason the exchange offer is not completed by October 6, 2004; or
 
  • any initial purchaser so requests with respect to original notes held by the initial purchasers that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer.

Original notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer until:

  • the date on which that original note has been exchanged for a freely transferable exchange note in the exchange offer;
 
  • the date on which that original note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the shelf registration statement; or
 
  • the date on which that original note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or may be sold under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

36


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We are making the exchange offer to satisfy our obligation under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes, we will receive an equal principal amount of original notes. The original notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled.

The net proceeds from the issuance and sale of the original notes were approximately $292.5 million after deducting the initial purchasers’ commissions and estimated offering expenses. We have used or expect to use the net proceeds:

  • to repay all $162.8 million of outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit facility; and
 
  • for general corporate purposes, including, among others, to make capital expenditures in strategic manufacturing facilities and fund working capital requirements of our railcar manufacturing operations.

Concurrently with the consummation of the offering of the original notes, we amended and restated our existing credit facility to provide for a $250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Letters of credit issued under our existing credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $111.1 million as of March 31, 2004 remain outstanding under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility.

37


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2004. This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of proceeds,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

             

As of
March 31,
2004

(Dollars in millions) Actual

Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 151.3  
     
 
Total debt:
       
 
Amended and restated revolving credit facility(a)
  $  
 
Notes offered hereby
    300.0  
 
7.755% equipment notes
    170.0  
 
Warehouse facility(b)
    108.6  
 
Other debt
    5.6  
     
 
   
Total debt
    584.2  
     
 
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock
    57.9  
Total stockholders’ equity
    996.1  
     
 
   
Total capitalization
  $ 1,638.2  

(a) Concurrently with the consummation of the offering of the original notes, we entered into an amended and restated $250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Letters of credit issued under our credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $111.1 million as of March 31, 2004 remain outstanding under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2004, we had $138.9 million of available borrowings under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility.

(b) As of March 31, 2004, TRL II had $108.6 million outstanding and $191.4 million of available borrowings under the warehouse facility.

38


Table of Contents

Selected historical consolidated financial data

The following financial information as of and for the years ended March 31, 2000 and 2001, the nine months ended December 31, 2001, and the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial information as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 has been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements, which, in management’s opinion, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal and recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position and results of operations for those periods. Interim results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected from any other interim period or for a full year. When you read this selected historical consolidated financial and other data, it is important that you read along with it the historical financial statements and related notes in our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, as well as “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.” In September 2001, we changed our fiscal year-end from March 31 to December 31. The information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 and the nine months ended December 31, 2000 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and has been included herein for informational and comparison purposes.

                                                                           

Year ended Nine months ended Three months
March 31, December 31, Year ended December 31, ended March 31,
(in millions, except per share and



other financial data) 2000 2001 2000 2001 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004

(unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited)
Statement of operations data:
                                                                       
Revenues
  $ 2,740.6     $ 1,904.3     $ 1,485.6     $ 1,347.8     $ 1,766.5     $ 1,487.3     $ 1,432.8     $ 289.1     $ 454.9  
Operating costs:
                                                                       
 
Cost of revenues(a)
    2,278.2       1,756.7       1,331.4       1,234.5       1,659.8       1,314.0       1,260.4       266.4       425.1  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses(a)
    183.4       213.7       162.1       129.7       181.3       162.6       159.0       34.1       36.3  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    279.0       (66.1)       (7.9)       (16.4)       (74.6)       10.7       13.4       (11.4)       (6.5)  
Other (income) expense:
                                                                       
 
Interest income
    (2.0)       (6.9)       (5.5)       (2.5)       (3.9)       (1.2)       (0.7)       (0.1)       (0.2)  
 
Interest expense
    20.4       28.9       21.3       21.7       29.3       36.3       34.9       9.5       10.1  
 
Other, net
    (2.3)       28.2       30.5       4.9       2.6             (6.5)       (0.8       0.1  
   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    262.9       (116.3)       (54.2)       (40.5)       (102.6)       (24.4)       (14.3)       (20.0)       (16.5)  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    97.4       (41.9)       (19.5)       (5.8)       (28.2)       (4.8)       (4.3)       (5.5)       (5.7)  
   
 
Net income (loss)(b)
    165.5       (74.4)       (34.7)       (34.7)       (74.4)       (19.6)       (10.0)       (14.5)       (10.8)  
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
                                        (1.6)             (0.8)  
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders
  $ 165.5     $ (74.4)     $ (34.7)     $ (34.7)     $ (74.4)     $ (19.6)     $ (11.6)     $ (14.5)     $ (11.6)  
Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders:
                                                                       
 
Basic
  $ 4.17     $ (1.98)     $ (0.92)     $ (0.90)     $ (1.94)     $ (0.43)     $ (0.25)     $ 0.32)     $ (0.25)  
 
Diluted
  $ 4.15     $ (1.98)     $ (0.92)     $ (0.90)     $ (1.94)     $ (0.43)     $ (0.25)     $ 0.32)     $ (0.25)  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
                                                                       
 
Basic
    39.7       37.5       37.6       38.7       38.3       45.3       45.6       45.5       46.2  
 
Diluted
    39.9       37.5       37.6       38.7       38.3       45.3       45.6       45.5       46.2  
Cash dividends per common share
  $ 0.72     $ 0.72       n/a     $ 0.54       n/a     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.06     $ 0.06  

39


Table of Contents

                                                                           

Year ended Nine months ended Three months
March 31, December 31, Year ended December 31, ended March 31,
(in millions, except per share and



other financial data) 2000 2001 2000 2001 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004

(unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited)
Statement of cash flows data:
                                                                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 268.2     $ 90.9     $ 56.0     $ 200.1     $ 235.0     $ 120.7     $ 114.9     $ 87.6     $ (71.7)  
Net cash required by investing activities
    (115.1)       (300.9)       (187.2)       (110.1)       (223.8)       (151.1)       (40.9)       (65.9)       (39.9)  
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities
    (149.7)       206.6       129.1       (81.3)       (3.8)       27.3       (47.1)       4.5       216.9  
Other financial data:
                                                                       
EBITDA(c)
  $ 363.6     $ 1.7     $ 36.9     $ 47.4     $ 12.2     $ 102.6     $ 106.2     $ 11.3     $ 15.7  
Depreciation and amortization
    80.3       89.1       69.8       66.2       85.5       90.7       85.6       21.8       22.1  
Capital expenditures
  $ 167.2     $ 350.2     $ 229.3     $ 133.3     $ 254.2     $ 172.2     $ 284.9     $ 68.4     $ 36.8  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(d)
    12.14x       (e)       n/a       (e)       n/a       (e)       (e)       (e)       (e)  
As adjusted ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       (f)       n/a       (f)  
Balance sheet data: (as of end of period)
                                                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16.9     $ 13.5     $ 14.8     $ 22.2     $ 22.2     $ 19.1     $ 46.0             $ 151.3  
Total assets
    1,738.5       1,825.9       1,755.5       1,952.0       1,952.0       1,956.5       2,007.9               2,166.2  
Debt:
                                                                       
 
Recourse
    265.5       537.8       450.1       476.3       476.3       375.1       298.5               475.6  
 
Non-recourse
                                  113.8       96.7 (g)             108.6  
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock
                                        57.8               57.9  
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 1,015.1     $ 879.0     $ 926.0     $ 1,009.4     $ 1,009.4     $ 1,001.6     $ 1,003.8             $ 996.1  

(a) Includes charges of: $140.9 million for unusual charges for fiscal year 2001, $85.1 million for unusual charges for the nine months ended December 31, 2000, $64.3 million for unusual charges for the nine months ended December 31, 2001, and $120.1 million for unusual charges for the year ended December 31, 2001. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations— Unusual charges.”

(b) Includes after tax charges or credit of: $110.9 million for unusual charges for fiscal year 2001, $75.2 million for unusual charges for the nine months ended December 31, 2000, $50.4 million for unusual charges for the nine months ended December 31, 2001, and $86.1 million for unusual charges for the year ended December 31, 2001; and does not include preferred stock dividends of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations— Unusual charges.”

(c) “EBITDA” is defined as net income plus income taxes, interest expense, and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a calculation based upon generally accepted accounting principles. The amounts included in the EBITDA calculation, however, are derived from amounts included in the historical statements of income data. In addition, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income or operating income as an indicator of our operating performance, or as an alternative to operating cash flows as a measure of liquidity. We have reported EBITDA because we regularly review EBITDA as a measure of our ability to incur and service debt. In addition, we believe our debt holders utilize and analyze our EBITDA for similar purposes. We also believe EBITDA assists investors in comparing a company’s performance on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation and amortization, which can vary significantly depending upon many factors. However, the EBITDA measure presented in this document may not always be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to differences in the components of the calculation. In addition, our calculation of EBITDA is different than that used in the covenants concerning our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility and the indenture governing the exchange notes. See “Description of exchange notes.”

40


Table of Contents

Our reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) and net cash from operating activities is set forth in the following table:

                                                                         

Three months
Year ended Nine months ended ended
March 31, December 31, Year ended December 31, March 31,




(Dollars in millions) 2000 2001 2000 2001 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004

(unaudited) (unaudited) (unaudited)
EBITDA reconciliation:
                                                                       
EBITDA
  $ 363.6     $ 1.7     $ 36.9     $ 47.4     $ 12.2     $ 102.6     $ 106.2     $ 11.3     $ 15.7  
Interest expense
    20.4       28.9       21.3       21.7       29.3       36.3       34.9       9.5       10.1  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    97.4       (41.9)       (19.5)       (5.8)       (28.2)       (4.8)       (4.3)       (5.5)       (5.7)  
Depreciation and amortization
    80.3       89.1       69.8       66.2       85.5       90.7       85.6       21.8       22.1  
   
Net income (loss)
    165.5       (74.4)       (34.7)       (34.7)       (74.4)       (19.6)       (10.0)       (14.5)       (10.8)  
Depreciation and amortization
    80.3       89.1       69.8       66.2       85.5       90.7       85.6       21.8       22.1  
Provision for deferred income taxes
    13.0       (45.7)       (37.3)       (9.1)       (17.5)       56.0       10.1       (1.8)       (5.7)  
Unusual charges
          173.3       117.5       66.4       122.2                          
Other non-cash charges
    (8.1)       (10.2)       (7.9)       1.4       (0.9)       0.8       (7.4)       (2.0)       (0.1)  
Net changes in certain assets and liabilities
    17.5       (41.2)       (51.4)       109.9       120.1       (7.2)       36.6       84.1       (77.2)  
   
Net cash from operating activities
  $ 268.2     $ 90.9     $ 56.0     $ 200.1     $ 235.0     $ 120.7     $ 114.9     $ 87.6     $ (71.7)  

(d) For the purpose of computing this ratio, earnings generally consist of income from continuing operations before income taxes and fixed charges excluding capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the portion of rental expense considered representative of the interest factor and capitalized interest.

(e) Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges for the year ended March 31, 2001, the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004. The deficiencies for these periods were $116.3 million, $40.5 million, $24.4 million, $14.3 million, $20.0 million and $16.5 million, respectively.

(f) On an as adjusted basis giving effect to the issuance of the $300 million of original notes, earnings to cover fixed charges for the year ended December 31, 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 were inadequate by $26.1 million and $21.2 million, respectively.

(g) Non-recourse debt consists of a warehouse facility utilized by TRL II to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TRL II and, as of December 31, 2003, $25.6 million of debt that belongs to a variable interest trust that we were required to consolidate under FASB Interpretation No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” See notes 1 and 9 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of February 2004, the sale of our equity interest in this variable interest trust was complete, and this trust is no longer consolidated.

41


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial

condition and results of operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited historical consolidated financial statements and the notes accompanying those statements, which are included in this prospectus. The results described below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future periods. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on our current expectations, which are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of certain events may differ significantly from those projected in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors. We undertake no obligation beyond what is required under applicable securities law to publicly update or revise any forward looking statement to reflect current or future events or circumstances, including those set forth herein, in the section entitled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Trinity Industries, Inc. is a diversified industrial company providing a variety of products and services for the transportation, industrial and construction sectors of the marketplace. We operate in five distinct business groups which we report on a segment basis: the Rail Group, Construction Products Group, Inland Barge Group, Industrial Products Group and Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. We also report All Other which includes our smaller peripheral businesses.

We operate in cyclical industries. In 2003, we began to witness an increase in industrial activity and signs of improvement in the manufacturing sector, which has experienced difficult market conditions over the past several years. Downturns in overall economic conditions usually have a significant adverse effect on cyclical industries due to decreased demand for new and replacement products. During the downturn, we implemented company-wide cyclicality management processes in order to identify future demand for our products and new market opportunities. We also assessed our manufacturing capacity and took steps to rationalize our production facilities in line with the nature and location of the demand that we perceived. In that regard, we continued our investment in production capacity in Mexico to take advantage of the lower cost manufacturing environment. We intend to increase our investment in Mexico in the future.

The improvement in industrial and manufacturing activity that we see is reflected in an increase in new car orders for us and industry wide throughout 2003, after several years of decline. We ended 2003 with a significantly higher backlog in our Rail Group with an approximate 5,400 car increase year over year. In addition, improvement in the rail industry was seen in our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group, where leasing revenues in 2003 increased by 34.1%, fueled by sales from the lease fleet, growth in the size of the lease fleet and improvement in fleet utilization. Global Insight has estimated that U.S. carload traffic will grow 3.1% in 2004, 2.2% in 2005, 1.6% in each of 2006 and 2007 and 0.9% in 2008. Increasing rail traffic should spark another key driver of new car demand— the need to improve productivity and efficiency through the replacement of older, smaller, inefficient units. The average age of the U.S. freight car fleet is approximately 18.8 years, with 32.8% older than 25 years. The average age of the Canadian car fleet is 22.3 years, with 45.5% in service for over 25 years. The average age of the Mexican car fleet is 26.0 years, with 88.5% of the fleet over 20 years and 67.4% over 25 years. We believe each of these factors will be key drivers of

42


Table of Contents

increased railcar sales over the next few years. Global Insight has estimated railcar deliveries for the industry to increase by approximately 15,200 railcars in 2004 to approximately 47,400 railcars and has estimated deliveries for 2005-2008 of approximately 53,200 railcars in 2005; 53,500 railcars in 2006; 50,700 railcars in 2007 and 49,000 railcars in 2008.

To help finance and manage our production and delivery of railcars, we use a captive financing subsidiary, Trinity Industries Leasing Company, or TILC. TILC or TRL II, its qualified subsidiary, purchases a portion of our railcar production, financing the costs through a non-recourse warehouse lending facility (as described herein) and refinancing those borrowings through sale/leaseback and other leveraged lease or equipment trust financing transactions. In 2003, TILC purchases represented approximately 49.5% of our North American railcar production. For the first quarter of 2004, TILC purchases represented 18.8% of our North American railcar production.

However, as external demand for our railcars increases, we expect that intersegment railcar production as a percentage of our total sales will decline. On a segment basis, our Rail Group recognizes revenue at the time of the intersegment sale to TILC and this revenue and the related profit is eliminated in consolidation.

The principal material used in our rail, inland barge and industrial products segments is steel. At the current time, the price of steel in the United States is increasing due to several factors. Primary causes are increased demand, the significant increase in scrap prices, lack of foreign imports, reduced capacity due to consolidation and scarcity of other raw inputs. Raw inputs, especially scrap, are in tight supply due to foreign demand, primarily from China. China is absorbing not only raw inputs but also significant amounts of global supply. U.S. imports are expensive and are also limited because of the weaker U.S. dollar and the significant increase in global freight rates. Spot market pricing for plate products and hot rolled coil has shown a substantial increase over the last six months. Some of our steel suppliers have implemented surcharges based on rising steel prices.

These steel market issues are also negatively impacting the price and availability of key railcar and barge components, many of which are manufactured predominantly through the use of scrap or steel. Many of our suppliers of subassemblies and parts are smaller companies which may experience higher steel prices and limited access in times of tight supply. Also, due to consolidation and challenging industry conditions, there are only one major and two smaller U.S. suppliers of large railroad castings for freight cars. However, foreign sources are helping to address U.S. market demand. In general, we believe there is enough capacity to meet current production levels in the industry. We believe our existing contracts and other relationships we have in place will meet our current production forecasts. However, any unanticipated interruption in our supply chain or further raw material price increases would have an impact on both our margins and production schedules as we work to meet market demands.

Trinity Marine Products, Inc., or TMP, an entity within the Inland Barge Group, together with Trinity, has been named as a co-defendant in four separate lawsuits filed by multiple plaintiffs on various dates. These suits allege similar causes of action related to defects in coating materials manufactured and supplied by co-defendants and coatings application workmanship by TMP. One of the suits is seeking class certification, which if certified by the Court, could potentially increase the total number of barges involved in the case. Two of the four suits involve 30 tank barges sold at an average price of approximately $1.4 million, and the other two suits involve 140 hopper barges sold at an average price of approximately $280,000. In all of these cases, the plaintiffs seek both compensatory and punitive damages and/or rescission of

43


Table of Contents

the barge purchase contracts. Independent experts investigating the claims have expressed the opinion that technical arguments presented by the plaintiffs in this litigation are without merit. The Company and TMP are defending these cases vigorously (see note 17 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus). As of March 31, 2004, one of the four plaintiffs owed TMP approximately $8.7 million related to contracts for barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amount. On March 15, 2004, the Company and TMP entered into a settlement agreement with a purchaser in litigation similar to that described above related to 28 tank barges owned and/or operated by such purchaser, pursuant to which we and the purchaser agreed to, among other elements, joint monitoring of the barge coating and void compartment maintenance procedures and a mutual release of all claims against one another.

In a proceeding unrelated to the foregoing litigation, the Company and TMP filed a declaratory judgment action seeking declaration by the Court of the Company’s and TMP’s (i) obligations related to allegations of exterior coatings and coatings application on 65 tank barges and (ii) rights and remedies relative to an insurance policy in which TMP was named as an additional insured and which was applicable to the coatings on the 65 barges. The barge owners filed a response proceeding claiming actual damages of $6.5 million and punitive damages of $10.0 million.

Results of operations

Three months ended March 31, 2004 compared with three months ended March 31, 2003

Our consolidated net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $10.8 million compared to a net loss of $14.5 million for the same period last year. Net loss applicable to common shareholders for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $11.6 million ($0.25 loss per diluted share) as compared to $14.5 million ($0.32 per diluted share) for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The difference between net loss and net loss applicable to common shares for the three months ended March 31, 2004 is the $0.8 million in accrued dividends and accreted discount costs on the Series B preferred stock.

Revenues. Revenues were $454.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to $289.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to a significant increase in outside sales by the Rail Group. The increase in revenues for the Construction Products Group is the result of favorable weather conditions and acquisitions during the later part of 2003. The increased revenue from the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group is a result of an increase in the size of the fleet as well as an increase in utilization.

44


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles the revenue amounts discussed under our operating segments with the consolidated total revenues shown in the Selected Financial Data.

                                                   

Three Months Ended March 31,

2004 2003


(Dollars in millions) Outside Intersegment Total Outside Intersegment Total

Rail Group
  $ 225.2     $ 35.7     $ 260.9     $ 84.0     $ 65.1     $ 149.1  
Construction Products Group
    120.0       0.1       120.1       103.49       0.1       103.5  
Inland Barge Group
    43.3             43.3       44.1             44.1  
Industrial Products Group
    30.4       1.4       31.8       27.7       0.8       28.5  
Railcar Leasing and Management
                                               
 
Services Group
    35.1             35.1       28.5             28.5  
All Other
    0.9       6.7       7.6       1.4       5.9       7.3  
Eliminations
          (43.9 )     (43.9 )           (71.9 )     (71.9 )
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 454.9     $     $ 454.9     $ 289.1     $     $ 289.1  

Operating profit (loss)

                 

Three months
ended March 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2004 2003

Rail Group
  $ (3.6 )   $ (10.3 )
Construction Products Group
    2.0       3.1  
Inland Barge Group
    (5.7 )     (0.8 )
Industrial Products Group
    0.8        
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    9.6       8.6  
All Other
    1.3       0.9  
Corporate
    (7.6 )     (7.2 )
Eliminations
    (3.3 )     (3.9 )
   
Consolidated Total
  $ (6.5 )   $ (11.4 )

Operating loss decreased $4.9 million to $6.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to $11.4 million for the same period in 2003. This improvement is primarily the result of improved efficiencies due to increased volumes and an increase in our leasing fleet size and utilization, partially offset by losses on sales contracts resulting from increases in the price of steel and other raw materials with steel content.

Other Income and Expenses. Other income and expense included interest income, interest expense and other, net. Interest expense increased $0.6 million to $10.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to $9.5 million for the same period in 2003, an increase of 6.3%. The increase was primarily attributable to the write-off of deferred loans fees of $1.2 million in connection with early retirement of the term loan in March of 2004.

Other, net was a loss of $0.1 million of expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to income of $0.8 million for the comparable period in 2003. The decrease was

45


Table of Contents

primarily due to a smaller amount of gains on sales of property, plant, and equipment and an increase in foreign currency losses in 2004.

Income Taxes. The current year effective tax rate of 34.75% was less than the statutory rate of 35% due to higher foreign income which is at lower effective tax rates.

Rail Group

                     

Three months ended
March 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2004 2003

Revenues:
               
 
North American Rail
  $ 172.7     $ 98.1  
 
Europe Rail
    55.8       29.5  
 
Components
    32.4       21.5  
   
   
Total revenues
  $ 260.9     $ 149.1  
Operating loss
  $ (3.6)     $ (10.3)  
Operating loss margin
    (1.4)%       (6.9)%  

Railcars shipped in North America increased 64.0% to approximately 2,800 cars during the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003, resulting in a revenue increase for the North American operations of 76.0% over the same period last year. As of March 31, 2004, the North American backlog increased 109% to approximately 17,200 cars compared to the same period last year.

Railcars shipped in Europe increased 65.7% to approximately 800 cars during the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to the same period last year, while revenues for the European operations increased 89.2% over the same period in 2003. As of March 31, 2004, the European backlog was approximately 2,000 cars compared to 2,400 in the same period last year.

The operating loss for the Rail Group decreased $6.7 million to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to the same period last year. While increased volumes improved manufacturing efficiencies, operating profit was adversely affected by the mix of orders which were completed during the quarter, start-up costs related to reopening manufacturing facilities, and increased steel and component costs. During the quarter ended March 31, 2004, the Rail Group recorded a loss provision of $2.7 million related to steel and component cost increases on certain contracts which will be completed during the remainder of 2004.

In the three months ended March 31, 2004 railcar sales to Trinity Industries Leasing Company included in the Rail Group results were $34.2 million compared to $64.3 million in the comparable period in 2003 with profit of $3.3 million compared to $3.9 million for the same period in 2003. Sales to Trinity Industries Leasing Company and related profits are eliminated in consolidation.

46


Table of Contents

Construction Products Group

                 

Three months ended
March 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2004 2003

Revenues
  $ 120.1     $ 103.5  
Operating profit
  $ 2.0     $ 3.1  
Operating profit margin
    1.7%       3.0%  

Revenues increased 16% for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. The increase in revenues was primarily attributable to an increase in the Highway Safety business and the Concrete and Aggregate business. The Highway Safety business has increased due to favorable weather conditions and an improvement in the market demand for our products. The Concrete and Aggregate business has increased due to acquisitions in the later part of 2003 and early 2004. Operating profit percentage for the quarter decreased over the same period last year as a result of the steel price increases in the Structural Bridge portion of this segment and competitive pricing pressure in certain markets of our Concrete and Aggregate business as well as the impact of year over year unfavorable weather.

Inland Barge Group

                 

Three months ended
March 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2004 2003

Revenues
  $ 43.3     $ 44.1  
Operating profit (loss)
  $ (5.7)     $ (0.8)  
Operating profit (loss) margin
    (13.2)%       (1.8)%  

Revenues decreased $0.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. This was primarily due to a decrease in tank barge volume, offset by an increase in deck and specialty barge sales. Operating loss for the current quarter was $5.7 million, an increase of $4.9 million compared to the same period last year. This was primarily due to a $4.6 million loss related to steel price increases on contracts that will be completed during the remainder of 2004 and increased barge litigation costs. Barge litigation costs were $1.0 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003.

Industrial Products Group

                 

Three months
ended March 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2004 2003

Revenues
  $ 31.8     $ 28.5  
Operating profit
  $ 0.8     $  
Operating profit margin
    2.5%       —%  

47


Table of Contents

Revenues increased 11.6% for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to the same period in 2003. This increase of $3.3 million was due to increased sales in domestic tanks in the U.S. and an increase in the sale of heads used for tank car production and other railcar equipment, offset by lower sales in Mexico. The operating profit margin for the current quarter is higher than the same quarter last year due to improved efficiencies based on increased volume and increased sales of tank car heads and other railcar equipment.

Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group

                 

Three months
ended March 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2004 2003

Leasing and management revenues
  $ 34.6     $ 27.7  
Lease fleet sales
    0.5       0.8  
   
Total revenues
  $ 35.1     $ 28.5  
Operating profit— leasing and management
    9.4       8.4  
Operating profit— lease fleet sales
    0.2       0.2  
   
Total operating profit
  $ 9.6     $ 8.6  
Operating profit margin
    27.4%       30.2%  
Fleet utilization
    98.3%       94.0%  

Total revenues increased $6.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to the same period last year. This increase of 23.2% is due to both an increase in rental revenues due to additions to the lease fleet as well as improved fleet utilization. Operating profit increased to $9.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to $8.6 million for the same period in 2003. The increase in operating profit is due to the increased size of the rental fleet, improved utilization, offset by an increase in lease expense associated with the leveraged lease financing.

As of March 31, 2004, the Leasing and Management Services Group’s rental fleet of approximately 19,100 owned or leased railcars has an average age of 5.3 years and an average remaining lease term of 6.26 years.

All Other

Revenues in All Other increased to $7.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in intersegment sales by our transportation company. Operating profit was $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 compared to an operating loss of $0.9 million in the same period in 2003.

Year ended December 31, 2003 compared with the year ended December 31, 2002.

Our consolidated net loss for 2003 was $10.0 million as compared to a net loss of $19.6 million for 2002. Net loss applicable to common stockholders for 2003 was $11.6 million ($0.25 loss per diluted share) as compared to $19.6 million ($0.43 per diluted share) for 2002. The difference between net loss and net loss applicable to common shares for 2003 is the $1.6 million in accrued dividends and accreted offering costs on the Series B preferred stock.

48


Table of Contents

Revenues. Revenues decreased $54.5 million to $1,432.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $1,487.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decline in revenues was primarily due to a decline in sales in our Inland Barge Group, Construction Products Group and Industrial Products Group offset by higher revenues in our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group.

The following table reconciles the revenue amounts discussed under our operating segments with the consolidated total revenues shown in the Selected Financial Data.

                                                   

Year ended December 31,

2003 2002


(Dollars in millions) Outside Intersegment Total Outside Intersegment Total

Rail Group
  $ 494.5     $ 240.1     $ 734.6     $ 504.3     $ 125.1     $ 629.4  
Construction Products Group
    488.8       1.1       489.9       503.9       0.9       504.8  
Inland Barge Group
    170.6             170.6       211.7             211.7  
Industrial Products Group
    120.7       4.1       124.8       140.1       3.0       143.1  
Railcar Leasing and Management
                                               
 
Services Group
    153.8             153.8       114.7             114.7  
All Other
    4.4       26.5       30.9       12.6       26.9       39.5  
Eliminations
          (271.8 )     (271.8 )           (155.9 )     (155.9 )
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,432.8     $     $ 1,432.8     $ 1,487.3     $     $ 1,487.3  

Selling, engineering and administrative expenses. Selling, engineering and administrative expenses decreased $3.6 million to $159.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $162.6 million for the comparable period in 2002, a decrease of 2.2%. The decrease was a result of continued cost reduction efforts. During 2002, we signed a managed services contract to implement a new financial system and to outsource certain accounting and processing activities. While expected to produce overall savings in future years, this project did result in incremental selling, engineering and administrative costs of approximately $8.9 million ($0.14 per common share).

49


Table of Contents

Operating profit

                 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2003 2002

Rail Group
  $ (6.2 )   $ (41.5 )
Construction Products Group
    37.5       48.3  
Inland Barge Group
    (4.7 )     4.7  
Industrial Products Group
    8.4       2.4  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    41.0       31.3  
All Other
    (8.4 )     (5.7 )
Corporate and Eliminations
    (54.2 )     (28.8 )
   
Consolidated total
  $ 13.4     $ 10.7  

Operating profit improved to $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to $10.7 million for the same period in 2002. Operating margins improved in the Rail Group due to improved efficiencies associated with an increase in volume, offset by $2.3 million of estimated losses on future deliveries as a result of steel surcharges. The increase in operating profit was also due to improvement in margins in the U.S. propane tank business and improved efficiencies in the tank heads business. Operating profit for Inland Barge Group was adversely impacted by an additional $1.5 million in costs incurred related to litigation aggregating approximately $4.0 million for the year as well as $4.1 million related to estimated losses on future deliveries as a result of steel surcharges. Operating profit for the Industrial Products Group in 2002 was negatively impacted by a $2.2 million reserve established for a long-term propane tank equipment lease receivable from a customer who began operating under bankruptcy protection.

Other income and expense. Other income and expense included interest income, interest expense and other, net. Interest expense, net of interest income decreased $0.9 million to $34.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $35.1 million for the same period in 2002.

Other income is primarily attributable to gains on sales of non-operating assets, primarily land, offset by losses on equity investments and foreign exchange transactions. The increase in 2003 was attributable to an increase in the gain on sales of non-operating assets.

Income taxes. The benefit for income taxes, as a percentage of loss before taxes, increased to 30.2% in 2003 from 19.5% in 2002 primarily due to changes in taxes related to our foreign operations.

50


Table of Contents

Rail Group

                     

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2003 2002

Revenues:
               
 
North American Rail
  $ 494.5     $ 349.3  
 
Europe Rail
    139.6       185.8  
 
Components
    100.5       94.3  
   
   
Total revenues
  $ 734.6     $ 629.4  
Operating loss
  $ (6.2)     $ (41.5)  
Operating loss margin
    (0.8)%       (6.6)%  

Revenues increased 16.7% for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the same period in 2002. This increase was primarily due to North American railcar shipments of approximately 8,300 railcars compared to the prior year of approximately 4,800 railcars. Operating results showed improvement for 2003 based on the higher North American volume. Shipments for North America in 2004 are expected to improve as we enter 2004 with a backlog of approximately 11,800 railcars. Our European rail operations showed a decrease in the number of cars shipped due to a decline in the market. European revenues for 2003 decreased by 24.9% compared to the same period in 2002. Shipments of approximately 2,100 railcars for 2003 were approximately 400 fewer railcars than 2002. We enter 2004 with a stronger backlog in Europe which has increased over 40% since December 31, 2002 to approximately 2,150 railcars.

In the year ended December 31, 2003, railcar sales to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group included in the Rail Group results were $238.4 million compared to $119.0 million in the comparable period in 2002 with operating profit of $15.8 million in 2003 compared to $5.9 million in comparable period in 2002. Sales to Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group and related profits are eliminated in consolidation.

Construction Products Group

                 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2003 2002

Revenues
  $ 489.9     $ 504.8  
Operating profit
  $ 37.5     $ 48.3  
Operating profit margin
    7.7%       9.6%  

Revenues decreased $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the same period in 2002. The decrease in revenues was primarily attributable to lower demand in Highway Safety products, exiting certain non-core product lines since the first quarter of 2002, reduced production in the Structural Bridge business, and reduced product volume and competitive pricing pressures in the fittings business. These revenue reductions were offset by an increase in production in the Concrete and Aggregates business due to good weather and strong demand. Operating profit margin decreased as a result of reduced volume, competitive pricing pressures and increased fuel and insurance costs.

51


Table of Contents

Inland Barge Group

                 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2003 2002

Revenues
  $ 170.6     $ 211.7  
Operating profit (loss)
  $ (4.7 )   $ 4.7  
Operating profit (loss) margin
    (2.8)%       2.2%  

Revenues decreased approximately $41.1 million compared to the prior year primarily due to a decrease in hopper barge shipments. For the year ended December 31, 2003, approximately 300 hopper barges were delivered compared to approximately 500 for the same period in 2002. The decrease in units was due to the severe downturn in the hopper barge market. The composite business also experienced a decrease in revenue due to the downturn of the hopper barge market. For the tank barge business, 51 barges were delivered compared to 48 for the same period last year.

Operating profit declined approximately $9.4 million from the prior year due to the reduced hopper barge and composite sales and was adversely impacted by an additional $1.5 million in costs incurred related to litigation aggregating $4.0 million for the year as well as $4.1 million related to estimated losses on future deliveries as a result of steel surcharges.

Industrial Products Group

                 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2003 2002

Revenues
  $ 124.8     $ 143.1  
Operating profit
  $ 8.4     $ 2.4  
Operating profit margin
    6.7%       1.7%  

Revenues declined 12.8% for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared to the same period in 2002. The decline in revenues is primarily due to the sale of the specialty tank heads product line in the United States during 2002 and a decline in propane tank related sales in Mexico. Overall, the increase in operating profit was primarily due to improvement in operating margins in the U.S. propane tank and tank heads businesses as a result of improved manufacturing efficiency, sales and marketing and overall product mix. Operating profit in 2003 was negatively impacted by a $0.9 million write down of long-lived assets in Brazil. The prior year was impacted by the establishment of a $2.2 million allowance for bad debt due to a customer declaring bankruptcy as well as a decline in propane tank related sales in Mexico.

52


Table of Contents

Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group

                 

Year ended
December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2003 2002

Leasing and management revenues
  $ 118.6     $ 109.9  
Lease fleet sales
    35.2       4.8  
   
Total revenues
  $ 153.8     $ 114.7  
Operating profit— leasing and management
    37.0       29.7  
Operating profit— lease fleet sales
    4.0       1.6  
   
Total operating profit
  $ 41.0     $ 31.3  
Operating profit margin
    26.7%       27.3%  

Revenues for this group include railcar lease revenues and management fees as well as sales of railcars from our lease fleet. Total revenues in 2003 increased over 2002 due to the increase of $30.4 million in railcar sales and $8.7 million due to an increase in the size of the lease fleet that includes both company-owned railcars and railcars we lease under operating leases, as well as higher fleet utilization. We manage a lease portfolio of approximately 67,000 railcars.

The increase in operating profit was due to the increased size of the rental fleet, improved utilization, as well as a decrease in rental abatement. Operating profit from the sale of railcars was $4.0 million in 2003 compared to $1.6 million in 2002.

All Other

Revenues in All Other decreased to $30.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2003 from $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The decline in revenues is primarily due to a decline in the structural tower business. Operating loss was $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 and $5.7 million in the same period in 2002. The increase in the operating loss is primarily due to costs associated with non-operating plants.

Twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared with the twelve months ended December 31, 2001.

We changed our year-end in 2001 from March 31 to December 31 and, as a result, included in our Statement of Operations are the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 as compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2001. Compared to the nine-month period, revenues improved $139.5 million due to having an additional three months of operation offset by a drop in revenues for the Rail Group caused by the reduction in North American railcar shipments. Operating profit improved to a profit of $10.7 million compared to a loss of $16.4 million for the nine-month period. The nine-month period included unusual charges of $64.3 million (see “Unusual charges”). Interest expense also increased as a result of increased debt incurred. Our management discussion and analysis which follows is based on a comparison of the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 to the unaudited comparable twelve months ended December 31, 2001.

Our net loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 was $19.6 million ($0.43 per diluted common share) as compared to a net loss of $74.4 million ($1.94 per diluted share) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001, a decrease of the net loss of $54.8 million.

53


Table of Contents

Revenues. Revenues decreased $279.2 million to $1,487.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to $1,766.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001, a decrease of 15.8%. The decline in revenues was primarily due to the reduction in North American railcar shipments, exiting certain lines of business in the Construction Products Group, All Other groups and the structural towers business.

The following table reconciles the revenue amounts discussed under each segment with the consolidated total revenues shown in the Selected Financial Data.

                                                   

Twelve months ended December 31,

2002 2001


(Dollars in millions) Outside Intersegment Total Outside Intersegment Total

Rail Group
  $ 504.3     $ 125.1     $ 629.4     $ 700.0     $ 257.5     $ 957.5  
Construction Products Group
    503.9       0.9       504.8       543.8       6.5       550.3  
Inland Barge Group
    211.7             211.7       206.6       0.1       206.7  
Industrial Products Group
    140.1       3.0       143.1       139.9       7.6       147.5  
Railcar Leasing and
                                               
 
Management Services
                                               
 
Group
    114.7             114.7       114.1             114.1  
All Other
    12.6       26.9       39.5       62.1       43.9       106.0  
Eliminations
          (155.9 )     (155.9 )           (315.6 )     (315.6 )
   
Consolidated total
  $ 1,487.3     $     $ 1,487.3     $ 1,766.5     $     $ 1,766.5  

Selling, engineering and administrative expense. Selling, engineering and administrative expenses decreased $18.7 million to $162.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to $181.3 million for the twelve months ended December, 31, 2001, a decrease of 10.3%. The decrease was a result of lower head count, cost reduction efforts and special charges of $9.4 million recorded in the prior twelve months.

Operating profit (loss)

                 

Twelve months
ended December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2002 2001

Rail Group
  $ (41.5 )   $ (104.4 )
Construction Products Group
    48.3       48.9  
Inland Barge Group
    4.7       11.6  
Industrial Products Group
    2.4       2.8  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    31.3       38.0  
All Other
    (5.7 )     (35.8 )
Corporate and Eliminations
    (28.8 )     (35.7 )
   
Consolidated total
  $ 10.7     $ (74.6 )

Operating profit (loss) improved to a $10.7 million profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to a loss of $74.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001. Special charges for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001 were

54


Table of Contents

$120.1 million. Reduced revenues of $328.1 million in 2002 and unabsorbed overhead due primarily to lower North American railcar volumes caused operating losses in the Rail Group. Operating profit for 2002 for the Inland Barge Group was adversely impacted by $3.2 million in cost incurred related to litigation and related costs. Operations in 2002 for the Industrial Products Group was impacted by a $2.2 million reserve established for a long-term propane tank equipment lease receivable from a customer who began operating under bankruptcy protection during the second quarter. Improved operating margins in the Construction Products and All Other groups were due to exiting unprofitable product lines.

Other income and expense. Other income and expense included interest income, interest expense and other, net. Interest expense, net of interest income increased $9.7 million to $35.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to $25.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001, an increase of 38.2%. The increase was attributed to higher debt levels, to charging off debt issuance costs of $1.3 million related to debt that was replaced with other credit facilities in the current period and lower interest income.

Other, net was $0.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to an expense of $2.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001. The decrease in expense was due to gains on sale of property, plant and equipment in the 2002 compared to the prior twelve month period and foreign exchange losses in 2002 compared to gains in the prior twelve month period.

Income taxes. The provision for income taxes, as a percentage of income before taxes, increased to 19.5% in 2002 from 14.3% in 2001 due primarily to increased state taxes and an increase in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets.

Rail Group

                     

Twelve months ended
December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2002 2001

Revenues:
               
 
North American Rail
  $ 349.3     $ 779.9  
 
Europe Rail
    185.8       79.1  
 
Components
    94.3       98.5  
   
   
Total revenues
  $ 629.4     $ 957.5  
Operating loss
  $ (41.5)     $ (104.4)  
Operating loss margin
    (6.6)%       (10.9)%  

Revenues declined 34.3% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to the same period in 2001. This decline was due to the current downturn in the North American railcar market. North American railcar shipments dropped approximately 58% compared to the prior year to approximately 4,800 railcars. Operating profit (loss) for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001 included restructuring charges of $97.5 million (see “Unusual charges”). Operating profit (loss) margins, excluding unusual charges, were impacted by lower production levels and price pressures in the current competitive environment.

In the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, railcar sales to Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group included in the Rail Group results were $119.0 million compared

55


Table of Contents

to $250.3 million in the comparable period in 2001 with operating profit of $5.9 million in 2002 compared to $12.4 million for the same period in 2001. Sales to Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group and related profits are eliminated in consolidation.

Construction Products Group

                 

Twelve months
ended December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2002 2001

Revenues
  $ 504.8     $ 550.3  
Operating profit
  $ 48.3     $ 48.9  
Operating profit margin
    9.6%       8.9%  

Revenues declined 8.3% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to the same period in 2001. The decrease in revenues consisted of approximately $13.5 million attributable to closing under performing concrete and aggregates locations in Louisiana in the second quarter and exiting the sheet pile, flange and valve product lines and approximately $27.0 million due to reduced demands in several business lines. Revenue also declined by $7.9 million due to inclement weather in the fourth quarter. These decreases were offset by price increases aggregating $10.7 million. Operating profit for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001 included other charges of $0.9 million (see “Unusual charges”). Operating profit margins increased as a result of cost reductions in the Concrete and Aggregates business, elimination of unprofitable products, and efficiency improvements in the Bridge business partially offset by steel cost increases in the Highway Safety business not passed on to customers.

Inland Barge Group

                 

Twelve months
ended December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2002 2001

Revenues
  $ 211.7     $ 206.7  
Operating profit
  $ 4.7     $ 11.6  
Operating profit margin
    2.2%       5.6%  

Revenues increased 2.4% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to the same period in 2001. The increase in revenues was attributable to increased deliveries of hopper barges and sale of barges in Argentina. Operating profit was lower primarily due to cost incurred related to litigation initiated by two customers in 2002 and related issues of $3.2 million and higher prior year margins due to a one-time steel panel contract of $2.7 million.

56


Table of Contents

Industrial Products Group

                 

Twelve months
ended December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2002 2001

Revenues
  $ 143.1     $ 147.5  
Operating profit
  $ 2.4     $ 2.8  
Operating profit margin
    1.7%       1.9%  

Revenues decreased 3.0% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 compared to the same period in 2001. The decrease in revenues is primarily due to a reduction in tank heads sales offset by an increase in Mexico propane tank transport equipment sales. Operating income in 2002 was impacted by a $2.2 million reserve established for a long-term propane tank equipment lease receivable from a customer who began operating under bankruptcy protection during the second quarter.

Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group

                 

Twelve months
ended December 31,

(Dollars in millions) 2002 2001

Leasing and management revenues
  $ 109.9     $ 91.6  
Lease fleet sales
    4.8       22.5  
   
Total net sales
  $ 114.7     $ 114.1  
Operating profit— leasing and management
    29.7       35.2  
Operating profit— lease fleet sales
    1.6       2.8  
   
Total operating profit
  $ 31.3     $ 38.0  
Operating profit margin
    27.3%       33.3%  

Revenues for this group include railcar lease revenue and management fees as well as sales of railcars from our lease fleet. Railcar lease revenue and management fees increased $18.3 million over the prior year due to the increase in the size of the lease fleet that includes both company-owned railcars and railcars we lease under operating leases. Operating profit is down due to the increased size of the fleet that we lease compared to the fleet we own. This shift resulted from the fact that, in the March quarter of 2001, we were building a substantial portfolio of lease railcars that were subsequently moved from owned cars to leased railcars later in the year in a sale/leaseback transaction. The reason that leased railcars result in lower operating profit margins is that operating lease expense on the railcars we lease includes both a depreciation component and an interest component that is charged to operating expense. For owned railcars, only a depreciation component is charged to operating expense. Selling, engineering and administrative expense also increased due to our strategy to grow both the lease fleet and the managed railcar fleet. For the year, the operating profit margin declined 7%, of which 2% was due to pricing and utilization, 2.5% due to increased maintenance expenses and 2.5% due to the growth in the lease fleet and marketing expenses.

57


Table of Contents

Revenues from the sale of railcars from the lease fleet were $4.8 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 and $22.5 million in 2001. Operating profits on these sales were $1.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 and $2.8 million in 2001.

All Other

Revenues in All Other decreased to $39.5 million in the twelve months ended December 31, 2002 from $106.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001. This decrease is due to discontinuing the concrete mixer and related products business of $9.5 million in 2001. A decline in the structural tower business of $50.4 million also contributed to lower revenues.

Operating loss was $5.7 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2002, and $35.8 million in the same period in 2001. Restructuring charges included in the twelve months ended December 31, 2001 were $17.9 million primarily related to exiting the concrete mixer and related products business referred to above and environmental liabilities. Excluding restructuring charges, a larger operating loss was recorded in the same period in 2001 due primarily to operating losses associated with concrete mixer and related products business.

Unusual charges

During the twelve months ended December 31, 2001, we recorded special pretax charges of approximately $122.2 million, $86.1 million net of tax or $2.25 per share, related primarily to restructuring our Rail Group in connection with the Thrall merger, additional plant closings, severance, asset write downs and a litigation reserve for an adverse jury verdict announced May 14, 2001. Of these charges, $120.1 million were charged to operating profit. These charges are reflected in the following income statement categories and segments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2001.

                                                         

Railcar
Leasing &
Construction Inland Industrial Management Corporate
(Dollars in millions) Rail Products Barge Products Services & Other Total

Cost of revenues
  $ 92.0     $ 0.8     $     $     $     $ 17.9     $ 110.7  
Selling, engineering & administrative
    5.5       0.1                         3.8       9.4  
   
Charged to operating profit
  $ 97.5     $ 0.9     $     $     $     $ 21.7     $ 120.1  

58


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended December 31, 2001, we recorded special pretax charges of approximately $66.4 million, $50.4 million net of tax or $1.30 per share, related primarily to restructuring our Rail Group in connection with the Thrall merger and other matters. Of these charges, $64.3 million were charged to operating profit. These charges are reflected in the following income statement categories and segments.

                                                         

Railcar
Leasing &
Construction Inland Industrial Management Corporate
(Dollars in millions) Rail Products Barge Products Services & Other Total

Cost of revenues
  $ 46.1     $ 0.8     $     $     $     $ 9.9     $ 56.8  
Selling, engineering & administrative
    4.2       0.1                         3.2       7.5  
   
Charged to operating profit
  $ 50.3     $ 0.9     $     $     $     $ 13.1     $ 64.3  

Unusual charges reported in other expenses amounted to $2.1 million primarily for the write down of equity investments during the twelve months and nine months ended December 31, 2001.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001, we recorded pre-tax charges of approximately $173.3 million, $110.9 million net of tax or $2.96 per share, primarily related to the restructuring of our Rail Group, investment and asset write downs, litigation reserves and other charges. Of these charges, $140.9 million were charged to operating profit. These charges are reflected in the following income statement categories and segments:

                                                         

Railcar
Leasing &
Construction Inland Industrial Management Corporate
(Dollars in millions) Rail Products Barge Products Services & Other Total

Cost of revenues
  $ 73.7     $ 13.7     $ 4.4     $ 0.7     $     $ 32.8     $ 125.3  
Selling, engineering & administrative
    6.7                               8.9       15.6  
   
Charged to operating profit
  $ 80.4     $ 13.7     $ 4.4     $ 0.7     $     $ 41.7     $ 140.9  

Unusual charges reported in other expenses amounted to $32.4 million primarily for the write down of equity investments in fiscal year 2001.

Unusual charges of $55.8 million related to the three months ended March 31, 2001 are included in both the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2001 amounts.

Liquidity and capital resources

Following the consummation of the offering of the original notes, the use of proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of proceeds,” and the closing of our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility, our principal sources of liquidity for our non-leasing operations is internally generated cash, $138.9 million of available borrowings under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility and the net proceeds from the offering of the original notes remaining after we repaid all $162.8 million of outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit facility. We will use these remaining net proceeds for

59


Table of Contents

general corporate purposes, including, among others, to make capital expenditures in strategic manufacturing facilities and fund working capital requirements of our railcar manufacturing operations. Our leasing operations are primarily funded through the warehouse facility of TRL II, a qualified subsidiary of TILC, our wholly-owned captive leasing subsidiary. As of March 31, 2004, TRL II had $108.6 million of indebtedness outstanding and $191.4 million of available borrowings under the warehouse facility. The warehouse facility is non-recourse (as described herein) to us and to all of our subsidiaries other than TRL II and is secured by the railcars financed with borrowings under the warehouse facility and associated leases. We believe these sources of funds are adequate to meet our current and future operating and capital needs for the foreseeable future.

First quarter 2004 financing activity

In March 2004, we issued, through a private offering, $300.0 million aggregate principal amount 6 1/2% senior notes, or Senior Notes, due 2014. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually commencing September 15, 2004. The Senior Notes rank equally with all of our existing and future senior debt and are subordinated to all our existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. We may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after March 15, 2009 at a redemption price of 103.25% in 2009, 102.167% in 2010, 101.083% in 2011 and 100.0% in 2012 and thereafter plus accrued interest. We may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes using the proceeds from certain public equity offerings completed on or before March 15, 2007 at a redemption price of 106.5% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes could restrict our ability to incur additional debt, make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments, sell assets, create certain liens and merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of our assets. We applied approximately $163.0 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay all indebtedness under our existing bank credit facility.

In connection with the issuance of our Senior Notes, we extended our secured credit agreement to provide for a three-year, $250.0 million revolving credit facility and repaid the existing term loan facility. Amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility during the first quarter of 2004 bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.75%. Amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility for periods after the first quarter of 2004 will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin based upon financial performance. Our accounts receivable and inventory secure the agreement. The agreement limits the amount of capital expenditures related to our leasing business, requires maintenance of ratios related to interest coverage for the leasing and manufacturing operations, leverage, asset coverage and minimum net worth, and restricts the amount of dividend payments based upon our current credit rating not to exceed $25.0 million annually. At March 31, 2004, there were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

2003 financing activity

In June 2003, we issued 600 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Each Share of Series B preferred stock has an initial liquidation value of $100,000 per share. The liquidation value, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, is payable on June 25, 2008, the mandatory redemption date, at our option in cash or in shares of common stock valued at 90% of the then current market price of our common stock. Each share of Series B preferred stock may be converted at any time at the option of the holder into shares of our common stock, based on the initial conversion price of $22.46 per share, which is the equivalent to

60


Table of Contents

4,452 shares of common stock for each $100,000 initial liquidation preference. Holders of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends payable semi-annually, on July 1 and January 1 of each year, beginning January 1, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.5% of the liquidation preference. We may, at our option, pay dividends either in cash or in shares of our common stock at the then current market price. All dividends paid through January 2004 have been paid in cash. The holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to vote with the holders of the common stock on an as-if converted basis on all matters brought before the stockholders. The Series B preferred stock has been classified outside the Stockholders’ Equity section because there is not absolute assurance that the number of authorized and unissued common shares would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock. At December 31, 2003, the number of shares authorized and unissued would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock as long as the market value of our common stock was at least $1.37 per share.

In August 2003, TRL II expanded its $200.0 million non-recourse warehouse facility (as described herein) to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TRL II to $300.0 million. TRL II also extended the availability term through August 2004, which unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in February 2005, August 2005 and February 2006. Advances under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.375% (2.545% at December 31, 2003). At December 31, 2003, $228.9 million was available under this facility.

In September 2003, we modified the terms of our $425.0 million secured credit agreement. We modified the debt covenants under the agreement to separate our leasing and manufacturing operations for debt compliance purposes and paid off $25.0 million of the 5-year term commitment. The agreement calls for quarterly payments of principal on the term debt in the amount of $375,000 beginning September 30, 2002 through June 30, 2006 and $36.0 million beginning on September 30, 2006 and ending on the maturity date. Amounts borrowed under the revolving commitment bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.25% (there were no borrowings on December 31, 2003). Amounts borrowed under the term commitment bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.25% (4.40% at December 31, 2003). At December 31, 2003, $122.8 million was borrowed under this agreement. At December 31, 2003, the most restrictive of the debt covenants based on trailing twelve month calculations as defined by the debt agreements allows for approximately $73.9 million additional principal and approximately $8.1 million and $10.5 million additional annual interest expense for leasing and manufacturing operations, respectively.

Credit ratings

On July 2, 2003, Moody’s Investors Services lowered our corporate credit rating to Ba2 with stable outlook. This downgrade in our credit rating had the effect of increasing the interest rate on the revolving commitment under our bank lines by  1/4%. We had no borrowings under our revolver as of December 31, 2003. The change in interest rate on the revolver, combined with the change in interest rates on our term loans associated with the December 30, 2002 Standard & Poor’s rating change to BB with stable outlook, restricted up to $12.0 million of future cash flows from our off balance sheet railcar financing arrangement, and in the current environment, could impact interest rates on any new financing arrangements but will not result in acceleration of any obligations. Any further downgrade by either Standard & Poor’s or Moody Investors Service would not result in any further increase in interest rates or acceleration of obligations under our existing bank lines.

61


Table of Contents

Cash flows

Operating activities. Net cash required by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $71.7 million compared to $87.6 million net cash provided by operating activities for the same period in 2003. This was partially due to an increase in working capital related to increased volumes in the Rail Group. In addition, a tax refund of $47.6 million was collected in the three months ended March 31, 2003. The increase in working capital needs is reflective of the gradual upturn in the businesses.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $114.9 million compared to $120.7 million for the same period in 2002. Net cash provided by operating activities in 2003 was impacted by the collection of approximately $73.8 million in income tax refunds. Net cash provided by operating activities in 2002 was impacted by decreasing working capital needs, which was reflected in the downturn of the business in 2002.

Investing activities. Net cash required by investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $39.9 million compared to $65.9 million for the same period last year. Capital expenditures for the three months ended March 31, 2004 were $36.8 million, of which $31.8 million were for additions to the lease subsidiary. This compares to $68.4 million of capital expenditures for the same period last year, of which $65.5 million was for additions to the lease subsidiary. Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment were $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 composed primarily of railcar sales from the lease fleet and the sale of non-operating assets, compared to $2.5 million for the same period in 2003 composed primarily of railcar sales from the lease fleet. In addition, $15.7 million of cash was required for an acquisition by our Construction Products Group and $8.5 million of cash was provided by the sale of the Leasing Group’s equity ownership in a trust.

Net cash required by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $40.9 million compared to $151.1 million for the comparable period of 2002.

The increase in capital spending for the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group for 2003 is reflective of additions made to the lease fleet of $264.7 million compared to $134.5 million in 2002. Other capital expenditures by other segments in 2003 totaled $20.2 million compared to $37.7 million in 2002.

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2003 of $251.6 million was composed primarily of the sale of railcars from the lease fleet and other assets, compared to the same period in 2002 of $22.5 million, which was composed primarily of the sale of closed facilities. During 2003, we had six acquisitions primarily in the Construction Products Group with a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $7.6 million, compared to $1.4 million, net of cash acquired in 2002.

Financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $216.9 million compared to $4.5 million for the same period in 2003. During the first quarter of 2004, we issued, through a private offering, $300.0 million aggregate principal amount 6 1/2% senior notes due 2014. We applied approximately $163.0 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay all indebtedness under our existing credit facility.

Cash required for financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2003 was $47.1 million compared to cash provided by financing activities of $27.3 million for the comparable period of 2002. During 2003 our financing activities included cash proceeds of

62


Table of Contents

$57.6 million from the issuance of the Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. For the year ended December 31, 2003, debt was reduced by $93.7 million.

Off balance sheet arrangements

The Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group, or the Leasing Group, has completed a series of financing transactions. During the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the Leasing Group completed a lease arrangement for $199.0 million in railcars. The Leasing Group sold the railcars to an independent trust. The trust financed the purchase of the railcars with $151.3 million in debt and $47.7 million in equity provided by a large independent financial institution. The equity participant in the trust is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the trust. The Leasing Group’s primary liability is its commitments on the operating leases discussed below. An independent trustee for the trust has authority for appointment of the railcar fleet manager.

During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group completed another transaction whereby $235.0 million of railcars were sold to three separate owner trusts. Two of the trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $155.0 million in debt and $45.0 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the two trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts. The remaining trust equity was capitalized with a contribution of $9.5 million from the Leasing Group and outside debt of $25.6 million (see notes 9 and 10 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus). Because the Leasing Group was the sole equity participant of the third trust as of December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group was the primary beneficiary and therefore the trust was included in our consolidated financial statements as of such date. As of February 2004, the sale of our equity interest in this variable interest trust was complete, and the trust is no longer consolidated.

The Leasing Group, through newly formed, wholly-owned qualified subsidiaries, leased railcars from the trusts under operating leases with terms of 22 years and subleased the railcars to independent third party customers under shorter term operating leases. These qualified subsidiaries had total assets as of December 31, 2002 of $53.9 million and as of December 31, 2003 of $111.0 million, including cash of $31.8 million, of which $6.6 million was collateral for the equity participant of one of the trusts, and Leasing Group railcars of $70.7 million. The cash (other than the $6.6 million) and railcars are pledged to collateralize the lease obligations to the trusts and are included in our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus. We do not guarantee the performance of the subsidiaries’ lease obligations. Future operating lease obligations of our subsidiaries under the lease agreements are as follows (in millions): 2004— $37.4; 2005— $36.6; 2006— $34.2; 2007— $33.5; 2008— $33.4 and $463.0 thereafter. Future minimum rental revenues from subleased railcars as of December 31, 2003 are as follows (in millions): 2004— $46.2; 2005— $41.5; 2006— $36.1; 2007— $29.3; 2008— $23.8 and $140.2 thereafter.

Under the terms of the operating lease agreements, the Leasing Group has the option to purchase at a predetermined, fixed price, certain of the railcars from the trusts in 2017 and other railcars in 2018. We also have options to purchase the railcars at the end of the respective lease agreements in 2023 and 2025 at the then fair market value of the railcars as determined by a third party, independent appraisal. At the expiration of the operating lease agreements, we have no further obligations thereunder.

63


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the servicing and remarketing agreements, the Leasing Group is required to endeavor, consistent with customary commercial practice as would be used by a prudent person, to maintain railcars under lease for the benefit of the trusts. The Leasing Group also receives management fees under the terms of the agreements. Certain ratios and cash deposits must be maintained by the subsidiaries in order for excess cash flow, as defined in the agreements, from the lease to third parties, to be available to us.

The sales of the railcars by us to the trusts were accounted for as a sale/leaseback transaction. No revenue or profit was recorded at the time of the transactions and all profit was deferred and is being amortized over the terms of the operating leases. Neither the assets, the liabilities, nor equity of the trusts are reflected on our balance sheet except for the one trust where we are currently the primary beneficiary.

Employee retirement plans

As disclosed in note 13 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus, the projected benefit obligation for the employee retirement plans exceed the plans’ assets by $64.9 million as of December 31, 2003 as compared to $74.2 million as of December 31, 2002. Approximately $27 million of the change was due to return on plan assets offset by $18 million due to changing the obligation discount rate used in the actuarial assumptions to 6.25% from a previous rate of 6.75%. Employer contributions for the year ending December 31, 2004 are expected to be $21.3 million compared to $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Future operating requirements

We expect to finance future operating requirements with cash flows from operations, and depending on market conditions, long-term and short-term debt and privately placed equity.

64


Table of Contents

Contractual obligation and commercial commitments

As of December 31, 2003, we had the following contractual obligations:

                                         

Payments due by period

1 year 2-3 4-5 After
(Dollars in millions) Total or less Years Years 5 Years

Debt— Recourse
  $ 298.0     $ 2.2     $ 125.3     $ 104.9     $ 65.6  
Capital lease obligations
    0.5       0.2       0.3              
Operating leases
    29.9       8.9       11.4       7.0       2.6  
Purchase obligations(1)
    274.2       273.0       1.2              
Employee retirement plans
    21.3       21.3                    
Other
    46.8       16.9       23.4       6.5        
   
Total contractual commitments
  $ 670.7     $ 322.5     $ 161.6     $ 118.4     $ 68.2  

(1) Non-cancelable purchase obligations are primarily for steel purchases.

As of December 31, 2003, we had the following other commercial commitments:

                                         

Amount of commitment expiration per period

Total
amounts 1 year 2-3 4-5 After
(Dollars in millions) committed or less years years 5 years

Debt— Non-recourse
  $ 96.7     $ 1.5     $ 72.5     $ 2.3     $ 20.4  
Letters of credit
    116.4       106.1       7.2             3.1  
Leasing Group— operating leases
    638.1       37.4       70.8       66.9       463.0  
   
Total commercial commitments
  $ 851.2     $ 145.0     $ 150.5     $ 69.2     $ 486.5  

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to bad debts, inventories, property, plant and equipment, goodwill, income taxes, warranty obligations, insurance, restructuring costs and contingencies and litigation. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies, among others, affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

65


Table of Contents

Inventory

We are required to state our inventories at the lower of cost or market. In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories, we are required to make judgments as to future demand requirements and compare that with the current or committed inventory levels. We have recorded significant changes in inventory carrying values in recent periods due to discontinuance of product lines as well as changes in market conditions due to changes in demand requirements. It is possible that changes in required inventory reserves may continue to occur in the future due to current market conditions in the railcar business.

Long-lived assets

We periodically evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used for potential impairment. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the carrying value is not recoverable and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved. Impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale are determined in a similar manner, except that fair values are reduced for the estimated cost to dispose of the assets.

Goodwill

We are required, at least annually, to evaluate goodwill related to acquired businesses for potential impairment indicators that are based on legal factors, market conditions in the United States and Europe and operational performance of our acquired businesses. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill associated with our acquired businesses is impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Warranties

We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time we recognize revenue. We base our estimates on historical warranty claims. We also provide for specifically identified warranty obligations. Should actual claim rates differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required.

Insurance

We are self-insured for workers’ compensation claims. A third-party administrator processes all such claims. We accrue our workers’ compensation liability based upon independent actuarial studies. To the extent actuarial assumptions change and claims experience rates differ from historical rates, our liability may change.

Contingencies and litigation

We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings. As discussed in note 17 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, as of December 31, 2003, we have accrued our estimate of the probable settlement or judgment costs for the resolution of these claims. This estimate has been developed in consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters and is based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. We do not believe these proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position. It

66


Table of Contents

is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions related to these proceedings.

Environmental

We are involved in various proceedings related to environmental matters. We have provided reserves to cover probable and estimable liabilities with respect to such proceedings, taking into account currently available information and our contractual rights of indemnification. However, estimates of future response costs are necessarily imprecise. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or, if we were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceeding, that such costs would not be material to us.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Our earnings are affected by changes in interest rates due to the impact those changes have on our variable rate debt obligations, which represented approximately 56% of our total debt as of December 31, 2003. We have hedged a portion of this exposure with interest rate swaps leaving approximately 18% of our total debt exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. If interest rates average one percentage point more in fiscal year 2004 than they did during 2003, our interest expense would increase by approximately $0.7 million. In comparison, at December 31, 2002, we estimated that if interest rates averaged one percentage point more in fiscal year 2003 than they did during the year ended December 31, 2002, interest expense would have increased by approximately $3.1 million. The impact of an increase in interest rates was determined based on the impact of the hypothetical change in interest rates and scheduled principal payments on our variable-rate debt obligations as of December 31, 2003 and 2002.

In addition, we are subject to market risk related to our net investments in our foreign subsidiaries. The net investment in foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 is $110.9 million. However, the impact of such market risk exposures as a result of foreign exchange rate fluctuations has not been material to us.

67


Table of Contents

Business

Our company

We are a diversified industrial company providing a variety of products and services for the transportation, industrial and construction sectors. We are engaged in the manufacturing and marketing of railcars, inland barges, concrete and aggregates, highway safety products, beams and girders used in highway construction, weld pipe fittings and tank containers. In addition, we lease railcars to our customers through a captive leasing business, Trinity Industries Leasing Company. We were incorporated in 1933 and have been publicly-traded since 1958. Trinity became a Delaware corporation in 1987. Our principal executive offices are located at 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207-2401, and our telephone number is (214) 631-4420.

We serve our customers through five business groups:

Rail Group. Our Rail Group is the leading freight railcar manufacturer in North America and we believe we are one of the leading railcar manufacturers in Europe. We provide a full complement of railcars used for transporting a wide variety of liquids, gases and dry cargo. Our Rail Group consists of two primary business units: Trinity Rail Group North America and Trinity Rail GmbH, our European railcar manufacturing business.

Trinity Rail Group North America provides a complete array of railcar solutions for our customers. We manufacture a full line of railcars, including:

  •  Tank Cars — Tank cars transport products such as liquefied petroleum gas, liquid fertilizer, sulfur, sulfuric acids and corn syrup.
 
  •  Hopper Cars — Covered hopper cars carry cargo such as grain, dry fertilizer, plastic pellets and cement. Open-top hoppers are most often used to haul coal.
 
  •  Box Cars — Box cars transport products such as food goods, auto parts, wood products and paper.
 
  •  Gondola Cars — Rotary gondolas are used for coal service, and top-loading gondola cars transport a variety of other heavy bulk commodities such as scrap metals and steel products.
 
  •  Intermodal Flat Cars — Intermodal flat cars transport intermodal containers and trailers, which are generally interchangeable among railcar, truck and ship, thus making it possible to move cargo without repeated loading and unloading.
 
  •  Auto Carrier Cars — Auto carrier cars transport automobiles and sport utility vehicles.
 
  •  Specialty Cars — Specialty cars are designed to address the special needs of a particular industry or customer, such as waste hauling gondolas, side dump cars and pressure differential cars used to haul fine grain food products such as sugar and flour.

We also provide a variety of railcar components for the North American market from our facilities in the United States and Mexico. We also have two repair and coating facilities located in Texas. We produce the widest range of railcars in the industry, which allows us to take advantage of changing industry trends and developing market opportunities. We also manufacture and sell railcar parts used in manufacturing and repairing railcars, such as auto carrier doors and accessories, discharge gates, yokes, couplers, axles and hitches.

68


Table of Contents

Our customers include railroads, leasing companies and shippers such as utilities, petrochemical companies, grain shippers and major industrial companies. We compete against five major railcar manufacturers in the North American market. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we shipped approximately 8,300 railcars in North America, or approximately 26% of total North American shipments. Our North American order backlog as of December 31, 2003 was approximately 11,800 railcars, or approximately 35% of the total North American backlog as estimated by the Railway Supply Institute, Inc. For the quarter ended March 31, 2004, we shipped approximately 2,800 railcars in North America, or approximately 28% of the total North American shipments. Our North American order backlog as of March 31, 2004 was approximately 17,200 railcars, or approximately 41% of the total North American backlog as estimated by Railway Supply Institute, Inc.

We believe Trinity Rail GmbH is one of the leading railcar manufacturers in Europe with operations primarily located in Romania. We entered the European railcar manufacturing business in 1999 with our acquisition of a large government-owned Romanian railcar manufacturer. Immediately after the acquisition, we initiated a multi-step program designed to substantially upgrade and improve the infrastructure of the facility, including the installation of state-of-the-art railcar manufacturing tooling and equipment and the transfer of our best practices. Thrall also had European facilities, which we consolidated with ours following the merger and enhanced through the transferring of best practices from the combined companies. In Europe, we compete against a number of manufacturers in various countries. Trinity Rail GmbH shipped approximately 2,100 railcars for the year ended December 31, 2003 and approximately 800 railcars for the quarter ended March 31, 2004. In the European market, there is no formal collection of information pertaining to railcar shipments. However, we believe our current European market share is approximately 30-35%. Our European backlog was approximately 2,150 railcars as of December 31, 2003 and approximately 2,000 railcars as of March 31, 2004.

We hold patents of varying duration for use in our manufacture of railcar and component products. We cannot quantify the importance of such patents, but patents are believed to offer a marketing advantage in certain circumstances. No material revenues are received from licensing of these patents.

Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group is a premier provider of railcar leasing and management services and is an important strategic resource that uniquely links our Rail Group with our customers and provides us with revenue and cash flow diversification. Trinity Rail Group North America and TILC coordinate sales and marketing activities under the trade name Trinity Rail thereby providing a single point of contact for railroads and shippers seeking solutions to their rail equipment and services needs.

Through our wholly owned subsidiaries, primarily TILC, we lease specialized types of railcars, both tank cars and freight cars. Our railcars are leased to industrial companies in the petroleum, chemical, agricultural, energy and other industries that supply their own railcars to the railroads. Substantially all of our owned railcars are purchased from and manufactured by our Rail Group at prices comparable to the prices for railcars sold by our Rail Group to third parties. The terms of our railcar leases generally vary from one to twenty years and provide for fixed monthly rentals, with an additional mileage charge when usage exceeds a specified maximum. In addition we have a small percentage of our fleet leased on a per diem basis.

69


Table of Contents

In addition, we manage railcar fleets on behalf of independent third parties. We believe our railcar fleet management services complement our leasing business by generating stable fee income, strengthening customer relationships and enhancing the view of Trinity as a leading provider of railcar products and services. In addition, the leasing business provides a strong product marketing platform for our new products. As of March 31, 2004, we owned or leased approximately 19,100 railcars that were 98.3% utilized. Additionally, we manage approximately 66,000 railcars on behalf of independent third parties.

The leasing business in which we are engaged is very competitive and there are a number of well-established companies that actively compete with us in the business of owning and leasing railcars. There are also a number of banks, investment partnerships and other financial institutions that compete with us in railcar leasing.

Construction Products Group. Our Construction Products Group manufactures concrete and aggregates, highway safety products, beams and girders used in highway bridge construction and weld pipe fittings. Many of these lines of business are seasonal and subject to weather conditions.

We believe we are a leader in the supply of ready mix concrete in several rural regions and smaller cities located throughout Texas. Our customers for concrete include contractors and subcontractors in the construction and foundation industry who are located near our plant locations. We also distribute construction aggregates, such as crushed stone, sand and gravel, asphalt rock and recycled concrete in several larger Texas cities. Our customers for aggregates are mostly other concrete manufacturers and paving contractors. We compete with ready mix concrete producers and aggregate producers located in the regions where we operate.

In highway safety products, we are the only full line producer of guardrails, crash cushions and other protective barriers that absorb and dissipate the force of impact in collisions between vehicles and fixed roadside objects. We believe we are the largest highway guardrail manufacturer in the United States, based on revenues, with a comprehensive nationwide guardrail supply network. Our predominantly galvanized steel product lines use the principles of momentum transfer and kinetic energy absorption to decelerate errant vehicles. The Federal Highway Administration determines which products are eligible for federal funds for highway projects and has approved most of our products as acceptable permanent and construction zone highway hardware according to requirements of the National Cooperation Highway Research Program. Our crash cushions and other protective barriers include multiple proprietary products manufactured through various product license agreements with certain public and private research organizations and inventors. We hold patents and are a licensee for certain of our guardrail and end-treatment products that enhance our competitive position for these products. We sell highway safety products in all 50 U.S. states, Canada and Mexico. We have also recently started to export our highway safety proprietary products to certain other countries. We compete against several national and regional guardrail producers.

Weld pipe fittings, such as caps, elbows, return bends, tees, concentric and eccentric reducers and full and reducing outlet tees, are sold primarily to pipeline, petrochemical and non-petrochemical process industries. We compete with numerous companies throughout the United States and foreign importers. Competition for fittings has been intense over the last several years.

We manufacture structural steel beams and girders for the construction of new, restored and/or replacement railroad bridges, county, municipal and state highway bridges and power generation plants. We sell bridge construction and support products primarily to owners,

70


Table of Contents

general contractors and subcontractors on highway and railroad construction projects. We also manufacture dump bodies. Our competitors primarily include fabricators with facilities located in Texas, Oklahoma, Colorado and Arkansas.

Inland Barge Group. According to River Transport News, we are the largest producer of inland barges in the United States and we believe we are the largest producers of fiberglass barge covers, which are used primarily on grain barges. We shipped a total of approximately 360 barges in 2003 and approximately 100 barges in the first quarter of 2004. We manufacture a variety of dry cargo barges, such as deck barges and open and covered hopper barges that transport various commodities, such as grain, coal and aggregates. We also produce tank barges used to transport liquid products. Our six manufacturing facilities are strategically located along the U.S. inland river system allowing for rapid delivery to our customers. Fiberglass reinforced lift covers are primarily for grain and rolling covers are for other bulk commodities.

Our primary Inland Barge customers are commercial marine transportation companies. Many companies have the capability to enter into, and from time to time do enter into, the inland barge manufacturing business. We strive to compete through efficiency in operations and quality of product.

Industrial Products Group. We believe we are a leading producer of tank containers and tank heads for pressure vessels. We manufacture our tanks in the United States, Mexico and Brazil. We market a portion of our industrial products in Mexico under the brand name of TATSA®. The following paragraphs describe the types of tanks and tank heads that we produce.

We manufacture pressure propane tanks that are used by industrial plants, utilities and small businesses and in suburban and rural areas. We also manufacture fertilizer containers for bulk storage, farm storage and the application and distribution of anhydrous ammonia. Our tanks range from 13-gallon tanks for motor fuel use to 57-gallon tanks for residential use as well as 120,000-gallon bulk storage containers and 600,000-gallon bulk storage spheres. We sell our containers to experienced propane dealers and technicians. In the United States, we generally deliver the containers to our customers who install and fill the containers. Our competitors include large and small manufacturers.

We manufacture tank heads, which are pressed metal components used in the manufacturing of many of our finished products. We manufacture the tank heads in various shapes, and we produce pressure rated or non-pressure rated tank heads, depending on their intended use. We use a significant portion of the tank heads we manufacture in the production of our tank cars and containers. We also sell our tank heads to a broad range of other manufacturers. Competition for tank heads in recent years has been intense and has resulted in sharply reduced prices for these products.

All Other. All Other includes our captive insurance and transportation companies, structural towers and other peripheral businesses.

Railcar Industry Overview

Our operations are significantly influenced by the level of activity, financial condition and capital spending plans of the railcar industry, which in large part is driven by the overall health and growth prospects of the national and local economies in the markets we serve. Over the past three years, the railcar market has been challenged, primarily due to a weak U.S. economy, low capital spending and overbuilding. We believe the railcar industry is poised

71


Table of Contents

for a strong turnaround due to the aging railcar fleet, positive economic activity and improved capital spending, new product development and increased productivity and efficiency.

Demand for railcars is driven by a number of factors, including:

Aging railcar fleet. According to Global Insight, an independent industry research firm, the active North American railcar fleet totals approximately 1.5 million with an average age of 19.3 years. In addition, approximately 53% of North American railcars are over 20 years old. We believe that the high level of railcar deliveries experienced during the 1950’s, 1960’s and 1970’s will drive replacement demand in the coming years. According to the Railway Supply Institute, Inc., during the 10-year period between 1956 and 1965, average annual North American railcar deliveries were approximately 56,500 per year, and between 1966 and 1975, average annual deliveries totaled approximately 66,500 per year. When compared to the average shipments since 1975 of approximately 41,500 railcars per year calculated based on information from the Railway Supply Institute, Inc., we believe this presents a significant opportunity for replacement railcar business for the next several years. This is further illustrated by Global Insight’s estimates of railcar industry shipments increasing by approximately 47% from 32,184 railcars in 2003 to approximately 47,400 railcars in 2004. Global Insight has estimated deliveries for 2005-2008 of approximately 53,200 railcars in 2005, 53,500 railcars in 2006, 50,700 railcars in 2007 and 49,000 railcars in 2008.

Macroeconomic environmental and capital spending. We believe increased railcar deliveries have been and will continue to be driven by the strengthening of the U.S. economy and increased capital spending. We anticipate that this increased capital spending will positively impact rail industry fundamentals, which have shown gradual improvement over the past few quarters, as evidenced by increasing freight car orders and deliveries, growth in carload traffic and growing backlog. The table below illustrates the improving trends in the North American freight car segment of the rail industry.

                                                                 

2002 2003


Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Orders(1)
    2,637       6,973       10,135       8,712       11,767       16,693       6,726       12,063  
Deliveries
    3,855       4,155       4,925       4,801       6,614       7,365       8,251       9,953  
Backlog
    6,443       9,281       14,491       18,402       24,055       33,383       31,858       33,967  

(1)  Orders are shown before cancellations.

Source:  Railway Supply Institute, Inc.

As the economy continues to expand and the production of key commodities such as coal and grain returns to more normalized levels, U.S. carload traffic should continue to improve. Global Insight expects growth in carload traffic of 3.1% in 2004, 2.2% in 2005, 1.6% in each of 2006 and 2007, and 0.9% in 2008. In addition, as fuel prices increase, we believe that the railcar industry becomes a more cost-competitive source of transportation as compared to the trucking industry.

New product development and flexible financing options. The railcar industry is evolving to offer more specialized, client focused railcars with flexible financing options. Through our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group, we have leveraged our ability to provide highly specialized railcars that meet our clients’ operational needs and financial requirements.

Increased productivity and efficiency. An important driver of new railcar demand is improvements in productivity and efficiency. When railcars are idle and the industry

72


Table of Contents

experiences a cyclical low, the railcar fleet ages and replacements are minimal. We believe as the economy improves, the replacement market demand will significantly increase as companies recognize the economic upside to replacing their older, inefficient railcars.

Competitive strengths

Our key strengths include:

Leading market positions. We hold leading positions in many of the markets we serve. We are the leading freight railcar manufacturer in North America, with particular strength in tank cars, covered hoppers and box cars. In addition, through the Thrall merger, we assumed the leadership position in automobile carrier railcars. We are also the market leader in inland barges and we believe we are a leader in highway guardrails, railcar couplers and railcar axles in the United States. We believe we are the leading propane tank manufacturer in Mexico and have a leading position in the U.S. market. We believe we also hold leading market positions in the manufacturing of weld pipe fittings in the United States as well as ready mix concrete in several rural Texas construction markets.

Diversified portfolio of businesses. The diversity of our portfolio of businesses enables us to more efficiently manage through economic cycles, while capitalizing on our core product manufacturing competencies. We believe our railcar manufacturing business offers the most comprehensive product line of railcars in the industry, allowing us to take advantage of changing industry trends, reduce our exposure to any single railcar segment and serve the diverse needs of our railcar customers. Our railcar leasing and management business provides us with a predictable earnings stream and is an important strategic resource for enhancing our railcar marketing efforts and deepening our relationships with our clients. In addition, the railcar leasing business provides a predictable source of demand for our railcars and allows us to more efficiently schedule our production runs. Our portfolio of businesses also allows us to cross-sell our products and services across multiple industries.

Long-standing customer relationships. We enjoy long-standing relationships with many of our customers, including the majority of North American railroads. We have key strategic relationships with the Union Pacific Railroad and the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad. In addition, we have several long-term relationships with large shippers of rail and barge products such as Cargill, ADM, ConAgra and Kirby Barge Lines. We also have multi-year relationships with railcar leasing customers such as GATX, GE and CIT. As an example of the strength of our relationships, we received our second multi-year order from the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad for 6,000 grain cars and we are in the second year of a five-year 5,000 railcar supply agreement with GATX. We regularly participate in joint product development projects with several of our key customers. For example, in 2002, we developed for certain customers a new larger covered hopper for a specific application, and we also developed new refrigerated box cars to the individual specifications of each of the Union Pacific Railroad and the Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad.

Emphasis on low-cost initiatives. We have been able to lower costs for many of our products by emphasizing flexibility in our manufacturing processes. We strive to make rapid and efficient changeovers for various products. For example, in 2000, we converted a railcar manufacturing facility to produce bridge beams to take advantage of shifting patterns of demand. Our ability to lower costs is enhanced by the development of strategic initiatives designed to effectively predict and respond to the cyclical nature of our businesses. For example, we shifted a large portion of our railcar production to our facility in Mexico in order to further improve our cost base.

73


Table of Contents

Experienced Management Team. Our experienced management team, led by Timothy R. Wallace, has a successful track record of proactively managing through changing business conditions. Our senior corporate and operating team has an average of 18.7 years of experience in our industries.

Business strategy

The key elements of our business strategy include:

Development of new products and services. We are dedicated to the identification, development, introduction and commercialization of new products and services. During the recent rail industry downturn, we maintained our commitment to research and continued to fund major development projects. We continue to emphasize the creation of new and improved products and services. In the railcar manufacturing business, we strive to have particularly strong market positions in higher margin products. We primarily focus our railcar product development efforts on identifying older equipment in the railcar fleet destined for replacement and developing product enhancements designed to encourage our customers to upgrade their railcar fleets. In addition, as we develop products, we concurrently look for opportunities to lower our manufacturing costs in order to increase our margins. We also design products for emerging markets. For example, we recently developed a new larger covered hopper to transport distilled dry grain, a byproduct of the ethanol production process. We initially leased these new cars through our leasing business, and then sold the portfolio to a third-party leasing company once the new car type became established in the market. We also partner with key customers to develop new car types. We recently developed new refrigerated box cars to the individual specifications of two of our key railroad customers. In highway safety products, we strive to develop new proprietary products that enhance our reputation as an industry leader. We will continue to work with private inventors and recognized leaders in highway safety research to provide marketing expertise and production capacity.

Capitalize on expected market improvement by emphasizing operational excellence and reducing costs. We employ strategies to reduce costs while maintaining superior product quality. We will continue to emphasize flexibility in our manufacturing processes in order to position ourselves to take advantage of any improvements in our markets. Our network of production facilities offers geographical balance and allows us to efficiently respond to the demands of the marketplace. As we restart our railcar facilities, we will continue our emphasis on quality manufacturing through best practices and workforce training. By maintaining our focus on operational excellence and reducing our cost base, we expect our cash flow and profit margins to significantly increase as the railcar market improves.

Anticipate and effectively manage through business cycles. We have a proven ability to successfully operate in a highly cyclical environment. We recently implemented company-wide cyclical management processes in order to more effectively predict and respond to the highly cyclical nature of our individual business segments. We have developed a number of tools and processes to forecast and manage our businesses better. These processes enable us to more accurately pinpoint specific customer needs and adjust our manufacturing operations accordingly. Our decision on whether to expand or contract production is driven by our knowledge and understanding of the unique cost structures of each of our production facilities as well as our view of overall market conditions. During the recent market downturn, we shifted a large portion of our production to our facility in Mexico in order to further improve our cost base. Also during the downturn, in anticipation of a market improvement, we developed plans to

74


Table of Contents

expand our production in Mexico. We intend to increase our investment in Mexico in the future.

Maintain our conservative financial policy. We intend to maintain our conservative financial policy. During the recent adverse market conditions, which resulted in weaker cash flow in our railcar manufacturing business, our business diversification and conservative financial policies allowed us to improve our capital structure and conserve cash by successfully raising capital through sales of equity and decreasing our common stock dividend. Our financial strategy for our railcar leasing business anticipates that growth in our railcar lease portfolio will be financed largely through internally generated cash flow and external non-recourse indebtedness backed by the leasing portfolio.

Foreign operations

Our foreign operations are in Brazil, the Czech Republic, Mexico, Romania, Slovakia and the United Kingdom. Sales to foreign customers, primarily in Europe and Mexico, represented 30.8%, 12.9%, 16.8% and 7.6% of our consolidated revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2004, years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2001, respectively. As of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we had approximately 9.2%, 11.5%, 10.9% and 11.0% of our long-lived assets located outside the United States.

We manufacture railcars and propane tank containers at our Mexico facilities for export to the United States. Any material change in the quotas, regulations, or duties on imports imposed by the United States government and its agencies or on exports by the government of Mexico or its agencies could adversely affect our operations in Mexico.

Our foreign activities are also subject to various other risks of doing business in foreign countries, including currency fluctuations, political changes, changes in laws and regulations and economic instability. Although our operations have not been materially affected by any of such factors to date, any substantial disruption of business as it is currently conducted could adversely affect our operations at least in the short term.

Backlog

Our backlog for new railcars was $909.6 million as of December 31, 2003 and $1,252.3 million as of March 31, 2004. Our backlog for Inland Barge products was $159.8 million as of December 31, 2003 and $141.6 million as of March 31, 2004. Included in the backlog for the railcars as of December 31, 2003 are $69.1 million of railcars to be sold to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Included in the backlog for the railcars as of March 31, 2004 are $86.7 million of railcars to be sold to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Substantially all of our backlog is expected to be delivered in the 12 months ending December 31, 2004. The Rail Group has a multi-year sales agreement for 1,000 new railcars per year for the next four years. No backlog amounts for orders are included for this agreement until the type of car and price have been determined.

As of December 31, 2002, our backlog for new railcars was $668.4 million and was $46.4 million for Inland Barge products. Included in the backlog for the railcars were $205.9 million of railcars to be sold to our Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group.

75


Table of Contents

Marketing

We sell substantially all of our products through our own sales personnel operating from offices in the following states and foreign countries: Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona, Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Vermont, Utah, Washington, Brazil, Canada, Mexico, Romania, Slovakia and Switzerland. We also use independent sales representatives to a limited extent. Except in the case of weld fittings, guardrail and standard size propane tank containers, we ordinarily fabricate our products to our customer’s specifications contained in a purchase order.

Raw materials and suppliers

Railcar Manufacturing. Products manufactured at our railcar manufacturing facilities require a significant supply of raw materials such as steel as well as numerous specialty components such as brakes, wheels and axles. Steel is available from numerous domestic and foreign sources. Specialty components comprise a significant portion of the production cost of each railcar. Although the number of alternative suppliers of specialty components has declined in recent years, at least three suppliers continue to produce most components. We continually monitor supply inventory levels and sources to ensure adequate support for our production. We maintain good relationships with our suppliers and have not experienced any significant interruptions in recent years in the supply of raw materials or specialty components.

Aggregates. Aggregates can be found throughout the United States, and many producers exist nationwide. However, as a general rule, shipments from an individual quarry are limited in geographic scope because the cost of transporting processed aggregates to customers is high in relation to the value of the product itself. We operate 12 mining facilities strategically located in Texas and Louisiana to fulfill some of our needs for aggregates. We have not experienced difficulty fulfilling the rest of our needs from local suppliers.

Steel. The principal material used in our rail, inland barge and industrial products segments is steel. At the current time, the price of steel in the United States is increasing due to several factors. Primary causes are increased demand, the significant increase in scrap prices, lack of foreign imports, reduced capacity due to consolidation and scarcity of other raw inputs. Raw inputs, especially scrap, are in tight supply due to foreign demand, primarily from China. China is absorbing not only raw inputs but also significant amounts of global supply. U.S. imports are expensive and are also limited because of the weaker U.S. dollar and the significant increase in global freight rates. Spot market pricing for plate products and hot-rolled coil has shown a substantial increase over the last six months of 2003 and for the quarter ended March 31, 2004. Some of our steel suppliers have implemented surcharges based on the costs of rising steel prices.

These steel market issues are also negatively impacting the price and availability of key railcar and barge components, many of which are manufactured predominantly through the use of scrap or steel. Many of our suppliers of subassemblies and parts are smaller companies which may experience higher steel prices and limited access in times of tight supply. Also, due to consolidation and challenging industry conditions, there is only one major and two smaller U.S. suppliers of large railroad castings for freight cars. However, foreign sources are helping to address U.S. market demand. In general, we believe there is enough capacity to meet current production levels in the industry. We believe our existing contracts and other relationships we have in place will meet our current production forecasts. However, any unanticipated

76


Table of Contents

interruption in our supply chain or further raw material price increases would have an impact on both our margins and production schedules as we work to meet market demands.

Employees

The following table presents the breakdown of employees by business group as of March 31, 2004:

         

Business unit Total employees

Rail Group
    9,275  
Construction Products Group
    2,383  
Inland Barge Group
    1,452  
Industrial Products Group
    307  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    61  
Corporate and All Other
    494  
     
 
Total
    13,972  

As of March 31, 2004, approximately 8,000 employees were employed in the United States.

Properties

We principally operate in various locations throughout the United States with other facilities in Brazil, the Czech Republic, Mexico, Romania, Slovakia and the United Kingdom, all of which are considered to be in good condition, well maintained and adequate for our purposes.

                         

Approximate square
feet Productive

capacity
Business unit Owned Leased utilized

Rail Group
    5,884,500       1,840,000       70%  
Construction Products Group
    2,368,000             80%  
Inland Barge Group
    889,000       45,000       65%  
Industrial Products Group
    557,500             47%  
Executive Offices
    173,000               n/a  
All Other
    108,000              0%  
   
Total
    9,980,000       1,885,000          

Acquisitions

We made certain acquisitions during the nine months ended December 31, 2001 and during fiscal year 2001 accounted for by the purchase method. The acquired operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements from the effective dates of the acquisitions. See note 4 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus. During 2003, we had six acquisitions primarily in the Construction Products Group with a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $7.6 million. During the first quarter of 2004, we had one acquisition in the Construction Products Group with a combined purchase price, net of cash acquired, of $15.7 million.

77


Table of Contents

Environmental matters

We are subject to comprehensive federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to the release or discharge of materials into the environment, the management, use, processing, handling, storage, transport or disposal of hazardous materials, or otherwise relating to the protection of human health and the environment. Such laws and regulations not only expose us to liability for our own negligent acts, but also may expose us to liability for the conduct of others or for our actions which were in compliance with all applicable laws at the time these actions were taken. In addition, such laws may require significant expenditures to achieve compliance, and are frequently modified or revised to impose new obligations. Civil and criminal fines and penalties may be imposed for non-compliance with these environmental laws and regulations. Our operations that involve hazardous materials also raise potential risks of liability under the common law.

Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for our operations under these laws and regulations. These operating permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. We regularly monitor and review our operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of our businesses, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses. We believe that our operations and facilities, owned, managed, or leased, are in substantial compliance with applicable laws and regulations and that any noncompliance is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition.

However, future events, such as changes in or modified interpretations of existing laws and regulations or enforcement policies, or further investigation or evaluation of the potential health hazards of products or business activities, may give rise to additional compliance and other costs that could have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and operations.

In addition to environmental laws, the transportation of commodities by railcar or barge raises potential risks in the event of a derailment, spill or other accident. Generally, liability under existing law in the United States for a derailment, spill or other accident depends on the negligence of the party, such as the railroad, the shipper or the manufacturer of the railcar or its components. However, for certain hazardous commodities being shipped, strict liability concepts may apply.

Governmental regulation

Railcar industry

The primary regulatory and industry authorities involved in the regulation of the railcar industry are the Environmental Protection Agency; the Research and Special Programs Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation; the Federal Railroad Administration, a division of the Department of Transportation; and the Association of American Railroads.

These organizations establish rules and regulations for the railcar industry, including construction specifications and standards for the design and manufacture of railcars; mechanical, maintenance and related standards for railcars; safety of railroad equipment, tracks and operations; and packaging and transportation of hazardous materials.

78


Table of Contents

We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with these regulations. We cannot predict whether future changes that affect compliance costs would have a material adverse effect on financial conditions and operations.

Inland barge industry

The primary regulatory and industry authorities involved in the regulation of the barge industry are the United States Coast Guard; the National Transportation Safety Board; the United States Customs Service; the Maritime Administration of the United States Department of Transportation; and private industry organizations such as the American Bureau of Shipping.

These organizations establish safety criteria, investigate vessel accidents and recommend improved safety standards. Violations of these regulations and related laws can result in substantial civil and criminal penalties as well as injunctions curtailing operations. We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with these regulations. We cannot predict whether future changes that affect compliance costs would have a materiel adverse effect on financial conditions and operations.

Occupational Safety and Health Administration and similar regulations

Our operations are subject to regulation of health and safety matters by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. We believe that we employ appropriate precautions to protect our employees and others from workplace injuries and harmful exposure to materials handled and managed at our facilities. However, claims may be asserted against us for work-related illnesses or injury, and our operations may be adversely affected by the further adoption of occupational health and safety regulations in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate. While we do not anticipate having to make material expenditures in order to remain in substantial compliance with these health and safety laws and regulations, we are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or if we were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceeding, that such costs would not be material to us.

Other matters

To date, we have not suffered any material shortages with respect to obtaining sufficient energy supplies to operate our various plant facilities or transportation vehicles. Future limitations on the availability or consumption of petroleum products, particularly natural gas for plant operations and diesel fuel for vehicles, could have an adverse effect upon our ability to conduct our business. The likelihood of such an occurrence or its duration, and its ultimate effect on our operations, cannot be reasonably predicted at this time.

Legal proceedings

On March 15, 2004, Trinity and our wholly owned subsidiary, Trinity Marine Products, Inc., or TMP, settled our claims in a case filed by Florida Marine Transporters, Inc., or FMT, related to twenty-eight tank barges owned and/or operated by FMT. The settlement involves, among other elements, a joint monitoring of the barge coatings and void compartment maintenance procedures, and a mutual release of all claims against one another.

Trinity and TMP, and certain material suppliers and others, have been named as co-defendants in four separate lawsuits filed by J. Russell Flowers, Inc., or Flowers, on October 7, 2002,

79


Table of Contents

Marquette Transportation Company and Iowa Fleeting Services, Inc., or Marquette, on March 7, 2003, Waxler Transportation Company, Inc., or Waxler, on April 7, 2003 and LeBeouf Bros. Towing, or LeBeouf, on July 3, 2003. The Marquette and Waxler cases are pending in the 25th Judicial District Court in Plaquemines Parish, Louisiana, the Flowers case is pending in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Mississippi in Greenville, Mississippi, and the LeBeouf case is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana.

In Waxler, the plaintiff has petitioned the court for certification of a class, which, if certified by the court, could potentially increase the total number of barges involved in this case. Absent certification of a class in the Waxler case, the Waxler and LeBeouf suits currently involve 30 tank barges sold at an approximate average price of $1.4 million, and the Marquette and Flowers suits involve 140 hopper barges sold at an approximate average price of $280,000. Each of the four cases set forth allegations pertaining to damages arising from alleged defects in coating materials supplied by a co-defendant and coatings application workmanship by TMP. The plaintiffs seek both compensatory and punitive damages and/or rescission of the barge purchase contracts. Independent experts investigating the claims on behalf of the Company and TMP have expressed the opinion that technical arguments presented by the plaintiffs in the litigation are without merit. As of March 31, 2004, one of the four plaintiffs owed TMP approximately $8.7 million related to contracts for barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amounts.

In a proceeding unrelated to the foregoing litigation, the Company and TMP filed a declaratory judgment action in the 22nd Judicial District Court of St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana seeking declaration by the Court of the Company’s and TMP’s (i) obligations related to allegations of certain barge owners as to exterior coatings and coatings application on 65 tank barges and (ii) rights and remedies relative to an insurance policy in which TMP was named as an additional insured and which was applicable to the coatings on the 65 barges. On December 9, 2003, the barge owners filed a response proceeding to the declaratory judgment action (i.e. a Re-conventional Demand under Louisiana jurisprudence) claiming actual damages of $6.5 million and punitive damages of $10.0 million.

A subsidiary of Trinity, Transit Mix Concrete and Materials Company, was named as a defendant in a case involving the death of an employee of an independent contractor who died following an accident that occurred while the decedent was working at a company owned facility. Following a jury verdict in the favor of the plaintiff, the presiding judge entered a final judgment in the amount of $33.9 million (inclusive of fees, costs and judgment interest). This case has been appealed. Management believes liability in this case, if any, exceeding $3.0 million, will be covered by insurance.

We are also involved in other claims and lawsuits incidental to our current and former subsidiaries’ businesses. Based on information currently available to us, it is management’s opinion that our ultimate liability, if any, for such claims and lawsuits, including those matters associated with our use of products manufactured by others and alleged to contain asbestos, in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operations or overall financial condition. However, resolutions of claims or lawsuits by settlement or otherwise could have a significant impact on our operating results for the reporting period in which any such resolution occurs.

80


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors:

             

Name Age Position

Timothy R. Wallace
    50     Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
John L. Adams
    59     Executive Vice President
Jim S. Ivy
    61     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mark W. Stiles
    55     Senior Vice President and Group President
Michael E. Flannery
    45     Chief Executive Officer of Trinity Rail Group, LLC
Andrea F. Cowan
    41     Vice President, Shared Services
Michael G. Fortado
    60     Vice President and Secretary
John M. Lee
    43     Vice President, Business Development
Charles Michel
    51     Vice President, Controller
S. Theis Rice
    53     Vice President, Legal Affairs
Neil O. Shoop
    60     Treasurer
David W. Biegler
    57     Director
Craig J. Duchossois
    59     Director
Ronald J. Gafford
    54     Director
Barry J. Galt
    70     Director
Clifford J. Grum
    69     Director
Jess T. Hay
    73     Director
Diana S. Natalicio
    64     Director

Timothy R. Wallace has been a Director since 1992. Mr. Wallace is our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Wallace became Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on December 31, 1998. He was previously the President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Wallace is a director of Viad Corp., which is primarily involved in trade exhibits and financial services.

John L. Adams joined us in 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Adams served as chairman and chief executive officer for Chase Bank of Texas, N.A., formerly Texas Commerce Bank.

Jim S. Ivy joined us in 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Ivy was a senior audit partner for Ernst & Young LLP.

Mark W. Stiles joined us in 1991 upon the acquisition by us of Transit Mix Concrete Company. For at least five years prior thereto, Mr. Stiles was Executive Vice President and General Manager of Transit Mix.

Michael E. Flannery joined us in 2001. Prior to that he was Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel of Duchossois Industries, Inc. and Vice Chairman of Thrall Car Manufacturing Company, a railcar manufacturing company that merged with a subsidiary of Trinity in October of 2001.

Andrea F. Cowan joined us in January 2000 as a divisional officer. Prior to that she was a consultant to Trinity from August through December 1999 and served as Manager of Texas Performance Review and Director of the Senate Subcommittee on Higher Education with the State of Texas in a variety of positions from 1984 to 1999.

81


Table of Contents

Michael G. Fortado joined us in 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Fortado served one year as senior vice president, general counsel, and corporate secretary for Enserch Exploration, an oil and gas exploration company.

John M. Lee joined us in 1994. For at least five years prior thereto, Mr. Lee was a manager for Ernst & Young LLP.

Charles Michel joined us in 2001. Prior to that he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Dave & Busters, Inc., a national restaurant/ entertainment company from 1994 to 2001.

S. Theis Rice joined the company in 1991 and recently served as President of our European operations before being elected to his present position on March 14, 2002.

Neil O. Shoop joined us in 1979 and became Treasurer in 1985.

David W. Biegler has been a Director since 1992. Mr. Biegler is Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Directors Nominating Committee and a member of the Audit Committee and the Corporate Development and Finance Committee. Mr. Biegler began serving during 2003 as Chairman of Estrella Energy L.P. and Regency Gas Services, LLC, companies engaged in natural gas transportation and processing. He retired as Vice Chairman of TXU Corporation at the end of 2002, having served TXU Corporation as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1997 until 2001. He previously served as Chairman, President and CEO of ENSERCH Corporation from 1993 to 1997. Mr. Biegler is also a director of Dynegy Inc., a company engaged in power generation, natural gas liquids and regulated energy delivery.

Craig J. Duchossois has been a Director since 2001. Mr. Duchossois is a member of the Human Resources Committee, Corporate Governance and Directors Nominating Committee, and the Corporate Development and Finance Committee. Mr. Duchossois is Chief Executive Officer of Duchossois Industries, a privately held company, headquartered in Elmhurst, Illinois. Such company owns or holds major stakes in a diversified group of businesses including consumer products, transportation, defense, entertainment and venture capital. He is the former Chairman of Thrall Car Manufacturing Company, which merged with a subsidiary of Trinity in October of 2001. He is a director of Bissell, Inc., Churchill Downs, Inc. and LaSalle National Bank.

Ronald J. Gafford has been a Director since 1999. Mr. Gafford is Chairman of the Human Resources Committee and a member of the Corporate Governance and Directors Nominating Committee. Mr. Gafford is President and Chief Executive Officer of Austin Industries, Inc., a civil, commercial and industrial construction company.

Barry J. Galt has been a Director since 1988. Mr. Galt is a member of the Audit Committee and the Corporate Governance and Directors Nominating Committee. Mr. Galt is the retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ocean Energy, Inc., formerly named Seagull Energy Corporation, a diversified energy company which was acquired by Devon Energy Corporation in 2003. He is also a director of StanCorp Financial Group, Inc., an insurance company, a director of Dynegy Inc., a company engaged in power generation, natural gas liquids and regulated energy delivery, and a director of Abraxas Petroleum Corporation, an oil and gas exploration company.

Clifford J. Grum has been a Director since 1995. Mr. Grum is Chairman of the Audit Committee and a member of the Corporate Development and Finance Committee. Mr. Grum is the retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Temple-Inland Inc., a holding company with interests

82


Table of Contents

in corrugated containers, building products, timber and timberlands, and financial services. He is also a director of Cooper Industries, Inc., a company engaged in the businesses of electrical products, tools and hardware, and automotive products and a director of Tupperware Corporation, a multinational consumer products company.

Jess T. Hay has been a Director since 1965. Mr. Hay is Chairman of the Corporate Development and Finance Committee and a member of the Human Resources Committee and the Corporate Governance and Directors Nominating Committee. Mr. Hay is Chairman of HCB Enterprises, Inc., a private investment firm. He is also Chairman of the Texas Foundation for Higher Education. Mr. Hay is the retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lomas Financial Corporation, a diversified financial services company engaged principally in mortgage banking, retail banking, commercial leasing and real estate lending, and of Lomas Mortgage USA, a mortgage banking institution. Mr. Hay is a director of Viad Corp., which is primarily involved in trade exhibits and financial services, and a director of SBC Communications, Inc., a telecommunications company.

Diana S. Natalicio has been a Director since 1996. Dr. Natalicio is a member of the Human Resources Committee and President of the University of Texas at El Paso. Dr. Natalicio was appointed by President George H.W. Bush to the Commission on Educational Excellence for Hispanic Americans and by President Clinton to the National Science Board and to the President’s Committee on the Arts and Humanities.

83


Table of Contents

Related party transactions

In 2001, a subsidiary of Trinity merged with Thrall Car Manufacturing Company, or Thrall, pursuant to a merger agreement with the sole stockholder of Thrall, Thrall Car Management Company, or TCMC. Mr. Duchossois, one of our directors, is a director, executive officer and has a pecuniary interest in TCMC by virtue of his direct or indirect equity ownership of TCMC. During 2003, TCMC paid Trinity $2,231,000 for indemnification claims made pursuant to the merger agreement and Trinity paid TCMC $195,338 as a reimbursement of expenses pursuant to the merger agreement. In March of 2004, TCMC paid the Company $750,000 in settlement of workers compensation claims made pursuant to the merger agreement. Trinity has submitted additional warranty claims to TCMC pursuant to the merger agreement that are under review by TCMC.

Mr. Patrick S. Wallace, brother of Mr. Timothy R. Wallace, is an officer of a subsidiary of Trinity, where his compensation exceeds $60,000 a year.

Mr. Jess T. Hay, one of our directors, has a son-in-law who is employed by us and his compensation exceeds $60,000 annually.

84


Table of Contents

Description of certain debt

Our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility

Concurrently with the consummation of the offering of the original notes, we amended and restated our credit facility among JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as syndication agents, to provide for a new, three-year, $250.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Borrowings under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility may be increased to $300.0 million at our election subject to an agreement by one or more new or existing lenders to provide additional commitments. The amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility includes a sub-facility for the issuance of letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150.0 million. Letters of credit issued under our existing credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $111.1 million as of March 31, 2004 remain outstanding under our amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility. Other than with respect to such letters of credit, the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility is undrawn.

The amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility will mature in March 2007 and contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default for credit facilities of this type. Amounts due under the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility may be repaid and reborrowed prior to the final maturity date. Borrowings under the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility are required to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Guarantees and collateral

The amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility is secured by a first priority lien on all of the accounts receivables and inventory of us and our material subsidiaries (as defined) and a first priority pledge of the equity of our material subsidiaries. If no event of default exists and our credit rating as established by S&P or Moody’s increases above BB+ or Ba1, respectively, the liens discussed above will be released. Our material subsidiaries guarantee our indebtedness under the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility.

Interest

Borrowings under the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility bear interest at either LIBOR or an agreed upon base rate, plus, in each case, an applicable margin which varies depending upon our leverage ratio. The applicable margin for LIBOR based rates varies from 1.0%, for a leverage ratio of less than 1.00 to 1.00, to 1.75%, for a leverage ratio of greater than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00. We have the option to request competitive bids under the amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility for borrowings of up to $50.0 million whereby lenders bid to make a loan to us at a fixed rate of interest or at LIBOR plus a fixed margin amount.

85


Table of Contents

Covenants

The amended and restated senior secured revolving credit facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others, covenants restricting, subject to certain customary exceptions, our ability to:

  • incur additional indebtedness;
 
  • make loans, advances, guarantees, investments and acquisitions;
 
  • pay dividends and other distributions;
 
  • make, or permit any of our subsidiaries to make, capital expenditures transferred, assigned or otherwise conveyed to TILC (excluding the indebtedness under the warehouse facility and other TILC conduit indebtedness (as defined)) exceeding $150.0 million in any fiscal year;
 
  • consolidate, merge or sell assets; and
 
  • create liens on our assets.

In addition to these covenants, we are also required to comply with financial tests and ratios. These financial tests and ratios include requirements to maintain:

  • a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.25 to 1.00;
 
  • a maximum leverage ratio of 3.25 to 1.00;
 
  • a minimum net worth greater than the sum of (i) $860.0 million, plus (ii) 50% of our and our subsidiaries’ cumulative positive consolidated net income for each fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2003, plus (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds received by us after December 31, 2003 as a result of the issuance of any equity;
 
  • a minimum asset coverage ratio of 1.75 to 1.00; and
 
  • a minimum TILC interest coverage ratio of 1.50 to 1.00.

Our subsidiary’s warehouse facility

In August 2003, TRL II, a qualified subsidiary of TILC, our wholly-owned captive leasing subsidiary, expanded its $200.0 million warehouse facility to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TRL II to $300.0 million. The warehouse facility is non-recourse (as described herein) to us and to all of our subsidiaries other than TRL II, who is the borrower under the warehouse facility. Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch, is the agent and one of the lenders under the warehouse facility. Borrowings under the warehouse facility are available through August 2004, and unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in February 2005, August 2005 and February 2006.

Advances under the warehouse facility may not exceed 75%, or, if agreed to by all of the lenders under the facility, such other percentage not less than 75% nor more than 80%, of the fair market value of the railcars securing the facility less any excluded assets, each as defined by the agreement, subject to a borrowing base. Amounts due under the warehouse facility may be repaid and reborrowed prior to August 27, 2004. As of March 31, 2004, TRL II had $108.6 million of indebtedness outstanding and $191.4 million of additional borrowing capacity under the warehouse facility.

86


Table of Contents

Collateral and performance guaranty

The facility is secured by specific railcars and the underlying leases. We have guaranteed TRL II’s performance of its obligations under the warehouse facility; provided that this performance guaranty does not include a guarantee of TRL II’s payment of principal and interest on borrowings under the warehouse facility to the extent TRL II’s non-payment is the result of inadequate cash flows from underlying leases as a result of:

  • the financial inability of one or more lessees to make lease payments or
 
  • a decline in the market value of the pledged railcars other than due to our failure to maintain such cars as required under the warehouse facility.

Interest

Advances under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.375% (2.545% at December 31, 2003).

Covenants

The warehouse facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others, covenants restricting TRL II’s ability to:

  • incur additional indebtedness;
 
  • make investments;
 
  • pay dividends and other distributions;
 
  • consolidate, merge or sell assets; and
 
  • create liens on its assets.

In addition to these covenants, TRL II must maintain a debt service coverage ratio as of any settlement date of at least 1.10 to 1.00. TRL II was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004.

Our subsidiary’s equipment notes

TILC is the obligor on three series of equipment notes. We have fully and unconditionally guaranteed the equipment notes. The equipment notes may be used to repay intercompany obligations to us incurred in connection with TILC’s acquisition of railcars from us or to advance any remaining proceeds to us in the form of an intercompany loan. The first series of $34.0 million equipment notes will mature on February 15, 2005, the second series of $34.0 million equipment notes will mature on February 15, 2007 and the third series of $102.0 million equipment notes will mature on February 15, 2009. Principal is due at maturity for the first and second series of notes. A portion of the principal of the third series of notes is due each February 15th beginning in 2005, with the remaining $62.1 million in principal due at maturity.

Optional redemption

The equipment notes are redeemable, at TILC’s option, in whole or in part at any time, at a redemption price equal to the greater of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of redemption and the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted, on a semiannual basis, at the adjusted Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points, plus accrued interest to the date of redemption.

87


Table of Contents

Mandatory redemption

If an event of loss occurs with respect to any equipment subject to a lien, a portion of the equipment notes outstanding will be redeemed unless such equipment, at our election, is replaced by TILC in accordance with the agreement.

Collateral

Each series of equipment notes will be secured by the equipment and the leases related to such equipment.

Interest

The equipment notes bear interest at an annual rate of 7.755%.

Covenants

The equipment notes contain various affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others, covenants relating to TILC’s and our ability to:

  • maintain, operate, possess and replace equipment;
 
  • maintain casualty and public liability insurance;
 
  • consolidate, merge, or sell assets; and
 
  • create liens on its assets.

Off balance sheet arrangements

The Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group, or the Leasing Group, has completed a series of financing transactions. During the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the Leasing Group completed a lease arrangement for $199.0 million in railcars. The Leasing Group sold the railcars to an independent trust. The trust financed the purchase of the railcars with $151.3 million in debt and $47.7 million in equity provided by a large independent financial institution. The equity participant in the trust is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the trust. The Leasing Group’s primary liability is its commitments on the operating leases discussed below. An independent trustee for the trust has authority for appointment of the railcar fleet manager.

During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group completed another transaction whereby $235.0 million of railcars were sold to three separate owner trusts. Two of the trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $155.0 million in debt and $45.0 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the two trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts. The remaining trust equity was capitalized with a contribution of $9.5 million from the Leasing Group and outside debt of $25.6 million (see notes 9 and 10 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus). Because the Leasing Group was the sole equity participant of the third trust as of December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group was the primary beneficiary and therefore the trust was included in our consolidated financial statements as of such date. As of February 2004, the sale of our equity interest in this variable interest trust was complete, and this trust is no longer consolidated.

The Leasing Group, through newly formed, wholly-owned qualified subsidiaries, leased railcars from the trusts under operating leases with terms of 22 years and subleased the railcars to

88


Table of Contents

independent third party customers under shorter term operating leases. These qualified subsidiaries had total assets as of December 31, 2002 of $53.9 million and as of December 31, 2003 of $111.0 million, including cash of $31.8 million, of which $6.6 million was collateral for the equity participant of one of the trusts, and Leasing Group railcars of $70.7 million. The cash (other than the $6.6 million) and railcars are pledged to collateralize the lease obligations to the trusts and are included in our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003 included elsewhere in this prospectus. We do not guarantee the performance of the subsidiaries’ lease obligations. Future operating lease obligations of our subsidiaries under the lease agreements are as follows (in millions): 2004— $37.4; 2005— $36.6; 2006— $34.2; 2007— $33.5; 2008— $33.4 and $463.0 thereafter. Future minimum rental revenues from subleased railcars as of December 31, 2003 are as follows (in millions): 2004— $46.2; 2005— $41.5; 2006— $36.1; 2007— $29.3; 2008— $23.8 and $140.2 thereafter.

Under the terms of the operating lease agreements, the Leasing Group has the option to purchase at a predetermined, fixed price, certain of the railcars from the trusts in 2017 and other railcars in 2018. We also have options to purchase the railcars at the end of the respective lease agreements in 2023 and 2025 at the then fair market value of the railcars as determined by a third party, independent appraisal. At the expiration of the operating lease agreements, we have no further obligations thereunder.

Under the terms of the servicing and remarketing agreements, the Leasing Group is required to endeavor, consistent with customary commercial practice as would be used by a prudent person, to maintain railcars under lease for the benefit of the trusts. The Leasing Group also receives management fees under the terms of the agreements. Certain ratios and cash deposits must be maintained by the subsidiaries in order for excess cash flow, as defined in the agreements, from the lease to third parties, to be available to us.

The sales of the railcars by us to the trusts were accounted for as a sale/leaseback transaction. No revenue or profit was recorded at the time of the transactions and all profit was deferred and is being amortized over the terms of the operating leases. Neither the assets, the liabilities, nor equity of the trusts are reflected on our balance sheet except for the one trust where we are currently the primary beneficiary.

89


Table of Contents

Description of exchange notes

General

The Exchange Notes will be issued under an indenture (the “Indenture” ), dated as of March 10, 2004 by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee” ). Upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement, the Indenture will be subject to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act” ). The following summary of the material provisions of the Indenture (a copy of the form of which may be obtained upon request to the Company or the initial purchasers) does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Trust Indenture Act, and to all of the provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those terms made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set forth below under “—Certain definitions.” For purposes of this section, references to the “Company” include only Trinity Industries, Inc. and not its subsidiaries.

An aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million of Exchange Notes may be issued in the Exchange Offer. Additional notes in an unlimited amount may be issued in one or more series from time to time subject to the limitations set forth under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on indebtedness.”

The Exchange Notes will be issued in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar, which initially will be the Trustee’s corporate trust office. The Company may change any Paying Agent and Registrar without notice to holders of the Exchange Notes. The Company will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the Exchange Notes at the Trustee’s corporate office in New York, New York. At the Company’s option, interest may be paid at the Trustee’s corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered address of the holders of the Exchange Notes.

Any original notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the Exchange Offer, together with the Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture and are referred to collectively in this section as the “Notes.”

The guarantees

The Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by each existing or future Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a guarantor of or otherwise an obligor with respect to any other Indebtedness of the Company.

Each of the Guarantors will (so long as it remains a Restricted Subsidiary) unconditionally guarantee on a joint and several basis all of the Company’s obligations under the Exchange Notes, including its obligations to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Exchange Notes. The Subsidiary Guarantees will be general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and will rank pari passu with all existing and future unsecured Indebtedness of the Guarantors that is not, by its terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantees. The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the maximum amount which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and

90


Table of Contents

after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture, will result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Subsidiary Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount pro rata, based on the net assets of each Guarantor, determined in accordance with GAAP. Except as provided in the covenants described under “—Certain covenants” below, the Company is not restricted from selling or otherwise disposing of any of the Guarantors.

The Indenture provides that if all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor or all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor is sold (including by consolidation, merger, issuance or otherwise) or disposed of (including by liquidation, dissolution or otherwise) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, unless the Company elects otherwise, if any Guarantor is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or a designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring such assets (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from any of its obligations under the Indenture without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any holder of the Exchange Notes; provided, in each case, that such Guarantor is no longer a Guarantor of, or otherwise an obligor with respect to, any other Indebtedness of the Company. In addition, the Indenture will also provide that, if a Restricted Subsidiary is no longer a Guarantor of, or otherwise an obligor with respect to, any other Indebtedness of the Company, such Guarantor shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from any of its obligations under the Indenture without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any holder of the Exchange Notes as long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a consequence thereof.

A sale of assets or Capital Stock of a Guarantor may constitute an Asset Disposition subject to the “Limitation on sales of assets” covenant.

91


Table of Contents

Optional redemption

The Exchange Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time on or after March 15, 2009, and prior to maturity, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued interest (including additional interest, if any) to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on or after March 15 of the years set forth below:

         

Redemption
Year price

2009
    103.250 %
2010
    102.167 %
2011
    101.083 %
2012 and thereafter
    100.000 %

At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2007 the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.5% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that:

  (1) at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption; and
 
  (2) the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.

“Equity Offering” means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to any Person.

Selection and notice

No Exchange Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If a partial redemption is made pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Trustee will select the Exchange Notes to be redeemed pro rata based on all Notes outstanding or on as nearly a pro rata basis as possible (subject to DTC procedures). Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Exchange Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Exchange Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Exchange Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Exchange Note. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on any Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the redemption price.

92


Table of Contents

Ranking

The Exchange Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company, will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness and will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company.

The Exchange Notes will be effectively subordinated to the Company and the Guarantors’ secured indebtedness, including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement and the Equipment Notes, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and to liabilities of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade payables and the Warehouse Loan Agreement. See “Risk factors— Risks relating to the exchange notes— The exchange notes and guarantees will be effectively subordinated to all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness and all indebtedness and other obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.”

Certain definitions

“Additional Assets” means

  (i) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;
 
  (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
  (iii) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clauses (ii) or (iii) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent or authenticating agent or co-registrar.

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease or sublease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions that are part of a common plan) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Leasing Subsidiary), including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of (i) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), (ii) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (x) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or a Guarantor and (y) for purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on sales of assets” only, a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain

93


Table of Contents

covenants— Limitation on restricted payments”); provided, however, that the following shall not be deemed an Asset Disposition: (A) a transaction or series of related transactions consummated after the Issue Date for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receives aggregate consideration of less than $5.0 million during any consecutive 12-month period; provided that such sale or disposition also complies with clause (i) of the covenant described under “Limitation on sales of assets” and (B) transactions permitted under “Certain covenants— Merger and consolidation.”

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale/ Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Exchange Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/ Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

“Capital Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock.

“Cash Equivalents” means, at any time,

  (i) any evidence of Indebtedness with a maturity of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof ( provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);
 
  (ii) demand deposits, trust accounts, time deposits, overnight bank deposits, certificates of deposit or acceptances with a maturity of one year or less from the date of acquisition of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $300.0 million and whose short-term debt has a rating, at the time when any investment therein is made, of at least “A-1” (or subsequent equivalent rating) by S&P or at least P-1 (or subsequent equivalent rating) by Moody’s;
 
  (iii) commercial paper with a maturity of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by a corporation that is not an Affiliate of the Company organized under the laws

94


Table of Contents

  of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and rated at least A-2 (or subsequent equivalent rating) by S&P or at least P-2 (or subsequent equivalent rating) by Moody’s;
 
  (iv) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with terms of more than 30 days relating to obligations of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with a financial institution of the type described in clause (ii) above;
 
  (v) interests in money market funds which invest at least 95% or more of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i) and (iv) above; and
 
  (vi) foreign equivalents of the items described in clauses (i) through (v) above.

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

  (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (i) such person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;
 
  (ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors;
 
  (iii) the Company conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets to any person or group, in one transaction or a series of transactions other than any conveyance, transfer or lease between the Company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; or
 
  (iv) the stockholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Company” means Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the covenant described in “—Certain covenants— Merger and consolidation,” and thereafter means the successor.

“Consolidated Assets” as of any date of determination means the total amount of assets which would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Leasing Subsidiaries), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the four most recent fiscal quarters for which the Company has filed financial statements with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act prior to the date of such determination to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that:

  (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness has been

95


Table of Contents

  Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness or otherwise, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period, except that, in making such calculation, Indebtedness Incurred under a revolving credit or similar arrangement to finance seasonal fluctuations in working capital needs shall be computed on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such period unless such Indebtedness is projected in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company to remain outstanding for a period in excess of 12 months from the date of Incurrence of such Indebtedness, in which case such Indebtedness will be assumed to have been Incurred on the first day of such coverage period;
 
  (2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);
 
  (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business (and for which financial information is available sufficient to permit calculations of EBITDA for such operating unit), EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and
 
  (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is

96


Table of Contents

being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligations have a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that bears interest at a rate chosen at the option of the Company is being given pro forma effect, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (x) to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries:

  (i) interest expense attributable to capital leases;
 
  (ii) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost (excluding debt issuance cost relating to the Notes);
 
  (iii) capitalized interest;
 
  (iv) non-cash interest payments;
 
  (v) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;
 
  (vi) net costs under Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees);
 
  (vii) dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;
 
  (viii) interest Incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued operations; and
 
  (ix) interest actually paid by the Company or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries under any Guarantee of Indebtedness of any Person

and minus (y) to the extent included in such total interest expense, any amortization by the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) capitalized interest or (ii) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Interest Expense as defined above shall not include interest expense or other costs attributable to Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

  (i) any net income of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below);
 
  (ii) the net income of (x) any Leasing Subsidiary of which substantially all of its borrowings constitute Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness and (y) any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the extent that, in the case of (y), such Restricted Subsidiary is subject

97


Table of Contents

  to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;
 
  (iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;
 
  (iv) extraordinary gains or losses;
 
  (v) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
 
  (vi) any non-cash goodwill or non-cash asset impairment charges subsequent to the Issue Date; and
 
  (vii) gains or losses arising from the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of the date of determination, any members of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (a) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (b) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

“Credit Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, among the Company, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), and Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as syndication agents, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, and any agreement or agreements evidencing any refunding, replacement, refinancing or renewal, in whole or in part, of the Credit Agreement; provided that such refunding, replacement, refinancing or renewal shall be effected in the commercial bank or institutional lending market, and not in the capital markets.

“Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Disqualified Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock (excluding Disqualified Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary into Indebtedness or mandatorily redeemable Capital Stock, until such Capital Stock is so converted or exchanged) or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in

98


Table of Contents

each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Exchange Notes or (b) any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary.

“EBITDA” for any period means Consolidated Net Income plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

  (a) all consolidated income tax expense of the Company;
 
  (b) Consolidated Interest Expense;
 
  (c) all consolidated depreciation expense of the Company;
 
  (d) all consolidated amortization expense of the Company; and
 
  (e) other noncash charges (except for any such noncash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in a future period) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income (and not already excluded from the definition of the term “Consolidated Net Income”),

in each case for such period. For avoidance of doubt, EBITDA shall not include items listed in clauses (a), (c), (d) and (e) above which are attributable to a Leasing Subsidiary to the extent that net income of such Leasing Subsidiary is excluded from Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (i) through (v) of the definition thereof.

“Equipment Notes” means the (x) $34.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.755% Equipment Notes due February 15, 2005 of TILC, issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of February 15, 2002, among TILC, the Company, as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York (“BNY” ), as Trustee, (y) $34.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.755% Equipment Notes due February 15, 2007 of TILC, issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of February 15, 2002, among TILC, the Company, as Guarantor, and BNY, as Trustee, and (z) $102.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.755% Equipment Notes due February 15, 2009 of TILC, issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of February 15, 2002, among TILC, the Company, as Guarantor, and BNY, as Trustee.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Exchange Notes” means the 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 to be issued in exchange for the original notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning assigned to such term under the Registration Rights Agreement.

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of which is under compulsion to complete the transaction. The Fair Market Value of any asset or assets shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith, and shall be evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof and whose business is primarily conducted outside of the United States.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of the Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified

99


Table of Contents

Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations contained in the Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP, except to the extent modified therefrom by the terms of such provisions and related definitions.

“Guarantee” means:

  (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person; and
 
  (b) any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

  (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
 
  (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor” means each of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company, Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Marine Products, Inc., Trinity Rail Group, LLC, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc., Trinity Tank Car, Inc. and Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc., which constitute all of the guarantors of the Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date, and any other subsidiary that becomes a guarantor of the Exchange Notes thereafter pursuant to the Indenture.

“Hedging Obligations” means with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person in respect of (a) interest rate or currency swap agreements, interest rate or currency collar agreements or (b) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency exchange rates.

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

“Incur” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication,

  (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of

  (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and
 
  (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

  (ii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale/ Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;

100


Table of Contents

  (iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business);
 
  (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit);
 
  (v) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Capital Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
 
  (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as guarantor or otherwise; and
 
  (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property and assets or the amount of the obligation so secured.

“Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers, including Leasing Subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such Person) or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”, the definition of “Restricted Payment” and the covenant described under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on restricted payments,” (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

“Investment Grade” means Baa3 or higher by Moody’s and BBB- or higher by S&P.

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form.

101


Table of Contents

“Legal Holiday” means Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or at a place of payment are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

“Leasing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Leasing Subsidiary.

“Leasing Subsidiary” means TILC or a wholly-owned special purpose Subsidiary of TILC or the Company, in each case the business of which is limited to leasing and/or selling lease fleets of railcars, barges or liquid propane containers owned or to be owned by such Subsidiary, related assets and associated underlying third party leases.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to its debt rating business.

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments and Cash Equivalents received therefrom (including any cash payments and Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other noncash form) in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and (iv) all amounts to be held in escrow or otherwise as a reserve by the seller of the assets constituting the Asset Disposition to account for any liabilities assumed or retained in connection with such Asset Disposition until such escrow or reserve is released to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereupon it shall constitute Net Available Cash.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any applicable tax sharing arrangements).

“Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness” means Leasing Indebtedness Incurred by a Leasing Subsidiary which is non-recourse to the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary other than such Leasing Subsidiary. For purposes of this definition, “non-recourse” means having recourse limited to the railcars, barges, liquid propane containers or other assets, associated lease payments and related assets financed by such Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness.

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, Controller, Secretary or any Vice-President of the Company or any other obligor upon the Exchange Notes.

102


Table of Contents

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman, the President or any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or the Secretary of such Person.

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or to the Trustee.

“Permitted Investments” means any of the following:

  (i) any investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;
 
  (ii) any Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and Incurred in compliance with the terms of the Indenture;
 
  (iii) endorsements of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (iv) any acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the consideration therefor consists solely of common stock of the Company;
 
  (v) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of the assets, to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
  (vi) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date to the extent that any such transaction complies with the covenant described under “Certain covenants— Limitation on restricted payments;”
 
  (vii) securities or other obligations received in settlement of debts or judgments created or obtained in the ordinary course of business by or against third parties, in each case in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
  (viii) Investments the consideration for which consists solely of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company;
 
  (ix) Investments consisting of (a) prepayments of and purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material and equipment or (b) licenses or leases of intellectual property and other assets, in each cash in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (x) Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with (a) an Asset Disposition permitted under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on sales of assets” to the extent such Investments are non-cash consideration permitted to be received under such covenant or (b) a sale or other disposition of property or assets not constituting an Asset Disposition; and
 
  (xi) any Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Investment is with respect to a Leasing Subsidiary it shall be made in connection with the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of railcars to such Leasing Subsidiary; provided further that such Investment in such Leasing Subsidiary shall not exceed 35% of the Fair Market Value of such railcars at the time of such Investment.

103


Table of Contents

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person,

  (a) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture;
 
  (b) Liens securing Indebtedness described in clause (b)(1) of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on indebtedness” and interest, fees, expenses and other obligations owing under the Credit Agreement and obligations owing under any related guarantee, security or similar agreement;
 
  (c) Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries;
 
  (d) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness;
 
  (e) additional Liens for any purpose of up to 15% of the Company’s Consolidated Assets;
 
  (f) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
  (g) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;
 
  (h) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;
 
  (i) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds, performance bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit (and reimbursement obligations thereunder) do not constitute Indebtedness;
 
  (j) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;
 
  (k) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred, and the Indebtedness secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

104


Table of Contents

  (l) Liens on property or shares of stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person (other than Liens Incurred in connection with, or to provide credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company); provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
  (m) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary);
 
  (n) Liens Incurred by another Person on assets that are the subject of a Capital Lease Obligation to which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is a party; provided, however, that any such Lien may not secure Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except by virtue of clause (vii) of the definition of “Indebtedness”) and may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person;
 
  (o) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred under the Indenture and which are secured solely by a Lien on the same property which secures the Indebtedness that is the subject of the applicable Hedging Obligation;
 
  (p) Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien (other than that referred to in clauses (b), (e), (q) and (r)); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased (other than by an amount necessary to pay fees and expenses, including premiums, related to the Refinancing of such Indebtedness);
 
  (q) Liens Incurred in connection with any Sale/ Leaseback Transaction permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on sale/leaseback transactions” securing borrowings of up to $20.0 million;
 
  (r) Liens arising by operation of law in connection with judgments that are being contested in good faith by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and that do not constitute an Event of Default;
 
  (s) Liens arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities;
 
  (t) Liens, security interests, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto; and
 
  (u) Liens to secure any Leasing Indebtedness Incurred by any Leasing Subsidiary pursuant to clause (b)(12) of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on indebtedness”; provided that such Liens do not extend to assets other than assets of a Leasing Subsidiary.

105


Table of Contents

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” , as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

“Principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

“Purchase Money Indebtedness” means Indebtedness

  (i) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement and other purchase money obligations, including borrowings, in each case where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the asset being financed, and
 
  (ii) Incurred to finance the acquisition or construction by the Company or any Subsidiary of such asset, including additions and improvements; provided, however, that any Lien arising in connection with any such Indebtedness shall be limited to the specified asset being financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the real property on which such asset is attached; and provided further, however, that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of 100% of the cost or 100% of the Fair Market Value of the asset being financed.

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock other than Disqualified Capital Stock.

“Rating Agencies” means (a) S&P, (b) Moody’s; or (c) if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Exchange Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in compliance with the Indenture; provided, however, that

  (i) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
 
  (ii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;
 
  (iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary (other than

106


Table of Contents

  a Guarantor) that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Leasing Subsidiary; and
 
  (iv) such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Notes at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Exchange Notes.

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers.

“Related Business” means any business directly or indirectly related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

“Restricted Payment” with respect to any Person means

  (i) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving such Person) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or rights to acquire its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) and dividends or distributions payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and other than pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation));
 
  (ii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary held by any Person other than the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary, including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than into Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Capital Stock);
 
  (iii) any redemption prior to the scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or
 
  (iv) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than a Permitted Investment).

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard and Poor’s Rating Group or any successor to its debt rating business.

“Sale/ Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and leases it back from such Person, other than leases for a term of not more than 12 months or between the Company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or between Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. For purposes of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants— Limitation on sale/leaseback transactions,” an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby a Leasing Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and leases it back from such Person shall not be deemed to be a “Sale/ Leaseback Transaction.”

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

107


Table of Contents

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Senior Indebtedness” means

  (i) Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and
 
  (ii) accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company to the extent post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of

  (A) Indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and
 
  (B) Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable unless, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Exchange Notes;

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include

  (1) any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary,
 
  (2) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company,
 
  (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities),
 
  (4) any Indebtedness of the Company (and any accrued and unpaid interest in respect thereof) which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company or
 
  (5) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of Incurrence is Incurred in violation of the Indenture.

“Significant Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria of a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Exchange Notes pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

“Subsidiary” means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

108


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee will be in the form prescribed by the Indenture.

“TILC” means Trinity Industries Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation.

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and thereafter means such successor serving hereunder.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the covenant under “Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries” and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer’s option.

“Voting Stock” of any Person, corporation, association, partnership or other business entity, as of any date means shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) in such Person, corporation, association, partnership or other business entity entitled (without regard to any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

“Warehouse Loan Agreement” means the Warehouse Loan Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2002, among TILC, Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II (“Leasing Trust II” ), the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch, as agent (the “Agent”), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Warehouse Loan Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2003, among TILC, Leasing Trust II, the lenders party thereto and Agent, Amendment No. 2 to Warehouse Loan Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2003, among TILC, Leasing Trust II, the lenders party thereto and Agent, and Amendment No. 3 to Warehouse Loan Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2003, among TILC, Leasing Trust II, the lenders party thereto and Agent, as the same may be further amended or modified from time to time, and any agreement or agreements evidencing any refunding, replacement, refinancing or renewal, in whole or in part, of the Warehouse Loan Agreement; provided that such refunding, replacement, refinancing or renewal shall be effected in the commercial bank or institutional lending market or securitization market, and not in the capital markets.

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Leasing Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares held by other Persons to the extent such shares are required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Certain covenants

The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the covenants described below.

Limitation on indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) except that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if, after

109


Table of Contents

giving effect thereto (i) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio at the date of such Incurrence exceeds 2.25 to 1.0 (this clause (i), the “Coverage Ratio Exception” ); and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness.

  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur any or all of the following Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness” ):

  (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $350.0 million;
 
  (2) Subordinated Indebtedness owed to and held by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Subordinated Indebtedness (other than to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Subordinated Indebtedness by the Company;
 
  (3) Indebtedness pursuant to the original notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees thereof issued on the Issue Date thereof and the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees thereof;
 
  (4) Indebtedness of such Person outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clause (b)(1) of this covenant);
 
  (5) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (b)(3) or (b)(4) or this clause (b)(5) of this covenant;
 
  (6) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(6) then outstanding does not exceed $30.0 million;
 
  (7) Indebtedness arising out of Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Indebtedness and Sale/ Leaseback Transactions permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitation on sale/leaseback transactions” in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not exceeding $30.0 million;
 
  (8) Indebtedness or Capital Stock issued to and held by the Company or (x) a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that any Indebtedness held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(8)(y) shall be Incurred solely for cash management purposes in the ordinary course of business; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness or Capital Stock (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the issuance of such Indebtedness or Capital Stock by the issuer thereof;
 
  (9) Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness or Capital Stock Incurred in connection with, or to provide all or any

110


Table of Contents

  portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect thereof; provided, however, that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness, the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of this covenant; provided further, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness shall only be permitted under this clause (b)(9) to the extent Incurred by the Subsidiary that originally Incurred such Indebtedness or by the Company or any Guarantor;
 
  (10) Indebtedness Incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary shall not exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate, taken together with all other Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(10) then outstanding;
 
  (11) Indebtedness Incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary for the purpose of acquiring a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness may not exceed the purchase price for such Subsidiary; provided further, that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of this covenant, and any refinancings thereof by such Restricted Subsidiary provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased;
 
  (12) Leasing Indebtedness (including Leasing Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue Date); provided that the aggregate amount of Leasing Indebtedness (exclusive of Attributable Debt associated with non-recourse Sale/ Leaseback Transactions of Leasing Subsidiaries) Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(12) may not exceed the lesser of 80% of the cost to TILC or 80% of the Fair Market Value of the assets of the Leasing Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;
 
  (13) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that the aggregate amount of such guaranteed Indebtedness, together with the aggregate amount of loans by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to officers and employees, shall not at any one time exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate;
 
  (14) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds; provided, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its Incurrence;
 
  (15) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees, indemnities or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the disposition of assets in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided, that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such obligations shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition of assets;
 
  (16) Indebtedness under commodity agreements such as futures contracts, forward contracts, options or other agreements for the purposes of protecting against

111


Table of Contents

  fluctuations in the price of, or shortage of supply of, commodities used in the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that such Indebtedness is Incurred solely for non-speculative purposes; and
 
  (17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred for the purposes of defeasing the Notes.

  (c) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Exchange Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.
 
  (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories in clauses (1)— (17) of clause (b) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness in one or more of the types of Indebtedness described, except that Indebtedness Incurred under the Credit Agreement or Leasing Indebtedness on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred under clause (b)(1) or clause (b)(12), as the case may be.

Limitation on restricted payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a Restricted Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

  (1) Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or
 
  (2) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under “Limitation on indebtedness”; or
 
  (3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Issue Date would exceed the sum of:

  (i) 50% of the aggregate cumulative amount of Consolidated Net Income of the Company earned during the period subsequent to March 31, 2004 and ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (such date, the “Reference Date” ) (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);
 
  (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company from the issuance or sale subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or warrants, options or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Qualified Capital Stock); and
 
  (iii) $15.0 million.

  (b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit:

  (i) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant; provided, however,

112


Table of Contents

  that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
 
  (ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from making loans or advancements to, or investments in, any Joint Venture in an aggregate amount not exceeding $25.0 million plus the lesser of (i) any amounts received as repayment of any such loan, advancement or investment and (ii) the initial amount thereof;
 
  (iii) any purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); provided, however, that (A) such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, and (B) any Net Cash Proceeds from such sale shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clause (3)(ii) of paragraph (a) above;
 
  (iv) loans and advances to employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $2.5 million;
 
  (v) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, payments to holders of shares of the Company’s Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value, $100,000 per share liquidation preference, for cash dividend payments in respect thereof in accordance with the certificate of designations governing such preferred stock;
 
  (vi) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, payments to holders of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company for cash dividend payments or repurchases in respect thereof in the aggregate not to exceed $20.0 million in any calendar year; and
 
  (vii) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Capital Stock or (B) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent Incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the covenant described under “—Limitation on indebtedness” and the other terms of the Indenture.

For purposes of performing the calculation specified in clause (a)(3) above, amounts paid in respect of clauses (i), (v), (vi) and (vii)(A) of this paragraph (b) shall be counted as Restricted Payments and amounts paid in respect of clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vii)(B) of this paragraph (b) shall not be counted as a Restricted Payment. Any sale or transfer of property by an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with the intention of taking back a lease of that property will be considered a loan to that Unrestricted Subsidiary for this purpose.

113


Table of Contents

Limitation on restrictions on distributions from restricted subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary:

  (i) to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
 
  (ii) to make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
 
  (iii) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or
 
  (iv) to make payments in respect of any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

except:

  (1) any such encumbrance or restriction pursuant to: (x) an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, (y) the Credit Agreement and any guarantees thereunder or (z) agreements governing Leasing Indebtedness only with respect to a Leasing Subsidiary;
 
  (2) any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;
 
  (3) any such encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (1)(x) or (2) of this covenant or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (1)(x) or (2) of this covenant; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no less favorable to the Holders of the Exchange Notes than any such encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in such agreements;
 
  (4) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary nonassignment provisions in leases governing leasehold interests to the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease or the property leased thereunder;
 
  (5) in the case of clause (iii) above, encumbrances and restrictions contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages;
 
  (6) any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
 
  (7) any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to Indebtedness permitted to be

114


Table of Contents

  Incurred pursuant to clause (10) of the covenant described under “Certain covenants— Limitation on indebtedness;”
 
  (8) any encumbrance customarily contained in agreements governing Joint Ventures permitted under the Indenture and which were agreed to in good faith; and
 
  (9) restrictions imposed by applicable law.

Limitation on sales of assets. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

  (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such sale or other disposition at least equal to the Fair Market Value thereof;
 
  (ii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, consists of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that is assumed by the transferee in any such transaction shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this covenant;
 
  (iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Disposition, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition within 365 days from the later of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash to (A) repay, prepay or purchase secured Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, obligations under the Credit Agreement (including cash collateralization of any such obligations)); or (B) acquire Additional Assets and/or invest in working capital for the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
  (iv) On the 366th day after the later of any Asset Disposition or the receipt of Net Available Cash related to such Asset Disposition, or such earlier date, if any, as the board of directors of the Company determines not to apply the Net Available Cash relating to such Asset Disposition as set forth above in clause (iii)(A) or (B) and the aggregate amount of such Net Available Cash equals at least $20.0 million (the “Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date” ), the aggregate amount of such Net Available Cash (such amount, the “Asset Sale Offer Amount”) to make an offer to purchase (the “Asset Sale Offer” ) on a date (the “Asset Sale Offer Date” ) that is not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders and from all holders of other Indebtedness of the Company that is not, by its terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the terms of which require an offer to purchase such other Indebtedness with the proceeds from the Asset Disposition, on a pro rata basis, that amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness equal to the Asset Sale Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes or such other Indebtedness (or the accreted value of such other Indebtedness, if such other Indebtedness is issued at a discount), to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase.

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws or regulations thereunder in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to the Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, the Company shall comply with the applicable laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the indenture by virtue of any conflict.

115


Table of Contents

Limitation on affiliate transactions. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction” ) unless the terms thereof are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those which could be obtained at the time of such transaction in arm’s-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate.

In addition, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Affiliate Transaction unless:

  (i) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction involving the aggregate value, remuneration or other consideration of less than or equal to $10.0 million, the management of the Company shall have approved the transaction in good faith;
 
  (ii) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction involving the aggregate value, remuneration or other consideration of more than $10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0 million, the Company has obtained approval of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the disinterested directors); and
 
  (iii) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction involving the aggregate value, remuneration or other consideration of more than $25.0 million, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) shall not prohibit:

  (i) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitation on restricted payments;”
 
  (ii) employment, consulting, loan, and compensation arrangements and agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with any officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, consistent with past practice or approved by the Board of Directors;
 
  (iii) indemnification arrangements with officers and directors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
  (iv) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors; and
 
  (v) any Affiliate Transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries.

Change of control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Exchange Notes shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase such Holder’s Exchange Notes (a “Change of Control Offer” ) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in paragraph (b) below; provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will not be obligated to purchase the Exchange Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer if, prior to the time at which the Change of Control Offer is required to be made under this

116


Table of Contents

covenant, the Company mails an irrevocable notice of redemption of all of the Notes pursuant to the provisions under “—Optional redemption.”

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control (except under the circumstances contemplated by the proviso contained in paragraph (a) above), the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

  (1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Exchange Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);
 
  (2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control);
 
  (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and
 
  (4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this covenant, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Exchange Notes purchased.

(c) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws or regulations in connection with the purchase of Exchange Notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this covenant, the Company shall comply with the applicable laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue thereof.

The Change of Control purchase feature of the Exchange Notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. In addition, the Company may be prohibited under the terms of its other financing instruments from repurchasing the Exchange Notes upon a Change of Control. Finally, there can be no assurance that the Company will have the financial ability to purchase the Exchange Notes upon a Change of Control.

Limitation on unrestricted subsidiaries. The Company may, on or after the Issue Date, designate any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Subsidiary of the Company which owns Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or is a Guarantor) as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under the Indenture (a “Designation” ) only if:

  (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation;
 
  (2) the Company would be permitted under the Indenture to make an Investment at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation) in an amount (the “Designation Amount” ) equal to the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by the Company and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and (B) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owed to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date; and

117


Table of Contents

  (3) the Company would be permitted to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on indebtedness” at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation).

In the event of any such Designation, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment constituting a Restricted Payment in the Designation Amount pursuant to the covenant described under “—Limitation on restricted payments” for all purposes of the Indenture.

The Indenture will further provide that the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, at any time:

  (x) provide direct or indirect credit support for or a guarantee of any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness);
 
  (y) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; or
 
  (z) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness which provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such Unrestricted Subsidiary), except, in the case of clause (x) or (y), to the extent permitted under the covenant described under “—Limitation on restricted payments.”

The Indenture will further provide that the Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (“Revocation” ), whereupon such Subsidiary shall then constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, if

  (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time and after giving effect to such Revocation; and
 
  (2) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of the Indenture.

All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by an officers’ certificate of the Company delivered to the trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

Limitation on liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to, in the case of any Subordinated Indebtedness so secured) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.

Limitation on sale/leaseback transactions. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale/ Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to create a Lien on such property without equally and ratably securing the Exchange Notes pursuant to the covenant described under “Limitation on liens” or (ii) the net proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with clause (iii) of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants— Limitation

118


Table of Contents

on sales of assets” as if references therein to Net Available Cash are to such net proceeds and as if references therein to Asset Disposition were to such Sale/ Leaseback Transaction.

Merger and consolidation. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

  (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company” ) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company or such Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental to the Indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and Indenture or the Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and Indenture, as applicable;
 
  (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
  (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction an Officer’s Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with the Indenture.

The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, but the predecessor Company in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Exchange Notes.

SEC reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Holders of the Exchange Notes:

  (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and
 
  (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations.

119


Table of Contents

In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company will file a copy of all such information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Exchange Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Suspension of covenants. During any period in which the Exchange Notes are rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Indenture (the “Suspension Period” ), the covenants described under the following headings will not apply:

  (1) “—Certain covenants— Limitation on indebtedness;”
 
  (2) “—Certain covenants— Limitation on restricted payments;”
 
  (3) “—Certain covenants— Limitation on restrictions on distributions from restricted subsidiaries;”
 
  (4) “—Certain covenants— Limitation on sales of assets;”
 
  (5) “—Certain covenants— Limitation on affiliate transactions;” and
 
  (6) “—Certain covenants— Limitation on unrestricted subsidiaries.”

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants” ). Upon the suspension of the Suspended Covenants, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of “—Certain covenants— Limitation on sales of assets” shall be set at zero.

In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the preceding paragraph and either Rating Agency subsequently withdraws its rating or downgrades its rating of the Exchange Notes below Investment Grade, or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants (such date, the “Reversion Date” ). On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date and classified as permitted under clause (b)(4) of the covenant “—Limitation on indebtedness.” For purposes of calculating the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of the covenant “—Limitation on restricted payments,” calculations under that clause will be made with reference to the Issue Date as set forth in that clause. Accordingly, (x) Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under clause (a) of such covenant and (y) the items specified in clauses (a)(3)(i) and (a)(3)(ii) of such covenant will increase the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of such covenant.

The Indenture will also permit, without causing a Default or Event of Default, the results of actions taken by us and our Restricted Subsidiaries during the period in which the Notes are rated Investment Grade to remain in place after any date on which the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade.

120


Table of Contents

Defaults

An Event of Default is defined in the Indenture as

  (i) a default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days;
 
  (ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;
 
  (iii) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with its obligations under “—Certain covenants” and its other agreements contained in the Indenture (except in the case of a default with respect to the covenants described under “—Certain covenants— Change of control” and “—Certain covenants— Merger and consolidation,” which will constitute Events of Default with notice but without passage of time);
 
  (iv) the failure to pay at the final stated maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the acceleration of such Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by the holders thereof because of a default, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness exceeds $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent);
 
  (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (the “bankruptcy provisions” );
 
  (vi) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (to the extent not covered by insurance) is rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and is not discharged, paid or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable (the “judgment default provision” ); or
 
  (vii) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary of the Company ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (v) or (vi) above with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company (as specified in clauses (v) and (vi) above) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and interest on all the Notes will ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders of the Notes. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of

121


Table of Contents

principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of an Exchange Note may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Exchange Notes unless:

  (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing,
 
  (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
  (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
 
  (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
  (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Exchange Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder of the Notes notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to the interest of the holders of the Notes. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, subject to certain exceptions. However, without the consent of each affected Holder of an outstanding Exchange Note, no amendment may, among other things,

  (i) reduce the principal amount of Exchange Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;
 
  (ii) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Exchange Note;

122


Table of Contents

  (iii) reduce the principal of, any installment of interest on or any premium with respect to any Note, change the Stated Maturity of any Note or change the periods during which any Note may be redeemed as described under “—Optional redemption” above;
 
  (iv) make any Exchange Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Exchange Note;
 
  (v) impair the right of any Holder of the Exchange Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on Exchange Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Exchange Notes;
 
  (vi) after the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect in a manner adverse to the Holders of the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Disposition that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Disposition has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto;
 
  (vii) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of the holders of which is necessary to amend the Indenture, to waive compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or to waive certain defaults; or
 
  (viii) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture, except as permitted by the Indenture.

Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and Trustee may amend the Indenture to: (i) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, (ii) provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, (iii) comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect, (iv) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, (v) secure the Notes and make intercreditor arrangements with respect to any such Exchange Note, unless the incurrence of such obligations or the security thereof is prohibited by the Indenture, (vi) evidence or provide for a replacement trustee, (vii) add to the covenants and agreements of the Company, or any other obligor with respect to the Notes, for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, or (viii) to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes.

After an amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to holders of the Notes affected thereby a copy of such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver and a notice briefly describing such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver.

No personal liability of directors, officers, employees, incorporator and stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the Exchange Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Exchange Notes by

123


Table of Contents

accepting an Exchange Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Exchange Notes.

Transfer

The Exchange Notes will be issued in registered form and will be transferable only upon the surrender of the Exchange Notes being transferred for registration of transfer. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in connection with certain transfers and exchanges.

Defeasance

The Company may at, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of any Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes (“Legal Defeasance” ). Such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for:

  (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange and the Company’s right of redemption;
 
  (ii) substitution of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Exchange Notes;
 
  (iii) rights of holders of the Exchange Notes to receive payments of principal and interest on the Exchange Notes;
 
  (iv) rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee under the Indenture; and
 
  (v) rights of the holders of the Exchange Notes as beneficiaries of the Indenture with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance” ) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization and insolvency events) described under “—Default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, the Company:

  (1) must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;
 
  (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

  (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or
 
  (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

124


Table of Contents

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

  (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
  (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);
 
  (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any its Subsidiaries is bound;
 
  (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others;
 
  (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with;
 
  (8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the date of deposit and that no Holder is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and
 
  (9) certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the opinion of counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Exchange Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

125


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to [surviving rights expressly provided for in the Indenture]) as to all outstanding Notes when:

  (1) either:

  (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
  (b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or (2) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

  (2) the Company has paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Company; and
 
  (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent under the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture have been complied with.

Concerning the trustee

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, will be the Trustee under the Indenture and has been appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Exchange Notes.

Governing law

The Indenture provides that it and the Exchange Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

126


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax considerations

The following is a summary of material United States federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, revenue rulings, administrative interpretations and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change possibly with retroactive effect. Except as specifically set forth herein, this summary deals only with notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not purport to address all federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, tax-exempt investors, or persons holding the notes as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, conversion transaction, or other integrated transaction.

We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or an opinion of counsel with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary. As such, there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. Thus, all persons that exchange original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer are urged to consult their own tax advisors with regard to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

Consequences to holders

The exchange of original notes for exchange notes will not be treated as an exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but, instead, will be treated as a “non-event” because the exchange notes will not be considered to differ materially in kind or extent from the original notes. As a result, no material U.S. federal income tax consequences will result to a holder from exchanging original notes for exchange notes.

127


Table of Contents

Plan of distribution

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of those exchange notes. Broker-dealers may use this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes if the broker-dealer acquired the original notes as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the expiration date (as defined herein) we will amend or supplement this prospectus if requested by the initial purchasers or by one or more broker-dealers so that any broker-dealer may use this prospectus to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligations under the Securities Act in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2004, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers or other persons. Broker-dealers may from time to time sell exchange notes received for their own accounts in the exchange offer in one or more transactions:

  • in the over-the-counter market;
 
  • in negotiated transactions;
 
  • through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale;
 
  • at market prices prevailing at the time of resale;
 
  • at prices related to such prevailing market prices; or
 
  • at negotiated prices.

Broker-dealers may resell exchange notes directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of the exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

By its acceptance of the exchange offer, any broker-dealer that receives exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer agrees to notify us in writing before using the prospectus in connection with the sale or transfer of exchange notes. The broker-dealer further acknowledges and agrees that, upon receipt of notice from us of the happening of any event which makes any statement in the prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in the prospectus to make the statements in the prospectus not misleading or which may impose upon us disclosure obligations that may have a material adverse effect on us, which notice we agree to deliver promptly to the broker-dealer, the broker-dealer will suspend use of the prospectus until we have notified the broker-dealer that delivery of the prospectus may resume and have furnished to the broker-dealer copies of any

128


Table of Contents

amendment or supplement to the prospectus. We will, for a period of 180 days after the expiration date (as defined herein), promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the registered exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the exchange notes if we are required, under the terms of the registration rights agreement, to file a shelf registration statement) other than commissions, discounts or transfer taxes of any holders of the exchange notes (including any broker-dealers) and will indemnify the holders of the exchange notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Legal matters

The validity and the binding nature of the obligations of the exchange notes offered in the exchange offer and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Haynes and Boone, LLP.

Experts

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2001, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report appearing herein.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-     ) under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the exchange notes offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of that registration statement, which includes additional information not contained in this prospectus.

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of certain information filed by us with the SEC are also available on our website at http://www.trin.net. Our website is not a part of this prospectus. You may also read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Because our common stock is listed on the NYSE, you may also inspect reports, proxy statements and other information about us at the offices of the NYSE, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” information we file with it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to other documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus and information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information. In all cases, you should rely on the later information over different information included in this prospectus.

129


Table of Contents

You may request a copy of these filings at no cost by writing to us at the following mailing address or telephoning us at the following number: Trinity Industries, Inc., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207-2401 (telephone number: 214-631-4420).

130


Table of Contents

Index to financial statements

         

December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-2  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001
    F-3  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  

March 31, 2004 and 2003
       

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)
    F-42  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
    F-43  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 (unaudited)
    F-44  
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
    F-45  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
    F-46  

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Trinity Industries, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Trinity Industries, Inc. as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Trinity Industries, Inc. at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 20, 2004 (Except for Note 19, as to which the date is July 16, 2004)

F-2


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated statements of operations
                                           

Nine months Nine months
Year ended Year ended Year ended ended ended
(In millions except per share December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31,
data) 2003 2002 2001 2001 2000

(unaudited) (unaudited)
Revenues
  $ 1,432.8     $ 1,487.3     $ 1,766.5     $ 1,347.8     $ 1,485.6  
Operating costs:
                                       
 
Cost of revenues
    1,260.4       1,314.0       1,659.8       1,234.5       1,331.4  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    159.0       162.6       181.3       129.7       162.1  
   
      1,419.4       1,476.6       1,841.1       1,364.2       1,493.5  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    13.4       10.7       (74.6 )     (16.4 )     (7.9 )
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (0.7 )     (1.2 )     (3.9 )     (2.5 )     (5.5 )
 
Interest expense
    34.9       36.3       29.3       21.7       21.3  
 
Other, net
    (6.5 )           2.6       4.9       30.5  
   
      27.7       35.1       28.0       24.1       46.3  
   
Loss before income taxes
    (14.3 )     (24.4 )     (102.6 )     (40.5 )     (54.2 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                                       
 
Current
    (14.4 )     (60.8 )     (10.7 )     3.3       17.8  
 
Deferred
    10.1       56.0       (17.5 )     (9.1 )     (37.3 )
   
      (4.3 )     (4.8 )     (28.2 )     (5.8 )     (19.5 )
   
Net loss
    (10.0 )     (19.6 )     (74.4 )     (34.7 )     (34.7 )
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
    (1.6 )                        
   
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (11.6 )   $ (19.6 )   $ (74.4 )   $ (34.7 )   $ (34.7 )
   
Net loss per common share:
                                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.25 )   $ (0.43 )   $ (1.94 )   $ (0.90 )   $ (0.92 )
   
 
Diluted
  $ (0.25 )   $ (0.43 )   $ (1.94 )   $ (0.90 )   $ (0.92 )
   
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
                                       
 
Basic
    45.6       45.3       38.3       38.7       37.6  
 
Diluted
    45.6       45.3       38.3       38.7       37.6  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated balance sheets
                   

December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 46.0     $ 19.1  
Receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7.7 at December 31, 2003 and $8.3 at December 31, 2002)
    198.1       168.2  
Income tax receivable
          50.0  
Inventories:
               
 
Raw materials and supplies
    158.4       115.9  
 
Work in process
    60.0       42.3  
 
Finished goods
    39.6       55.1  
   
      258.0       213.3  
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
    1,627.1       1,565.4  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (681.9 )     (604.4 )
   
      945.2       961.0  
Goodwill
    415.1       411.3  
Other assets
    145.5       133.6  
   
    $ 2,007.9     $ 1,956.5  
   
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 460.2     $ 396.0  
Debt:
               
 
Recourse
    298.5       375.1  
 
Non-recourse
    96.7       113.8  
   
      395.2       488.9  
Deferred income
    32.2       16.8  
Other liabilities
    58.7       53.2  
   
      946.3       954.9  
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value, $0.1 liquidation value
    57.8        
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock— 1.5 shares authorized and unissued
           
 
Common stock— shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003— 50.9; at December 31, 2002— 50.9
    50.9       50.9  
 
Capital in excess of par value
    434.7       442.1  
 
Retained earnings
    649.9       672.6  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (27.3 )     (34.9 )
 
Treasury stock (4.3 shares at December 31, 2003 and 5.0 shares at December 31, 2002)
    (104.4 )     (129.1 )
   
      1,003.8       1,001.6  
   
    $ 2,007.9     $ 1,956.5  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated statements of cash flows
                                               

Nine months Nine months
Year ended Year ended Year ended ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002 2001 2001 2000

(unaudited) (unaudited)
Operating activities:
                                       
 
Net loss
  $ (10.0 )   $ (19.6 )   $ (74.4 )   $ (34.7 )   $ (34.7 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    85.6       90.7       85.5       66.2       69.8  
   
Deferred income taxes
    10.1       56.0       (17.5 )     (9.1 )     (37.3 )
   
Gain on sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (10.0 )     (4.5 )     (2.5 )     (1.1 )     (9.8 )
   
Unusual charges
                122.2       66.4       117.5  
   
Other
    2.6       5.3       1.6       2.5       1.9  
   
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and unusual charges:
                                       
   
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (29.9 )     26.3       58.1       88.7       122.9  
     
Decrease (increase) in tax receivables
    50.0       (40.2 )     (9.8 )     (9.8 )      
   
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    (44.7 )     61.9       148.1       112.8       (59.6 )
   
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (4.9 )     20.5       15.2       (5.2 )     (53.7 )
   
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    73.5       (55.9 )     (100.3 )     (80.3 )     (55.1 )
   
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (7.4 )     (19.8 )     8.8       3.7       (5.9 )
   
     
Total adjustments
    124.9       140.3       309.4       234.8       90.7  
   
Net cash provided by operating activities
    114.9       120.7       235.0       200.1       56.0  
Investing activities:
                                       
 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    251.6       22.5       195.2       188.2       55.8  
 
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiary
    (264.7 )     (134.5 )     (183.3 )     (86.9 )     (152.5 )
 
Capital expenditures— other
    (20.2 )     (37.7 )     (70.9 )     (46.4 )     (76.8 )
 
Payment for purchase of acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (7.6 )     (1.4 )     (164.8 )     (165.0 )     (13.7 )
   
 
Net cash required by investing activities
    (40.9 )     (151.1 )     (223.8 )     (110.1 )     (187.2 )
Financing activities:
                                       
 
Issuance of common stock
          31.2                    
 
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock
    57.6                          
 
Net borrowings (repayments) of short-term debt
                52.4       (35.8 )     235.5  
 
Payments to retire debt
    (379.7 )     (786.1 )     (29.6 )     (25.5 )     (51.4 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    286.0       798.7                    
 
Stock repurchases
                            (34.6 )
 
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    (11.0 )     (16.5 )     (26.6 )     (20.0 )     (20.4 )
   
 
Net cash provided (required) by financing activities
    (47.1 )     27.3       (3.8 )     (81.3 )     129.1  
   
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents
    26.9       (3.1 )     7.4       8.7       (2.1 )
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    19.1       22.2       14.8       13.5       16.9  
   
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 46.0     $ 19.1     $ 22.2     $ 22.2     $ 14.8  

Interest paid for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001 was $30.0, $26.9, and $22.3, respectively. Net taxes received for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001 was $66.7, $15.5, and $3.9, respectively.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity
                                                                   

Common Common Capital Accumulated
Shares Stock in Excess Other Treasury Total
(In millions except share and per (100,000,000 $1.00 Par of Par Retained Comprehensive Treasury Stock Stockholders’
share data) Authorized) Value Value Earnings Loss Shares At Cost Equity

Balance at March 31, 2001
    43,796,351     $ 43.8     $ 291.8     $ 759.4     $ (21.1 )     (6,953,386 )   $ (194.9 )   $ 879.0  
 
Net loss
                      (34.7 )                       (34.7 )
 
Currency translation adjustments
                            (0.4 )                 (0.4 )
 
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments
                            (4.5 )                 (4.5 )
                                                             
 
 
Comprehensive net loss
                                                            (39.6 )
 
Cash dividends ($0.54 per common share)
                      (21.3 )                       (21.3 )
 
Stock issued for mergers and acquisitions
    7,150,000       7.2       175.8                   34,000       1.3       184.3  
 
Other
                (2.9 )                 310,864       9.9       7.0  
   
Balance at December 31, 2001
    50,946,351       51.0       464.7       703.4       (26.0 )     (6,608,522 )     (183.7 )     1,009.4  
 
Net loss
                      (19.6 )                       (19.6 )
 
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
                            (20.8 )                 (20.8 )
 
Currency translation adjustments (net of tax)
                            9.2                   9.2  
 
Unrealized gain on derivative financial instruments (net of tax)
                            2.7                   2.7  
                                                             
 
 
Comprehensive net loss
                                                            (28.5 )
 
Cash dividends ($0.24 per common share)
                      (11.2 )                       (11.2 )
 
Stock issued
                (19.9 )                 1,500,000       51.1       31.2  
 
Other
    (6,000 )     (0.1 )     (2.7 )                 67,813       3.5       0.7  
   
Balance at December 31, 2002
    50,940,351       50.9       442.1       672.6       (34.9 )     (5,040,709 )     (129.1 )     1,001.6  
 
Net loss
                      (10.0 )                       (10.0 )
 
Minimum pension liability adjustment (net of tax)
                            7.0                   7.0  
 
Currency translation adjustments (net of tax)
                            (0.1 )                 (0.1 )
 
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments (net of tax)
                            0.7                   0.7  
                                                             
 
 
Comprehensive net loss
                                                            (2.4 )
 
Cash dividends ($0.24 per common share)
                      (11.1 )                       (11.1 )
 
Dividends— Series B preferred stock
                      (1.6 )                       (1.6 )
 
Restricted shares issued
                (4.5 )                 356,685       11.2       6.7  
 
Stock options exercised (including tax benefit of $1.2)
                (2.5 )                 401,791       12.7       10.2  
 
Other
                (0.4 )                 21,373       0.8       0.4  
   
Balance at December 31, 2003
    50,940,351     $ 50.9     $ 434.7     $ 649.9     $ (27.3 )     (4,260,860 )   $ (104.4 )   $ 1,003.8  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

notes to consolidated financial statements

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The financial statements of Trinity Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Trinity” or the “Company”) include the accounts of all majority owned subsidiaries. The equity method of accounting is used for companies in which the Company has significant influence and 50% or less ownership. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Change in year end

In September 2001 the Company changed its year end from March 31 to December 31.

Revenue recognition

The Company generally recognizes revenue when products are shipped or services are provided. Revenues for contracts providing for a large number of units and few deliveries are recorded as the individual units are produced, inspected and accepted by the customer. Revenues from construction contracts are recorded using percentage of completion accounting, using incurred labor hours to estimated total hours of the contract. Estimated losses on contracts are recorded when determined. Revenue from rentals and operating leases are recorded monthly as the fees accrue. Fees for shipping and handling are recorded as revenue.

Income taxes

The liability method is used to account for income taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary effects of differences in the recognition of revenues and expenses for financial statement and income tax reporting purposes. Valuation allowances reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that will more likely than not be realized.

Net income (loss) per share

Basic net income (loss) per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The numerator is net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2001. The difference between the denominator in the basic calculation and the denominator in the diluted calculation is generally attributable to the effect of employee stock options. Diluted loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001 is based only on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, as the inclusion of stock options would have been antidilutive. The number of antidilutive options for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the nine months ended December 31, 2001 were 342,545, 81,120, and 173,422, respectively. The Series B preferred stock was antidilutive for the year ended December 31, 2003 and therefore not considered in the diluted net income (loss) per common share calculation.

F-7


Table of Contents

Financial instruments

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk are primarily cash investments and receivables. The Company places its cash investments in investment grade, short-term debt instruments and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one commercial issuer. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to control procedures to monitor the credit worthiness of customers, the large number of customers in the Company’s customer base, and their dispersion across different industries and geographic areas. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of all receivables.

The Company formally documents all hedging instruments and assesses on an ongoing basis whether hedging transactions are highly effective. It is the Company’s policy not to speculate in derivatives. All hedging instruments outstanding at December 31, 2003 have been designated as cash flow hedges and are considered highly effective.

Interest rate swap agreements are utilized to reduce the impact of changes in interest rates on certain debt. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had six interest rate swap agreements outstanding. These agreements have a total notional amount of $150.0 million and expire from May 2005 to May 2006. The Company pays an average fixed rate of 2.71% and receives a floating rate based on the three-month LIBOR rates.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined principally on the specific identification method. Market is replacement cost or net realizable value.

Property, plant and equipment

Depreciation and amortization are generally computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally 2 to 30 years. The costs of ordinary maintenance and repair are charged to expense while renewals and major replacements are capitalized.

The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used for potential impairment. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the carrying value is not recoverable and the fair value of the asset is less than its carrying value. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risks involved. Impairment losses on long-lived assets held for sale are determined in a similar manner, except that fair values are reduced for the estimated cost to dispose of the assets. In 2003, operating profit in the Industrial Products Group was impacted by $0.9 million related to the write down of long-lived assets in Brazil.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill is tested by reporting unit at least annually as of November for impairment by comparing their fair value to their book value. Intangible assets with defined useful lives, which as of December 31, 2003 were $5.3 million, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are tested annually for impairment.

F-8


Table of Contents

Insurance

The Company is self-insured for workers’ compensation. A third party administrator is used to process claims. The Company accrues the workers’ compensation liability based upon independent actuarial studies.

Warranties

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized and assesses the adequacy of the resulting reserves on a quarterly basis.

Foreign currency translation

Operations outside the United States prepare financial statements in currencies other than the United States Dollar; the income statement amounts are translated at average exchange rates for the year, while the assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments are accumulated as a separate component of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive loss except in foreign countries where the functional currency is considered highly inflationary. Total accumulated currency adjustments (net of tax) recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) was $12.5 million at December 31, 2003.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss), foreign currency translation adjustments, the effective unrealized portions of changes in fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments and the minimum pension liability adjustment. All components are shown net of tax.

F-9


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation

The Company has elected to apply the accounting provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (APB No. 25) and its interpretations and, accordingly, no compensation cost has been recorded for stock options. The effect of computing compensation cost and the weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the nine months ended December 31, 2001 using the Black-Scholes option pricing method for stock options are shown in the accompanying table.

                           

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002 2001

Pro forma:
                       
 
Net loss applicable to common shareholders, as reported
  $ (11.6 )   $ (19.6 )   $ (34.7 )
 
Add: Stock compensation expense related to restricted stock
    2.2       2.0       0.6  
 
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related income tax effects
    (6.2 )     (7.9 )     (5.6 )
   
Pro forma net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (15.6 )   $ (25.5 )   $ (39.7 )
   
 
Pro forma diluted share
  $ (0.34 )   $ (0.56 )   $ (1.03 )
   
Net loss applicable to common shareholders per diluted share— as reported
  $ (0.25 )   $ (0.43 )   $ (0.90 )
   
Black-Scholes assumptions:
                       
 
Expected option life (years)
    6.0       6.0       6.8  
 
Risk-free interest rate
    2.5%       4.75%       4.8%  
 
Dividend yield
    1.4%       1.1%       3.7%  
 
Common stock volatility
    0.340       0.360       0.354  
 
Estimated fair value per share of options granted
  $ 5.35     $ 8.36     $ 5.99  

Management estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year statements to conform to the current period presentation.

F-10


Table of Contents

Recent accounting pronouncements

During January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (FIN 46). The consolidation requirements of FIN 46 apply immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003 and apply to existing variable interest entities in the first fiscal year or interim periods beginning after June 15, 2003. In October 2003, the FASB agreed to a broad-based deferral of the effective date for public companies until the end of the periods ending after December 15, 2003. Until now, one company generally has included another entity in its consolidated financial statements only if it controlled the entity through voting interests. FIN 46 requires a variable interest entity to be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. A company that consolidates a variable interest entity is called the primary beneficiary of that entity. Certain of the disclosure requirements apply in all financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, regardless of when the variable interest entity was established. The Company has established four variable interest entities to securitize railcars for lease to third parties. The equity investors are the primary beneficiaries of the entities and therefore three of the trust entities are not required to be consolidated (see Note 10). The remaining entity is consolidated as of December 31, 2003.

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity” (SFAS 150). SFAS 150 establishes standards for how a company classifies and measures in its statement of financial position certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that a company classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first period beginning after June 15, 2003. The provisions of this statement did not have an impact on the Company’s statement of financial position.

Note 2. Segment information

The Company reports operating results in the following business segments: (1) the Rail Group, which manufactures and sells railcars and component parts; (2) the Construction Products Group which manufactures and sells highway guardrail and safety products, concrete and aggregates, girders and beams used in the construction of highway and railway bridges and weld fittings used in pressure piping systems; (3) the Inland Barge Group which manufactures and sells barges and related products for inland waterway services; (4) the Industrial Products Group, which manufactures and sells tank heads and pressure and non-pressure containers for the storage and transportation of liquefied gases and other liquid and dry products; and (5) the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group which provides fleet management, maintenance and leasing services. Finally, All Other includes the Company’s captive insurance and transportation companies, structural towers, and other peripheral businesses.

Sales from Rail Group to Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group are recorded in the Rail Group and eliminated in consolidation. Sales of railcars from the lease fleet are included in the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Sales between groups are recorded at prices comparable to external customers.

F-11


Table of Contents

The financial information for these segments is shown in the tables below. The Company operates principally in the continental United States, Mexico, Romania, the United Kingdom, the Czech Republic and Brazil.

Year ended December 31, 2003

                                                         

Revenues

Operating Depreciation & Capital
(In millions) Outside Intersegment Total Profit (Loss) Assets Amortization Expenditures

Rail Group
  $ 494.5     $ 240.1     $ 734.6     $ (6.2 )   $ 835.3     $ 18.2     $ 3.5  
Construction Products Group
    488.8       1.1       489.9       37.5       227.3       23.0       12.4  
Inland Barge Group
    170.6             170.6       (4.7 )     66.2       2.8       1.5  
Industrial Products Group
    120.7       4.1       124.8       8.4       90.4       4.4       1.5  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    153.8             153.8       41.0       695.6       27.0       264.7  
All Other
    4.4       26.5       30.9       (8.4 )     26.9       3.4       0.3  
Eliminations & Corporate Items
          (271.8 )     (271.8 )     (54.2 )     66.2       6.8       1.0  
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,432.8     $     $ 1,432.8     $ 13.4     $ 2,007.9     $ 85.6     $ 284.9  

Year ended December 31, 2002

                                                         

Revenues Operating

Profit Depreciation & Capital
(In millions) Outside Intersegment Total (Loss) Assets Amortization Expenditures

Rail Group
  $ 504.3     $ 125.1     $ 629.4     $ (41.5 )   $ 819.8     $ 20.7     $ 7.1  
Construction Products Group
    503.9       0.9       504.8       48.3       233.6       24.1       17.1  
Inland Barge Group
    211.7             211.7       4.7       71.0       3.2       1.8  
Industrial Products Group
    140.1       3.0       143.1       2.4       89.7       5.8       5.4  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    114.7             114.7       31.3       635.3       27.6       139.0  
All Other
    12.6       26.9       39.5       (5.7 )     40.3       4.2        
Eliminations & Corporate Items
          (155.9 )     (155.9 )     (28.8 )     66.8       5.1       1.8  
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,487.3     $     $ 1,487.3     $ 10.7     $ 1,956.5     $ 90.7     $ 172.2  

Year ended December 31, 2001 (unaudited)

                                                         

Revenues Operating

Profit Depreciation & Capital
(In millions) Outside Intersegment Total (Loss) Assets Amortization Expenditures

Rail Group
  $ 700.0     $ 257.5     $ 957.5     $ (104.4 )   $ 868.7     $ 26.6     $ 31.3  
Construction Products Group
    543.8       6.5       550.3       48.9       250.0       24.7       18.6  
Inland Barge Group
    206.6       0.1       206.7       11.6       86.6       3.6       2.2  
Industrial Products Group
    139.9       7.6       147.5       2.8       104.6       5.8       8.3  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    114.1             114.1       38.0       482.8       14.4       186.9  
All Other
    62.1       43.9       106.0       (35.8 )     52.5       5.4       4.8  
Eliminations & Corporate Items
          (315.6 )     (315.6 )     (35.7 )     106.8       5.0       2.1  
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,766.5     $     $ 1,766.5     $ (74.6 )   $ 1,952.0     $ 85.5     $ 254.2  

F-12


Table of Contents

Nine months ended December 31, 2001

                                                         

Revenues Operating

Profit Depreciation & Capital
(In millions) Outside Intersegment Total (Loss) Assets Amortization Expenditures

Rail Group
  $ 521.3     $ 142.8     $ 664.1     $ (65.8 )   $ 868.7     $ 21.3     $ 22.9  
Construction Products Group
    427.2       5.0       432.2       45.6       250.0       18.7       11.9  
Inland Barge Group
    148.2             148.2       9.8       86.6       2.7       1.8  
Industrial Products Group
    106.7       2.3       109.0       3.9       104.6       4.7       5.3  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    94.0             94.0       30.2       482.8       11.4       87.6  
All Other
    50.4       28.1       78.5       (21.1 )     52.5       3.9       2.3  
Eliminations & Corporate Items
          (178.2 )     (178.2 )     (19.0 )     106.8       3.5       1.5  
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,347.8     $     $ 1,347.8     $ (16.4 )   $ 1,952.0     $ 66.2     $ 133.3  

Nine months ended December 31, 2000 (unaudited)

                                                         

Revenues Operating

Profit Depreciation & Capital
(In millions) Outside Intersegment Total (Loss) Assets Amortization Expenditures

Rail Group
  $ 639.3     $ 166.9     $ 806.2     $ 3.4     $ 545.1     $ 19.1     $ 26.8  
Construction Products Group
    432.4       9.6       442.0       25.8       313.4       21.5       21.3  
Inland Barge Group
    144.5             144.5       9.9       81.2       3.4       1.3  
Industrial Products Group
    127.1       4.5       131.6       6.5       228.3       4.1       9.4  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    108.6             108.6       34.2       469.1       11.0       160.5  
All Other
    33.7       30.0       63.7       (44.4 )     88.5       5.5       8.2  
Eliminations & Corporate Items
          (211.0 )     (211.0 )     (43.3 )     29.9       5.2       1.8  
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,485.6     $     $ 1,485.6     $ (7.9 )   $ 1,755.5     $ 69.8     $ 229.3  

Corporate assets are composed of cash and equivalents, notes receivable, certain property, plant and equipment, and other assets. Capital expenditures do not include business acquisitions.

Revenues and operating profit for our foreign operations for the years ended December 31, 2003, and 2002 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2001 are presented below:

                                                 

Revenues Operating Profit (Loss)


Year ended Nine months Year ended Nine months
December 31, ended December 31, ended

December 31,
December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002 2001 2003 2002 2001

Latin America
  $ 45.2     $ 63.5     $ 35.3     $ 6.1     $ 10.8     $ (1.9 )
Europe
    139.6       185.8       66.9       (12.0 )     (1.0 )     (15.0 )
   
Total Foreign
  $ 184.8     $ 249.3     $ 102.2     $ (5.9 )   $ 9.8     $ (16.9 )

F-13


Table of Contents

Total assets and long-lived assets for our foreign operations as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are presented below:

                                 

Total assets Long-lived assets


December 31,

(In millions) 2003 2002 2003 2002

Latin America
  $ 120.0     $ 132.6     $ 90.9     $ 107.1  
Europe
    111.6       106.2       49.3       62.1  
   
Total Foreign
  $ 231.6     $ 238.8     $ 140.2     $ 169.2  

Note 3. Unusual charges

In December 2001, the Company recorded special pretax charges of $66.4 million ($50.4 million after tax), or $1.19 per share based on weighted average shares outstanding for the three months ended December 31, 2001 and $1.30 per share based on weighted average shares outstanding for the nine months ended December 31, 2001, related primarily to restructuring the Company’s Rail Group in connection with the Thrall Car Manufacturing Company (“Thrall”) merger in North America and Europe and other matters.

Costs included in the charges are summarized as follows:

           

Total
(In millions) charges

Property, plant & equipment— write-downs to net realizable value and related plant closing costs
  $ 46.5  
Severance costs— approximately 2,100 employees
    3.8  
     
 
 
Railcar restructuring charges
    50.3  
Asset write-downs and exit costs related to wholly owned businesses
    15.5  
Non railcar severance— 11 employees
    0.6  
     
 
 
Total charges
  $ 66.4  

Classifications of the charges by segment and income statement line items are shown below:

                                   

Construction All
(In millions) Rail products other Total

Cost of revenues
  $ 46.1     $ 0.8     $ 9.9     $ 56.8  
Selling, engineering & administrative
    4.2       0.1       3.2       7.5  
   
Charged to operating profit
    50.3       0.9       13.1       64.3  
Other (income) expense— corporate
                2.1       2.1  
   
 
Total charges
  $ 50.3     $ 0.9     $ 15.2     $ 66.4  

F-14


Table of Contents

Restructuring and other reserve activity for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 is:

                                                                 

Reserves Reserves Reserves
December 31, December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2001 Charges Payments Write-offs 2002 Payments Reclassifications 2003

Property, plant & equipment— shut-down costs
  $ 18.9     $ 0.1     $ (8.2 )   $ (6.2 )   $ 4.6     $ (0.3 )   $ (4.3 )   $  
Environmental liabilities
    11.1             (0.3 )     (0.2 )     10.6       (0.5 )     (10.1 )      
Severance costs
    4.9       0.4       (3.2 )     (1.5 )     0.6       (0.4 )     (0.2 )      
Adverse jury verdict
    14.8                         14.8       (0.1 )     (14.7 )      
Other
    3.4       0.1       (2.3 )     (0.8 )     0.4             (0.4 )      
   
    $ 53.1     $ 0.6     $ (14.0 )   $ (8.7 )   $ 31.0     $ (1.3 )   $ (29.7 )   $  

In 2003, restructuring reserves were reclassified to comparable accrued liabilities. None of the reclassifications impacted operating profit.

Note 4. Acquisitions and divestitures

On October 26, 2001, Trinity completed a merger transaction with privately owned Thrall. The results of Thrall’s operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since that date. The aggregate purchase price was $377.1 million including $165.5 million of cash, a working capital adjustment per the merger agreement of $15.2 million, transaction fees of $13.0 million and common stock valued at $183.4 million. The value of the 7.15 million common shares issued was determined based on the average market price of Trinity’s common shares over the period including two days before and after the terms of the merger were agreed to and announced. In addition, Trinity has agreed under certain circumstances to make additional payments, not to exceed $45 million through 2006, based on a formula related to annual railcar industry production levels. Currently it is anticipated that no additional consideration will be paid, however, if any amounts are paid goodwill will be increased. At December 31, 2003, the Company had a receivable from the former owner of Thrall for $4.9 million related to representations and warranties under the merger agreement. A former officer and indirect shareholder of Thrall is a beneficial holder of Company shares and a director of the Company.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

           

October 26,
(In millions) 2001

Current assets
  $ 82.0  
Property, plant, and equipment
    38.3  
Intangible assets— patents
    2.9  
Deferred tax asset
    9.1  
Goodwill
    333.3  
     
 
 
Total assets acquired
    465.6  
Current liabilities
    (88.5 )
     
 
Net assets acquired
  $ 377.1  

F-15


Table of Contents

The $333.3 million of goodwill was assigned to the Rail Group and $317.6 million of that amount is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations are presented below as if the merger with Thrall had been made as of April 1, 2001. The pro forma consolidated results of operations include adjustments to give effect to interest expense on acquisition debt and certain other adjustments, together with related income tax effects. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the merger been made at the beginning of the periods presented or the future results of the combined operations.

           

Nine months
ended
December 31,
(In millions) 2001

Revenues
  $ 1,544.1  
Net loss
    (50.1 )
Loss per share:
       
 
Basic
  $ (1.13 )
 
Diluted
  $ (1.13 )

Results for the nine months ended December 31, 2001 included after-tax charges of $50.4 million ($1.30 per share) related to restructuring the Rail Group in connection with the Thrall merger and the down cycle in the railcar industry and other matters.

The Company made certain acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2003 accounted for by the purchase method. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $7.6 million. These acquisitions were primarily in the Company’s Construction Products Group and were competitive, strategic acquisitions. Other intangibles of $3.9 million were recorded, however, no goodwill was recorded on the 2003 acquisitions. The acquired operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective dates of the acquisitions. Pro forma results would not have been materially different from actual results for any year presented.

Note 5. Property, plant and equipment

                 

December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Corporate/ Manufacturing
               
Land
  $ 50.8     $ 53.1  
Buildings and improvements
    355.8       347.1  
Machinery
    450.4       425.2  
Construction in progress
    11.6       32.3  
   
      868.6       857.7  
Leasing equipment
    758.5       707.7  
   
    $ 1,627.1     $ 1,565.4  

F-16


Table of Contents

The Company leases certain equipment and facilities under operating leases. Future minimum rent expense on these leases in each fiscal year are (in millions): 2004— $8.9; 2005— $7.7; 2006— $3.7; 2007— $3.6; 2008— $3.4 and $2.6 thereafter. See Note 10 for information related to the lease agreements, future operating lease obligations and future minimum rent expense associated with the Company’s wholly owned, qualified subsidiaries.

The Company estimates the fair market value of properties no longer in use or held for sale based on the location and condition of the properties, the fair market value of similar properties in the area, and the Company’s experience of selling similar properties in the past. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had non-operating plants with a net book value of $15.5 million. The Company’s estimated fair value of these assets exceeds their book value.

Note 6. Goodwill

Goodwill is no longer amortized but reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain indicators arise. As of November 30, 2003, the Company’s impairment test of goodwill was completed at the reporting unit level and no indication of impairment of goodwill was noted. Goodwill by segment is as follows:

                 

December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Rail
  $ 404.5     $ 403.5  
Construction Products
    4.5       4.5  
Industrial Products
    4.3       1.5  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services
    1.8       1.8  
   
    $ 415.1     $ 411.3  

Note 7. Deposit agreement

The Company has a deposit agreement with Altos Hornos de Mexico, SA de C.V. (“AHMSA”) which provided for funds to be deposited with AHMSA which are then used along with other funds from the Company to purchase steel from AHMSA. As of December 31, 2003, total funds on deposit including interest due amounted to approximately $23.7 million. Since May 1999 AHMSA has been operating under a judicial declaration of suspension of payments, which under applicable Mexican law, allows companies in Mexico to (1) seek a debt restructuring agreement with their creditors in an orderly fashion; (2) continue their operations; and (3) avoid declaration of bankruptcy and liquidation of assets. The Company’s understanding of Mexican law is that all funds on deposit are required to be returned to the Company regardless of whether or not the supplier is able to operate under the declaration of suspension of payments. Trinity reduced $11.6 million of this deposit through inventory purchases in the year ended December 31, 2003.

F-17


Table of Contents

Note 8. Warranties

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized and assesses the adequacy of the resulting reserves on a quarterly basis. The change in the accruals for warranties for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows:

                 

Year ended Year ended
December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Beginning balance
  $ 20.8     $ 18.1  
Additions
    16.5       21.2  
Reductions
    (14.3 )     (18.5 )
   
Ending balance
  $ 23.0     $ 20.8  

Note 9. Debt

                     

December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Corporate/ Manufacturing— Recourse:
               
 
Revolving commitment
  $     $ 48.0  
 
Term commitment
    122.8       149.3  
 
Up to 11.3 percent notes payable through 2015
    5.7       6.4  
   
      128.5       203.7  
   
Leasing— Recourse
               
 
7.755 percent equipment trust certificates to institutional investors generally payable in semi-annual installments of varying amounts through 2009
    170.0       170.0  
 
Other
          1.4  
   
      170.0       171.4  
   
      298.5       375.1  
   
Leasing— Non-recourse Warehouse facility
    71.1       113.8  
 
Trust debt (see note 10)
    25.6        
   
      96.7       113.8  
   
   
Total debt
  $ 395.2     $ 488.9  

In June 2002, the Company completed a secured credit agreement for $425 million. The agreement includes a $275 million 3-year revolving commitment and a $150 million 5-year term commitment. The agreement calls for quarterly payments of principal on the term debt in the amount of $375 thousand beginning September 30, 2002 through June 30, 2006 and quarterly payments of $36.0 million beginning on September 30, 2006 through the maturity date. Amounts borrowed under the revolving commitment bear interest at LIBOR plus 2.25% (there were no borrowings on December 31, 2003). Amounts borrowed under the term commitment bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.25% (4.40% at December 31, 2003). The Company’s accounts receivable and inventory and a portion of its property, plant and equipment secure the agreement. During September 2003, the Company modified the terms of the debt covenants

F-18


Table of Contents

under the agreement to separate the Company’s leasing and manufacturing operations for debt compliance purposes and paid off $25.0 million of the 5-year term commitment. The agreement limits the amount of capital expenditures related to the Company’s leasing business, requires maintenance of ratios related to interest coverage for both the leasing and manufacturing operations, leverage, asset coverage and minimum net worth, and restricts the amount of dividend payments based upon the current credit rating of the Company not to exceed $15 million annually. At December 31, 2003, $122.8 million was borrowed under this agreement. At December 31, 2003, the most restrictive of the debt covenants based on trailing twelve month calculations as defined by the debt agreements allows for approximately $73.9 million additional principal and approximately $8.1 million and $10.5 million additional annual interest expense for leasing and manufacturing operations, respectively.

In June 2002 Trinity Industries Leasing Company (“TILC”) through a newly formed, wholly owned and consolidated business trust entered into a $200 million non-recourse warehouse facility ($71.1 million outstanding as of December 31, 2003) to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TILC. Specific railcars and the underlying leases secure the facility. Advances under the facility may not exceed 75%, or if agreed to by all of the lenders under the facility, such other percentage not less than 75% nor more than 80%, of the fair market value of the eligible railcars securing the facility as defined by the agreement. Advances under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.375% (2.545% at December 31, 2003). In August 2003, TILC expanded this facility to $300 million and extended the term through August 2004 and unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in March 2005, September 2005 and March 2006. At December 31, 2003, $228.9 million was available under this facility.

In February 2002 TILC sold $170,000,000 of 2002-1 Pass Through Certificates with interest at 7.755%, commencing on August 15, 2002 and due semiannually thereafter. Equipment notes issued by TILC for the benefit of the holders of the Pass Through Certificates are collateralized by interest in certain railcars owned by TILC and the leases pursuant to which such railcars are leased to customers. The equipment notes, including the obligations to make payments of principal and interest thereon are direct obligations of TILC and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Trinity Industries, Inc. as guarantor.

The non-recourse debt of $25.6 million as of December 31, 2003 related to the Leasing Group’s investment in a variable interest entity where, because of its ownership of the equity investment, the Leasing Group is deemed the primary beneficiary of the Trust and therefore, as of December 31, 2003 the Trust is consolidated. Currently, the Leasing Group intends to sell its equity ownership in the Trust. If the Leasing Group is successful in selling the equity investment of the Trust and is no longer the primary beneficiary of the Trust, then the Trust will no longer be consolidated with Trinity. Accordingly, the railcars of $34.4 million and the debt of $25.6 million would not be included in the consolidated financial statements. The non-recourse debt agreement entered into by the Trust provides for interest at 5.64%.

F-19


Table of Contents

Principal payments due during the next five years as of December 31, 2003 are as follows:

                                                     

(In millions) 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Thereafter

Recourse
                                               
 
Corporate/ Manufacturing
  $ 2.2     $ 2.0     $ 73.1     $ 47.2     $ 0.1     $ 3.4  
 
Leasing (note 10)
          39.9       10.3       43.4       14.2       62.2  
Non-recourse
                                               
 
Leasing (note 10)
    1.5       46.6       25.9       1.3       1.0       20.4  
 
Capital leases— Corporate
    0.2       0.2       0.1                    
   
   
Total principal payments
  $ 3.9     $ 88.7     $ 109.4     $ 91.9     $ 15.3     $ 86.0  

Commitments under letters of credit, primarily related to insurance, are $116.4 million, expiring $106.1 million in 2004, $7.2 million in 2005 and $3.1 million after 2008.

Note 10. Railcar leasing and management services group

The Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group (“Leasing Group”) provides fleet management, maintenance and leasing services. Selected combined financial information for the Leasing Group is as follows:

                   

December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Balance Sheet Information
               
Cash
  $ 5.3     $ 2.8  
Leasing equipment, net
               
 
Machinery
    31.0        
 
Equipment on lease
    725.8       705.4  
 
Construction in progress
    1.7       2.3  
     
     
 
        758.5       707.7  
 
Accumulated depreciation
    (112.9 )     (110.8 )
     
     
 
        645.6       596.9  
Restricted assets
    39.5       29.1  
   
Debt
               
 
Recourse
    170.0       171.4  
 
Non-recourse
    96.76       113.8  

                         

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002 2001

Income Statement Information
                       
Revenues
  $ 153.8     $ 114.7     $ 94.0  
Operating profit
    41.0       31.3       30.2  
Interest expense
    16.4       12.8       6.6  

Equipment consists primarily of railcars leased by third parties. The Leasing Group enters into lease contracts with third parties with terms generally ranging between one and twenty years,

F-20


Table of Contents

wherein equipment manufactured by Trinity is leased for a specified type of service over the term of the lease. The Company primarily enters into operating leases. Future minimum rental revenues on leases in each fiscal year are (in millions): 2004— $97.8; 2005— $84.9; 2006— $71.5; 2007— $60.7; 2008— $49.5 and $302.0 thereafter. Leasing Group equipment with a net book value of $418.6 million is pledged as collateral for debt.

The Leasing Group’s debt consists of both recourse and non-recourse debt. See note 9 for maturities for the debt.

The Leasing Group has completed a series of financing transactions. During the nine months ended December 31, 2001, the Leasing Group completed a lease arrangement for $199.0 million in railcars. The Leasing Group sold the railcars to an independent trust. The trust financed the purchase of the railcars with $151.3 million in debt and $47.7 million in equity provided by a large independent financial institution. The equity participant in the trust is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the trust. The Leasing Group’s primary liability is its commitments on the operating leases discussed below. An independent trustee for the trust has authority for appointment of the railcar fleet manager.

During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group completed another transaction whereby $235.0 million of railcars were sold to three separate owner trusts. Two of the trusts financed the purchase of the railcars with $155.0 million in debt and $45.0 million in third party equity. The equity participants in the two trusts are the primary beneficiaries of the trusts. The remaining trust equity was capitalized with $9.5 million from the Leasing Group and outside debt of $25.6 million (see Note 9). Because the Leasing Group is currently the sole equity participant of the third trust, the Leasing Group is the primary beneficiary and therefore the trust is currently included in the consolidated financial statements. When an outside equity investor purchases the equity position in the third trust, it is anticipated that the Leasing Group will no longer be the primary beneficiary and the third trust will no longer be consolidated.

The Leasing Group, through newly formed, wholly owned qualified subsidiaries, leased railcars from the trusts under operating leases with terms of 22 years and subleased the railcars to independent third party customers under shorter term operating leases. These qualified subsidiaries had total assets as of December 31, 2002 of $53.9 million and as of December 31, 2003 of $111.0 million including cash of $31.8 million, of which $6.6 million was collateral for the equity participant of one of the trusts, and Leasing Group railcars of $70.7 million. The cash (other than the $6.6 million) and railcars are pledged to collateralize the lease obligations to the trusts and are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Trinity does not guarantee the performance of the subsidiaries’ lease obligations. Future operating lease obligations of the Leasing Group’s subsidiaries under the lease agreements are as follows (in millions): 2004— $37.4; 2005— $36.6; 2006— $34.2; 2007— $33.5; 2008— $33.4 and $463.0 thereafter. Future minimum rental revenues from subleased railcars as of December 31, 2003 are as follows (in millions): 2004— $46.2; 2005— $41.5; 2006— $36.1; 2007— $29.3; 2008— $23.8 and $140.2 thereafter.

Under the terms of the operating lease agreements, the Leasing Group has the option to purchase at a predetermined, fixed price, certain of the railcars from the trusts in 2017 and other railcars in 2018. The Leasing Group also has options to purchase the railcars at the end of the respective lease agreements in 2023 and 2025 at the then fair market value of the railcars as determined by a third party, independent appraisal. At the expiration of the operating lease agreements, Trinity has no further obligation there under.

F-21


Table of Contents

The Leasing Group, under the terms of the servicing and remarketing agreements, is required to endeavor, consistent with customary commercial practice as would be used by a prudent person, to maintain railcars under lease for the benefit of the trusts. The Leasing Group also receives management fees under the terms of the agreements. Certain ratios and cash deposits must be maintained by the Leasing Group’s subsidiaries in order for excess cash flow, as defined in the agreements, from the lease to third parties, to be available to Trinity. Total restricted cash associated with the above transactions is $31.8 million as of December 31, 2003 and is included in other assets.

The sales of the railcars by Trinity to the trusts were accounted for as a sale/leaseback transaction. No revenue or profit was recorded at the time of the transactions and all profit was deferred and is being amortized over the terms of the operating leases. Neither the assets, the liabilities, nor equity of the trusts are reflected on the balance sheet of Trinity except for the one trust where Trinity is currently the primary beneficiary.

Note 11. Other, net

Other (income) expense consists of the following items:

                           

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002 2001

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
  $ (10.0 )   $ (4.5 )   $ (1.1 )
Foreign exchange transactions
    1.5       1.7       1.5  
Investment write-downs
                1.9  
Loss on equity investments
    2.1       2.2       1.8  
Other
    (0.1 )     0.6       0.8  
   
 
Other, net
  $ (6.5 )   $     $ 4.9  

Note 12. Income taxes

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are:

                           

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002 2001

Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ (25.3 )   $ (59.4 )   $ 4.6  
 
State
    3.6       (3.0 )     (0.5 )
 
Foreign
    7.3       1.6       (0.8 )
   
      (14.4 )     (60.8 )     3.3  
Deferred
    10.1       56.0       (9.1 )
   
Provision (benefit)
  $ (4.3 )   $ (4.8 )   $ (5.8 )

F-22


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes represent the tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of deferred tax liabilities and assets are:

                   

December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Depreciation
  $ 161.5     $ 124.7  
 
Deductions related to inventory of foreign operations
    7.3       13.6  
 
Other foreign deferred liabilities
    0.4       0.5  
 
Other
    7.5       8.4  
   
      176.7       147.2  
   
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Pensions and other benefits
    42.3       43.2  
 
Accounts receivable, inventory, and other asset valuation accounts
    34.7       56.0  
 
Other comprehensive income
    14.7       18.8  
 
Federal net operating loss carryforwards
    43.5        
 
State net operating loss carryforwards
    12.5       6.9  
 
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards
    6.2       11.0  
 
Other foreign deferred assets
    3.7       0.9  
   
 
Total deferred tax assets
    157.6       136.8  
 
Valuation allowance
    (8.7 )     (7.2 )
   
 
Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance
    148.9       129.6  
   
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ 27.8     $ 17.6  

At December 31, 2003, the Company had $124.3 million of consolidated net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes. The total net operating losses consists of $8.9 million of pre-acquisition losses from acquired subsidiaries which expire between 2011 and 2013 and current net operating losses of $115.4 million which expire in 2023. Realization of the asset is dependents on generating sufficient taxable income in future periods. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized. In addition, the Company has established a valuation allowance for net foreign operating loss carryforwards due to the uncertainty regarding the realizability of these foreign losses. These net operating losses expire between 2007 and 2011.

The Company has also established valuation allowances for certain state net operating losses which may not be realizable. These net operating losses expire between 2007 and 2023. The net change in valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2003 was an increase of $1.5 million.

The Company is routinely under audit by federal, foreign and state tax authorities in the areas of income and franchise taxes. These audits include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal, foreign and state tax laws. In evaluating the exposure associated with various tax filing positions, the Company often accrues charges for probable exposures. At December 31, 2003, the Company believes it has appropriately accrued for probable exposure. At December 31,

F-23


Table of Contents

2003, the tax years ending March 31, 1998 through December 31, 2002 were undergoing examination by the Internal Revenue Service. At December 31, 2003, the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries has open audits in the states of Texas, Pennsylvania and Ohio.

The provision (benefit) for income taxes results in effective tax rates different from the statutory rates. The following is a reconciliation between the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate:

                         

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2001

Statutory rate
    35.0%       35.0%       35.0%  
State taxes
    (4.5 )     2.5       0.8  
Valuation allowance
    (3.8 )     (4.1 )     (7.6 )
Foreign rate differential
    4.8       (5.4 )     (5.0 )
Unutilized prior year tax credits
    (6.9 )     (5.3 )     (3.3 )
Other (net)
    5.6       (3.2 )     (5.6 )
   
Effective tax rate
    30.2%       19.5%       14.3%  

Income (loss) before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the nine months ended December 31, 2001 was ($23.7), ($27.7), and ($23.4), respectively, for U.S. operations, and $9.4, $3.3, and ($17.1), respectively, for foreign operations. The Company has not provided U.S. deferred income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries based on the determination that such earnings will be indefinitely reinvested. Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries were $26.6 million as of December 31, 2003.

Note 13. Employee retirement plans

The Company sponsors defined benefit pension and defined contribution profit sharing plans which provide income and death benefits for eligible employees. The annual measurement date of the benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and funded status is December 31.

F-24


Table of Contents

Actuarial assumptions

                           

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2001

Assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the annual measurement date were:
                       
 
Obligation discount rate
    6.25%       6.75%          
 
Compensation increase rate
    4.00%       4.00%          
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs were:
                       
 
Obligation discount rate
    6.75%       7.50%       7.75%  
 
Long-term rate of return on plan assets
    8.75%       9.00%       9.00%  
 
Compensation increase rate
    4.00%       4.75%       4.75%  

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is an assumption reflecting the anticipated weighted average rate of earnings on the portfolio over the long-term. To arrive at this rate, the Company developed estimates based upon the estimated performance of the assets in its portfolio.

Components of net periodic pension cost

                         

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002 2001

Expense Components
                       
Service cost
  $ 8.6     $ 9.1     $ 8.2  
Interest
    14.6       14.7       10.7  
Expected return on assets
    (12.9 )     (15.9 )     (11.4 )
Amortization and deferral
    1.3       0.3       0.1  
Profit sharing
    2.8       3.6       3.3  
Other
    0.6       0.2        
   
Net expense
  $ 15.0     $ 12.0     $ 10.9  

F-25


Table of Contents

Obligations and Funded Status

                 

Year ended Year ended
December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Projected Benefit Obligations
               
Beginning of year
  $ 220.4     $ 195.3  
Service cost
    8.6       9.1  
Interest
    14.5       14.7  
Benefits paid
    (9.7 )     (9.5 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
    4.6       7.1  
Acquired plans
          3.7  
   
End of year
  $ 238.4     $ 220.4  

                 

Year ended Year ended
December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Plans’ Assets
               
Beginning of year
  $ 146.2     $ 176.4  
Actual return on assets
    27.3       (25.9 )
Employer contributions
    9.7       2.3  
Benefits paid
    (9.7 )     (9.5 )
Acquired plans
          2.9  
   
End of year
  $ 173.5     $ 146.2  

                 
Year ended Year ended
December 31, December 31,

(In millions) 2003 2002

Consolidated Balance Sheet Components
               
Funded status
  $ (64.9 )   $ (74.2 )
Unamortized transition asset
    (0.6 )     (0.8 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    2.3       2.4  
Unrecognized loss
    51.1       63.0  
   
Net obligation
  $ (12.1 )   $ (9.6 )
   
Accrued
  $ (35.3 )   $ (46.4 )
Prepaid
          2.8  
Intangible asset
    2.0       2.0  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    13.8       20.8  
Deferred tax asset
    7.4       11.2  
   
Net accrued
  $ (12.1 )   $ (9.6 )

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans at December 31, 2003 and 2002 was $208.6 million and $190.7 million.

F-26


Table of Contents

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

                 

Year ended Year ended
December 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2003 2002

Projected benefit obligation
  $ 238.4     $ 220.4  
Accumulated benefit obligation
    208.6       190.7  
Fair value of plan assets
    173.5       146.2  

Plan assets

The pension plan weighted-average asset allocation at year-end 2003 and 2002 and the range of target are as follows:

                             

Percentage of
plan assets at
year-end
Range of target
allocation 2003 2002

Asset category:
                       
 
Equity securities
    55-65%       62%       54%  
 
Fixed income
    35-45%       38%       46%  
           
   
Total
            100%       100%  

The Company’s pension investment strategies have been developed as part of a comprehensive asset/liability management process that considers the relationship between both the assets and liabilities of the plans. These strategies consider not only the expected risk and returns on plan assets, but also the actuarial projections of liabilities, projected contributions and funded status. The equity allocation is heavily weighted toward domestic large capitalized companies. There is also a lesser exposure to domestic small/mid cap companies, as well as, international equities. The fixed income allocation is equally split between a limited duration portfolio and a core plus portfolio that have a duration inline with published bond indices. This asset mix is designed to meet the longer-term obligations of the Plan as projected by actuarial studies.

The principal pension investment strategies include asset allocation and active asset management. The range of target asset allocation have been determined after giving consideration to the expected returns of each asset category, the expected performance, the volatility of the asset returns over time and the complementary nature of the asset mix within the portfolio. Each asset category is managed by external money managers with the objective of generating returns that exceed market-based benchmarks.

Cash flows

The Company expects to contribute approximately $21.3 million to its defined benefit plans during 2004.

F-27


Table of Contents

Benefit payments expected to be paid during the next ten years are as follows:

         

(In millions) Amounts

2004
  $ 7.7  
2005
    8.2  
2006
    8.8  
2007
    9.5  
2008
    10.5  
2009-2013
  $ 69.6  

Note 14. Stock option plan

The Company’s 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan authorized 3,800,000 shares of common stock plus shares covered by forfeited, expired and canceled options granted under prior plans with a maximum of 1,000,000 shares being available for issuance as restricted stock or in satisfaction of performance or other awards. At December 31, 2003, a total of 335,529 shares were available for issuance. The plan provides for the granting of: nonqualified and incentive stock options having maximum ten-year terms to purchase common stock at its market value on the award date; stock appreciation rights based on common stock fair market values with settlement in common stock or cash; restricted stock; and performance awards with settlement in common stock or cash on achievement of specific business objectives. Under previous plans, nonqualified and incentive stock options and restricted shares were granted at their fair market values. One grant provided for granting reload options for the remaining term of the original grant at their fair market value on the date shares already owned by the optionee are surrendered in payment of the option exercise price. Options become exercisable in various percentages over periods ranging up to eight years.

In connection with the Thrall merger certain former employees of Thrall were granted a total of 160,000 options to purchase common stock at its market price on the date of the grant. These stock options, which were approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, were not granted under the Company’s Stock Option and Incentive Plan. At December 31, 2003, 147,200 of such options were outstanding and are included in the tables below.

F-28


Table of Contents

Stock options

                                                 

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2001



Weighted Weighted Weighted
Average Average Average
Exercise Exercise Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price

Outstanding, beginning of year
    4,567,900     $ 26.46       3,920,822     $ 27.10       3,065,920     $ 29.26  
Granted
    747,986       17.12       895,232       21.72       1,043,252       20.23  
Exercised
    (410,069 )     22.45       (149,074 )     17.03       (93,285 )     21.85  
Cancelled
    (544,727 )     27.71       (99,080 )     23.18       (95,065 )     26.49  
     
             
             
         
Outstanding, end of year
    4,361,090     $ 25.08       4,567,900     $ 26.46       3,920,822     $ 27.10  
   
Exercisable
    2,915,278     $ 28.02       2,822,253     $ 29.24       2,265,996     $ 29.44  

                                         

December 31, 2003

Outstanding Options

Weighted Average Exercisable Options


Remaining Weighted
Contractual Exercise Average
Exercise Price Range Shares Life (Years) Price Shares Price

$17.00— $23.00
    2,722,105       7.69     $ 20.09       1,309,149     $ 21.26  
$24.67— $24.67
    147,200       7.82       24.67       124,341       24.67  
$25.11— $31.38
    863,384       4.14       27.64       853,387       27.65  
$33.00— $53.00
    628,401       3.96       43.26       628,401       43.26  
     
                     
         
      4,361,090       6.45     $ 25.08       2,915,278     $ 28.02  

Restricted stock

The fair value of restricted shares and restricted stock units at the date of grant is amortized to expense ratably over the restriction period.

                         

Nine months
Year ended Year ended ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2003 2002 2001

Shares awarded
    356,885       150,220       284,100  
Shares cancelled
          (6,000 )     (6,000 )
Share restriction removed
    (31,800 )     (3,000 )     (10,000 )
Outstanding
    851,905       526,820       385,600  
Grant date fair value per share
  $ 18.69     $ 21.71     $ 23.04  

F-29


Table of Contents

Note 15. Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

In June 2003 the Company issued 600 shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock. Each Share of Series B preferred stock has an initial liquidation value of $100,000 per share. The liquidation value, plus accrued but unpaid dividends, is payable on June 25, 2008, the mandatory redemption date, at the Company’s option in cash or in shares of common stock valued at 90% of the then current market price of our common stock. Each share of Series B preferred stock may be converted at any time at the option of the holder into shares of the Company’s common stock, based on the initial conversion price of $22.46 per share, which is the equivalent to 4,452 shares of common stock for each $100,000 initial liquidation preference. Holders of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends payable semi-annually, on July 1 and January 1 of each year, beginning January 1, 2004 at an annual rate of 4.5% of the liquidation preference. The Company may, at its option, pay dividends either in cash or in shares of our common stock at the then current market price. All dividends paid through January 2004 have been paid in cash. The holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to vote with the holders of the common stock on an as-if converted basis on all matters brought before the stockholders. The Series B preferred stock has been classified outside the Stockholders’ Equity section because there is not absolute assurance that the number of authorized and unissued common shares would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock. At December 31, 2003, the number of shares authorized and unissued would be adequate to redeem the Series B preferred stock as long as the market value of our common stock was at least $1.37 per share.

Note 16. Stockholders’ equity

The Company has a Stockholder’s Rights Plan. On March 11, 1999, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a dividend distribution of one right for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock, $1.00 par value, to stockholders of record at the close of business on April 27, 1999. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share of Series A Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $200.00 per one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share, subject to adjustment. The rights are not exercisable or detachable from the common stock until ten business days after a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of twelve percent or more of the Company’s common stock or if a person or group commences a tender or exchange offer upon consummation of which that person or group would beneficially own twelve percent or more of the common stock. The Company will generally be entitled to redeem the rights at $0.01 per right at any time until the first public announcement that a twelve-percent position has been acquired. If any person or group becomes a beneficial owner of twelve percent or more of the Company’s common stock, each right not owned by that person or related parties enables its holder to purchase, at the right’s purchase price, shares of the Company’s common stock having a calculated value of twice the purchase price of the right.

In connection with the Thrall merger, the Company adopted an amendment to the Rights Plan which generally permits the former stockholders of Thrall and its affiliates to beneficially own in excess of twelve percent of the Company’s common stock without triggering the Plan as described above provided such persons hold the stock in compliance with a stockholders’ agreement entered into in connection with the acquisition.

F-30


Table of Contents

On March 6, 2002, the Company privately placed a total of 1.5 million unregistered shares of our common stock for net proceeds of $31.2 million. The Company subsequently registered these shares.

Note 17. Commitments and contingencies

The Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Trinity Marine Products, Inc. (“TMP”), and certain material suppliers and others, have been named as co-defendants in six separate lawsuits filed by multiple plaintiffs on various dates. In October 2003 ACF Acceptance Barge I, LLC (“ACF”) settled all of its claims in the ACF litigation with the Company. The settlement involved the purchase of eleven barges which are leased to a barge operator under long-term bareboat charter agreements. The Company’s Leasing Subsidiary purchased the barges for $19.1 million and succeeded ACF as lessor under the charters. The estimated fair market value of the operating leases and residual value of the barges approximated the purchase price. In one of the other cases the plaintiff has petitioned the court for certification of a class, which, if certified by the court, could potentially increase the total number of barges involved in the case. The other five suits involve 48 tank barges sold at an average price of approximately $1.4 million, and 140 hopper barges sold at an average price of approximately $280,000. All the cases allege similar causes of action related to defects in coating materials supplied by a co-defendant and coatings application workmanship by TMP. The plaintiffs seek both compensatory and punitive damages and/or rescission of the barge purchase contracts. Technical experts investigating the claims have expressed the opinion that technical arguments presented by the plaintiffs in this litigation are without merit. The Company and TMP are defending these cases vigorously. As of February 15, 2004, two of the plaintiffs owe TMP approximately $11.5 million, of which $10.5 million is past due, related to contracts for the purchase of barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amounts.

In a proceeding unrelated to the foregoing litigation, the Company and TMP filed a declaratory judgment action seeking declaration by the Court of the Company’s and TMP’s (i) obligations related to allegations of certain barge owners as to defective coatings and coatings application on 65 tank barges and (ii) rights and remedies relative to an insurance policy in which TMP was named as an additional insured and which was applicable to the coatings on the 65 barges. On December 9, 2003, the barge owners filed a response proceeding to the declaratory judgment action claiming actual damages of $6.5 million and punitive damages of $10 million.

A subsidiary of the Company, Transit Mix Concrete and Materials Company was named as a defendant in a case involving the death of an employee of an independent contractor who died following an accident that occurred while the decedent was working at a Company owned facility. Following a jury verdict in the favor of the plaintiff, the presiding judge entered a final judgment in the amount of $33.9 million (inclusive of fees, costs, and judgment interest). This case has been appealed. Management believes liability in this case, if any, exceeding $3.0 million, will be covered by insurance.

The Company is also involved in other claims and lawsuits incidental to its current and former subsidiaries’ businesses. Based on information currently available to the Company, it is management’s opinion that our ultimate liability, if any, for such claims and lawsuits, including those matters associated with its use of products manufactured by others and alleged to contain asbestos, in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s

F-31


Table of Contents

business, operations or overall financial condition. However, resolutions of claims or lawsuits by settlement or otherwise could have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results for the reporting period in which any such resolution occurs.

The Company is subject to federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the environment and to the workplace. The Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance with such laws and regulations.

The Company is involved in various proceedings relating to environmental matters. The Company has provided reserves totaling $17.2 million to cover probable and estimable liabilities of the Company with respect to such proceedings, taking into account currently available information and the Company’s contractual rights of indemnification. However, estimates of future response costs are necessarily imprecise. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or, if the Company were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceeding, that such costs would not be material to the Company.

Non-cancelable purchase obligations, primarily for steel purchases, are $273.0 million in 2004 and $1.2 million in 2005.

Note 18. Selected quarterly financial data (unaudited)

                                     

Three months Three months Three months
ended Three months ended ended
March 31, ended September 30, December 31,
(In millions except per share data) 2003 June 30, 2003 2003 2003

Year ended December 31, 2003:
                               
 
Revenues
  $ 289.1     $ 365.8     $ 363.4     $ 414.5  
 
Operating profit (loss)
    (11.4 )     10.4       10.1       4.3  
 
Net income (loss)
    (14.5 )     3.5       1.8       (0.8 )
 
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
                (0.8 )     (0.8 )
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholder
    (14.5 )     3.5       1.0       (1.6 )
 
Net income (loss) per common share:
                               
   
Basic
  $ (0.32 )   $ 0.08     $ 0.02     $ (0.04 )
   
Diluted
    (0.32 )     0.08       0.02       (0.04 )

F-32


Table of Contents

                                     

Three months Three months Three months
ended Three months ended ended
March 31, ended September 30, December 31,
(In millions except per share data) 2002 June 30, 2002 2002 2002

Year ended December 31, 2002:
                               
 
Revenues
  $ 384.3     $ 366.0     $ 387.6     $ 349.4  
 
Operating profit (loss)(1)
    (4.2 )     3.2       13.7       (2.0 )
 
Net income (loss)(1)
    (8.6 )     (5.7 )     6.2       (11.5 )
 
Net income (loss) per common share(1):
                               
   
Basic
  $ (0.19 )   $ (0.13 )   $ 0.14     $ (0.25 )
   
Diluted
    (0.19 )     (0.13 )     0.14       (0.25 )

(1) See notes to consolidated financial statements for a discussion of unusual charges for the three months ended December 31, 2001.

Note 19. Supplemental Guarantor/Non Guarantor Financial Information

On March 10, 2004, $300,000,000 of Senior Notes due 2014 were issued by Trinity Industries, Inc. (Parent) which includes the corporate operations and certain operations of the Construction Products Group and the Industrial Products Group. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of Trinity’s wholly owned subsidiaries: Transit Mix Concrete & Material Company, Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Marine Products, Inc., Trinity Rail Group, LLC, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc., Trinity Tank Car, Inc., and Trinity Rail Components and Repair, Inc. No other subsidiaries guarantee the Senior Notes. As of December 31, 2003, assets held by the non guarantor subsidiaries include $39.5 million of restricted assets that are not available for distribution to the Parent, $129.8 million of assets securing certain debt owed by the non guarantor subsidiaries, and $231.6 million of assets located in foreign locations.

The following financial information presents condensed consolidating balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for Trinity Industries, Inc., its guarantor subsidiaries and non guarantor subsidiaries. The information is presented on the basis of Trinity Industries, inc. accounting for its ownership of its wholly owned subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting. Intercompany transactions of goods and services between guarantor and non guarantor subsidiaries are presented as transfers. Amounts included in Trinity Industries, Inc. financial information for the nine months ended December 31, 2001 include Trinity’s North American Railcar operations. These operations are included in the guarantor subsidiary financial information for 2002 and 2003 as a result of a legal reorganization of the Company in 2002.

F-33


Table of Contents

The following represents the supplemental consolidated condensed financial statements of Trinity Industries, Inc., the issuer of the senior secured notes, and its guarantor and non guarantor subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2001.

                                           

For the year ended December 31, 2003

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Revenues
  $ 210.5     $ 691.9     $ 561.3     $ (30.9 )   $ 1,432.8  
Operating costs:
                                       
 
Cost of revenues
    167.8       600.5       523.0       (30.9 )     1,260.4  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    50.1       64.1       44.8             159.0  
   
      217.9       664.6       567.8       (30.9 )     1,419.4  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    (7.4 )     27.3       (6.5 )           13.4  
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (0.8 )     (0.9 )     1.0             (0.7 )
 
Interest expense
    32.8       19.5       (17.4 )           34.9  
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (15.2 )                 15.2        
 
Other, net
    (3.8 )     (1.7 )     (1.0 )           (6.5 )
   
      13.0       16.9       (17.4 )     15.2       27.7  
   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (20.4 )     10.4       10.9       (15.2 )     (14.3 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                                       
 
Current
    11.6       (14.6 )     (11.4 )           (14.4 )
 
Deferred
    (22.0 )     18.2       13.9             10.1  
   
      (10.4 )     3.6       2.5             (4.3 )
   
Net income (loss)
  $ (10.0 )   $ 6.8     $ 8.4     $ (15.2 )   $ (10.0 )

F-34


Table of Contents

                                           

For the year ended December 31, 2002

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Revenues
  $ 312.2     $ 676.5     $ 531.5     $ (32.9 )   $ 1,487.3  
Operating costs:
                                       
 
Cost of revenues
    253.1       603.9       489.9       (32.9 )     1,314.0  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    53.6       60.4       48.6             162.6  
   
      306.7       664.3       538.5       (32.9 )     1,476.6  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    5.5       12.2       (7.0 )           10.7  
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (2.0 )     (0.5 )     1.3             (1.2 )
 
Interest expense
    36.6       16.4       (16.7 )           36.3  
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (4.7 )                 4.7        
 
Other, net
          13.1       (13.1 )            
   
      29.9       29.0       (28.5 )     4.7       35.1  
   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (24.4 )     (16.8 )     21.5       (4.7 )     (24.4 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                                       
 
Current
    (22.7 )     (33.0 )     (5.1 )           (60.8 )
 
Deferred
    17.9       28.2       9.9             56.0  
   
      (4.8 )     (4.8 )     4.8             (4.8 )
   
Net income (loss)
  $ (19.6 )   $ (12.0 )   $ 16.7     $ (4.7 )   $ (19.6 )

F-35


Table of Contents

                                           

For the nine months ended December 31, 2001

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Revenues
  $ 670.7     $ 381.3     $ 317.5     $ (21.7 )   $ 1,347.8  
Operating costs:
                                       
 
Cost of revenues
    631.5       329.1       295.6       (21.7 )     1,234.5  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    64.1       21.6       44.0             129.7  
   
      695.6       350.7       339.6       (21.7 )     1,364.2  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    (24.9 )     30.6       (22.1 )           (16.4 )
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (1.5 )     0.1       (1.1 )           (2.5 )
 
Interest expense
    24.2       11.6       (14.1 )           21.7  
 
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
    (0.1 )                 0.1        
 
Other, net
    3.1       (1.0 )     2.8             4.9  
   
      25.7       10.7       (12.4 )     0.1       24.1  
   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (50.6 )     19.9       (9.7 )     (0.1 )     (40.5 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes:
                                       
 
Current
          (17.5 )     8.3             3.3  
 
Deferred
    (15.9 )     22.8       (3.5 )           (9.1 )
   
      (15.9 )     5.3       4.8             (5.8 )
   
Net income (loss)
  $ (34.7 )   $ 14.6     $ (14.5 )   $ (0.1 )   $ (34.7 )

F-36


Table of Contents

                                           

December 31, 2003

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Assets:
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 31.5     $ 1.0     $ 13.5     $     $ 46.0  
 
Account receivables, net of allowance
    51.1       97.5       49.5             198.1  
 
Inventory
    19.8       127.9       110.3             258.0  
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    60.0       458.2       427.0             945.2  
 
Investments in subsidiaries/ intercompany receivable (payable), net
    1,050.4       (266.0 )     168.3       (952.7 )      
 
Other assets
    194.6       351.7       141.3       (127.0 )     560.6  
   
    $ 1,407.4     $ 770.3     $ 909.9     $ (1,079.7 )   $ 2,007.9  
   
Liabilities:
                                       
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 171.0     $ 154.3     $ 134.9     $     $ 460.2  
 
Deferred income
    18.6       3.1       10.5             32.2  
 
Other liabilities
    29.0       152.6       4.1       (127.0 )     58.7  
 
Debt
    127.2       170.2       97.8             395.2  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    57.8                         57.8  
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,003.8       290.1       662.6       (952.7 )     1,003.8  
   
    $ 1,407.4     $ 770.3     $ 909.9     $ (1,079.7 )   $ 2,007.9  

F-37


Table of Contents

                                           

December 31, 2002

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Assets:
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3.5     $ 2.6     $ 13.0     $     $ 19.1  
 
Account receivables, net of allowance
    55.5       53.7       59.0             168.2  
 
Income tax receivable
    50.0                         50.0  
 
Inventory
    27.6       88.0       97.7             213.3  
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    71.2       504.3       385.5             961.0  
 
Investments in subsidiaries/ intercompany receivable (payable), net
    1,210.8       (472.3 )     199.0       (937.5 )      
 
Other assets
    61.2       344.4       139.3             544.9  
   
    $ 1,479.8     $ 520.7     $ 893.5     $ (937.5 )   $ 1,956.5  
   
Liabilities:
                                       
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 226.4     $ 61.8     $ 107.8     $     $ 396.0  
 
Deferred income
    13.6       3.2                   16.8  
 
Other liabilities
    36.7             16.5             53.2  
 
Debt
    201.5       172.4       115.0             488.9  
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,001.6       283.3       654.2       (937.5 )     1,001.6  
   
    $ 1,479.8     $ 520.7     $ 893.5     $ (937.5 )   $ 1,956.5  

F-38


Table of Contents

                                             

For the year ended December 31, 2003

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (10.0 )   $ 6.8     $ 8.4     $ (15.2 )   $ (10.0 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    15.4       25.5       44.7             85.6  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    (22.0 )     18.2       13.9             10.1  
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (5.7 )     (1.6 )     (2.7 )           (10.0 )
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    160.4       (206.3 )     30.7       15.2        
Other
    9.2       (5.0 )     (1.6 )           2.6  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net;
                                       
   
Decrease (increase) in receivables
    4.4       (43.8 )     9.5             (29.9 )
   
Decrease in tax receivables
    50.0                         50.0  
   
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    7.8       (39.9 )     (12.6 )           (44.7 )
   
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    (0.1 )     (1.1 )     (3.7 )           (4.9 )
   
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (44.2 )     90.6       27.1             73.5  
   
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (115.5 )     134.4       (26.3 )           (7.4 )
   
   
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    49.7       (22.2 )     87.4             114.9  
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    8.6       278.5       207.7       (243.2 )     251.6  
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiaries
          (237.6 )     (270.3 )     243.2       (264.7 )
Capital expenditures— other
    (2.6 )     (10.5 )     (7.1 )           (20.2 )
Payment for purchase of acquisitions— net of cash acquired
          (7.6 )                 (7.6 )
   
 
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    6.0       22.8       (69.7 )           (40.9 )
Financing activities:
                                       
Issuance of redeemable preferred stock
    57.6                         57.6  
Payments to retire debt
    (164.9 )     (2.2 )     (212.6 )           (379.7 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    90.6             195.4             286.0  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    (11.0 )                       (11.0 )
   
 
Net cash required by financing activities
    (27.7 )     (2.2 )     (17.2 )           (47.1 )
   
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    28.0       (1.6 )     0.5             26.9  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    3.5       2.6       13.0             19.1  
   
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 31.5     $ 1.0     $ 13.5     $     $ 46.0  

F-39


Table of Contents

                                             

For the year ended December 31, 2002

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (19.6 )   $ (12.0 )   $ 16.7     $ (4.7 )   $ (19.6 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    14.8       43.5       32.4             90.7  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    17.9       28.2       9.9             56.0  
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (2.3 )     (0.6 )     (1.6 )           (4.5 )
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    58.9       (44.9 )     (18.7 )     4.7        
Other
    41.9       (25.9 )     (10.7 )           5.3  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net:                                        
   
Decrease (increase) in receivables
    36.1       (3.0 )     (6.8 )           26.3  
   
Increase in tax receivables
    (40.2 )                       (40.2 )
   
Decrease (increase) in inventories
    65.8       (36.8 )     32.9             61.9  
   
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    77.7       (83.2 )     26.0             20.5  
   
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (16.7 )     (16.2 )     (23.0 )           (55.9 )
   
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    11.8       (28.2 )     (3.4 )           (19.8 )
   
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    246.1       (179.1 )     53.7             120.7  
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    10.5       160.9       5.9       (154.8 )     22.5  
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiaries
          (133.0 )     (156.3 )     154.8       (134.5 )
Capital expenditures— other
    (9.0 )     (9.1 )     (19.6 )           (37.7 )
Payment for purchase of acquisitions— net of cash acquired
                (1.4 )           (1.4 )
   
 
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    1.5       18.8       (171.4 )           (151.1 )
Financing activities:
                                       
Issuance of common stock
    31.2                         31.2  
Payments to retire debt
    (773.3 )     (11.4 )     (1.4 )           (786.1 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    512.0       170.4       116.3             798.7  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    (16.5 )                       (16.5 )
   
 
Net cash provided (required) by financing activities
    (246.6 )     159.0       114.9             27.3  
   
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1.0       (1.3 )     (2.8 )           (3.1 )
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    2.5       3.9       15.8             22.2  
   
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 3.5     $ 2.6     $ 13.0     $     $ 19.1  

F-40


Table of Contents

                                             

For the nine months ended December 31, 2001

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (34.7 )   $ 14.6     $ (14.5 )   $ (0.1 )   $ (34.7 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    17.2       29.6       19.4             66.2  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    (28.4 )     22.8       (3.5 )           (9.1 )
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (0.2 )     (0.3 )     (0.6 )           (1.1 )
Unusual charges
    24.5             41.9             66.4  
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    (219.9 )     223.9       (4.1 )     0.1        
Other
    6.8       (9.0 )     4.7             2.5  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net:                                        
   
Decrease (increase) in receivables
    30.7       37.4       20.6             88.7  
    Decrease (increase) in tax receivables     (9.8 )                       (9.8 )
   
Decrease in inventories
    89.4       11.1       12.3             112.8  
   
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    (86.9 )     80.9       0.8             (5.2 )
   
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (11.7 )     (52.1 )     (16.5 )           (80.3 )
   
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    97.1       (98.7 )     5.3             3.7  
   
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    (125.9 )     260.2       65.8             200.1  
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    5.0       243.2       8.0       (68.0 )     188.2  
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiaries
          (132.5 )     (22.4 )     68.0       (86.9 )
Capital expenditures— other
    (6.6 )     (5.6 )     (34.2 )           (46.4 )
Payment for purchase of acquisitions— net of cash acquired
    184.3       (340.0 )     (9.3 )           (165.0 )
   
 
Net cash required by investing activities
    182.7       (234.9 )     (57.9 )           (110.1 )
Financing activities:
                                       
Net borrowings (repayments) of short-term debt
    (35.8 )                       (35.8 )
Payments to retire debt
    (0.1 )     (25.1 )     (0.3 )           (25.5 )
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    (20.0 )                       (20.0 )
   
 
Net cash required by financing activities
    (55.9 )     (25.1 )     (0.3 )           (81.3 )
   
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    0.9       0.2       7.6             8.7  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    1.6       3.7       8.2             13.5  
   
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 2.5     $ 3.9     $ 15.8     $     $ 22.2  

F-41


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated statements of operations
                   

Three months
ended
March 31,

(In millions except per share amounts) 2004 2003

(unaudited
Revenues
  $ 454.9     $ 289.1  
Operating costs:
               
 
Cost of revenues
    425.1       266.4  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    36.3       34.1  
   
      461.4       300.5  
   
Operating loss
    (6.5 )     (11.4 )
Other (income) expense:
               
 
Interest income
    (0.2 )     (0.1 )
 
Interest expense
    10.1       9.5  
 
Other, net
    0.1       (0.8 )
   
      10.0       8.6  
   
Loss before income taxes
    (16.5 )     (20.0 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (5.7 )     (5.5 )
   
Net loss
    (10.8 )     (14.5 )
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
    (0.8 )      
   
Net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (11.6 )   $ (14.5 )
   
Net loss applicable to common shareholders per common share:
               
 
Basic
  $ (0.25 )   $ (0.32 )
   
 
Diluted
  $ (0.25 )   $ (0.32 )
   
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
               
 
Basic
    46.2       45.5  
 
Diluted
    46.2       45.5  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-42


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated balance sheets
                   

March 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2004 2003

(unaudited
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 151.3     $ 46.0  
Receivables, net of allowance
    235.3       198.1  
Inventories:
               
 
Raw materials and supplies
    155.5       158.4  
 
Work in process
    76.8       60.0  
 
Finished goods
    43.5       39.6  
   
      275.8       258.0  
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
    1,624.2       1,627.1  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (689.8 )     (681.9 )
   
      934.4       945.2  
Goodwill
    420.2       415.1  
Other assets
    149.2       145.5  
   
    $ 2,166.2     $ 2,007.9  
   
 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 444.9     $ 460.2  
Debt:
               
 
Recourse
    475.6       298.5  
 
Non-recourse
    108.6       96.7  
   
      584.2       395.2  
Deferred income
    30.4       32.2  
Other liabilities
    52.7       58.7  
   
      1,112.2       946.3  
Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value, $0.1 liquidation value
    57.9       57.8  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock— 1.5 shares authorized and unissued
           
 
Common stock— shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2004— 50.9; at December 31, 2003— 50.9
    50.9       50.9  
 
Capital in excess of par value
    431.5       434.7  
 
Retained earnings
    635.5       649.9  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (27.6 )     (27.3 )
 
Treasury stock (4.0 shares at March 31, 2004 and 4.3 shares at December 31, 2003)
    (94.2 )     (104.4 )
   
      996.1       1,003.8  
   
    $ 2,166.2     $ 2,007.9  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-43


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated statements of cash flows
                       

Three months
ended
March 31,

(In millions) 2004 2003

(unaudited)
Operating activities:
               
 
Net loss
  $ (10.8 )   $ (14.5 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
   
Depreciation and amortization
    22.1       21.8  
   
Deferred income taxes
    (5.7 )     (1.8 )
   
Gain on sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    (0.6 )     (1.4 )
   
Other
    0.5       (0.6 )
   
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
     
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (37.5 )     15.4  
     
Decrease in tax receivable
          46.2  
     
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    (16.8 )     5.7  
     
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (6.8 )     10.9  
     
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (15.2 )     4.8  
     
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    (0.9 )     1.1  
   
 
Net cash (required) provided by operating activities
    (71.7 )     87.6  
   
Investing activities:
               
 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    4.1       2.5  
 
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiary
    (31.8 )     (65.5 )
 
Capital expenditures— other
    (5.0 )     (2.9 )
 
Payment for purchase of acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (15.7 )     —–  
 
Sale of investment in equity trust
    8.5       —–  
   
 
Net cash required by investing activities
    (39.9 )     (65.9 )
   
Financing activities:
               
 
Payments to retire debt
    (177.6 )     (67.5 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    392.2       74.8  
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net
    6.5       —–  
 
Dividends paid to common shareholders
    (2.8 )     (2.8 )
 
Dividends paid to preferred shareholders
    (1.4 )     —–  
   
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    216.9       4.5  
   
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    105.3       26.2  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    46.0       19.1  
   
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 151.3     $ 45.3  

Interest paid for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 was $10.7 and $11.5, respectively. Taxes paid, net of refunds received, were $4.0 for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and taxes received, net of payments made were $47.3 for the three months ended March 31, 2003.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-44


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity
                                                                   

Common Common Capital Accumulated
Shares Stock in Excess Other Treasury Total
(In millions except share and per (100,000,000 $1.00 Par of Par Retained Comprehensive Treasury Stock Stockholders’
share data) Authorized) Value value Earnings Loss Shares At Cost Equity

(unaudited)
Balance at December 31, 2003
    50,940,351     $ 50.9     $ 434.7     $ 649.9     $ (27.3 )     (4,260,860 )   $ (104.4 )   $ 1,003.8  
 
Net loss
                      (10.8 )                       (10.8 )
 
Currency translation adjustments
                            0.1                   0.1  
 
Unrealized loss on derivative financial instruments
                            (0.4 )                 (0.4 )
                                                             
 
 
Comprehensive net loss
                                                            (11.1 )
 
Cash dividends ($0.06 per common share)
                      (2.8 )                       (2.8 )
 
Dividend on Series B preferred stock
                      (0.8 )                       (0.8 )
 
Restricted shares issued
                (0.1 )                 20,800       0.6       0.5  
 
Stock options exercised
                (3.1 )                 277,921       9.6       6.5  
   
Balance at March 31, 2004
    50,940,351     $ 50.9     $ 431.5     $ 635.5     $ (27.6 )     (3,962,139 )   $ (94.2 )   $ 996.1  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-45


Table of Contents

Trinity Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries

notes to consolidated financial statements
(unaudited)

Note 1. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The foregoing consolidated financial statements are unaudited and have been prepared from the books and records of Trinity Industries, Inc. (“Trinity” or the “Company”). In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2004 and the results of operations and cash flows for the three-month period ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, have been made. Because of seasonal and other factors, the results of operations for the three-month period ended March 31, 2004 may not be indicative of expected results of operations for the year ending December 31, 2004. These interim financial statements and notes are condensed as permitted by the instructions to Form 10-Q and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included in its Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Stock based compensation

The Company has elected to apply the accounting provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (APB No. 25) and its interpretations and, accordingly, no compensation expense has been recorded for the stock options. The effect of computing compensation expense in accordance with Statement of Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation,” using the Black-Scholes option pricing method for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 are shown in the accompanying table.

                   

Three months
ended
March 31,

(In millions) 2004 2003

Pro forma:
               
 
Net loss applicable to common shareholders, as reported
  $ (11.6 )   $ (14.5 )
 
Add: Stock compensation expense related to restricted stock
           
      0.5       0.5  
 
Deduct: Total stock based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related income tax effects
    (1.2 )     (1.7 )
   
Pro forma net loss applicable to common shareholders
  $ (12.3 )   $ (15.7 )
   
Pro forma net loss applicable to common shareholders per diluted share
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.35 )
   
Net loss applicable to common shareholders per diluted share— as reported
  $ (0.25 )   $ (0.32 )

F-46


Table of Contents

Net loss applicable to common shareholders

Diluted net loss applicable to common shareholders is based on the weighted average shares outstanding plus the dilutive impact of stock options and Series B preferred stock, if any. Basic net loss applicable to common shareholders is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The numerator for basic net loss applicable to common shareholders is loss adjusted for dividends on the Series B preferred stock in 2004 and net loss in 2003. The numerator for diluted net income loss applicable to common shareholders is net loss, adjusted for dividends on the Series B preferred stock in 2004. Employee stock options were antidilutive for all periods presented. The Series B preferred stock was antidilutive for 2004 and therefore not considered in average shares outstanding in the diluted net loss applicable to common shareholders calculation.

Note 2. Segment information

The Company reports operating results in the following business segments: (1) the Rail Group, which manufactures and sells railcars and component parts; (2) the Constructions Products Group, which manufactures and sells highway guardrail and safety products, concrete and aggregate, girders and beams used in the construction of highway and railway bridges, and weld fittings used in pressure piping systems; (3) the Inland Barge Group, which manufactures and sells barges and related products for inland waterway services; (4) the Industrial Products Group, which manufactures and sells tank heads and pressure and non-pressure containers for the storage and transportation of liquefied gases and other liquid and dry products; and (5) the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group, which provides fleet management, maintenance and leasing services. Finally, All Other includes the Company’s captive insurance and transportation companies, structural towers, and other peripheral businesses.

Sales and related profits from the Rail Group to Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group are recorded in Rail Group and eliminated in consolidation. Sales of railcars from the lease fleet are included in the Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group. Sales between groups are recorded at prices comparable to those charged to external customers.

Three months ended March 31, 2004

                                 

Revenues Operating

Profit
(In millions) Outside Intersegment Total (Loss)

Rail Group
  $ 225.2     $ 35.7     $ 260.9     $ (3.6 )
Construction Products Group
    120.0       0.1       120.1       2.0  
Inland Barge Group
    43.3             43.3       (5.7 )
Industrial Products Group
    30.4       1.4       31.8       0.8  
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    35.1             35.1       9.6  
All Other
    0.9       6.7       7.6       1.3  
Corporate
                      (7.6 )
Eliminations
          (43.9 )     (43.9 )     (3.3 )
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 454.9     $     $ 454.9     $ (6.5 )

F-47


Table of Contents

Three months ended March 31, 2003

                                 

Revenues Operating

Profit
(In millions) Outside Intersegment Total (Loss)

Rail Group
  $ 84.0     $ 65.1     $ 149.1     $ (10.3 )
Construction Products Group
    103.4       0.1       103.5       3.1  
Inland Barge Group
    44.1             44.1       (0.8 )
Industrial Products Group
    27.7       0.8       28.5        
Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group
    28.5             28.5       8.6  
All Other
    1.4       5.9       7.3       (0.9 )
Corporate
                      (7.2 )
Eliminations
          (71.9 )     (71.9 )     (3.9 )
   
Consolidated Total
  $ 289.1     $     $ 289.1     $ (11.4 )

Note 3. Property, plant and equipment

The following table summarizes the components of property, plant and equipment as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

                   

March 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2004 2003

Corporate/ Manufacturing:
               
 
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 869.8     $ 868.6  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (572.2 )     (569.0 )
   
      297.6       299.6  
   
Leasing:
               
 
Property, plant and equipment
    754.4       758.5  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (117.6 )     (112.9 )
   
      636.8       645.6  
   
    $ 934.4     $ 945.2  

Note 4. Deposit agreement

The Company has a deposit agreement with Altos Hornos de Mexico, SA de C.V. (“AHMSA”) that provides for funds to be deposited with AHMSA that are then used along with other funds from the Company to purchase steel from AHMSA. As of March 31, 2004, total funds on deposit including interest due amounted to approximately $19.1 million. Since May 1999 AHMSA has been operating under a judicial declaration of suspension of payments, which under applicable Mexican law, allows companies in Mexico to (1) seek a debt restructuring agreement with their creditors in an orderly fashion; (2) continue their operations; and (3) avoid declaration of bankruptcy and liquidation of assets. The Company’s understanding of Mexican law is that all funds on deposit are required to be returned to the Company regardless of whether the supplier is able to operate under the declaration of suspension of payments. Trinity reduced $5.0 million of this deposit through purchases in the quarter ended

F-48


Table of Contents

March 31, 2004. The timing of future reductions of the deposit balance will depend on the rate of future steel purchases.

Note 5. Warranties

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized and assesses the adequacy of the resulting reserves on a quarterly basis. The change in the accruals for warranties for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 was as follows:

                 

Three months
ended
March 31,

(In millions) 2004 2003

Beginning balance
  $ 23.0     $ 20.8  
Additions
    2.5       4.8  
Reductions
    (5.9 )     (3.6 )
   
Ending balance
  $ 19.6     $ 22.0  

Note 6. Debt

The following table summarizes the components of debt as of March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.

                     

March 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2004 2003

Corporate/ Manufacturing— Recourse:
               
 
Revolving commitment
  $     $  
 
Term commitment
          122.8  
 
Senior Notes
    300.0        
 
Other
    5.6       5.7  
   
      305.6       128.5  
   
Leasing— Recourse
               
 
Equipment trust certificates
    170.0       170.0  
   
      170.0       170.0  
   
      475.6       298.5  
   
Leasing— Non-recourse
               
 
Warehouse facility
    108.6       71.1  
 
Trust debt
          25.6  
   
      108.6       96.7  
   
   
Total debt
  $ 584.2     $ 395.2  

In March 2004, the Company issued, through a private offering, $300 million aggregate principal amount 6 1/2% senior notes (Senior Notes) due 2014. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually commencing September 15, 2004. The Senior Notes rank equally with all

F-49


Table of Contents

of the Company’s existing and future senior debt and are subordinated to all the Company’s existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. The Company may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at any time on or after March 15, 2009 at a redemption price of 103.25% in 2009, 102.167% in 2010, 101.083% in 2011 and 100.0% in 2012 and thereafter plus accrued interest. The Company may also redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes using the proceeds from certain public equity offerings completed on or before March 15, 2007 at a redemption price of 106.5% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes could restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, make certain distributions, investments and other restricted payments, sell assets, create certain liens and merge, consolidate or sell substantially all of its assets. The Company applied approximately $163 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay all indebtedness under its existing bank credit facility.

In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, the Company extended its secured credit agreement to provide for a three-year, $250 million revolving credit facility. Amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility during the first quarter of 2004 bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.75%. Amounts borrowed under the revolving credit facility for periods after the first quarter of 2004 will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin based upon financial performance. The Company’s accounts receivable and inventory secure the agreement. The agreement limits the amount of capital expenditures related to the Company’s leasing business, requires maintenance of ratios related to interest coverage for the leasing and manufacturing operations, leverage, asset coverage and minimum net worth, and restricts the amount of dividend payments based upon the current credit rating of the Company not to exceed $25 million annually. At March 31, 2004, there were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

Trinity Industries Leasing Company (“TILC”) through a wholly owned and consolidated business trust has a $300 million non-recourse warehouse facility to finance or refinance railcars acquired or owned by TILC. While the warehouse facility is due August 2004 and unless renewed would be payable in three equal installments in February 2005, August 2005, and February 2006, railcars financed by the warehouse facility have historically been refinanced under long-term financing agreements. Specific railcars and the underlying leases secure the facility. Advances under the facility may not exceed 75% of the fair market value of the eligible railcars securing the facility as defined by the agreement. Advances under the facility bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.375% (2.475% at March 31, 2004). At March 31, 2004, $191.4 million was available under this facility.

As of December 31, 2003, the Leasing Group has an equity ownership in a trust formed to finance the purchase of railcars. This trust was capitalized with $9.5 million from the Leasing Group and outside debt of $25.6 million. Because this trust is a variable interest entity for which the equity investor is the primary beneficiary, the financial statements of the trust were consolidated with the Company’s financial statements as of and for the year end December 31, 2003. In February 2004, the Leasing Group sold its equity ownership in the trust to a third party. Consequently, the trust, including the non-recourse debt of $25.6 million, is no longer consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.

Terms and conditions of other debt are described in the Annual Report.

F-50


Table of Contents

The remaining principal payments under existing debt agreements as of March 31, 2004 are as follows:

                                                     

Remaining
nine
months of
(In millions) 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Thereafter

Recourse:
                                               
 
Corporate/ Manufacturing
  $ 0.8     $ 0.8     $ 0.3     $ 0.2     $ 0.1     $ 303.4  
 
Leasing— equipment trust certificates (Note 7)
          39.9       10.3       43.4       14.2       62.2  
Non-recourse:
                                               
 
Leasing— warehouse facility (Note 7)
    1.3       71.5       35.8                    
   
   
Total principal payments
  $ 2.1     $ 112.2     $ 46.4     $ 43.6     $ 14.3     $ 365.6  

Note 7. Railcar leasing and management services group

The Railcar Leasing and Management Services Group (“Leasing Group”) provides fleet management, maintenance and leasing services. Selected combined financial information for the Leasing Group is as follows:

                   

March 31, December 31,
(In millions) 2004 2003

Balance Sheet
               
Cash
  $ 6.5     $ 5.3  
Leasing equipment, net
               
 
Machinery
    31.4       31.0  
 
Equipment on lease
    722.0       725.8  
 
Construction in progress
    1.0       1.7  
   
        754.4       758.5  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (117.6 )     (112.9 )
   
      636.8       645.6  
Restricted Assets
    32.4       39.5  
Debt
               
 
Recourse
    170.0       170.0  
 
Non-recourse
    108.6       96.7  

                 

Three months
ended
March 31,

2004 2003

Statement of Operations
               
Revenues
  $ 35.1     $ 28.5  
Operating profit
    9.6       8.6  
Interest expense
    4.6       4.2  

F-51


Table of Contents

Equipment on lease consists primarily of railcars leased to third parties with terms generally ranging between one and twenty years, wherein equipment manufactured by Trinity is leased for a specified type of service over the term of the lease. As lessor, the Company primarily enters into operating leases. Future minimum rental revenues to be received by the Company on such leases as of March 31, 2004 are as follows: the remaining nine months of 2004— $76.1 million; 2005— $89.4 million; 2006— $75.3 million; 2007— $64.1 million; 2008— $52.1 million and $305.3 million thereafter. Leasing Group equipment with a net book value of $397.2 million is pledged as collateral for debt.

The Leasing Group’s debt consists of both recourse and non-recourse debt. See Note 6 for maturities for the debt.

Note 8. Other, Net

Other (income) expense consists of the following items:

                   

Three months
ended
March 31,

(In millions) 2004 2003

Gains on sale of property, plant and equipment
  $ (0.6 )   $ (1.4 )
Foreign currency exchange transactions
    0.8       0.1  
Loss on equity investments
          0.5  
Other
    (0.1 )      
   
 
Other, net
  $ 0.1     $ (0.8 )

Note 9. Benefit plans

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic pension cost for the Company:

                 

Three months
ended
March 31,

(In millions) 2004 2003

Service cost
  $ 2.5     $ 2.4  
Interest
    3.7       4.1  
Expected return on assets
    (3.8 )     (3.6 )
Amortization and deferral
    0.3       0.4  
Profit sharing
    0.9       0.8  
Other
          0.2  
   
Net expense
  $ 3.6     $ 4.3  

The Company had no contributions to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Total contributions to the Company’s pension plan in 2004 are currently expected to be approximately $17.5 million.

F-52


Table of Contents

Note 10. Contingencies

In March 2004, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Trinity Marine Products, Inc. (“TMP”), settled a lawsuit filed by Florida Marine Transporters, Inc. (“FMT”) related to twenty-eight tank barges owned and/or operated by FMT. The settlement involves, among other elements, a joint monitoring of the barge coatings and void compartment maintenance procedures, and a mutual release of all claims against one another.

The Company and TMP, and certain material suppliers and others, are named as co-defendants in four separate lawsuits filed by multiple plaintiffs on various dates. In one of these four cases the plaintiff has petitioned the court for certification of a class which, if certified by the court, could increase the total number of barges involved in that case. Such four suits involve 30 tank barges sold at an average price of approximately $1.4 million, and 140 hopper barges sold at an average price of approximately $280,000. All four cases allege similar causes of action related to defects in coating materials supplied by a co-defendant and coatings application workmanship by TMP. The plaintiffs seek both compensatory and punitive damages and/or recision of the barge purchase contracts. Independent experts investigating the claims have expressed the opinion that technical arguments presented by the plaintiffs in this litigation are without merit. The Company and TMP are defending these cases vigorously. As of March 31, 2004, one of the plaintiffs owes TMP approximately $8.7 million related to contracts for barges not involved in the litigation. TMP has filed suit for collection of the past due amount.

In a proceeding unrelated to the foregoing litigation, the Company and TMP filed a declaratory judgment action seeking declaration by the Court of the Company’s and TMP’s (i) obligations related to allegations of certain barge owners as to exterior coatings and coatings application on 65 tank barges and (ii) rights and remedies relative to an insurance policy in which TMP was named as an additional insured and which was applicable to the coatings on the 65 barges. On December 9, 2003, the barge owners filed a response proceeding to the declaratory judgment action claiming actual damages of $6.5 million and punitive damages of $10 million.

A subsidiary of the Company, Transit Mix Concrete and Materials Company, Inc., was named as a defendant in a case involving the death of an employee of an independent contractor following an accident that occurred while the decedent was working at a Company owned facility. Following a jury verdict in the favor of the plaintiff, the presiding judge entered a final judgment in the amount of $33.9 million (inclusive of fees, costs, and judgment interest). This case has been appealed by Transit Mix and its insurers. Management believes liability in this case, if any, exceeding $3.0 million, will be covered by insurance.

The Company is also involved in other claims and lawsuits incidental to its business. Based on information currently available, it is management’s opinion that the ultimate outcome of all current litigation and other claims, including settlements, in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s overall financial condition for purposes of financial reporting. However, resolution of certain claims or lawsuits by settlement or otherwise could have a significant impact on the operating results of the reporting period in which such resolution occurs.

The Company is subject to federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the environment and to the workplace. The Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance with such laws and regulations.

F-53


Table of Contents

The Company is involved in various proceedings relating to environmental matters. The Company has provided reserves amounting to $13.4 million to cover probable and estimable liabilities of the Company with respect to such investigations and cleanup activities, taking into account currently available information and the Company’s contractual rights of indemnification. However, estimates of future response costs are necessarily imprecise. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will not become involved in future litigation or other proceedings or, if the Company were found to be responsible or liable in any litigation or proceeding, that such costs would not be material to the Company.

Note 11. Supplemental Guarantor/Non Guarantor Financial Information

On March 10, 2004, $300,000,000 of Senior Notes due 2014 were issued by Trinity Industries, Inc. (Parent) which includes the corporate operations and certain operations of the Construction Products Group and the Industrial Products Group. The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally and jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of Trinity’s wholly owned subsidiaries: Transit Mix Concrete & Material Company, Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Marine Products, Inc., Trinity Rail Group, LLC, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc., Trinity Tank Car, Inc., and Trinity Rail Components and Repair, Inc. No other subsidiaries guarantee the Senior Notes. As of March 31, 2004, assets held by the non guarantor subsidiaries include $32.4 million of restricted assets that are not available for distribution to the Parent, $145.4 million of assets securing certain debt held by the non guarantor subsidiaries, and $246.6 million of assets located in foreign locations.

F-54


Table of Contents

The following financial information presents condensed unaudited consolidating balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows for Trinity Industries, Inc., its guarantor subsidiaries and non-guarantor subsidiaries. The information has been presented as if Trinity Industries, Inc. accounted for its ownership of its wholly owned subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

                                           

For the three months ended March 31, 2004

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Revenues
  $ 50.7     $ 252.5     $ 161.1     $ (9.4 )   $ 454.9  
Operating costs:
                                       
 
Cost of revenues
    40.9       232.0       161.6       (9.4 )     425.1  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    10.4       15.5       10.4             36.3  
   
      51.3       247.5       172.0       (9.4 )     461.4  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    (0.6 )     5.0       (10.9 )           (6.5 )
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    0.7       (1.0 )     0.1             (0.2 )
 
Interest expense
    9.2       5.8       (4.9 )           10.1  
 
Equity in losses of subsidiaries
    4.1                   (4.1 )      
 
Other, net
    (0.4 )     (0.2 )     0.7             0.1  
   
      13.6       4.6       (4.1 )     (4.1 )     10.0  
   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (14.2 )     0.4       (6.8 )     4.1       (16.5 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (3.4 )     1.0       (3.3 )           (5.7 )
   
Net income (loss)
  $ (10.8 )   $ (0.6 )   $ (3.5 )   $ 4.1     $ (10.8 )

F-55


Table of Contents

                                           

For the three months ended March 31, 2003

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Revenues
  $ 50.8     $ 137.3     $ 108.2     $ (7.2 )   $ 289.1  
Operating costs:
                                       
 
Cost of revenues
    41.1       109.1       123.4       (7.2 )     266.4  
 
Selling, engineering and administrative expenses
    9.0       14.5       10.6             34.1  
   
      50.1       123.6       134.0       (7.2 )     300.5  
   
Operating profit (loss)
    0.7       13.7       (25.8 )           (11.4 )
Other (income) expense:
                                       
 
Interest income
    (0.3 )     (0.1 )     0.3             (0.1 )
 
Interest expense
    7.8       4.4       (2.7 )           9.5  
 
Equity in losses of subsidiaries
    9.7                   (9.7 )      
 
Other, net
    (0.5 )     (0.6 )     0.3             (0.8 )
   
      16.7       3.7       (2.1 )     (9.7 )     8.6  
   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (16.0 )     10.0       (23.7 )     9.7       (20.0 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (1.5 )     2.9       (6.9 )           (5.5 )
   
Net income (loss)
  $ (14.5 )   $ 7.1     $ (16.8 )   $ 9.7     $ (14.5 )

F-56


Table of Contents

                                           

March 31, 2004

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Assets:
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 130.6     $ 0.4     $ 20.3     $     $ 151.3  
 
Account receivables, net of allowance
    55.6       130.8       48.9             235.3  
 
Inventory
    21.2       148.8       105.8             275.8  
 
Property, plant and equipment, net
    55.5       443.2       435.7             934.4  
 
Investments in subsidiaries/ intercompany receivable (payable), net
    1,117.6       (321.8 )     152.7       (948.5 )      
 
Other assets
    204.3       353.8       140.1       (128.8 )     569.4  
   
    $ 1,584.8     $ 755.2     $ 903.5     $ (1,077.3 )   $ 2,166.2  
   
Liabilities:
                                       
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 177.3     $ 142.1     $ 125.5     $     $ 444.9  
 
Deferred income
    20.9             9.5             30.4  
 
Other liabilities
    28.0       153.5             (128.8 )     52.7  
 
Debt
    304.6       170.1       109.5             584.2  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    57.9                         57.9  
Total stockholders’ equity
    996.1       289.5       659.0       (948.5 )     996.1  
   
    $ 1,584.8     $ 755.2     $ 903.5     $ (1,077.3 )   $ 2,166.2  

F-57


Table of Contents

                                             

For the three months ended March 31, 2004

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (10.8 )   $ (0.6 )   $ (3.5 )   $ 4.1     $ (10.8 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    3.7       9.1       9.3             22.1  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    (3.4 )     1.0       (3.3 )           (5.7 )
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    0.1       (0.6 )     (0.1 )           (0.6 )
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    (67.3 )     55.8       15.6       (4.1 )      
Other
    0.8       (2.9 )     2.6             0.5  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
                                       
   
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    (4.5 )     (33.3 )     0.3             (37.5 )
   
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    (1.4 )     (19.9 )     4.5             (16.8 )
   
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    (7.9 )     0.7       0.4             (6.8 )
   
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    7.0       (12.9 )     (9.3 )           (15.2 )
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     0.1       (0.1 )     (0.9 )           (0.9 )
   
 
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities
    (83.6 )     (3.7 )     15.6             (71.7 )
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    3.0       51.6       0.4       (50.9 )     4.1  
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiaries
          (31.7 )     (51.0 )     50.9       (31.8 )
Capital expenditures— other
          (1.0 )     (4.0 )           (5.0 )
Payment for purchase of acquisitions— net of cash acquired
          (15.7 )                 (15.7 )
Sale of investment trust
                8.5             8.5  
   
 
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    3.0       3.2       (46.1 )           (39.9 )
Financing activities:
                                       
Payments to retire debt
    (176.7 )     (0.1 )     (0.8 )           (177.6 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    354.1             38.1             392.2  
Issuance of common stock
    6.5                         6.5  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    (2.8 )                       (2.8 )
Dividends paid to preferred stockholders
    (1.4 )                       (1.4 )
   
 
Net cash required (provided) by financing activities
    179.7       (0.1 )     37.3             216.9  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    99.1       (0.6 )     6.8             105.3  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    31.5       1.0       13.5             46.0  
   
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 130.6     $ 0.4     $ 20.3     $     $ 151.3  

F-58


Table of Contents

                                             

For the three months ended March 31, 2003

Combined Combined
Guarantor Non Guarantor
(In millions) Parent Subsidiaries Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated

Operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (14.5 )   $ 7.1     $ (16.8 )   $ 9.7     $ (14.5 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    3.5       0.1       18.2             21.8  
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes
    (1.8 )                       (1.8 )
Gain on sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
          (0.3 )     (1.1 )           (1.4 )
Net transfers with subsidiaries
    23.1       (37.1 )     23.7       (9.7 )      
Other
    (2.4 )     3.7       (1.9 )           (0.6 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
                                       
   
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    15.1       12.0       (11.7 )           15.4  
   
Decrease in tax receivables
    46.2                         46.2  
   
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    (6.9 )     9.8       2.8             5.7  
   
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    5.6       (3.5 )     8.8             10.9  
   
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    7.2       (3.2 )     0.8             4.8  
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities           (3.2 )     4.3             1.1  
   
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    75.1       (14.6 )     27.1             87.6  
Investing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from sales of property, plant, equipment and other assets
    2.3       79.6       (1.2 )     (78.2 )     2.5  
Capital expenditures— lease subsidiaries
          (61.0 )     (82.7 )     78.2       (65.5 )
Capital expenditures— other
    (1.5 )     (2.2 )     0.8             (2.9 )
   
 
Net cash provided (required) by investing activities
    0.8       16.4       (83.1 )           (65.9 )
Financing activities:
                                       
Payments to retire debt
    (64.4 )     (2.0 )     (1.1 )           (67.5 )
Proceeds from issuance of debt
    16.0             58.8             74.8  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    (2.8 )                       (2.8 )
   
 
Net cash required (provided) by financing activities
    (51.2 )     (2.0 )     57.7             4.5  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    24.7       (0.2 )     1.7             26.2  
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
    3.5       2.6       13.0             19.1  
   
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 28.2     $ 2.4     $ 14.7     $     $ 45.3  

F-59


Table of Contents

(TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.)

 


Table of Contents

PART II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 20.     Indemnification of directors and officers

(a) Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (collectively, a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the capacities set forth above, against such expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted under similar standards, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Further, Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that, to the extent a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

Section 145(f) of the DGCL provides that the statutory provisions on indemnification are not exclusive of indemnification provided pursuant to, among other things, the bylaws or indemnification agreements. Our Bylaws contain provisions regarding the indemnification of directors and officers Trinity. Article VI of our Bylaws provides for the indemnification of Trinity’s officers and directors to substantially the same extent permitted by the DGCL.

The indemnification described above (unless ordered by a court) shall be paid by us unless a determination is made that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is not

II-1


Table of Contents

proper in the circumstances because he has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth above. This determination must be made:

  • by the our Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such Proceeding;
 
  • if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
 
  • by Trinity’s stockholders.

Article VI of our Bylaws provides that costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a person seeking indemnification under Article VI of our Bylaws in defending a Proceeding shall be paid by us in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses incurred by a director or officer in his capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer) in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by us. Such costs, charges and expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as our Board of Directors deems appropriate. Our Board of Directors may, upon approval of such director, officer, employee or agent of Trinity, authorize Trinity’s counsel to represent such person in any Proceeding, whether or not Trinity is a party to such Proceeding.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, but excludes specifically liability for any:

  • breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
  • acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  • payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
  • transactions from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

The provision does not limit equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission for breach of a director’s fiduciary duty of care.

Our Certificate of Incorporation contains a provision eliminating the personal liability of a director from breaches of fiduciary duty, subject to the exceptions described above.

(b) We have entered into indemnity agreements with our directors and officers that establish contract rights to indemnification substantially similar to the rights to indemnification provided for in our Bylaws.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 21.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (1 .1)   Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers (filed herewith).
  (1 .2)   Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement dated as of March 9, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers, amending the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004 (filed herewith).
  (3 .1)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Industries, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (3 .2)   By-Laws of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (3 .3)   Certificate of Incorporation of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company, as amended (filed herewith).
  (3 .4)   By-Laws of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company (filed herewith).
  (3 .5)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Industries Leasing Company (filed herewith).
  (3 .6)   By-Laws of Trinity Industries Leasing Company (filed herewith).
  (3 .7)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Marine Products, Inc., as amended (filed herewith).
  (3 .8)   By-Laws of Trinity Marine Products, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3 .9)   Certificate of Formation of Trinity Rail Group, LLC (filed herewith).
  (3 .10)   Limited Liability Company Agreement of Trinity Rail Group, LLC (filed herewith).
  (3 .11)   Certificate of Incorporation of Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3 .12)   By-Laws of Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3 .13)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Tank Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3 .14)   By-Laws of Trinity Tank Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3 .15)   Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3 .16)   By-Laws of Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (4 .1)   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Trinity Industries, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (4 .2)   Rights Agreement dated March 11, 1999 (incorporated by reference to our Form 8-A filed April 2, 1999).
  (4 .2.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 2001, amending the Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1999 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to our Form 8-A/ A filed August 22, 2001).
  (4 .2.2)   Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement dated as of October 26, 2001, amending the Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1999 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Rights Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, dated August 13, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to our Form 8-A/ A filed October 31, 2001).
  (4 .3)   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 26, 2001 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and Thrall Car Management, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to Exhibit 10.21 below).
  (4 .4)   Pass Through Trust Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).

II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (4 .4.1)   [A] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4 .4.2)   [B] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4 .4.3)   [C] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4 .5)   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers (filed herewith).
  (4 .6)   Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (filed herewith).
  (4 .7)   Form of 6 1/2% Senior Note due 2014 of Trinity Industries, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (5 .1)   Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP (filed herewith).
  (10 .1.1)   Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement, dated November 7, 2000, entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, each of the four most highly paid executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year, one other executive officer, and three executive officers of subsidiaries of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000).*
  (10 .1.2)   Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement dated November 7, 2000, entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and six executive officers and certain other subsidiary and divisional officers of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000).*
  (10 .2)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Directors’ Retirement Plan, as amended September 10, 1998 (filed herewith).*
  (10 .3)   1989 Stock Option Plan with Stock Appreciation Rights (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-35514 filed June 20, 1990).*
  (10 .4)   1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-73026 filed December 15, 1993).*
  (10 .5)   Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our Form S-8 filed November 16, 1999).*
  (10 .5.1)   Amendment No. 1 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*

II-4


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10 .5.2)   Amendment No. 2 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.3)   Amendment No. 3 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.4)   Amendment No. 4 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.5)   Amendment No. 5 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.6)   Amendment No. 6 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.7)   Amendment No. 7 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .5.8)   Amendment No. 8 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .6)   Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Form S-8 filed November 16, 1999).*
  (10 .6.1)   Correcting Amendment to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.11 to our Form S-8 filed on April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .6.2)   Amendment No. 1 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .6.3)   Amendment No. 2 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.13 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .6.4)   Amendment No. 3 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.14 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10 .7)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust dated March 31, 1999 (filed herewith).*
  (10 .7.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust dated December 27, 2000 (filed herewith).*
  (10 .8)   Supplemental Retirement Plan dated April 1, 1995, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated September 14, 1995 and Amendment No. 2 dated May 6, 1997 (filed herewith).
  (10 .8.1)   Amendment No. 3 effective April 1, 1999 to the Supplemental Retirement Plan of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*

II-5


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10 .8.2)   Amendment No. 4 effective January 1, 2004 to the Supplemental Retirement Plan of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10 .9)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Deferred Plan for Director Fees, as amended (filed herewith).*
  (10 .10)   Deferred Compensation Trust of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates effective January 1, 2002 (filed herewith).*
  (10 .11)   Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 333-77735 filed May 4, 1999).*
  (10 .11.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).*
  (10 .11.2)   Amendment No. 2 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 10.12.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).*
  (10 .12)   Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by Trinity Industries, Inc. on May 11, 2004).*
  (10 .13)   Supplemental Retirement and Director Retirement Trust of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10 .14)   Form of Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement as amended and restated entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and certain officers of Trinity Industries, Inc. or its subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).*
  (10 .15)   Trinity Industries, Inc. Short-Term Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our proxy statement dated June 19, 2000).*
  (10 .16)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1A) dated as of May 17, 2001 between TRLI-1A Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001).
  (10 .16.1)   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1A) dated as of May 17, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.1 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .16.2)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1B) dated as of July 12, 2001 between TRL 1 2001-1B Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.2 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .16.3)   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1B) dated as of May 17, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.3 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .16.4)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1C) dated as of December 28, 2001 between TRL 1 2001-1C Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing 1 L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.4 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10 .16.5)   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1C) dated as of December 28, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.5 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).

II-6


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10 .17)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1A) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1A Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .17.1)   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1A) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1A among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .17.2)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1B) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1B Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .17.3)   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1B) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1B among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .17.4)   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1C) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1C Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .17.5)   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1C) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1C among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10 .18)   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 among Trinity Industries, Inc, as Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, individually as a Lender and Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, and Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc., each individually as a Lender and collectively as Syndication Agents, and certain other Lenders party thereto from time to time (filed herewith).
  (10 .19)   Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II, the Borrower, Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch, as Agent, and the Lenders party thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q filed August 12, 2002).
  (10 .19.1)   Amendment No. 1 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.1 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).
  (10 .19.2)   Amendment No. 2 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of July 29, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.2 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).
  (10 .19.3)   Amendment No. 3 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of August 29, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.3 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).

II-7


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10 .20)   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 13, 2001 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., TCMC Acquisition Corp., Thrall Car Manufacturing Company and Thrall Car Management Company, Inc. together with the form of Stockholder’s Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement attached thereto as exhibits (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed August 16, 2001).
  (10 .21)   Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement dated October 26, 2001 between Michael E. Flannery and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2002).*
  (12 .1)   Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).
  (21 )   Listing of subsidiaries of Trinity Industries, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (23 .1)   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith).
  (23 .2)   Consent of Haynes and Boone, LLP (included in its legal opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
  (24 .1)   Power of Attorney of the Officers and Directors of Trinity Industries, Inc. and the co-registrants (included on the signature pages of this Registration Statement).
  (25 .1)   Statement of Eligibility Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (filed herewith).
  (99 .1)   Form of Letter of Transmittal (filed herewith).
  (99 .2)   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (filed herewith).
  (99 .3)   Form of Letter to Clients (filed herewith).
  (99 .4)   Form of Instructions from Beneficial Owner to Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants (filed herewith).
  (99 .5)   Form of Letter from Trinity Industries, Inc. to Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants (filed herewith).
  (99 .6)   Form of Exchange Agent Agreement (filed herewith).

* Management contracts and compensatory plan arrangements.

Item 22.     Undertakings

(a) The undersigned co-registrants hereby undertake:

  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

  (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent to more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

II-8


Table of Contents

  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

  (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
  (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(b) The undersigned co-registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrants’ annual reports pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(c) The undersigned co-registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

(d) The undersigned co-registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

(e) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by final adjudication of such issue.

II-9


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on the 20th day of July, 2004.

  TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

  By:  /s/ JOHN L. ADAMS
 
  John L. Adams
  Executive Vice President

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officers and directors of Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, do hereby constitute and appoint Timothy R. Wallace, John L. Adams and Jim S. Ivy, and each of them, their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents or attorney-in-fact and agent, with power and authority to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys and agents, and any one of them, determine may be necessary or advisable or required to enable said corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules and regulations or requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this registration statement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing power and authority, the powers granted include the full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, the power and authority to sign the names of the undersigned officers and directors in the capacities indicated below to this registration statement, to any and all amendments (including any post-effective amendments) and supplements thereto, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with this registration statement, and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. The Power of Attorney may be signed in several counterparts.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons and in the following capacities on the 20th day of July, 2004.

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ TIMOTHY R. WALLACE

Timothy R. Wallace
  Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ JIM S. IVY

Jim S. Ivy
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   July 20, 2004

II-10


Table of Contents

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ CHARLES MICHEL

Charles Michel
  Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ DAVID W. BIEGLER

David W. Biegler
  Director   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ CRAIG J. DUCHOSSOIS

Craig J. Duchossois
  Director   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ RONALD J. GAFFORD

Ronald J. Gafford
  Director   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ BARRY J. GALT

Barry J. Galt
  Director   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ CLIFFORD J. GRUM

Clifford J. Grum
  Director   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ JESS T. HAY

Jess T. Hay
  Director   July 20, 2004
 
/s/ DIANA S. NATALICIO

Diana S. Natalicio
  Director   July 20, 2004

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned co-registrants have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on the 20th day of July, 2004.

  TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY
  TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
  TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
  TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
  THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.
  TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
  TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

  By:  /s/ JOHN L. ADAMS
 
  John L. Adams         
  Executive Vice President   

II-11


Table of Contents

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned officers and directors of the undersigned co-registrants, do hereby constitute and appoint Timothy R. Wallace, John L. Adams and Jim S. Ivy, and each of them, their true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents or attorney-in-fact and agent, with power and authority to do any and all acts and things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorneys and agents, and any one of them, determine may be necessary or advisable or required to enable said corporation to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules and regulations or requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this registration statement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing power and authority, the powers granted include the full power of substitution and resubstitution, for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, the power and authority to sign the names of the undersigned officers and directors in the capacities indicated below to this registration statement, to any and all amendments (including any post-effective amendments) and supplements thereto, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with this registration statement, and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. The Power of Attorney may be signed in several counterparts.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons and in the following capacities on the 20th day of July, 2004.

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ TIMOTHY R. WALLACE

Timothy R. Wallace
  Chairman and Director (Principal Executive Officer), Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company   July 20, 2004
 
        Chairman and Director (Principal Executive Officer), Trinity Industries Leasing Company    
 
        Chairman and Director (Principal Executive Officer), Trinity Marine Products, Inc.    
 
        Chairman and Manager (Principal Executive Officer), Trinity Rail Group, LLC    
 
        Chairman and Director (Principal Executive Officer), Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.    
 
        Chairman and Director (Principal Executive Officer), Trinity Tank Car, Inc.    
 
        Chairman and Director (Principal Executive Officer), Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc    

II-12


Table of Contents

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ JIM S. IVY

Jim S. Ivy
  Vice President and Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company

Vice President and Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Trinity Industries Leasing Company

Vice President and Director (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Trinity Marine Products, Inc.

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Trinity Rail Group, LLC

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Trinity Tank Car, Inc.

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc.
  July 20, 2004
 
/s/ JOHN L. ADAMS

John L. Adams
  Manager, Trinity Rail Group, LLC
Director, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.
Director, Trinity Tank Car, Inc.
Director, Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc.
  July 20, 2004

II-13


Table of Contents

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ MICHAEL E. FLANNERY

Michael E. Flannery
  Manager, Trinity Rail Group, LLC
Director, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.
Director, Trinity Tank Car, Inc.
Director, Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc.
  July 20, 2004
 
/s/ MICHAEL G. FORTADO

Michael G. Fortado
  Director, Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company
Director, Trinity Industries Leasing Company
Director, Trinity Marine Products, Inc.
  July 20, 2004

II-14


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (1.1)     Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers (filed herewith).
  (1.2)     Amendment No. 1 to Purchase Agreement dated as of March 9, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers, amending the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004 (filed herewith).
  (3.1)     Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Industries, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (3.2)     By-Laws of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (3.3)     Certificate of Incorporation of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company, as amended (filed herewith).
  (3.4)     By-Laws of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company (filed herewith).
  (3.5)     Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Industries Leasing Company (filed herewith).
  (3.6)     By-Laws of Trinity Industries Leasing Company (filed herewith).
  (3.7)     Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Marine Products, Inc., as amended (filed herewith).
  (3.8)     By-Laws of Trinity Marine Products, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3.9)     Certificate of Formation of Trinity Rail Group, LLC (filed herewith).
  (3.10)     Limited Liability Company Agreement of Trinity Rail Group, LLC (filed herewith).
  (3.11)     Certificate of Incorporation of Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3.12)     By-Laws of Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3.13)     Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Tank Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3.14)     By-Laws of Trinity Tank Car, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3.15)     Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (3.16)     By-Laws of Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (4.1)     Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Trinity Industries, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (4.2)     Rights Agreement dated March 11, 1999 (incorporated by reference to our Form 8-A filed April 2, 1999).
  (4.2.1)     Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement dated as of August 12, 2001, amending the Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1999 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to our Form 8-A/ A filed August 22, 2001).
  (4.2.2)     Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement dated as of October 26, 2001, amending the Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1999 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Rights Agent, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, dated August 13, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to our Form 8-A/ A filed October 31, 2001).
  (4.3)     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 26, 2001 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. and Thrall Car Management, Inc. (filed as an exhibit to Exhibit 10.21 below).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (4.4)     Pass Through Trust Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4.4.1)     [A] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4.4.2)     [B] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4.4.3)     [C] Trust Indenture and Security Agreement dated as of February 15, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to our Form 8-K filed February 19, 2002).
  (4.5)     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Representative of the Initial Purchasers (filed herewith).
  (4.6)     Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004 by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., certain subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (filed herewith).
  (4.7)     Form of 6 1/2% Senior Note due 2014 of Trinity Industries, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (5.1)     Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP (filed herewith).
  (10.1.1)     Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement, dated November 7, 2000, entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and Chief Executive Officer, each of the four most highly paid executive officers other than the Chief Executive Officer who were serving as executive officers at the end of the last completed fiscal year, one other executive officer, and three executive officers of subsidiaries of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000).*
  (10.1.2)     Form of Amended and Restated Executive Severance Agreement dated November 7, 2000, entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and six executive officers and certain other subsidiary and divisional officers of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000).*
  (10.2)     Trinity Industries, Inc. Directors’ Retirement Plan, as amended September 10, 1998 (filed herewith).*
  (10.3)     1989 Stock Option Plan with Stock Appreciation Rights (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-35514 filed June 20, 1990).*
  (10.4)     1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 33-73026 filed December 15, 1993).*
  (10.5)     Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to our Form S-8 filed November 16, 1999).*


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10.5.1)     Amendment No. 1 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.5.2)     Amendment No. 2 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.5.3)     Amendment No. 3 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.5.4)     Amendment No. 4 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.5.5)     Amendment No. 5 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.5.6)     Amendment No. 6 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.5.7)     Amendment No. 7 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.5.8)     Amendment No. 8 to Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective April 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.9 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.6)     Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to our Form S-8 filed November 16, 1999).*
  (10.6.1)     Correcting Amendment to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.11 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.6.2)     Amendment No. 1 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.12 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.6.3)     Amendment No. 2 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.13 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.6.4)     Amendment No. 3 to Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates as restated effective January 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.14 to our Form S-8 filed April 26, 2004).*
  (10.7)     Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust dated March 31, 1999 (filed herewith).*
  (10.7.1)     Amendment No. 1 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing and Deferred Director Fee Trust dated December 27, 2000 (filed herewith).*
  (10.8)     Supplemental Retirement Plan dated April 1, 1995, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated September 14, 1995 and Amendment No. 2 dated May 6, 1997 (filed herewith).*


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10.8.1)     Amendment No. 3 effective April 1, 1999 to the Supplemental Retirement Plan of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10.8.2)     Amendment No. 4 effective January 1, 2004 to the Supplemental Retirement Plan of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10.9)     Trinity Industries, Inc. Deferred Plan for Director Fees, as amended (filed herewith).*
  (10.10)     Deferred Compensation Trust of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates effective January 1, 2002 (filed herewith).*
  (10.11)     Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registration Statement No. 333-77735 filed May 4, 1999).*
  (10.11.1 )   Amendment No. 1 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12.1 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).*
  (10.11.2 )   Amendment No. 2 to the Trinity Industries, Inc. 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 10.12.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).*
  (10.12)     Trinity Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by Trinity Industries, Inc. on May 11, 2004).*
  (10.13)     Supplemental Retirement and Director Retirement Trust of Trinity Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).*
  (10.14)     Form of Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement as amended and restated entered into between Trinity Industries, Inc. and certain officers of Trinity Industries, Inc. or its subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).*
  (10.15)     Trinity Industries, Inc. Short-Term Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our proxy statement dated June 19, 2000).*
  (10.16)     Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1A) dated as of May 17, 2001 between TRLI-1A Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001).
  (10.16.1 )   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1A) dated as of May 17, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.1 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10.16.2 )   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1B) dated as of July 12, 2001 between TRL 1 2001-1B Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.2 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10.16.3 )   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1B) dated as of May 17, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.3 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10.16.4 )   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1C) dated as of December 28, 2001 between TRL 1 2001-1C Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing 1 L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.4 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10.16.5 )   Participation Agreement (TRL 1 2001-1C) dated as of December 28, 2001 among Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16.5 to our Form 10-K filed March 20, 2002).
  (10.17)     Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1A) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1A Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10.17.1 )   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1A) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1A among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10.17.2 )   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1B) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1B Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10.17.3 )   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1B) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1B among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.3 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10.17.4 )   Equipment Lease Agreement (TRL III 2003-1C) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1C Railcar Statutory Trust, lessor, and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10.17.5 )   Participation Agreement (TRL III 2003-1C) dated as of November 12, 2003 between TRL III-1C among Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P., lessee, et. al. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.5 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004).
  (10.18)     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 among Trinity Industries, Inc, as Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, individually as a Lender and Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, and Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc., each individually as a Lender and collectively as Syndication Agents, and certain other Lenders party thereto from time to time (filed herewith).
  (10.19)     Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2002 among Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II, the Borrower, Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch, as Agent, and the Lenders party thereto from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 10-Q filed August 12, 2002).
  (10.19.1 )   Amendment No. 1 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of June 27, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.1 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).
  (10.19.2 )   Amendment No. 2 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of July 29, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.2 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).
  (10.19.3 )   Amendment No. 3 to the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated as of August 29, 2003, amending the Warehouse Loan Agreement dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18.3 of our Form 10-Q filed November 6, 2003).


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
No. Description


  (10.20)     Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 13, 2001 by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., TCMC Acquisition Corp., Thrall Car Manufacturing Company and Thrall Car Management Company, Inc. together with the form of Stockholder’s Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement attached thereto as exhibits (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Form 8-K filed August 16, 2001).
  (10.21)     Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement dated October 26, 2001 between Michael E. Flannery and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to our Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2002).*
  (12.1)     Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).
  (21)     Listing of subsidiaries of Trinity Industries, Inc. (filed herewith).
  (23.1)     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith).
  (23.2)     Consent of Haynes and Boone, LLP (included in its legal opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1).
  (24.1)     Power of Attorney of the Officers and Directors of Trinity Industries, Inc. and the co-registrants (included on the signature pages of this Registration Statement).
  (25.1)     Statement of Eligibility Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 on Form T-1 of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (filed herewith).
  (99.1)     Form of Letter of Transmittal (filed herewith).
  (99.2)     Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (filed herewith).
  (99.3)     Form of Letter to Clients (filed herewith).
  (99.4)     Form of Instructions from Beneficial Owner to Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants (filed herewith).
  (99.5)     Form of Letter from Trinity Industries, Inc. to Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants (filed herewith).
  (99.6)     Form of Exchange Agent Agreement (filed herewith).

* Management contracts and compensatory plan arrangements.

EXHIBIT 1.1
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

$300,000,000

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014

Purchase Agreement

March 5, 2004

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
As Representative of the
several Initial Purchasers listed
in Schedule 1 hereto
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
270 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several Initial Purchasers listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Initial Purchasers"), for whom you are acting as representative (the "Representative"), $300,000,000 principal amount of its 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Securities"). The Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as of March 10, 2004 (the "Indenture") among the Company, the guarantors listed in Schedule 2 hereto (the "Guarantors") and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors (the "Guarantees").

The Securities will be sold to the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in reliance upon an exemption therefrom. The Company has prepared a preliminary offering memorandum dated February 26, 2004 (the "Preliminary Offering Memorandum") and will prepare an offering memorandum dated the date hereof (the "Offering Memorandum") setting forth information concerning the Company, the Guarantors and the Securities. Copies of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum have been, and copies of the Offering Memorandum will be, delivered by the Company to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Company hereby confirms that it has authorized the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum in connection with the offering and resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not


defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Offering Memorandum. References herein to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to refer to and include any amendments and supplements thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

Holders of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees) will be entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Closing Date (as defined below) and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors will agree to file one or more registration statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") providing for the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities or the Exchange Securities referred to (and as defined) in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Concurrently with the purchase and sale of the Securities, the Company is amending and restating its existing $425.0 million senior secured credit facilities (the "Existing Credit Facilities") to provide for a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $250.0 million (the "Amended and Restated Credit Facilities"). The Amended and Restated Credit Facilities will be guaranteed on a senior basis by each of the Guarantors and will be secured by a lien on certain of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Amended and Restated Credit Facilities will be governed by an agreement dated as of the Closing Date by among the Company, the Guarantors, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, and Dresdner Bank AG, New York, Grand Cayman Branches, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as syndication agents (together with the related documents thereto, including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements and security documents, the "Amended and Restated Credit Agreement" and, together with this Agreement, the Securities, the Guarantees, the Exchange Securities (including the related guarantees), the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement, the "Transaction Documents").The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Initial Purchasers concerning the purchase and resale of the Securities, as follows:

1. Purchase and Resale of the Securities. (a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Securities to the several Initial Purchasers as provided in this Agreement, and each Initial Purchaser, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser's name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price equal to 98.25% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, from March 10, 2004 to the Closing Date. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any of the Securities except upon payment for all the Securities to be purchased as provided herein.

(b) The Company understands that the Initial Purchasers intend to offer the Securities for resale on the terms set forth in the Offering Memorandum. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that:

2

(i) it is either (x) a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a "QIB") and an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act or (y) not a U.S. person within the meaning of Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Regulation S");

(ii) neither it nor and any of its affiliates referred to in Section 1(d) below has solicited offers for, or offered or sold, or will solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D under the Securities Act ("Regulation D") or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act; and

(iii) neither it nor and any of its affiliates referred to in Section 1(d) below has solicited offers for, or offered or sold, or will solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities as part of their initial offering except:

(A) within the United States to persons whom it reasonably believes to be QIBs in transactions pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A") and in connection with each such sale, it has taken or will take reasonable steps to ensure that the purchaser of the Securities is aware that such sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or

(B) in accordance with the restrictions set forth in Annex A hereto.

(c) Each Initial Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Company and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Sections 5(f) and 5(g), counsel for the Company and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, respectively, may rely upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers, and compliance by the Initial Purchasers with their agreements, contained in paragraph (b) above (including Annex A hereto), and each Initial Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.

(d) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Initial Purchasers may offer and sell Securities to or through any affiliate of an Initial Purchaser and that any such affiliate may offer and sell Securities purchased by it to or through any Initial Purchaser.

2. Payment and Delivery. (a) Payment for and delivery of the Securities will be made at the offices of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP at 10:00
A.M., New York City time, on March 10, 2004, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representative and the Company may agree upon in writing. The time and date of such payment and delivery is referred to herein as the "Closing Date."

(b) Payment for the Securities shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account(s) specified by the Company to the Representative against

3

delivery to the nominee of The Depository Trust Company, for the account of the Initial Purchasers, of one or more global notes representing the Securities (collectively, the "Global Note"), with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of the Securities duly paid by the Company. The Global Note will be made available for inspection by the Representative not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Initial Purchaser that:

(a) Offering Memorandum. The Preliminary Offering Memorandum, as of its date, did not, and the Offering Memorandum, in the form first used by the Initial Purchasers to confirm sales of the Securities and as of the Closing Date, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors make no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through the Representative expressly for use in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum.

(b) Incorporated Documents. The documents incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, when filed with the Commission, conformed or will conform, as the case may be, in all material respects to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(c) Financial Statements. The financial statements and the related notes thereto included or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby; and the other financial information included or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly the information shown thereby.

(d) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, (i) there has not been any change in the

4

capital stock (other than pursuant to the exercise of stock options authorized and issued on or prior to the date hereof) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except with respect to clauses (i) through (iii), as otherwise disclosed in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.

(e) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries have been duly incorporated or otherwise organized and are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of their obligations under the Securities and the Guarantees (a "Material Adverse Effect"). As used herein "Significant Subsidiary" means (x) each of the Guarantors, (y) each subsidiary of the Company that is a "significant subsidiary" under Rule 1-02(w)(2) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act (substituting five percent for 10 percent in the test used therein) and (z) each of Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P., Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P.; provided that each of Administradora Especializada, S. de R.L. de C.V., Grupo Tatsa, S. de R.L. de C.V., Trinity Industries de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. and Servicios Corporativos Tatsa, S. de R.L. de C.V. (collectively, the "Mexican Subsidiaries") shall constitute Significant Subsidiaries as defined herein solely for purposes of Sections 3(f), (s) and (t). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any entity that is a "significant subsidiary" under Rule 1-02(w)(2) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act (substituting five percent for 10 percent in the test used therein) other than the Mexican Subsidiaries and certain of the Guarantors.

(f) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum under the heading "Capitalization"; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are

5

fully paid and non-assessable (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors' qualifying shares) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party other than any liens, encumbrances and claims arising under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

(g) Due Authorization. The Company and each of the Guarantors have full right, power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Transaction Documents to the extent each is a party thereto and to perform their respective obligations thereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby has been (or, in the case of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, will on the Closing Date have been) duly and validly taken.

(h) The Indenture. The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability (collectively, the "Enforceability Exceptions"); and on the Closing Date, the Indenture will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture that is qualified thereunder.

(i) The Securities and the Guarantees. The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture; and the Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Guarantors and, when the Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be valid and legally binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Guarantors in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

(j) The Exchange Securities. On the Closing Date, the Exchange Securities (including the related guarantees) will have been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, as issuer, and each of the Guarantors, as guarantor, enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors

6

in accordance with their terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

(k) Purchase and Registration Rights Agreements. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors; and the Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions, and except that rights to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by applicable law and public policy.

(l) Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement will have been duly authorized by the Company and each of the Guarantors and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors enforceable against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

(m) Descriptions of the Transaction Documents. Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.

(n) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of each of the Transaction Documents to which each is a party, the issuance and sale of the Securities (including the Guarantees) and compliance by the Company and each of the Guarantors with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage,

7

deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is subject (other than liens arising under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement), (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of the Guarantors or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach or violation that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of each of the Transaction Documents to which each is a party, the issuance and sale of the Securities (including the Guarantees) and compliance by the Company and each of the Guarantors with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required
(i) under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers and (ii) with respect to the Exchange Securities (including the related guarantees) or the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (each as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) under the Securities Act, the Trust Indenture Act and applicable state securities laws as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement.

(q) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and to the best knowledge of the Company and each of the Guarantors, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or by others.

(r) Independent Accountants. Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are independent public accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Professional Conduct of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and its interpretations and rulings thereunder.

(s) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective busi-

8

nesses of the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries,
(ii) could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) exist under the Existing Credit Agreement.

(t) Title to Intellectual Property. The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses; and the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others, and the Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement of or conflict with any such rights of others except for such conflicts and claims as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(u) Investment Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors is, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum none of them will be, an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the "Investment Company Act").

(v) Public Utility Holding Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of the Significant Subsidiaries is a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a holding company or an "affiliate" thereof within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

(w) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except for such failures to pay such taxes, file such tax returns or deficiencies as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(x) Licenses and Permits. The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Preliminary Offering Memo-

9

randum and the Offering Memorandum, except where the failure to possess or make the same could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has received written notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course.

(y) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company and each of the Guarantors, is contemplated or threatened except for such disturbances and disputes as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z) Compliance With Environmental Laws. The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, decisions and orders relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, "Environmental Laws"); (ii) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except in any such case for any such failure to comply with, or failure to receive required permits, licenses or approvals, or liability, as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(aa) Compliance With ERISA. (1) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its affiliates for employees or former employees of the Company and its affiliates has been maintained in all material respects in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"); (2) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any such plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; and (3) for each such plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no "accumulated funding deficiency" as defined in Section 412 of the Code has been incurred, whether or not waived, and the fair market value of the assets of each such plan (excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such plan determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions; except, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), for such transactions or deficiencies as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

10

(bb) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(cc) Disclosure Controls. The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries is made known to the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Company by others within the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and such disclosure controls and procedures are reasonably effective to perform the functions for which they were established subject to the limitations of any such control system; the Company's auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company have been advised of: (1) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data; and (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a role in the Company's internal controls; any material weaknesses in internal controls have been identified for the Company's auditors; since the date of the most recent evaluation of such disclosure controls and procedures, there have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses; the Company has provided or made available to the Initial Purchasers or their counsel true and complete copies of all extant minutes or draft minutes of meetings, or resolutions adopted by written consent, of the board of directors of the Company and each of its subsidiaries and each committee of each such board in the past three years, and all agendas for each such meeting for which minutes or draft minutes do not exist.

(dd) Sarbanes Oxley Act Compliance. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company's directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.

(ee) Insurance. The Company and its Significant Subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as the Company believes are prudent and customary in its and its Significant Subsidiaries' respective businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries has
(i) received written notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or

11

other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(ff) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of the Company and each of the Guarantors, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

(gg) Solvency. On and immediately after the Closing Date, the Company (after giving effect to the issuance of the Securities and the other transactions related thereto as described in the Offering Memorandum and on a consolidated basis) will be Solvent. As used in this paragraph, the term "Solvent" means, with respect to a particular date, that on such date (i) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of the Company is not less than the total amount required to pay the liabilities of the Company on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured; (ii) the Company is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business; (iii) assuming consummation of the issuance of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum, the Company is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; (iv) the Company is not engaged in any business or transaction, and does not propose to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which the Company is engaged; and (v) the Company is not a defendant in any civil action that would result in a judgment that the Company is or would become unable to satisfy.

(hh) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary's capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary's properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company other than such restrictions on Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II, Trinity Rail Leasing I L.P. and Trinity Rail Leasing III L.P.

(ii) No Broker's Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would

12

give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Initial Purchaser for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities.

(jj) Rule 144A Eligibility. On the Closing Date, the Securities will not be of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Exchange Act or quoted in an automated inter-dealer quotation system; and each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, as of its respective date, contains or will contain all the information that, if requested by a prospective purchaser of the Securities, would be required to be provided to such prospective purchaser pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(kk) No Integration. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D) has, directly or through any agent, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act), that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act.

(ll) No General Solicitation or Directed Selling Efforts. None of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which no representation is made) has (i) solicited offers for, or offered or sold, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or (ii) engaged in any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S, and all such persons have complied with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.

(mm) Securities Law Exemptions. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section
1(b) (including Annex A hereto) and their compliance with their agreements set forth therein, it is not necessary, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers and the offer, resale and delivery of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum, to register the Securities under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

(nn) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities.

(oo) Margin Rules. Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in the Offering Memorandum will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

13

(pp) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

(qq) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company or any of the Guarantors to believe that the statistical and market-related data included or incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

4. Further Agreements of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and each of the Guarantors jointly and severally covenant and agree with each Initial Purchaser that:

(a) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver to the Initial Purchasers as many copies of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum (including all amendments and supplements thereto) as the Representative may reasonably request.

(b) Amendments or Supplements. Before making or distributing any amendment or supplement to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or filing with the Commission any document that will be incorporated by reference therein, the Company will furnish to the Representative and counsel for the Initial Purchasers a copy of the proposed amendment or supplement or document to be incorporated by reference therein for review, and will not distribute any such proposed amendment or supplement or file any such document with the Commission to which the Representative reasonably objects.

(c) Notice to the Representative. The Company will advise the Representative promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) of the issuance by any governmental or regulatory authority of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;
(ii) of the occurrence of any event at any time prior to the completion of the initial offering of the Securities as a result of which the Offering Memorandum as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Offering Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or suspending any such qualification of the Securities and, if any such order is issued, will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

14

(d) Ongoing Compliance of the Offering Memorandum. If at any time prior to the completion of the initial offering of the Securities (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Offering Memorandum as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Offering Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with law, the Company will immediately notify the Initial Purchasers thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (b) above, furnish to the Initial Purchasers such amendments or supplements to the Offering Memorandum (or any document to be filed with the Commission and incorporated by reference therein) as may be necessary so that the statements in the Offering Memorandum as so amended or supplemented (or including such document to be incorporated by reference therein) will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Offering Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Offering Memorandum will comply with law.

(e) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the offering and resale of the Securities; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(f) Clear Market. During the period from the date hereof through and including the date that is 90 days after the date hereof, the Company and each of the Guarantors will not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors and having a tenor of more than one year.

(g) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Offering Memorandum under the heading "Use of Proceeds."

(h) Supplying Information. While the Securities remain outstanding and are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, during any period in which the Company is not subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, furnish to holders of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities designated by such holders, upon the request of such holders or such prospective purchasers, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

15

(i) PORTAL and DTC. The Company will assist the Initial Purchasers in arranging for the Securities to be designated Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") Market securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") relating to trading in the PORTAL Market and for the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company ("DTC").

(j) No Resales by the Company. Until the issuance of the Exchange Securities, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) to, resell any of the Securities that have been acquired by any of them, except for Securities purchased by the Company or any of its affiliates and resold in a transaction registered under the Securities Act.

(k) No Integration. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates (as defined in Rule 501(b) of Regulation D) will, directly or through any agent, sell, offer for sale, solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act), that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act.

(l) No General Solicitation or Directed Selling Efforts. None of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to which no covenant is given) will (i) solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or (ii) engage in any directed selling efforts within the meaning of Regulation S, and all such persons will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S.

(m) No Stabilization. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities.

5. Conditions of Initial Purchasers' Obligations. The obligation of each Initial Purchaser to purchase Securities on the Closing Date as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company and each of the Guarantors of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date; and the statements of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date.

16

(b) No Downgrade. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Securities or any other debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization", as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of the Securities or of any other debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

(c) No Material Adverse Change. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, no event or condition of a type described in Section 3(d) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Offering Memorandum (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto or any document filed with the Commission after the date hereof and incorporated by reference therein) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representative makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum.

(d) Officer's Certificate. The Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date a certificate of an executive officer of the Company and of each Guarantor who has specific knowledge of the Company's or such Guarantor's financial matters and is reasonably satisfactory to the Representative (i) confirming that such officer has carefully reviewed the Offering Memorandum and, to the knowledge of such officer, the representation set forth in Section 3(a) hereof is true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company and the Guarantors have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) above.

(e) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date, Ernst & Young, LLP shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum; provided, however, that the letter delivered on the Closing Date shall use a "cut-off" date no more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

(f) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. (1) Haynes and Boone, LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect set forth in Annex

17

B hereto; and (2) Theis Rice, Vice President of Legal Affairs of the Company, shall have furnished to the Representative, at the request of the Company, his written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Initial Purchasers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect set forth in Annex C hereto.

(g) Opinion of Counsel for the Initial Purchasers. The Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date an opinion of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, with respect to such matters as the Representative may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(h) No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities or the issuance of the Guarantees; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities or the issuance of the Guarantees.

(i) Good Standing. The Representative shall have received on and as of the Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and the Guarantors in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing in such other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication, from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(j) Registration Rights Agreement. The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement that shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the Company and each of the Guarantors.

(k) Amended and Restated Credit Agreement. Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement the Initial Purchasers shall have received executed copies thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers and counsel to the Initial Purchasers.

(l) PORTAL and DTC. The Securities shall have been approved by the NASD for trading in the PORTAL Market and shall be eligible for clearance and settlement through DTC.

(m) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall have furnished to the Representative such further certificates and documents as the Representative may reasonably request.

18

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers.

6. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) Indemnification of the Initial Purchasers. The Company and each of the Guarantors jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Initial Purchaser within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through the Representative expressly for use therein; provided, however, that with respect to any such untrue statement in or omission from the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Initial Purchaser to the extent that the sale to the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability was an initial resale by such Initial Purchaser and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of or with respect to such Initial Purchaser results from the fact that both (i) a copy of the Offering Memorandum (excluding any documents incorporated by reference therein) was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person and (ii) the untrue statement in or omission from such Preliminary Offering Memorandum was corrected in the Offering Memorandum unless, in either case, such failure to deliver the Offering Memorandum was a result of non-compliance by the Company with the provisions of Section 4 hereof.

(b) Indemnification of the Company. Each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the Guarantors, their respective directors, officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Initial Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through the Representative expressly for use in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum (or any amendment or

19

supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information consists of the following: the information contained in the third paragraph, the fifth and sixth sentences of the eighth paragraph, and the tenth paragraph under the heading "Plan of Distribution."

(c) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such person (the "Indemnified Person") shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the "Indemnifying Person") in writing; provided, however, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further, however, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this
Section 6. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 6 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and any such separate firm for the Company, the Guarantors and any control persons of the Company and the Guarantors shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and ex-

20

penses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company from the sale of the Securities and the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers in connection therewith, as provided in this Agreement, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any Guarantor or by the Initial Purchasers and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Limitation on Liability. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 6 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by

21

an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, in no event shall an Initial Purchaser be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discounts and commissions received by such Initial Purchaser with respect to the offering of the Securities exceeds the amount of any damages that such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial Purchasers' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 6 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.

(f) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this
Section 6 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

7. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representative, by notice to the Company, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on the New York Stock Exchange or the over-the-counter market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representative, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum.

8. Defaulting Initial Purchaser. (a) If, on the Closing Date, any Initial Purchaser defaults on its obligation to purchase the Securities that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Securities by other persons satisfactory to the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Initial Purchaser, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers to purchase such Securities on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser, either the non defaulting Initial Purchasers or the Company may postpone the Closing Date for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Initial Purchasers may be necessary in

22

the Offering Memorandum or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term "Initial Purchaser" includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 8, purchases Securities that a defaulting Initial Purchaser agreed but failed to purchase.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities that remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser to purchase the principal amount of Securities that such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder plus such Initial Purchaser's pro rata share (based on the principal amount of Securities that such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities that remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all the Securities, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8 shall be without liability on the part of the Company or the Guarantors, except that the Company and each of the Guarantors will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 9 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 6 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser of any liability it may have to the Company, the Guarantors or any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser for damages caused by its default.

9. Payment of Expenses. (a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company and each of the Guarantors jointly and severally agree to pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of their respective obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Securities and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation and printing of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum (including any amendment or supplement thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing each of the Transaction Documents; (iv) the fees and expenses of the Company's and the Guarantors' counsel and independent accountants; (v) the reasonable fees and ex-

23

penses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Securities under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers); (vi) any fees charged by rating agencies for rating the Securities; (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any paying agent (including related fees and expenses of any counsel to such parties); (viii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with the application for the inclusion of the Securities on the PORTAL Market and the approval of the Securities for book-entry transfer by DTC; and (ix) all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any "road show" presentation to potential investors. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Initial Purchasers will pay all of their own costs and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of their counsel and transfer taxes, if any, on the resale of Securities by them.

(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 7,
(ii) the Company for any reason fails to tender the Securities for delivery to the Initial Purchasers or (iii) the Initial Purchasers decline to purchase the Securities for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company and each of the Guarantors jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Initial Purchasers for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Initial Purchasers in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

10. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and any controlling persons referred to herein, and the affiliates, officers and directors of each Initial Purchaser referred to in
Section 6 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Securities from any Initial Purchaser shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

11. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Securities and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers.

12. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term "affiliate" has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term "business day" means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term "Exchange Act"

24

means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and (d) the term "subsidiary" has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

13. Miscellaneous. (a) Authority of the Representative. Any action by the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be taken by the Representative on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and any such action taken by the Representative shall be binding upon the Initial Purchasers.

(b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Initial Purchasers shall be given to the Representative at J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (fax: (212) 270-1063), Attention: Steven Tulip. Notices to the Company and the Guarantors shall be given to them at Trinity Industries, Inc., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207 (fax: (214) 589-8824), Attention: Theis Rice, Vice President of Legal Affairs.

(c) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof to the extent the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(e) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(f) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

25

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

Very truly yours,

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: /s/ John L. Adams
    ------------------------------------------
    Name:  John L. Adams
    Title: Executive Vice President

Guarantors:

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY
TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.
TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

By: /s/ John L. Adams
    ------------------------------------------
    Name:  John L. Adams
    Title: Executive Vice President of each of
           the Guarantors listed above

S-1

Accepted: March 5, 2004

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

For itself and on behalf of the
several Initial Purchasers listed
in Schedule 1 hereto (other than
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC)

By /s/ Scott Leahy
   ------------------------------------
         Authorized Signatory

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC

By /s/ Paul Scherzer
   ----------------------------------
         Authorized Signatory

S-2

EXHIBIT 1.2
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (this "Amendment") to the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004 (the "Purchase Agreement") by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors (as defined in the Purchase Agreement and together with the Company, the "Issuers") and each of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein Securities LLC, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Wachovia Securities LLC and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc (collectively, the "Initial Purchasers") is entered into and made effective as of March 9, 2004. Defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers have entered into the Purchase Agreement in connection with the offering of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers' 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014; and

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers desire to amend the Purchase Agreement as provided herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.

Section 2(a) of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

1. Purchase and Resale of the Securities. (a) The Company agrees to issue and sell the Securities to the several Initial Purchasers as provided in this Agreement, and each Initial Purchaser, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective principal amount of Securities set forth opposite such Initial Purchaser's name in Schedule 1 hereto at a price equal to 98.3375%, in the case of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., or 98.25%, in the case of each other Initial Purchaser, of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, from March 10, 2004 to the Closing Date. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any of the Securities except upon payment for all the Securities to be purchased as provided herein.


2. REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY.

The Company and the Guarantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Initial Purchaser that they will not use amounts received by the Company as a result of the increase of the purchase price paid by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. for the Securities pursuant to this Amendment for any unlawful purpose.

3. CONTINUING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT. This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment or modification of any other provision of the Purchase Agreement not expressly referred to herein. Except as expressly amended or modified herein, the provisions of the Purchase Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof to the extent the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

5. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party. The exchange of copies of this Amendment and of signature pages by facsimile transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Amendment as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Amendment for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original for any purpose whatsoever.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: /s/ S. Theis Rice
    ---------------------------------------------
    Name: S. Theis Rice
    Title: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Guarantors:

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY
TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.
TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

By: /s/ Michael G. Fortado
    ----------------------------------------------
    Name: Michael G. Fortado
    Title: Vice President and Secretary


J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

For itself and on behalf of the
several Initial Purchasers listed
in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement

By /s/ Scott Leahy
   ---------------------------
     Authorized Signatory


EXHIBIT 3.3

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE COMPANY

* * * * *

1. The name of the corporation is

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE COMPANY

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of Common shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) and the par value of each of such shares is One Dollar ($1.00) amounting in the aggregate to One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).


5A. The name and mailing address of each incorporator is as follows:

    NAME                     MAILING ADDRESS

J.L. Austin              Corporation Trust Center
                         1209 Orange Street
                         Wilmington, Delaware 19801

M.C. Kinnamon            Corporation Trust Center
                         1209 Orange Street
                         Wilmington, Delaware 19801

T.L. Ford                Corporation Trust Center
                         1209 Orange Street
                         Wilmington, Delaware 19801

5B. The name and mailing address of each person, who is to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until a successor is elected and qualified, is as follows:

       NAME                MAILING ADDRESS

W.Ray Wallace          2525 Stemmons Freeway Dallas,
                       Texas 75207

K.W. Lewis             2525 Stemmons Freeway Dallas,
                       Texas 75207

Dean Phelps            2525 Stemmons Freeway
                       Dallas, Texas 75207

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.


8. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation shall so provide.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation.

9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

10. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

11. This certificate of incorporation shall be effective on September 30, 1991.


WE, THE UNDERSIGNED, being each of the incorporators hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is our act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set our hands this 25th day of September, 1991.

/s/ J. L. Austin
------------------------------------
J. L. Austin

/s/ M. C. Kinnamon
------------------------------------
M. C. Kinnamon

/s/ T. L. Ford
------------------------------------
T. L. Ford


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

* * * * *

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE COMPANY be amended by changing Article One thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall read as follows:

The name of the corporation is TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE &
MATERIALS COMPANY.

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Transit Mix Concrete Company has caused this certificate to be signed by F. Dean Phelps, its Vice President, and attested by Neil O. Shoop, its Assistant Secretary, this 28th day of February, 1992.

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE COMPANY

                                            By:   /s/ F. DEAN PHELPS
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  F. Dean Phelps,
                                                  Vice President

ATTEST:

/s/ NEIL O. SHOOP
---------------------------
Neil O. Shoop,
Assistant Secretary


EXHIBIT 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY

Amended: November 15, 2001


BYLAWS OF

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
ARTICLE I          MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS .............................................................       1

Section    1.1     Annual Meetings ......................................................................       1
Section    1.2     Special Meetings .....................................................................       1
Section    1.3     Notice of Meetings ...................................................................       1
Section    1.4     Quorum ...............................................................................       1
Section    1.5     Adjournments .........................................................................       1
Section    1.6     Voting ...............................................................................       1
Section    1.7     Proxies ..............................................................................       2
Section    1.8     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote ................................................       2
Section    1.9     Action by Consent ....................................................................       2

ARTICLE II         BOARD OF DIRECTORS ...................................................................       2

Section    2.1     General...............................................................................       2
Section    2.2     Number ...............................................................................       3
Section    2.3     Election and Term of Office ..........................................................       3
Section    2.4     Vacancies and Additional Directorships ...............................................       3
Section    2.5     Meetings .............................................................................       3
Section    2.6     Notice of Meetings ...................................................................       3
Section    2.7     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence ................................................       3
Section    2.8     Resignation of Directors .............................................................       3
Section    2.9     Removal of Directors .................................................................       4
Section    2.10    Action by Consent ....................................................................       4

ARTICLE III        COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD ..............................................................       4

Section    3.1     Designation, Power, Alternative Members
                   and Term of Office ...................................................................       4
Section    3.2     Meetings, Notices and Records ........................................................       4
Section    3.3     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence.................................................       5
Section    3.4     Resignations..........................................................................       5
Section    3.5     Removal...............................................................................       5
Section    3.6     Vacancies.............................................................................       5
Section    3.7     Action by Consent.....................................................................       5

i

ARTICLE IV         OFFICERS .............................................................................       5

Section    4.1     Officers..............................................................................       5
Section    4.2     Election, Term of Office and Qualifications ..........................................       5
Section    4.3     Resignations .........................................................................       6
Section    4.4     Removal ..............................................................................       6
Section    4.5     Vacancies.............................................................................       6
Section    4.6     Chairman of the Board ................................................................       6
Section    4.7     The President ........................................................................       6
Section    4.8     Vice President .......................................................................       6
Section    4.9     The Treasurer ........................................................................       7
Section    4.10    The Secretary ........................................................................       7
Section    4.11    Assistant Secretaries, Assistant
                   Treasurers and Subordinate Officers ..................................................       7

ARTICLE V          INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF
                   CORPORATE FUNDS ......................................................................       8

Section    5.1     Borrowing ............................................................................       8
Section    5.2     Deposits .............................................................................       8
Section    5.3     Checks, Drafts, Etc. .................................................................       8

ARTICLE VI         STOCK ................................................................................       8

Section    6.1     Certificates..........................................................................       8
Section    6.2     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock
                   Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates ...........................................       8

ARTICLE VII        MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .............................................................       9

Section    7.1     Offices ..............................................................................       9
Section    7.2     Fiscal Year ..........................................................................       9
Section    7.3     Corporate Seal .......................................................................       9
Section    7.4     Voting of Stock ......................................................................       9
Section    7.5     Record Dates .........................................................................       9

ARTICLE VIII       INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY ........................................................      10

Section    8.1     Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other
                   Than by or in the Right of the Corporation ...........................................      10
Section    8.2     Actions or Suits by or in the Right of
                   the Corporation ......................................................................      10
Section    8.3     Indemnification for Costs, Charges and
                   Expenses of Successful Party .........................................................      11

ii

Section    8.4     Determination of Right to Indemnification ............................................      11
Section    8.5     Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses ...............................................      11
Section    8.6     Procedure for Indemnification ........................................................      11
Section    8.7     Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification ...............................      12
Section    8.8     Insurance ..................................................... ......................      12
Section    8.9     Liability of Directors ...............................................................      12
Section    8.10    Savings Clause .......................................................................      12

iii

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY

---oOo---

BYLAWS

---o0o---

I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held in each year or at such time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 1.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, to be held on such date, and at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the caller shall direct.

Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of every meeting of stockholders stating the date and time when, and the place where, it is to be held shall be delivered personally or mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, except as otherwise provided by law. The purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called may in the case of an annual meeting, and shall in the case of a special meeting, also be stated. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to a stockholder at such stockholder's address as it shall appear on the records of the Corporation, or at such other address as such stockholder may have furnished, in writing, to the Secretary for such purpose.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 1.4 Quorum. The presence at any meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 1.5 Adjournments. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, or, if no stockholder entitled to vote is present in person or by proxy, any officer entitled to preside at or act as secretary of such meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

Section 1.6 Voting. At each meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, every holder of record of stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of such stock outstanding in his name on the records of the Corporation.

Directors shall be chosen by a plurality of the votes cast at the election by the holders of the class of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, and, except as otherwise provided by law, the


Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all other questions shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on such question, provided that the Board of Directors may require a larger vote upon any such question.

Section 1.7 Proxies. Any stockholder entitled to vote may vote by proxy, provided that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing (which shall include telegraphing or cabling) by the stockholder himself or by such stockholder's duly authorized attorney, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 1.8 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.9 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent or consents thereto setting forth such action shall be signed by the holders of record of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation at such places required by this Section.

Prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1 General. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

2

Section 2.2 Number. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The initial Board of Directors and subsequent Boards of Directors shall consist of three directors until changed as herein provided.

Section 2.3 Election and Term of Office. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2.4. Directors (whether elected at an annual meeting or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall continue in office until the next annual election and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 2.4 Vacancies and Additional Directorships. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. In the event of the resignation of directors effective at a future date, such vacancies may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, effective on such future date.

Section 2.5 Meetings. The Board of Directors by resolution may provide for the holding of regular meetings and may fix the times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, at which such meetings shall be held.

Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two directors.

Section 2.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board.

Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting shall be mailed to all directors, addressed to their residences or usual places of business, at least two days before the day of the meeting, or shall be sent to them at such places by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to them personally, not later than the day before the date on which the special meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, need not state the purpose thereof.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to a director who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, in a signed writing.

Section 2.7 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the total number of directors then holding office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held and adjourned without further notice or waiver. A majority of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present may decide any question brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.8 Resignation of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice

3

President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 2.9 Removal of Directors. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, either with or without cause, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of directors.

Section 2.10 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

III

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

Section 3.1 Designation, Power, Alternative Members and Term of Office. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof to be affixed to or reproduced on all such papers as said committee shall designate. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee who, in the order specified by the Board of Directors, may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If at a meeting of any committee one or more of the members thereof should be absent or disqualified, and if either the Board of Directors has not so designated any alternate member or members, or the number of absent or disqualified members exceeds the number of alternate members who are present at such meeting, then the member or members of such committee (including alternates) present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, subject to these Bylaws; provided, however, that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall ipso facto cease to be a committee member. Each committee shall appoint a secretary, who may be the Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Secretary thereof.

Section 3.2 Meetings, Notices and Records. Each committee may provide for the holding of regular meetings, with or without notice, and may fix the times and places at which such meetings shall be held. Special meetings of each committee shall be held upon call by or at the direction of its chairman or, if there be no chairman, by or at the direction of any one of its members. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting of a committee shall be mailed to each member of such committee, addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to such member at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to such member personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but need not state the purposes thereof, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

4

Notice of any meeting of a committee need not be given to any member thereof who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in a signed writing. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings.

Section 3.3 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of any committee the presence of a majority of its members then in office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when a committee consists of one member, then the one member shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice or waiver. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Subject to the foregoing and other provisions of these Bylaws and except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business.

Members of any committee may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.4 Resignations. Any member of a committee may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5 Removal. Any member of any committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.6 Vacancies. If any vacancy shall occur in any committee by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or otherwise, the remaining member or members of such committee, so long as a quorum is present, may continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.7 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, as the Board of Directors may elect. The Board of Directors from time to time may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

5

Section 4.3 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.4 Removal. Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

Section 4.5 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for regular election to such office.

Section 4.6 Chairman of the Board. In the event the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such officer shall be, unless another officer is otherwise so designated, the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have general powers of oversight, supervision and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise delegate such duties, the Chairman of the Board shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees.

Section 4.7 The President. The President shall serve under the general direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, and if no Chairman of the Board is appointed, shall serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers elected by the Board) and may sign, with any other officer thereunto duly authorized, certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature), and may sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent. The President shall, if no Chairman of the Board is appointed or in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or these Bylaws.

Section 4.8 Vice President. The Vice President, or, if more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order established by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Board of Directors may add such designations to any Vice President's title of office as the Board deems appropriate to designate such officer's level of superiority or such officer's areas of responsibility. Each such Vice President shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

6

Section 4.9 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipt and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; shall deposit all monies, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors; and shall have and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board of Directors, at regular meetings of the Board, whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions.

Section 4.10 The Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book or books to be kept for that purpose;

(b) cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law;

(c) whenever any committee shall be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors, furnish the chairman of such committee with a copy of such resolution;

(d) be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation, and cause such seal to be affixed to or a facsimile to be reproduced on all certificates representing stock of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation shall have been duly authorized;

(e) see that the lists, books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed;

(f) have charge of the stock and transfer books of the Corporation, and exhibit such stock book at all reasonable times to such persons as are entitled by law to have access thereto;

(g) sign (unless the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer shall sign) certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature); and

(h) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

Section 4.11 Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have the power to perform, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, such duties as may be required to be performed by the Secretary and Treasurer respectively, and shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Corporation may have such assistant and subordinate officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or President may prescribe.

7

V

INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

Section 5.1 Borrowing. No loans or advances shall be obtained or contracted for, by or on behalf of the Corporation, and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or conformed to specific instances. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may obtain loans and advances for the Corporation, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may pledge, hypothecate or transfer as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, bonds, other securities and other property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same and do every act and thing necessary or proper in connection therewith.

Section 5.2 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the Corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be made in such manner as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine.

Section 5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as from time to time shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

VI

STOCK

Section 6.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a stock certificate or certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the stock certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a stock certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such stock certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 6.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any stock certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such stock certificate or the issuance of such new stock certificate.

8

VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1 Offices. The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at the office of The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this Corporation at such office. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

Section 7.3 Corporate Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and contain the name of the Corporation. Such seal may be altered from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.4 Voting of Stock. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Board of Directors, all stock owned by the Corporation, other than Stock of the Corporation, shall be voted on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

Section 7.5 Record Dates. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining

9

stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

Section 8.1 Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigation (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.2 Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

10

Section 8.3 Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 8.4 Determination of Right to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders, that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article.

Section 8.5 Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses. Costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced unless it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

Section 8.6 Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3, or advance of costs, charges and expenses under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 of this Article, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such persons' costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 7.5 of this Article where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 of this Article, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

11

Section 8.7 Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. All right to indemnification under this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder.

Section 8.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

Section 8.9 Liability of Directors. No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 8.10 Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

Amended: November 15, 2001

12

EXHIBIT 3.5

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY

ARTICLE I.

Name

The name of the corporation is Trinity Industries Leasing Company.

ARTICLE II.

Registered Office and Agent

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III.

Purpose

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV.

Authorized Capital Stock

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, with a par value of one dollar ($1.00) per share.


ARTICLE V.

Sole Incorporator

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

J. J. French, Jr.

First RepublicBank Center
3600 Tower II
Dallas, Texas 75201

ARTICLE VI.

Directors

The name and mailing address of each person who is to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until a successor is elected and qualified are as follows:

        NAME                 MAILING ADDRESS

W. Ray Wallace           2525 Stemmons Freeway Dallas,
                         Texas 75207

K. W. Lewis              2525 Stemmons Freeway Dallas,
                         Texas 75207

F. Dean Phelps, Jr.      2525 Stemmons Freeway
                         Dallas, Texas 75207

ARTICLE VII.

Duration

The corporation is to have a perpetual existence.


ARTICLE VIII.

Bylaws

The Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal bylaws of the corporation, but the stockholders may make additional bylaws and may alter or repeal any bylaws whether adopted by them or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX.

Liability of Directors

No director of the corporation shall be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

ARTICLE X.

Written Ballots Not Required

Election of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE XI.

Denial of Cumulative Voting

Cumulative voting in the election of directors or otherwise is hereby expressly prohibited. At each election of directors, each stockholder entitled to vote at such election shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock owned by him; no stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate his votes by giving one candidate as many votes as the number of such directors to be elected


multiplied by the number of shares owned by such stockholder shall equal, or to distribute such votes on the same principle among any number of such candidates.

ARTICLE XII.

Denial of Preemptive Rights

No stockholder shall have any preemptive right to subscribe to an additional issue of stock or to any security which is convertible into or grants an option upon such stock, but such shares of stock or other securities convertible into or granting an option upon stock may be issued or disposed of by the Board of Directors to such persons and on such terms as in its discretion the Board of Directors shall deem advisable.

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly I have hereunto set my hand this 22nd day of December, 1987.

/s/ J.J. French, Jr.
----------------------------
J. J. French, Jr.


EXHIBIT 3.6

BYLAWS

OF

TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY

Amended: November 15, 2001


BYLAWS OF

TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                            Page
                                                                                                            ----
ARTICLE I          MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS .............................................................     1

Section    1.1     Annual Meetings ......................................................................     1
Section    1.2     Special Meetings .....................................................................     1
Section    1.3     Notice of Meetings ...................................................................     1
Section    1.4     Quorum ...............................................................................     1
Section    1.5     Adjournments .........................................................................     1
Section    1.6     Voting ...............................................................................     1
Section    1.7     Proxies ..............................................................................     2
Section    1.8     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote ................................................     2
Section    1.9     Action by Consent ....................................................................     2

ARTICLE II         BOARD OF DIRECTORS ...................................................................     2

Section    2.1     General...............................................................................     2
Section    2.2     Number ...............................................................................     3
Section    2.3     Election and Term of Office ..........................................................     3
Section    2.4     Vacancies and Additional Directorships ...............................................     3
Section    2.5     Meetings .............................................................................     3
Section    2.6     Notice of Meetings ...................................................................     3
Section    2.7     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence ................................................     3
Section    2.8     Resignation of Directors .............................................................     3
Section    2.9     Removal of Directors .................................................................     4
Section    2.10    Action by Consent ....................................................................     4

ARTICLE III        COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD ..............................................................     4

Section    3.1     Designation, Power, Alternative Members
                   and Term of Office ...................................................................     4
Section    3.2     Meetings, Notices and Records ........................................................     4
Section    3.3     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence.................................................     5
Section    3.4     Resignations..........................................................................     5
Section    3.5     Removal...............................................................................     5
Section    3.6     Vacancies.............................................................................     5
Section    3.7     Action by Consent.....................................................................     5

i

ARTICLE IV         OFFICERS .............................................................................     5

Section    4.1     Officers..............................................................................     5
Section    4.2     Election, Term of Office and Qualifications ..........................................     5
Section    4.3     Resignations .........................................................................     6
Section    4.4     Removal ..............................................................................     6
Section    4.5     Vacancies.............................................................................     6
Section    4.6     Chairman of the Board ................................................................     6
Section    4.7     The President ........................................................................     6
Section    4.8     Vice President .......................................................................     6
Section    4.9     The Treasurer ........................................................................     7
Section    4.10    The Secretary ........................................................................     7
Section    4.11    Assistant Secretaries, Assistant
                   Treasurers and Subordinate Officers ..................................................     7

ARTICLE V          INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF
                   CORPORATE FUNDS ......................................................................     8

Section    5.1     Borrowing ............................................................................     8
Section    5.2     Deposits .............................................................................     8
Section    5.3     Checks, Drafts, Etc. .................................................................     8

ARTICLE VI         STOCK ................................................................................     8

Section    6.1     Certificates..........................................................................     8
Section    6.2     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock
                   Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates ...........................................     8

ARTICLE VII        MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .............................................................     9

Section    7.1     Offices ..............................................................................     9
Section    7.2     Fiscal Year ..........................................................................     9
Section    7.3     Corporate Seal .......................................................................     9
Section    7.4     Voting of Stock ......................................................................     9
Section    7.5     Record Dates .........................................................................     9

ARTICLE VIII       INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY ........................................................    10

Section    8.1     Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other
                   Than by or in the Right of the Corporation ...........................................    10
Section    8.2     Actions or Suits by or in the Right of
                   the Corporation ......................................................................    10
Section    8.3     Indemnification for Costs, Charges and
                   Expenses of Successful Party .........................................................    11

ii

Section    8.4     Determination of Right to Indemnification ............................................    11
Section    8.5     Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses ...............................................    11
Section    8.6     Procedure for Indemnification ........................................................    11
Section    8.7     Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification ...............................    12
Section    8.8     Insurance ..................................................... ......................    12
Section    8.9     Liability of Directors ...............................................................    12
Section    8.10    Savings Clause .......................................................................    12

iii

TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY

---oOo---

BYLAWS

---o0o---

I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held in each year or at such time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 1.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, to be held on such date, and at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the caller shall direct.

Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of every meeting of stockholders stating the date and time when, and the place where, it is to be held shall be delivered personally or mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, except as otherwise provided by law. The purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called may in the case of an annual meeting, and shall in the case of a special meeting, also be stated. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to a stockholder at such stockholder's address as it shall appear on the records of the Corporation, or at such other address as such stockholder may have furnished, in writing, to the Secretary for such purpose.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 1.4 Quorum. The presence at any meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 1.5 Adjournments. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, or, if no stockholder entitled to vote is present in person or by proxy, any officer entitled to preside at or act as secretary of such meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

Section 1.6 Voting. At each meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, every holder of record of stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of such stock outstanding in his name on the records of the Corporation.

Directors shall be chosen by a plurality of the votes cast at the election by the holders of the class of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, and, except as otherwise provided by law, the


Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all other questions shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on such question, provided that the Board of Directors may require a larger vote upon any such question.

Section 1.7 Proxies. Any stockholder entitled to vote may vote by proxy, provided that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing (which shall include telegraphing or cabling) by the stockholder himself or by such stockholder's duly authorized attorney, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 1.8 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.9 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent or consents thereto setting forth such action shall be signed by the holders of record of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation at such places required by this Section.

Prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1 General. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

2

Section 2.2 Number. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The initial Board of Directors and subsequent Boards of Directors shall consist of three directors until changed as herein provided.

Section 2.3 Election and Term of Office. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2.4. Directors (whether elected at an annual meeting or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall continue in office until the next annual election and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 2.4 Vacancies and Additional Directorships. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. In the event of the resignation of directors effective at a future date, such vacancies may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, effective on such future date.

Section 2.5 Meetings. The Board of Directors by resolution may provide for the holding of regular meetings and may fix the times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, at which such meetings shall be held.

Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two directors.

Section 2.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board.

Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting shall be mailed to all directors, addressed to their residences or usual places of business, at least two days before the day of the meeting, or shall be sent to them at such places by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to them personally, not later than the day before the date on which the special meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, need not state the purpose thereof.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to a director who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, in a signed writing.

Section 2.7 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the total number of directors then holding office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held and adjourned without further notice or waiver. A majority of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present may decide any question brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.8 Resignation of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice

3

President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 2.9 Removal of Directors. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, either with or without cause, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of directors.

Section 2.10 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

III

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

Section 3.1 Designation, Power, Alternative Members and Term of Office. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof to be affixed to or reproduced on all such papers as said committee shall designate. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee who, in the order specified by the Board of Directors, may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If at a meeting of any committee one or more of the members thereof should be absent or disqualified, and if either the Board of Directors has not so designated any alternate member or members, or the number of absent or disqualified members exceeds the number of alternate members who are present at such meeting, then the member or members of such committee (including alternates) present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, subject to these Bylaws; provided, however, that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall ipso facto cease to be a committee member. Each committee shall appoint a secretary, who may be the Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Secretary thereof.

Section 3.2 Meetings, Notices and Records. Each committee may provide for the holding of regular meetings, with or without notice, and may fix the times and places at which such meetings shall be held. Special meetings of each committee shall be held upon call by or at the direction of its chairman or, if there be no chairman, by or at the direction of any one of its members. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting of a committee shall be mailed to each member of such committee, addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to such member at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to such member personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but need not state the purposes thereof, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

4

Notice of any meeting of a committee need not be given to any member thereof who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in a signed writing. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings.

Section 3.3 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of any committee the presence of a majority of its members then in office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when a committee consists of one member, then the one member shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice or waiver. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Subject to the foregoing and other provisions of these Bylaws and except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business.

Members of any committee may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.4 Resignations. Any member of a committee may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5 Removal. Any member of any committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.6 Vacancies. If any vacancy shall occur in any committee by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or otherwise, the remaining member or members of such committee, so long as a quorum is present, may continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.7 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, as the Board of Directors may elect. The Board of Directors from time to time may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

5

Section 4.3 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.4 Removal. Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

Section 4.5 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for regular election to such office.

Section 4.6 Chairman of the Board. In the event the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such officer shall be, unless another officer is otherwise so designated, the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have general powers of oversight, supervision and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise delegate such duties, the Chairman of the Board shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees.

Section 4.7 The President. The President shall serve under the general direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, and if no Chairman of the Board is appointed, shall serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers elected by the Board) and may sign, with any other officer thereunto duly authorized, certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature), and may sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent. The President shall, if no Chairman of the Board is appointed or in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or these Bylaws.

Section 4.8 Vice President. The Vice President, or, if more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order established by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Board of Directors may add such designations to any Vice President's title of office as the Board deems appropriate to designate such officer's level of superiority or such officer's areas of responsibility. Each such Vice President shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

6

Section 4.9 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipt and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; shall deposit all monies, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors; and shall have and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board of Directors, at regular meetings of the Board, whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions.

Section 4.10 The Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book or books to be kept for that purpose;

(b) cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law;

(c) whenever any committee shall be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors, furnish the chairman of such committee with a copy of such resolution;

(d) be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation, and cause such seal to be affixed to or a facsimile to be reproduced on all certificates representing stock of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation shall have been duly authorized;

(e) see that the lists, books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed;

(f) have charge of the stock and transfer books of the Corporation, and exhibit such stock book at all reasonable times to such persons as are entitled by law to have access thereto;

(g) sign (unless the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer shall sign) certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature); and

(h) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

Section 4.11 Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have the power to perform, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, such duties as may be required to be performed by the Secretary and Treasurer respectively, and shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Corporation may have such assistant and subordinate officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or President may prescribe.

7

V

INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

Section 5.1 Borrowing. No loans or advances shall be obtained or contracted for, by or on behalf of the Corporation, and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or conformed to specific instances. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may obtain loans and advances for the Corporation, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may pledge, hypothecate or transfer as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, bonds, other securities and other property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same and do every act and thing necessary or proper in connection therewith.

Section 5.2 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the Corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be made in such manner as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine.

Section 5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as from time to time shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

VI

STOCK

Section 6.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a stock certificate or certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the stock certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a stock certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such stock certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 6.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any stock certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such stock certificate or the issuance of such new stock certificate.

8

VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1 Offices. The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at the office of The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this Corporation at such office. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

Section 7.3 Corporate Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and contain the name of the Corporation. Such seal may be altered from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.4 Voting of Stock. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Board of Directors, all stock owned by the Corporation, other than Stock of the Corporation, shall be voted on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

Section 7.5 Record Dates. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining

9

stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

Section 8.1 Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigation (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.2 Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

10

Section 8.3 Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 8.4 Determination of Right to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders, that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article.

Section 8.5 Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses. Costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced unless it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

Section 8.6 Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3, or advance of costs, charges and expenses under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 of this Article, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such persons' costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 7.5 of this Article where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 of this Article, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

11

Section 8.7 Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. All right to indemnification under this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder.

Section 8.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

Section 8.9 Liability of Directors. No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 8.10 Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

Amended : November 15, 2001

12

EXHIBIT 3.7

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRINITY V, INC.

ARTICLE I.

Name

The name of the corporation is Trinity V, Inc.

ARTICLE II.

Registered Office and Agent

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III.

Purpose

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV.

Authorized Capital Stock

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, with a par value of one dollar ($1.00) per share.

ARTICLE V.

Sole Incorporator

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

Terri Atteberry 350 N. St. Paul Dallas, Texas 75201


ARTICLE VI.

Directors

The name and mailing address of each person who is to serve as a director until the first annual meeting of the stockholders or until a successor is elected and qualified are as follows:

        NAME               MAILING ADDRESS

W. Ray Wallace          2525 Stemmons Freeway Dallas,
                        Texas 75207

John T. Sanford         2525 Stemmons Freeway
                        Dallas, Texas 75207

F. Dean Phelps, Jr.     2525 Stemmons Freeway
                        Dallas, Texas 75207

ARTICLE VII.

Duration

The corporation is to have a perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VIII.

Bylaws

The Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal bylaws of the corporation, but the stockholders may make additional bylaws and may alter or repeal any bylaws whether adopted by them or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX.

Liability of Directors

No director of the corporation shall be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under


Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

ARTICLE X.

Written Ballots Not Required

Election of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE XI.

Denial of Cumulative Voting

Cumulative voting in the election of directors or otherwise is hereby expressly prohibited. At each election of directors, each stockholder entitled to vote at such election shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock owned by him; no stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate his votes by giving one candidate as many votes as the number of such directors to be elected multiplied by the number of shares owned by such stockholder shall equal, or to distribute such votes on the same principle among any number of such candidates.

ARTICLE XII.

Denial of Preemptive Rights

No stockholder shall have any preemptive right to subscribe to an additional issue of stock or to any security which is convertible into or grants an option upon such stock, but such shares of stock or other securities convertible into or granting an option upon stock may be issued or disposed of by the Board of Directors to such persons and on such terms as in its discretion the Board of Directors shall deem advisable.


THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly, I have hereunto set my hand this 14th day of March, 1996.

/s/ Terri Atteberry
---------------------------
Terri Atteberry


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

* * * * *

Trinity V, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the Board of Directors of said corporation, by the unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the Board, adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of Trinity V, Inc. be amended by changing the Article I thereof so that, as amended, said Article shall be read as follows:

"Article I: The name of the corporation is Trinity Marine Products, Inc."

SECOND: That in lieu of a meeting and vote of stockholders, the stockholders have given unanimous written consent to said amendment in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

THIRD: That the aforesaid amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Trinity V, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by John T. Sanford, its Senior Vice President and attested by Neil O. Shoop, its Assistant Secretary, this 19th day of August, 1996.

Trinity V, Inc.

                                            By:      /s/ John T. Sanford
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     John T. Sanford
                                                     Senior Vice President

ATTEST:

/s/ Neil O. Shoop
---------------------------
Neil O. Shoop
Assistant Secretary


EXHIBIT 3.8

BYLAWS

OF

TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.

Amended: November 15, 2001


BYLAWS OF

TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                              Page
                                                                                                              ----
ARTICLE I          MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS .............................................................       1

Section    1.1     Annual Meetings ......................................................................       1
Section    1.2     Special Meetings .....................................................................       1
Section    1.3     Notice of Meetings ...................................................................       1
Section    1.4     Quorum ...............................................................................       1
Section    1.5     Adjournments .........................................................................       1
Section    1.6     Voting ...............................................................................       1
Section    1.7     Proxies ..............................................................................       2
Section    1.8     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote ................................................       2
Section    1.9     Action by Consent ....................................................................       2

ARTICLE II         BOARD OF DIRECTORS ...................................................................       2

Section    2.1     General...............................................................................       2
Section    2.2     Number ...............................................................................       3
Section    2.3     Election and Term of Office ..........................................................       3
Section    2.4     Vacancies and Additional Directorships ...............................................       3
Section    2.5     Meetings .............................................................................       3
Section    2.6     Notice of Meetings ...................................................................       3
Section    2.7     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence ................................................       3
Section    2.8     Resignation of Directors .............................................................       3
Section    2.9     Removal of Directors .................................................................       4
Section    2.10    Action by Consent ....................................................................       4

ARTICLE III        COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD ..............................................................       4

Section    3.1     Designation, Power, Alternative Members
                   and Term of Office ...................................................................       4
Section    3.2     Meetings, Notices and Records ........................................................       4
Section    3.3     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence.................................................       5
Section    3.4     Resignations..........................................................................       5
Section    3.5     Removal...............................................................................       5
Section    3.6     Vacancies.............................................................................       5
Section    3.7     Action by Consent.....................................................................       5

i

ARTICLE IV         OFFICERS .............................................................................       5

Section    4.1     Officers..............................................................................       5
Section    4.2     Election, Term of Office and Qualifications ..........................................       5
Section    4.3     Resignations .........................................................................       6
Section    4.4     Removal ..............................................................................       6
Section    4.5     Vacancies.............................................................................       6
Section    4.6     Chairman of the Board ................................................................       6
Section    4.7     The President ........................................................................       6
Section    4.8     Vice President .......................................................................       6
Section    4.9     The Treasurer ........................................................................       7
Section    4.10    The Secretary ........................................................................       7
Section    4.11    Assistant Secretaries, Assistant
                   Treasurers and Subordinate Officers ..................................................       7

ARTICLE V          INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF
                   CORPORATE FUNDS ......................................................................       8

Section    5.1     Borrowing ............................................................................       8
Section    5.2     Deposits .............................................................................       8
Section    5.3     Checks, Drafts, Etc. .................................................................       8

ARTICLE VI         STOCK ................................................................................       8

Section    6.1     Certificates..........................................................................       8
Section    6.2     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock
                   Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates ...........................................       8

ARTICLE VII        MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .............................................................       9

Section    7.1     Offices ..............................................................................       9
Section    7.2     Fiscal Year ..........................................................................       9
Section    7.3     Corporate Seal .......................................................................       9
Section    7.4     Voting of Stock ......................................................................       9
Section    7.5     Record Dates .........................................................................       9

ARTICLE VIII       INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY ........................................................      10

Section    8.1     Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other
                   Than by or in the Right of the Corporation ...........................................      10
Section    8.2     Actions or Suits by or in the Right of
                   the Corporation ......................................................................      10
Section    8.3     Indemnification for Costs, Charges and
                   Expenses of Successful Party .........................................................      11

ii

Section    8.4     Determination of Right to Indemnification ...........................................       11
Section    8.5     Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses ..............................................       11
Section    8.6     Procedure for Indemnification .......................................................       11
Section    8.7     Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification ..............................       12
Section    8.8     Insurance ..................................................... .....................       12
Section    8.9     Liability of Directors ..............................................................       12
Section    8.10    Savings Clause ......................................................................       12

iii

TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.

---oOo---

BYLAWS

---o0o---

I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held in each year or at such time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 1.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, to be held on such date, and at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the caller shall direct.

Section 1.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of every meeting of stockholders stating the date and time when, and the place where, it is to be held shall be delivered personally or mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, except as otherwise provided by law. The purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called may in the case of an annual meeting, and shall in the case of a special meeting, also be stated. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to a stockholder at such stockholder's address as it shall appear on the records of the Corporation, or at such other address as such stockholder may have furnished, in writing, to the Secretary for such purpose.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

Section 1.4 Quorum. The presence at any meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 1.5 Adjournments. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, or, if no stockholder entitled to vote is present in person or by proxy, any officer entitled to preside at or act as secretary of such meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

Section 1.6 Voting. At each meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, every holder of record of stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of such stock outstanding in his name on the records of the Corporation.

Directors shall be chosen by a plurality of the votes cast at the election by the holders of the class of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, and, except as otherwise provided by law, the


Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all other questions shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on such question, provided that the Board of Directors may require a larger vote upon any such question.

Section 1.7 Proxies. Any stockholder entitled to vote may vote by proxy, provided that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing (which shall include telegraphing or cabling) by the stockholder himself or by such stockholder's duly authorized attorney, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 1.8 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.9 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent or consents thereto setting forth such action shall be signed by the holders of record of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation at such places required by this Section.

Prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1 General. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

2

Section 2.2 Number. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The initial Board of Directors and subsequent Boards of Directors shall consist of three directors until changed as herein provided.

Section 2.3 Election and Term of Office. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2.4. Directors (whether elected at an annual meeting or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall continue in office until the next annual election and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 2.4 Vacancies and Additional Directorships. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. In the event of the resignation of directors effective at a future date, such vacancies may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, effective on such future date.

Section 2.5 Meetings. The Board of Directors by resolution may provide for the holding of regular meetings and may fix the times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, at which such meetings shall be held.

Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two directors.

Section 2.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board.

Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting shall be mailed to all directors, addressed to their residences or usual places of business, at least two days before the day of the meeting, or shall be sent to them at such places by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to them personally, not later than the day before the date on which the special meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, need not state the purpose thereof.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to a director who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, in a signed writing.

Section 2.7 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the total number of directors then holding office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held and adjourned without further notice or waiver. A majority of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present may decide any question brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.8 Resignation of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice

3

President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 2.9 Removal of Directors. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, either with or without cause, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of directors.

Section 2.10 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

III

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

Section 3.1 Designation, Power, Alternative Members and Term of Office. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof to be affixed to or reproduced on all such papers as said committee shall designate. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee who, in the order specified by the Board of Directors, may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If at a meeting of any committee one or more of the members thereof should be absent or disqualified, and if either the Board of Directors has not so designated any alternate member or members, or the number of absent or disqualified members exceeds the number of alternate members who are present at such meeting, then the member or members of such committee (including alternates) present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, subject to these Bylaws; provided, however, that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall ipso facto cease to be a committee member. Each committee shall appoint a secretary, who may be the Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Secretary thereof.

Section 3.2 Meetings, Notices and Records. Each committee may provide for the holding of regular meetings, with or without notice, and may fix the times and places at which such meetings shall be held. Special meetings of each committee shall be held upon call by or at the direction of its chairman or, if there be no chairman, by or at the direction of any one of its members. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting of a committee shall be mailed to each member of such committee, addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to such member at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to such member personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but need not state the purposes thereof, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

4

Notice of any meeting of a committee need not be given to any member thereof who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in a signed writing. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings.

Section 3.3 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of any committee the presence of a majority of its members then in office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when a committee consists of one member, then the one member shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice or waiver. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Subject to the foregoing and other provisions of these Bylaws and except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business.

Members of any committee may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.4 Resignations. Any member of a committee may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 3.5 Removal. Any member of any committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.6 Vacancies. If any vacancy shall occur in any committee by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or otherwise, the remaining member or members of such committee, so long as a quorum is present, may continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.7 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, as the Board of Directors may elect. The Board of Directors from time to time may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

5

Section 4.3 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.4 Removal. Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

Section 4.5 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for regular election to such office.

Section 4.6 Chairman of the Board. In the event the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such officer shall be, unless another officer is otherwise so designated, the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have general powers of oversight, supervision and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise delegate such duties, the Chairman of the Board shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees.

Section 4.7 The President. The President shall serve under the general direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, and if no Chairman of the Board is appointed, shall serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers elected by the Board) and may sign, with any other officer thereunto duly authorized, certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature), and may sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent. The President shall, if no Chairman of the Board is appointed or in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or these Bylaws.

Section 4.8 Vice President. The Vice President, or, if more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order established by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Board of Directors may add such designations to any Vice President's title of office as the Board deems appropriate to designate such officer's level of superiority or such officer's areas of responsibility. Each such Vice President shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

6

Section 4.9 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipt and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; shall deposit all monies, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors; and shall have and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board of Directors, at regular meetings of the Board, whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions.

Section 4.10 The Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book or books to be kept for that purpose;

(b) cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law;

(c) whenever any committee shall be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors, furnish the chairman of such committee with a copy of such resolution;

(d) be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation, and cause such seal to be affixed to or a facsimile to be reproduced on all certificates representing stock of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation shall have been duly authorized;

(e) see that the lists, books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed;

(f) have charge of the stock and transfer books of the Corporation, and exhibit such stock book at all reasonable times to such persons as are entitled by law to have access thereto;

(g) sign (unless the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer shall sign) certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature); and

(h) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

Section 4.11 Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have the power to perform, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, such duties as may be required to be performed by the Secretary and Treasurer respectively, and shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Corporation may have such assistant and subordinate officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or President may prescribe.

7

V

INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

Section 5.1 Borrowing. No loans or advances shall be obtained or contracted for, by or on behalf of the Corporation, and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or conformed to specific instances. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may obtain loans and advances for the Corporation, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may pledge, hypothecate or transfer as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, bonds, other securities and other property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same and do every act and thing necessary or proper in connection therewith.

Section 5.2 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the Corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be made in such manner as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine.

Section 5.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as from time to time shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

VI

STOCK

Section 6.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a stock certificate or certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the stock certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a stock certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such stock certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 6.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any stock certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such stock certificate or the issuance of such new stock certificate.

8

VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1 Offices. The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at the office of The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this Corporation at such office. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

Section 7.3 Corporate Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and contain the name of the Corporation. Such seal may be altered from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.4 Voting of Stock. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Board of Directors, all stock owned by the Corporation, other than Stock of the Corporation, shall be voted on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

Section 7.5 Record Dates. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining

9

stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

Section 8.1 Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigation (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 8.2 Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

10

Section 8.3 Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

Section 8.4 Determination of Right to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders, that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article.

Section 8.5 Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses. Costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced unless it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

Section 8.6 Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3, or advance of costs, charges and expenses under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 of this Article, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such persons' costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 7.5 of this Article where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 of this Article, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

11

Section 8.7 Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. All right to indemnification under this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder.

Section 8.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

Section 8.9 Liability of Directors. No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 8.10 Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

Amended: November 15, 2001

12

EXHIBIT 3.9

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC

This Certificate of Formation of TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC (the "LLC") is being duly executed and filed by Vicki L. Martin as an authorized person to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. Section 18-101, et seq.).

FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is:

Trinity Rail Group, LLC

SECOND. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is:

1209 Orange Street Wilmington, Delaware 19801

THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the state of Delaware are:

The Corporation Trust Company 1209 Orange Street Wilmington, Delaware 19801

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the 26th day of December, 2001.

/s/ Vicki L. Martin
-------------------------------
VICKI L. MARTIN,
AUTHORIZED PERSON


EXHIBIT 3.10

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC

(A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)

THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS REFERENCED HEREIN HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. WITHOUT REGISTRATION, THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME WHATSOEVER, EXCEPT ON DELIVERY TO THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE MANAGERS OF THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THE TRANSFER, OR THE SUBMISSION TO THE MANAGERS OF THE COMPANY OF OTHER EVIDENCE SATISFACTORY TO THE MANAGERS TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY TRANSFER WILL NOT BE IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR ANY RULE OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. ADDITIONALLY, ANY SALE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS THAT ARE SET FORTH IN THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT.


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF
TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC

(A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                        Page
                                                                                                                        ----
ARTICLE I           DEFINITIONS                                                                                           1
         1.1.       Definitions...................................................................................        1
         1.2.       Other Definitional Provisions.................................................................        2

ARTICLE II          FORMATION                                                                                             2
         2.1.       Name and Formation............................................................................        2
         2.2.       Principal Place of Business...................................................................        2
         2.3.       Registered Office and Agent...................................................................        2
         2.4.       Duration......................................................................................        2
         2.5.       Purposes and Powers...........................................................................        2

ARTICLE III         RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MANAGERS                                                                         3
         3.1.       Management....................................................................................        3
         3.2.       Number and Qualifications.....................................................................        3
         3.3.       Election......................................................................................        3
         3.4.       Vacancy.......................................................................................        3
         3.5.       Removal.......................................................................................        3
         3.6.       Place of Meetings.............................................................................        3
         3.7.       Annual Meetings...............................................................................        3
         3.8.       Regular Meetings..............................................................................        3
         3.9.       Special Meetings..............................................................................        3
         3.10.      Quorum........................................................................................        3
         3.11.      Attendance and Waiver of Notice...............................................................        4
         3.12.      Actions Without a Meeting and Telephone Meetings..............................................        4
         3.13.      Compensation..................................................................................        4
         3.14.      Officers......................................................................................        4
         3.15.      Indemnification...............................................................................        4

ARTICLE IV          RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER                                                                       5
         4.1.       Place of Meetings.............................................................................        5
         4.2.       Annual and Special Meetings...................................................................        5
         4.3.       Actions Without a Meeting.....................................................................        5
         4.4        Voting for Managers...........................................................................        5
         4.5        Number........................................................................................        5

i

ARTICLE V           CAPITALIZATION                                                                                        5
         5.1.       Capital Contributions.........................................................................        5
         5.2.       Withdrawal or Reduction of Capital Contributions..............................................        5
         5.3.       Liability of the Member.......................................................................        6

ARTICLE VI          DISTRIBUTIONS                                                                                         6
         6.1.       Distributions.................................................................................        6
         6.2.       Limitation Upon Distribution..................................................................        6

ARTICLE VII         BOOKS AND ACCOUNTS                                                                                    6
         7.1.       Records and Reports...........................................................................        6
         7.2.       Returns and Other Elections...................................................................        6

ARTICLE VIII        DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION                                                                           6
         8.1.       Dissolution...................................................................................        6
         8.2.       Distribution of Assets Upon Dissolution.......................................................        7
         8.3.       Articles of Dissolution.......................................................................        7

ARTICLE IX  TRANSFERS OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST                                                                              7

ARTICLE X  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS                                                                                       7
         10.1.      Notices.......................................................................................        7
         10.2.      Application of Texas Law......................................................................        8
         10.3.      Headings and Sections.........................................................................        8
         10.4.      Amendments....................................................................................        8
         10.5.      Number and Gender.............................................................................        8
         10.6.      Binding Effect................................................................................        8
         10.7.      Counterparts..................................................................................        8

Attachment: Exhibit A

ii

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC

(A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)

This Limited Liability Company Agreement of Trinity Rail Group, LLC, dated December 28, 2001, is hereby duly adopted as the limited liability company agreement of Trinity Rail Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, by the Managers, and is hereby ratified, confirmed and approved as such by the Member.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1. DEFINITIONS. The following terms used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings (unless otherwise expressly provided herein):

"ACT" means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

"AGREEMENT" means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company as originally adopted and amended from time to time.

"BUSINESS DAY" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day that is a nationally recognized holiday.

"CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION" means any contribution to the capital of the Company in cash or property by the Member whenever made.

"CERTIFICATE" means the Certificate of Formation of the Company.

"CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"COMPANY" means Trinity Rail Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

"FISCAL YEAR" means the Company's fiscal year, which shall be the calendar year.

"MAJORITY" means, with respect to any referenced group of Managers, a combination of any of such Managers constituting more than fifty percent (50%) of the number of Managers of such referenced group who are then elected and qualified.

"MANAGER" means each Person designated as a Manager on Exhibit A, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof, or any other Person or Persons that succeed such Person or Persons in that capacity or are elected to act as additional Managers of the Company as provided herein.


"MEMBER" means Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"MEMBERSHIP INTEREST" means the entire equity interest (or "limited liability company interest" as that term is used in the Act) of the Member in the Company and all rights and liabilities associated therewith, which shall be expressed as a percentage on Exhibit A.

"PERSON" means a natural person or any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, trust, estate, governmental entity or other entity.

1.2. OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS. All terms used in this Agreement that are not defined in this Article I have the meanings contained elsewhere in this Agreement. Defined terms used herein in the singular shall import the plural and vice versa.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION

2.1. NAME AND FORMATION. The name of the Company is "Trinity Rail Group, LLC." The Company was formed as a limited liability company upon the issuance of the Certificate to the Company on December 28, 2001, pursuant to the Act.

2.2. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS. The principal office and place of business of the Company are set forth on Exhibit A. The Company may locate its place of business and principal office at any other place or places as the Managers may from time to time deem necessary or advisable.

2.3. REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT. The registered office and registered agent of the Company shall be the registered office and registered agent named in the Certificate and set forth on Exhibit A. The Company may change the registered office and registered agent as the Managers may from time to time deem necessary or advisable.

2.4. DURATION. The period of duration of the Company is perpetual from the date its Certificate was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, unless the Company is earlier dissolved in accordance with either the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.

2.5. PURPOSES AND POWERS.

(a) The purpose for which the Company is organized is to transact any or all lawful business for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

(b) The Company shall have any and all powers that are necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes and business of the Company, to the extent the same may be legally exercised by limited liability companies under the Act. The Company shall carry out the foregoing activities pursuant to the arrangements set forth in the Certificate and this Agreement.

2

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF MANAGERS

3.1. MANAGEMENT. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under, its designated Manager or Managers. In addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred by this Agreement upon the Managers, the Managers may exercise all such powers of the Company and do all such lawful acts and things as are not directed or required to be exercised or done by the Member by the Act or this Agreement, including, but not limited to, contracting for or incurring debts, liabilities and other obligations on behalf of the Company.

3.2. NUMBER AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of Managers of the Company shall not be less than one (1) nor more than five (5), as may be determined by the Member from time to time, but no decrease in the number of Managers shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Manager. Managers need not be residents of the State of Delaware. The Managers in their discretion may elect a chairman of the Managers who shall preside at meetings of the Managers.

3.3. ELECTION. At the first annual meeting of the Member and at each annual meeting thereafter, the Member shall elect one or more Managers to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting. Unless removed in accordance with this Agreement, each Manager shall hold office for the term for which such Person is elected and until such Person's successor shall be elected and qualified.

3.4. VACANCY. Any vacancy occurring for any reason in the number of Managers shall be filled by the Member. A Manager elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of the predecessor in office.

3.5. REMOVAL. At a meeting called expressly for such purpose, all or any lesser number of Managers may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Member.

3.6. PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of the Managers of the Company may be held either within or without the State of Delaware.

3.7. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of Managers shall be held, without further notice, immediately following the annual meeting of the Member, and at the same place, or at such other time and place as shall be fixed with the consent in writing of all the Managers.

3.8. REGULAR MEETINGS. Regular meetings of the Managers may be held without notice at such time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall from time to time be determined by the Managers.

3.9. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Managers may be called by any Manager on three (3) days' notice to each Manager, either personally or by mail, telephone or by telecopy.

3.10. QUORUM. At all meetings of the Managers, the presence of a Majority shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless a greater number is required by law. At a meeting at which a quorum is present, the act of a Majority shall be the act of the Managers, except as otherwise provided by law or this Agreement. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Managers, the Managers present at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

3

3.11. ATTENDANCE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE. Attendance of a Manager at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Manager attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Managers need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

3.12. ACTIONS WITHOUT A MEETING AND TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Article III, all actions of the Managers provided for herein may be taken by written consent without a meeting, or any meeting thereof may be held by means of a conference telephone. Any such action which may be taken by the Managers without a meeting shall be effective only if the written consent or consents are in writing, set forth the action so taken, and are signed by the Managers constituting not less than the minimum number of Managers that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all the Managers entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

3.13. COMPENSATION. Managers, as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services, but shall receive such compensation for their services as may be from time to time agreed upon by the Member. In addition, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Managers, provided that nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to preclude any Manager from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

3.14. OFFICERS. The Managers may, from time to time, designate one or more persons to be officers of the Company. No officer need be a Member or a Manager. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Managers may, from time to time, delegate to them. The Managers may assign titles to particular officers, including, without limitation, president, vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer and assistant treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such person's successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until such person's death or until such person shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managers. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Managers whenever in their judgment the best interests of the Company will be served thereby. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company (other than Manager) may be filled by the Managers.

3.15. INDEMNIFICATION. The Managers shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, including advancement of expenses, but only to the extent that the Company's assets are sufficient therefor, from and against all claims, liabilities, and expenses arising out of any management of Company affairs, but excluding those caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Manager, subject to all limitations and requirements imposed by the Act. These indemnification rights are in addition to any rights that the Managers may have against third parties. THE FOREGOING INDEMNIFICATION SPECIFICALLY INCLUDES THOSE CLAIMS THAT ARISE OUT OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY'S SOLE, JOINT OR CONTRIBUTORY NEGLIGENCE, BUT SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDES THOSE CLAIMS THAT ARISE OUT OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY'S WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, FRAUD OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE. THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY WOULD NOT HAVE ENTERED THIS AGREEMENT IF NOT FOR THIS INDEMNIFICATION.

4

ARTICLE IV

RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE MEMBER

4.1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. All meetings of the Member shall be held at the principal office of the Company or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined by the Member and set forth in the respective notice or waivers of notice of such meeting.

4.2. ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS. The annual and special meetings of the Member for the election of Managers and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such time and date as shall be designated by the Member from time to time.

4.3. ACTIONS WITHOUT A MEETING. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Article IV, all actions of the Member provided for herein may be taken by written consent without a meeting. Any such action which may be taken by the Member without a meeting shall be effective only if the consent is in writing, sets forth the action so taken, and is signed by the Member.

4.4 VOTING FOR MANAGERS. Managers shall be elected by the Member.

4.5 NUMBER. There shall be only one (1) Member of the Company, that being Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, its successor or assignee.

ARTICLE V

CAPITALIZATION

5.1. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

(a) Upon the execution of this Agreement, the Member shall contribute cash or property to the Company in the amount set forth as the Capital Contribution of such Member on Exhibit A attached hereto. Such cash or property shall be the Capital Contribution of the Member and, upon such contribution, the Member shall receive its Membership Interest.

(b) If at any time the Member determines that the Company has insufficient funds to carry out the purposes of the Company, the Member may make additional contributions to the capital of the Company.

(c) No Member shall be paid interest on any Capital Contribution.

5.2. WITHDRAWAL OR REDUCTION OF CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

(a) The Member shall not receive out of the Company's property any part of its Capital Contribution until all liabilities of the Company have been paid or there remains property of the Company sufficient to pay such liabilities.

(b) Except as may be otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the Member shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of its Capital Contribution.

5

5.3. LIABILITY OF THE MEMBER. The Member shall not be liable for the debts, liabilities or obligations of the Company beyond its Capital Contributions. The Member shall not be required to contribute to the capital of, or to loan any funds to, the Company.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1. DISTRIBUTIONS. Subject to Section 6.2, the Company shall make all distributions as such times as determined by the Member.

6.2. LIMITATION UPON DISTRIBUTION . No distribution shall be declared and paid unless, if after the distribution is made, the value of assets of the Company would exceed the liabilities of the Company, except liabilities to the Member on account of its Capital Contributions.

ARTICLE VII

BOOKS AND ACCOUNTS

7.1. RECORDS AND REPORTS. At the expense of the Company, the Managers shall maintain records and accounts of all operations and expenditures of the Company.

7.2. RETURNS AND OTHER ELECTIONS. The Managers shall cause the preparation and timely filing of all tax returns required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Code and all other tax returns deemed necessary and required in each jurisdiction in which the Company does business. Copies of such returns, or pertinent information therefrom, shall be furnished to the Member within seventy-five (75) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company. All elections permitted to be made by the Company under federal or state laws shall be made by the Managers with the consent of the Member.

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION AND TERMINATION

8.1. DISSOLUTION.

(a) The Company shall be dissolved upon the first of the following to occur:

(i) Upon the election to dissolve the Company by the Member;

(ii) Upon the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy, legal incapacity or dissolution of the Member, or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member; or

(iii) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under the Act.

(b) Upon dissolution of the Company, the business and affairs of the Company shall terminate, and the assets of the Company shall be liquidated under this Article VIII.

6

(c) Dissolution of the Company shall be effective as of the day on which the event occurs giving rise to the dissolution, but the Company shall not terminate until there has been a winding up of the Company's business and affairs, and the assets of the Company have been distributed as provided in Section 8.2.

(d) Upon dissolution of the Company, the Managers may cause any part or all of the assets of the Company to be sold in such manner as the Managers shall determine in an effort to obtain the best prices for such assets; provided, however, that the Managers may distribute assets of the Company in kind to the Member to the extent practicable.

8.2. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS UPON DISSOLUTION. In settling accounts after dissolution, the assets of the Company shall be paid in the following order:

(a) First, to creditors, in the order of priority as provided by applicable law, except those to the Member on account of its Capital Contributions; and

(b) Second, any remainder shall be distributed to the Member.

8.3. CERTIFICATE OF CANCELLATION. When all liabilities and obligations of the Company have been paid or discharged, or adequate provision has been made therefor, and all of the remaining property and assets of the Company have been distributed to the Member according to its respective rights and interests, the Certificate of Cancellation shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the Managers or the Member and shall be filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, and the Managers and the Member shall execute, acknowledge and file any and all other instruments necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and termination of the Company.

ARTICLE IX

TRANSFERS OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

The member may sell, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Member's Membership Interest at any time to any Person.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1. NOTICES.

(a) All notifications, notices, demands or requests provided for, or permitted to be given, pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing.

(b) All notifications, notices, demands and requests to be sent to the Company or to any Manager shall be deemed to have been properly given, unless explicitly stated otherwise, if sent by (i) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; (ii) Federal Express or other comparable overnight courier with regular, daily service; (iii) hand delivery; or (iv) telecopy during normal business hours to the place of business of the recipient, addressed or telecopied, as the case may be, to the Manager or the Company at the last known address or telecopy number of such Person, or at such other address or telecopy number as that Manager may from time to time specify by written notice to the Company.

7

(c) All notices, notifications, demands or requests so given shall be deemed given and received (i) if mailed, seven (7) days after being deposited in the mail; (ii) if sent via overnight courier, the next Business Day after the date marked for delivery; (iii) if hand delivered, the next Business Day after being hand delivered; or (iv) if telecopied, the next Business Day after being telecopied.

(d) The parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns shall have the right from time to time and at any time during the term of this Agreement to change their respective addresses, and each shall have the right to specify as its address any other address by giving to the other parties at least thirty (30) days written notice thereof, in the manner prescribed in Section 10.1(b); provided, however, that to be effective any such notice must be actually received (as evidenced by a return receipt).

10.2. APPLICATION OF DELAWARE LAW. This Agreement and the application or interpretation hereof, shall be governed exclusively by the laws of the State of Delaware, and specifically the Act.

10.3. HEADINGS AND SECTIONS. The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof. Unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this Agreement to Sections or Articles shall be deemed to mean and refer to Sections or Articles of this Agreement.

10.4. AMENDMENTS. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated only upon the written consent of the Member. Upon obtaining the approval of any amendment to the Certificate, the Managers shall cause the Certificate of Amendment in accordance with the Act to be prepared, and such Certificate of Amendment shall be executed by at least one Manager and shall be filed in accordance with the Act.

10.5. NUMBER AND GENDER. Where the context so indicates, the masculine shall include the feminine, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine, the singular shall include the plural.

10.6. BINDING EFFECT. Except as herein otherwise provided to the contrary, this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Member, its distributees, heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

10.7. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and shall be binding upon the Member who executed the same, but all of such counterparts shall constitute the same Agreement.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.
SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW.

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the Managers of the Company, have caused this Agreement to be duly adopted by the Company on this 28th day of December, 2001.

/s/ TIMOTHY R. WALLACE
-----------------------------------
TIMOTHY R. WALLACE

/s/ MICHAEL E. FLANNERY
-----------------------------------
MICHAEL E. FLANNERY

/s/ JOHN L. ADAMS
-----------------------------------
JOHN L. ADAMS


The undersigned, being the sole Member of the Company, does hereby ratify, confirm and approve the adoption of this Agreement as the limited liability company agreement of the Company, and does hereby assume and agree to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement on this 28th day of December, 2001.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By:    /s/ MICHAEL G. FORTADO
       --------------------------------------------
       Michael G. Fortado,
       Vice President and Corporate Secretary


LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

TRINITY RAIL GROUP , LLC

(A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)

EXHIBIT A

1.       Name of Company:                   Trinity Rail Group, LLC

         Address of Company:                2521 State Street
                                            Chicago Heights, Illinois 60411-0218

                                            Telephone Number: (708) 757-5900
                                            Facsimile Number: (708) 757-4112

2.       Registered Agent and               The Corporation Trust Company
         Registered Office:                 1209 Orange Street
                                            Wilmington, Delaware 19801

A-1

3.       Managers:

         a.       Name of Manager:          John L. Adams

                  Address:                  2525 Stemmons Freeway
                                            Dallas, TX 75207-2401

                                            Telephone Number: (214) 589-2500
                                            Facsimile Number: (214) 589-8910


         b.       Name of Manager:          Michael E. Flannery

                  Address:                  2521 State Street
                                            Chicago Heights, Illinois 60411-0218

                                            Telephone Number: (708) 757-2252
                                            Facsimile Number: (708) 757-4112

         c.       Name of Manager:          Timothy R. Wallace

                  Address:                  2525 Stemmons Freeway
                                            Dallas, TX 75207-2401

                                            Telephone Number: (214) 589-8568
                                            Facsimile Number: (214) 589-8910

A-2

4.       Member:

         a.       Name of Member:           Trinity Industries, Inc.

                  Address:                  2525 Stemmons Freeway
                                            Dallas, Texas  75207-2401

                  Telephone Number:         Telephone Number: (214) 631-4420
                  Facsimile Number:         Facsimile Number: (214) 589-8824

                  Capital Contribution:     $1,000

                  Membership Interest:      100%

                  Date Became Member:       December 28, 2001

A-3

EXHIBIT 3.11

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

-oOo-

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the corporation is THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Agent

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.


ARTICLE IV

Authorized Capital Stock

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, with a par value of one dollar ($1.00) per share.

ARTICLE V

Sole Incorporator

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

Michael G. Fortado 2727 Stemmons Freeway Dallas, Texas 75207

ARTICLE VI

Duration

The corporation is to have a perpetual existence.

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 25th day of October, 2001.

/s/ Michael G. Fortado
--------------------------------------
Michael G. Fortado, Sole Incorporator


EXHIBIT 3.12

BYLAWS

OF

THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

Dated: October 31, 2001


BYLAWS OF

THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                         ----
ARTICLE I       MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS ..............................................................     1

Section 1.1     Annual Meetings .......................................................................     1
Section 1.2     Special Meetings ......................................................................     1
Section 1.3     Notice of Meetings ....................................................................     1
Section 1.4     Quorum ................................................................................     1
Section 1.5     Adjournments ..........................................................................     1
Section 1.6     Voting ................................................................................     1
Section 1.7     Proxies ...............................................................................     2
Section 1.8     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .................................................     2
Section 1.9     Action by Consent .....................................................................     2

ARTICLE II      BOARD OF DIRECTORS ....................................................................     2

Section 2.1     General................................................................................     2
Section 2.2     Number ................................................................................     3
Section 2.3     Election and Term of Office ...........................................................     3
Section 2.4     Vacancies and Additional Directorships ................................................     3
Section 2.5     Meetings ..............................................................................     3
Section 2.6     Notice of Meetings ....................................................................     3
Section 2.7     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence .................................................     3
Section 2.8     Resignation of Directors ..............................................................     3
Section 2.9     Removal of Directors ..................................................................     4
Section 2.10    Action by Consent .....................................................................     4

ARTICLE III     COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD ...............................................................     4

Section 3.1     Designation, Power, Alternative Members
                and Term of Office ....................................................................     4
Section 3.2     Meetings, Notices and Records .........................................................     4
Section 3.3     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence..................................................     5
Section 3.4     Resignations...........................................................................     5
Section 3.5     Removal................................................................................     5
Section 3.6     Vacancies..............................................................................     5
Section 3.7     Action by Consent .....................................................................     5

i

ARTICLE IV      OFFICERS ..............................................................................     5

Section 4.1     Officers...............................................................................     5
Section 4.2     Election, Term of Office and Qualifications ...........................................     5
Section 4.3     Resignations ..........................................................................     6
Section 4.4     Removal ...............................................................................     6
Section 4.5     Vacancies..............................................................................     6
Section 4.6     Chairman of the Board .................................................................     6
Section 4.7     The President .........................................................................     6
Section 4.8     Vice President ........................................................................     6
Section 4.9     The Treasurer .........................................................................     7
Section 4.10    The Secretary .........................................................................     7
Section 4.11    Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers ..................     7

ARTICLE V       INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF
                CORPORATE FUNDS .......................................................................     8

Section 5.1     Borrowing .............................................................................     8
Section 5.2     Deposits ..............................................................................     8
Section 5.3     Checks, Drafts, Etc. ..................................................................     8

ARTICLE VI      STOCK .................................................................................     8

Section 6.1     Certificates...........................................................................     8
Section 6.2     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock
                Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates ............................................     8

ARTICLE VII     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ..............................................................     9

Section 7.1     Offices ...............................................................................     9
Section 7.2     Fiscal Year ...........................................................................     9
Section 7.3     Corporate Seal ........................................................................     9
Section 7.4     Voting of Stock .......................................................................     9
Section 7.5     Record Dates ..........................................................................     9

ARTICLE VIII    INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY .........................................................    10

Section  8.1    Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other
                Than by or in the Right of the Corporation ............................................    10
Section  8.2    Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation ................................    10
Section  8.3    Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party ...................    11

ii

Section 8.4     Determination of Right to Indemnification .............................................    11
Section 8.5     Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses ................................................    11
Section 8.6     Procedure for Indemnification .........................................................    11
Section 8.7     Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification ................................    12
Section 8.8     Insurance ..................................................... .......................    12
Section 8.9     Liability of Directors ................................................................    12
Section 8.10    Savings Clause ........................................................................    12

iii

THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

---oOo---

BYLAWS

---o0o---

I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

.1 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held at 9:30 o'clock A.M. on the third Wednesday in July of each year, commencing in 2000, at the principal office of the company in Dallas, Texas, or at such other time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time.

.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, to be held on such date, and at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the caller shall direct.

.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of every meeting of stockholders stating the date and time when, and the place where, it is to be held shall be delivered personally or mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, except as otherwise provided by law. The purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called may in the case of an annual meeting, and shall in the case of a special meeting, also be stated. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to a stockholder at such stockholder's address as it shall appear on the records of the Corporation, or at such other address as such stockholder may have furnished, in writing, to the Secretary for such purpose.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

.4 Quorum. The presence at any meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

.5 Adjournments. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, or, if no stockholder entitled to vote is present in person or by proxy, any officer entitled to preside at or act as secretary of such meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

.6 Voting. At each meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, every holder of record of stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of such stock outstanding in his name on the records of the Corporation.

Directors shall be chosen by a plurality of the votes cast at the election by the holders of the class


of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, and, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all other questions shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on such question, provided that the Board of Directors may require a larger vote upon any such question.

.7 Proxies. Any stockholder entitled to vote may vote by proxy, provided that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing (which shall include telegraphing or cabling) by the stockholder himself or by such stockholder's duly authorized attorney, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

.8 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

.9 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent or consents thereto setting forth such action shall be signed by the holders of record of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation at such places required by this Section.

Prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

.1 General. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

2

.2 Number. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The initial Board of Directors and subsequent Boards of Directors shall consist of three directors until changed as herein provided.

.3 Election and Term of Office. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2.4. Directors (whether elected at an annual meeting or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall continue in office until the next annual election and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

.4 Vacancies and Additional Directorships. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. In the event of the resignation of directors effective at a future date, such vacancies may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, effective on such future date.

.5 Meetings. The Board of Directors by resolution may provide for the holding of regular meetings and may fix the times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, at which such meetings shall be held.

Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two directors.

.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board.

Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting shall be mailed to all directors, addressed to their residences or usual places of business, at least two days before the day of the meeting, or shall be sent to them at such places by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to them personally, not later than the day before the date on which the special meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, need not state the purpose thereof.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to a director who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, in a signed writing.

.7 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the total number of directors then holding office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held and adjourned without further notice or waiver. A majority of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present may decide any question brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

.8 Resignation of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the

3

Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

.9 Removal of Directors. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, either with or without cause, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of directors.

.10 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

III

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

.1 Designation, Power, Alternative Members and Term of Office. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof to be affixed to or reproduced on all such papers as said committee shall designate. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee who, in the order specified by the Board of Directors, may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If at a meeting of any committee one or more of the members thereof should be absent or disqualified, and if either the Board of Directors has not so designated any alternate member or members, or the number of absent or disqualified members exceeds the number of alternate members who are present at such meeting, then the member or members of such committee (including alternates) present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, subject to these Bylaws; provided, however, that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall ipso facto cease to be a committee member. Each committee shall appoint a secretary, who may be the Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Secretary thereof.

.2 Meetings, Notices and Records. Each committee may provide for the holding of regular meetings, with or without notice, and may fix the times and places at which such meetings shall be held. Special meetings of each committee shall be held upon call by or at the direction of its chairman or, if there be no chairman, by or at the direction of any one of its members. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting of a committee shall be mailed to each member of such committee, addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to such member at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to such member personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but need not state the purposes thereof, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Notice of any meeting of a committee need not be given to any member thereof who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in a signed writing. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings.

4

.3 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of any committee the presence of a majority of its members then in office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when a committee consists of one member, then the one member shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice or waiver. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Subject to the foregoing and other provisions of these Bylaws and except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business.

Members of any committee may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

.4 Resignations. Any member of a committee may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

.5 Removal. Any member of any committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors.

.6 Vacancies. If any vacancy shall occur in any committee by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or otherwise, the remaining member or members of such committee, so long as a quorum is present, may continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of Directors.

.7 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

IV

OFFICERS

.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, as the Board of Directors may elect. The Board of Directors from time to time may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

.2 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

.3 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

5

.4 Removal. Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

.5 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for regular election to such office.

.6 Chairman of the Board. In the event the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such officer shall be, unless another officer is otherwise so designated, the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have general powers of oversight, supervision and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise delegate such duties, the Chairman of the Board shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees.

.7 The President. The President shall serve under the general direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, and if no Chairman of the Board is appointed, shall serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers elected by the Board) and may sign, with any other officer thereunto duly authorized, certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature), and may sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent. The President shall, if no Chairman of the Board is appointed or in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board, shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or these Bylaws.

.8 Vice President. The Vice President, or, if more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order established by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Board of Directors may add such designations to any Vice President's title of office as the Board deems appropriate to designate such officer's level of superiority or such officer's areas of responsibility. Each such Vice President shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

6

.9 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipt and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; shall deposit all monies, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors; and shall have and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board of Directors, at regular meetings of the Board, whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions.

.10 The Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book or books to be kept for that purpose;

(b) cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law;

(c) whenever any committee shall be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors, furnish the chairman of such committee with a copy of such resolution;

(d) be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation, and cause such seal to be affixed to or a facsimile to be reproduced on all certificates representing stock of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation shall have been duly authorized;

(e) see that the lists, books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed;

(f) have charge of the stock and transfer books of the Corporation, and exhibit such stock book at all reasonable times to such persons as are entitled by law to have access thereto;

(g) sign (unless the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer shall sign) certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature); and

(h) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

.11 Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have the power to perform, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, such duties as may be required to be performed by the Secretary and Treasurer respectively, and shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Corporation may have such assistant and subordinate officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or President may prescribe.

7

V

INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

.1 Borrowing. No loans or advances shall be obtained or contracted for, by or on behalf of the Corporation, and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or conformed to specific instances. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may obtain loans and advances for the Corporation, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may pledge, hypothecate or transfer as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, bonds, other securities and other property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same and do every act and thing necessary or proper in connection therewith.

.2 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the Corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be made in such manner as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine.

.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as from time to time shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

VI

STOCK

.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a stock certificate or certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the stock certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a stock certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such stock certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any stock certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such stock certificate or the issuance of such new stock certificate.

8

VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

.1 Offices. The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at the office of The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this Corporation at such office. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

.3 Corporate Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and contain the name of the Corporation. Such seal may be altered from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

.4 Voting of Stock. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Board of Directors, all stock owned by the Corporation, other than Stock of the Corporation, shall be voted on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

.5 Record Dates. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

9

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

.1 Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigation (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

.2 Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

.3 Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been

10

successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

.4 Determination of Right to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders, that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article.

.5 Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses. Costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced unless it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

.6 Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3, or advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 8.5 of this Article, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such persons' costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 7.5 of this Article where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 of this Article, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

.7 Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action

11

in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. All right to indemnification under this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder.

.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

.9 Liability of Directors. No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under the Section of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

.10 Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

DATED: October 31, 2001.

12

EXHIBIT 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

-oOo-

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the corporation is TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Agent

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.


ARTICLE IV

Authorized Capital Stock

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, with a par value of one dollar ($1.00) per share.

ARTICLE V

Sole Incorporator

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

Michael G. Fortado 2727 Stemmons Freeway Dallas, Texas 75207

ARTICLE VI

Duration

The corporation is to have a perpetual existence.

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 25th day of October, 2001.

/s/ Michael G. Fortado
------------------------------------------
Michael G. Fortado, Sole Incorporator


EXHIBIT 3.14

BYLAWS

OF

TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

Dated: October 31, 2001


BYLAWS OF

TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                         Page
                                                                                                                         ----
ARTICLE I       MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS ..............................................................................     1

Section 1.1     Annual Meetings .......................................................................................     1
Section 1.2     Special Meetings ......................................................................................     1
Section 1.3     Notice of Meetings ....................................................................................     1
Section 1.4     Quorum ................................................................................................     1
Section 1.5     Adjournments ..........................................................................................     1
Section 1.6     Voting ................................................................................................     1
Section 1.7     Proxies ...............................................................................................     2
Section 1.8     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .................................................................     2
Section 1.9     Action by Consent .....................................................................................     2

ARTICLE II      BOARD OF DIRECTORS ....................................................................................     2

Section 2.1     General................................................................................................     2
Section 2.2     Number ................................................................................................     3
Section 2.3     Election and Term of Office ...........................................................................     3
Section 2.4     Vacancies and Additional Directorships ................................................................     3
Section 2.5     Meetings ..............................................................................................     3
Section 2.6     Notice of Meetings ....................................................................................     3
Section 2.7     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence .................................................................     3
Section 2.8     Resignation of Directors ..............................................................................     3
Section 2.9     Removal of Directors ..................................................................................     4
Section 2.10    Action by Consent .....................................................................................     4

ARTICLE III     COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD ...............................................................................     4

Section 3.1     Designation, Power, Alternative Members
                and Term of Office ....................................................................................     4
Section 3.2     Meetings, Notices and Records .........................................................................     4
Section 3.3     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence..................................................................     5
Section 3.4     Resignations...........................................................................................     5
Section 3.5     Removal................................................................................................     5
Section 3.6     Vacancies..............................................................................................     5
Section 3.7     Action by Consent .....................................................................................     5

i

ARTICLE IV      OFFICERS ..............................................................................................     5

Section 4.1     Officers...............................................................................................     5
Section 4.2     Election, Term of Office and Qualifications ...........................................................     5
Section 4.3     Resignations ..........................................................................................     5
Section 4.4     Removal ...............................................................................................     6
Section 4.5     Vacancies..............................................................................................     6
Section 4.6     Chairman of the Board .................................................................................     6
Section 4.7     The President .........................................................................................     6
Section 4.8     Vice President ........................................................................................     6
Section 4.9     The Treasurer .........................................................................................     7
Section 4.10    The Secretary .........................................................................................     7
Section 4.11    Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers ..................................     7

ARTICLE V       INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS ........................................     8

Section 5.1     Borrowing .............................................................................................     8
Section 5.2     Deposits ..............................................................................................     8
Section 5.3     Checks, Drafts, Etc. ..................................................................................     8

ARTICLE VI      STOCK .................................................................................................     8

Section 6.1     Certificates...........................................................................................     8
                Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock
Section 6.2     Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates ............................................................     8

ARTICLE VII     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ..............................................................................     9

Section 7.1     Offices ...............................................................................................     9
Section 7.2     Fiscal Year ...........................................................................................     9
Section 7.3     Corporate Seal ........................................................................................     9
Section 7.4     Voting of Stock .......................................................................................     9
Section 7.5     Record Dates ..........................................................................................     9

ARTICLE VIII    INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY .........................................................................    10

Section 8.1     Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation ........................    10
Section 8.2     Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation ................................................    10
Section 8.3     Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party ...................................    10

ii

Section 8.4     Determination of Right to Indemnification .............................................................    11
Section 8.5     Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses ................................................................    11
Section 8.6     Procedure for Indemnification .........................................................................    11
Section 8.7     Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification ................................................    11
Section 8.8     Insurance ..................................................... .......................................    12
Section 8.9     Liability of Directors ................................................................................    12
Section 8.10    Savings Clause ........................................................................................    12

iii

TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

---oOo---

BYLAWS

---o0o---

I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

.1 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held at 9:30 o'clock A.M. on the third Wednesday in July of each year, commencing in 2000, at the principal office of the company in Dallas, Texas, or at such other time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time.

.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, to be held on such date, and at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the caller shall direct.

.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of every meeting of stockholders stating the date and time when, and the place where, it is to be held shall be delivered personally or mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, except as otherwise provided by law. The purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called may in the case of an annual meeting, and shall in the case of a special meeting, also be stated. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to a stockholder at such stockholder's address as it shall appear on the records of the Corporation, or at such other address as such stockholder may have furnished, in writing, to the Secretary for such purpose.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

.4 Quorum. The presence at any meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

.5 Adjournments. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, or, if no stockholder entitled to vote is present in person or by proxy, any officer entitled to preside at or act as secretary of such meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

.6 Voting. At each meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, every holder of record of stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of such stock outstanding in his name on the records of the Corporation.

Directors shall be chosen by a plurality of the votes cast at the election by the holders of the class


of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, and, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all other questions shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on such question, provided that the Board of Directors may require a larger vote upon any such question.

.7 Proxies. Any stockholder entitled to vote may vote by proxy, provided that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing (which shall include telegraphing or cabling) by the stockholder himself or by such stockholder's duly authorized attorney, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

.8 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

.9 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent or consents thereto setting forth such action shall be signed by the holders of record of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation at such places required by this Section.

Prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

.1 General. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

2

.2 Number. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The initial Board of Directors and subsequent Boards of Directors shall consist of three directors until changed as herein provided.

.3 Election and Term of Office. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2.4. Directors (whether elected at an annual meeting or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall continue in office until the next annual election and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

.4 Vacancies and Additional Directorships. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. In the event of the resignation of directors effective at a future date, such vacancies may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, effective on such future date.

.5 Meetings. The Board of Directors by resolution may provide for the holding of regular meetings and may fix the times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, at which such meetings shall be held.

Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two directors.

.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board.

Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting shall be mailed to all directors, addressed to their residences or usual places of business, at least two days before the day of the meeting, or shall be sent to them at such places by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to them personally, not later than the day before the date on which the special meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, need not state the purpose thereof.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to a director who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, in a signed writing.

.7 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the total number of directors then holding office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held and adjourned without further notice or waiver. A majority of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present may decide any question brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

.8 Resignation of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the

3

Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

.9 Removal of Directors. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, either with or without cause, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of directors.

.10 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

III

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

.1 Designation, Power, Alternative Members and Term of Office. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof to be affixed to or reproduced on all such papers as said committee shall designate. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee who, in the order specified by the Board of Directors, may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If at a meeting of any committee one or more of the members thereof should be absent or disqualified, and if either the Board of Directors has not so designated any alternate member or members, or the number of absent or disqualified members exceeds the number of alternate members who are present at such meeting, then the member or members of such committee (including alternates) present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, subject to these Bylaws; provided, however, that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall ipso facto cease to be a committee member. Each committee shall appoint a secretary, who may be the Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Secretary thereof.

.2 Meetings, Notices and Records. Each committee may provide for the holding of regular meetings, with or without notice, and may fix the times and places at which such meetings shall be held. Special meetings of each committee shall be held upon call by or at the direction of its chairman or, if there be no chairman, by or at the direction of any one of its members. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting of a committee shall be mailed to each member of such committee, addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to such member at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to such member personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but need not state the purposes thereof, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Notice of any meeting of a committee need not be given to any member thereof who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in a signed writing. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings.

4

.3 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of any committee the presence of a majority of its members then in office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when a committee consists of one member, then the one member shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice or waiver. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Subject to the foregoing and other provisions of these Bylaws and except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business.

Members of any committee may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

.4 Resignations. Any member of a committee may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

.5 Removal. Any member of any committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors.

.6 Vacancies. If any vacancy shall occur in any committee by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or otherwise, the remaining member or members of such committee, so long as a quorum is present, may continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of Directors.

.7 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

IV

OFFICERS

.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, as the Board of Directors may elect. The Board of Directors from time to time may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

.2 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

.3 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

5

.4 Removal. Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

.5 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for regular election to such office.

.6 Chairman of the Board. In the event the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such officer shall be, unless another officer is otherwise so designated, the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have general powers of oversight, supervision and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise delegate such duties, the Chairman of the Board shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees.

.7 The President. The President shall serve under the general direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, and if no Chairman of the Board is appointed, shall serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers elected by the Board) and may sign, with any other officer thereunto duly authorized, certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature), and may sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent. The President shall, if no Chairman of the Board is appointed or in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board, shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or these Bylaws.

.8 Vice President. The Vice President, or, if more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order established by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Board of Directors may add such designations to any Vice President's title of office as the Board deems appropriate to designate such officer's level of superiority or such officer's areas of responsibility. Each such Vice President shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

6

.9 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipt and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; shall deposit all monies, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors; and shall have and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board of Directors, at regular meetings of the Board, whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions.

.10 The Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book or books to be kept for that purpose;

(b) cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law;

(c) whenever any committee shall be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors, furnish the chairman of such committee with a copy of such resolution;

(d) be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation, and cause such seal to be affixed to or a facsimile to be reproduced on all certificates representing stock of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation shall have been duly authorized;

(e) see that the lists, books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed;

(f) have charge of the stock and transfer books of the Corporation, and exhibit such stock book at all reasonable times to such persons as are entitled by law to have access thereto;

(g) sign (unless the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer shall sign) certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature); and

(h) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

.11 Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have the power to perform, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, such duties as may be required to be performed by the Secretary and Treasurer respectively, and shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Corporation may have such assistant and subordinate officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or President may prescribe.

7

V

INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

.1 Borrowing. No loans or advances shall be obtained or contracted for, by or on behalf of the Corporation, and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or conformed to specific instances. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may obtain loans and advances for the Corporation, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may pledge, hypothecate or transfer as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, bonds, other securities and other property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same and do every act and thing necessary or proper in connection therewith.

.2 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the Corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be made in such manner as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine.

.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as from time to time shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

VI

STOCK

.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a stock certificate or certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the stock certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a stock certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such stock certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any stock certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such stock certificate or the issuance of such new stock certificate.

8

VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

.1 Offices. The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at the office of The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this Corporation at such office. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

.3 Corporate Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and contain the name of the Corporation. Such seal may be altered from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

.4 Voting of Stock. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Board of Directors, all stock owned by the Corporation, other than Stock of the Corporation, shall be voted on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

.5 Record Dates. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

9

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

.1 Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigation (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

.2 Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

.3 Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been

10

successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

.4 Determination of Right to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders, that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article.

.5 Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses. Costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced unless it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

.6 Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3, or advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 8.5 of this Article, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such persons' costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 7.5 of this Article where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 of this Article, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

.7 Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action

11

in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. All right to indemnification under this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder.

.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

.9 Liability of Directors. No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under the Section of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

.10 Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

DATED: October 31, 2001.

12

EXHIBIT 3.15

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

-oOo-

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the corporation is TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Agent

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.


ARTICLE IV

Authorized Capital Stock

The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock, with a par value of one dollar ($1.00) per share.

ARTICLE V

Sole Incorporator

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is:

Michael G. Fortado 2727 Stemmons Freeway Dallas, Texas 75207
ARTICLE VI

Duration

The corporation is to have a perpetual existence.

THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 25th day of October, 2001.

/s/ Michael G. Fortado
-------------------------------------
Michael G. Fortado, Sole Incorporator


EXHIBIT 3.16

BYLAWS

OF

TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

Dated: October 31, 2001


BYLAWS OF

TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                          Page
                                                                                                                          ----
ARTICLE I       MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS ..............................................................................      1

Section 1.1     Annual Meetings .......................................................................................      1
Section 1.2     Special Meetings ......................................................................................      1
Section 1.3     Notice of Meetings ....................................................................................      1
Section 1.4     Quorum ................................................................................................      1
Section 1.5     Adjournments ..........................................................................................      1
Section 1.6     Voting ................................................................................................      1
Section 1.7     Proxies ...............................................................................................      2
Section 1.8     List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .................................................................      2
Section 1.9     Action by Consent .....................................................................................      2

ARTICLE II      BOARD OF DIRECTORS ....................................................................................      2

Section 2.1     General................................................................................................      2
Section 2.2     Number ................................................................................................      3
Section 2.3     Election and Term of Office ...........................................................................      3
Section 2.4     Vacancies and Additional Directorships ................................................................      3
Section 2.5     Meetings ..............................................................................................      3
Section 2.6     Notice of Meetings ....................................................................................      3
Section 2.7     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence .................................................................      3
Section 2.8     Resignation of Directors ..............................................................................      3
Section 2.9     Removal of Directors ..................................................................................      4
Section 2.10    Action by Consent .....................................................................................      4

ARTICLE III     COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD ...............................................................................      4

Section 3.1     Designation, Power, Alternative Members
                and Term of Office ....................................................................................      4
Section 3.2     Meetings, Notices and Records .........................................................................      4
Section 3.3     Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence..................................................................      5
Section 3.4     Resignations...........................................................................................      5
Section 3.5     Removal................................................................................................      5
Section 3.6     Vacancies..............................................................................................      5
Section 3.7     Action by Consent .....................................................................................      5

i

ARTICLE IV      OFFICERS ..............................................................................................      5

Section 4.1     Officers...............................................................................................      5
Section 4.2     Election, Term of Office and Qualifications ...........................................................      5
Section 4.3     Resignations ..........................................................................................      5
Section 4.4     Removal ...............................................................................................      6
Section 4.5     Vacancies..............................................................................................      6
Section 4.6     Chairman of the Board .................................................................................      6
Section 4.7     The President .........................................................................................      6
Section 4.8     Vice President ........................................................................................      6
Section 4.9     The Treasurer .........................................................................................      6
Section 4.10    The Secretary .........................................................................................      7
Section 4.11    Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers ..................................      7

ARTICLE V       INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS ........................................      7

Section 5.1     Borrowing .............................................................................................      8
Section 5.2     Deposits ..............................................................................................      8
Section 5.3     Checks, Drafts, Etc. ..................................................................................      8

ARTICLE VI      STOCK .................................................................................................      8

Section 6.1     Certificates...........................................................................................      8
                Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock
Section 6.2     Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates ............................................................      8

ARTICLE VII     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ..............................................................................      8

Section 7.1     Offices ...............................................................................................      8
Section 7.2     Fiscal Year ...........................................................................................      9
Section 7.3     Corporate Seal ........................................................................................      9
Section 7.4     Voting of Stock .......................................................................................      9
Section 7.5     Record Dates ..........................................................................................      9

ARTICLE VIII    INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY .........................................................................     10

Section 8.1     Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation ........................     10
Section 8.2     Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation ................................................     10
Section 8.3     Indemnification for Costs, Charges and  Expenses of Successful Party ..................................     10

ii

Section 8.4     Determination of Right to Indemnification .............................................................     10
Section 8.5     Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses ................................................................     11
Section 8.6     Procedure for Indemnification .........................................................................     11
Section 8.7     Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification ................................................     11
Section 8.8     Insurance ..................................................... .......................................     12
Section 8.9     Liability of Directors ................................................................................     12
Section 8.10    Savings Clause ........................................................................................     12

iii

TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

---oOo---

BYLAWS

---o0o---

I

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

.1 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held at 9:30 o'clock A.M. on the third Wednesday in July of each year, commencing in 2000, at the principal office of the company in Dallas, Texas, or at such other time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time to time.

.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President, to be held on such date, and at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the caller shall direct.

.3 Notice of Meetings. Written notice, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of every meeting of stockholders stating the date and time when, and the place where, it is to be held shall be delivered personally or mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, except as otherwise provided by law. The purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called may in the case of an annual meeting, and shall in the case of a special meeting, also be stated. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to a stockholder at such stockholder's address as it shall appear on the records of the Corporation, or at such other address as such stockholder may have furnished, in writing, to the Secretary for such purpose.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.

.4 Quorum. The presence at any meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of a majority of the shares then issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

.5 Adjournments. In the absence of a quorum, a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, or, if no stockholder entitled to vote is present in person or by proxy, any officer entitled to preside at or act as secretary of such meeting, may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

.6 Voting. At each meeting of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, every holder of record of stock entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of such stock outstanding in his name on the records of the Corporation.

Directors shall be chosen by a plurality of the votes cast at the election by the holders of the class


of stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, and, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all other questions shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on such question, provided that the Board of Directors may require a larger vote upon any such question.

.7 Proxies. Any stockholder entitled to vote may vote by proxy, provided that the instrument authorizing such proxy to act shall have been executed in writing (which shall include telegraphing or cabling) by the stockholder himself or by such stockholder's duly authorized attorney, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

.8 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Secretary of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

.9 Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a written consent or consents thereto setting forth such action shall be signed by the holders of record of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation at such places required by this Section.

Prompt notice of the taking of such action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

.1 General. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all powers of the Corporation and do all lawful acts and things as are not by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

2

.2 Number. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The initial Board of Directors and subsequent Boards of Directors shall consist of three directors until changed as herein provided.

.3 Election and Term of Office. Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2.4. Directors (whether elected at an annual meeting or to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall continue in office until the next annual election and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

.4 Vacancies and Additional Directorships. Vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. In the event of the resignation of directors effective at a future date, such vacancies may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have resigned, effective on such future date.

.5 Meetings. The Board of Directors by resolution may provide for the holding of regular meetings and may fix the times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, at which such meetings shall be held.

Special meetings of the Board shall be held upon the call of the Chairman of the Board, the President or any two directors.

.6 Notice of Meetings. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board.

Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting shall be mailed to all directors, addressed to their residences or usual places of business, at least two days before the day of the meeting, or shall be sent to them at such places by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to them personally, not later than the day before the date on which the special meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, need not state the purpose thereof.

Notice of any meeting need not be given to a director who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, either before or after such meeting, in a signed writing.

.7 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the total number of directors then holding office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of directors present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held and adjourned without further notice or waiver. A majority of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present may decide any question brought before such meeting, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

.8 Resignation of Directors. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the

3

Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

.9 Removal of Directors. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office, either with or without cause, by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of directors.

.10 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.

III

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

.1 Designation, Power, Alternative Members and Term of Office. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such committee, to the extent provided in such resolution and permitted by law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof to be affixed to or reproduced on all such papers as said committee shall designate. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee who, in the order specified by the Board of Directors, may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If at a meeting of any committee one or more of the members thereof should be absent or disqualified, and if either the Board of Directors has not so designated any alternate member or members, or the number of absent or disqualified members exceeds the number of alternate members who are present at such meeting, then the member or members of such committee (including alternates) present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another director to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, subject to these Bylaws; provided, however, that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall ipso facto cease to be a committee member. Each committee shall appoint a secretary, who may be the Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Secretary thereof.

.2 Meetings, Notices and Records. Each committee may provide for the holding of regular meetings, with or without notice, and may fix the times and places at which such meetings shall be held. Special meetings of each committee shall be held upon call by or at the direction of its chairman or, if there be no chairman, by or at the direction of any one of its members. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each special meeting of a committee shall be mailed to each member of such committee, addressed to such member at such member's residence or usual place of business, at least two days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, or shall be sent to such member at such place by telegram, radio or cable, or telephoned or delivered to such member personally, not later than the day before the day on which the meeting is to be held. Such notice shall state the time and place of such meeting, but need not state the purposes thereof, unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Notice of any meeting of a committee need not be given to any member thereof who shall attend such meeting in person or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in a signed writing. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings.

4

.3 Quorum, Manner of Acting and Presence. At each meeting of any committee the presence of a majority of its members then in office shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that when a committee consists of one member, then the one member shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the members present at the time and place of any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice or waiver. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Subject to the foregoing and other provisions of these Bylaws and except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business.

Members of any committee may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

.4 Resignations. Any member of a committee may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

.5 Removal. Any member of any committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by the Board of Directors.

.6 Vacancies. If any vacancy shall occur in any committee by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or otherwise, the remaining member or members of such committee, so long as a quorum is present, may continue to act until such vacancy is filled by the Board of Directors.

.7 Action by Consent. Action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee may be taken without a meeting if all members of the committee consent thereto in writing. The writing or writings evidencing such consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the committee.

IV

OFFICERS

.1 Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, as the Board of Directors may elect. The Board of Directors from time to time may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries and such other officers as it shall deem necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

.2 Election, Term of Office and Qualifications. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

.3 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, a Vice President or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified in such written notice, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Board of Directors or any such officer, and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

5

.4 Removal. Any officer may be removed with or without cause at any meeting of the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

.5 Vacancies. A vacancy in any office by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws for regular election to such office.

.6 Chairman of the Board. In the event the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such officer shall be, unless another officer is otherwise so designated, the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall have general powers of oversight, supervision and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise delegate such duties, the Chairman of the Board shall be ex officio a member of all standing committees.

.7 The President. The President shall serve under the general direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, and if no Chairman of the Board is appointed, shall serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall appoint and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation (other than officers elected by the Board) and may sign, with any other officer thereunto duly authorized, certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature), and may sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent. The President shall, if no Chairman of the Board is appointed or in the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the Board, shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or these Bylaws.

.8 Vice President. The Vice President, or, if more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order established by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the President, exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Board of Directors may add such designations to any Vice President's title of office as the Board deems appropriate to designate such officer's level of superiority or such officer's areas of responsibility. Each such Vice President shall have the power to sign and execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, agreements or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and execution hereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board to some other officer or agent and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

.9 The Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipt and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation; shall deposit all monies, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors; and shall have and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the

6

Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and the Board of Directors, at regular meetings of the Board, whenever they may require it, an account of all transactions.

.10 The Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) record all proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book or books to be kept for that purpose;

(b) cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws and as required by law;

(c) whenever any committee shall be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors, furnish the chairman of such committee with a copy of such resolution;

(d) be custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation, and cause such seal to be affixed to or a facsimile to be reproduced on all certificates representing stock of the corporation prior to the issuance thereof and to all instruments the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation shall have been duly authorized;

(e) see that the lists, books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed;

(f) have charge of the stock and transfer books of the Corporation, and exhibit such stock book at all reasonable times to such persons as are entitled by law to have access thereto;

(g) sign (unless the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer shall sign) certificates representing stock of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have been duly authorized (the signature to which may be a facsimile signature); and

(h) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws.

.11 Assistant Secretaries. Assistant Treasurers and Subordinate Officers. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have the power to perform, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, such duties as may be required to be performed by the Secretary and Treasurer respectively, and shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or these Bylaws. The Corporation may have such assistant and subordinate officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or President may prescribe.

V

INDEBTEDNESS OF THE CORPORATION AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

7

.1 Borrowing. No loans or advances shall be obtained or contracted for, by or on behalf of the Corporation, and no negotiable paper shall be issued in its name, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or conformed to specific instances. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may obtain loans and advances for the Corporation, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and deliver promissory notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation. Any officer or agent of the Corporation thereunto so authorized may pledge, hypothecate or transfer as security for the payment of any and all loans, advances, indebtedness and liabilities of the Corporation, any and all stocks, bonds, other securities and other property at any time held by the Corporation, and to that end may endorse, assign and deliver the same and do every act and thing necessary or proper in connection therewith.

.2 Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the Corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be made in such manner as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine.

.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as from time to time shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

VI

STOCK

.1 Certificates. Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a stock certificate or certificates signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Any of or all the signatures on the stock certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a stock certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such stock certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

.2 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new stock certificate in the place of any stock certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such stock certificate or the issuance of such new stock certificate.

VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

.1 Offices. The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at the office of The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and said corporation shall be the registered agent of this Corporation at such office. The Corporation may have other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, at such place or places as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

8

.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.

.3 Corporate Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and contain the name of the Corporation. Such seal may be altered from time to time at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

.4 Voting of Stock. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Board of Directors, all stock owned by the Corporation, other than Stock of the Corporation, shall be voted on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.

.5 Record Dates. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of Stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

9

VIII

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY

.1 Actions, Suits or Proceedings Other Than by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigation (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges, expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

.2 Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit and any appeal therefrom, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such costs, charges and expenses which the Court of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

.3 Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article, to the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against all costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

.4 Determination of Right to Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of

10

disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders, that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article.

.5 Advance of Costs, Charges and Expenses. Costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however, that the payment of such costs, charges and expenses in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced unless it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.

.6 Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification under Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3, or advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 8.5 of this Article, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such persons' costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 7.5 of this Article where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 or 8.2 of this Article, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

.7 Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. All right to indemnification under this Article shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder.

11

.8 Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

.9 Liability of Directors. No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under the Section of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

.10 Savings Clause. If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

DATED: October 31, 2001.

12

.

.
.
Exhibit 4.1

         [NUMBER]                                              [GRAPHIC]                                              [SHARES]

     DX

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN                                                                               CUSIP 896522 10 9
  CHARLOTTE, NC AND NEW YORK, NY                                                                             SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN
                                                                                                                   DEFINITIONS
                                          INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
      COMMON STOCK                                                                                                COMMON STOCK
     $1.00 PAR VALUE                                     TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.                                $1.00 PAR VALUE

               This Certifies that





               is the owner of


                                          SHARES OF FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON STOCK OF


Trinity Industries, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized
attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed.  This certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer
Agent and registered by the Registrar.

        Witness the seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.


                                                                                 DATE

                                                                                 COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

                        /s/ TIMOTHY R. WALLACE                                             WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.
                                            PRESIDENT                                                              TRANSFER AGENT
                                                                                                                   AND REGISTRAR.
[TRINITY INDUSTRIES
     INC. LOGO]                                             [SEAL]
                                                                                 BY
                        /s/ MICHAEL G. FORTADO
                                            SECRETARY                                                        AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

Trinity Industries, Inc. will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof which Trinity Industries, Inc. is authorized to issue and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -- as tenants in common                 UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -                Custodian
                                                                     -------------           -----------
TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties                                 (Cust)                  (Minor)
JT TEN  -- as joint tenants with right of                            under Uniform Gifts to Minors
           survivorship and not as tenants                           Act
                                                                         -----------------
           in common                                                           (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
[ ]


PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE



Shares

of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated,

X
(SIGNATURE)

NOTICE:

THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS
ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND
WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN
UPON THE FACE OF THE
CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
PARTICULAR WITHOUT
ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT
OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

X
(SIGNATURE)


THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY
AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION
(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN
ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT
TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED BY:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain Rights as set forth in the Rights Agreement, dated as of March 11, 1999, by and between Trinity Industries, Inc. (the "Company") and The Bank of New York, as Rights Agent (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal offices of the Company. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement, as in effect on the date of mailing, without charge promptly after receipt of a written request therefor. Under certain circumstances set forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to, or held by, any Person who is, was or becomes an Acquiring Person or any Affiliate or Associate thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement), whether currently held by or on behalf of such Person or by any subsequent holder, may become null and void.


EXHIBIT 4.5
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated March 10, 2004 (the "Agreement") is entered into by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the "Guarantors"), and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein Securities LLC, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Wachovia Securities LLC and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc (collectively the "Initial Purchasers").

The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated March 5, 2004 (the "Purchase Agreement"), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Securities"), which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Business Day" shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed.

"Closing Date" shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

"Company" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company's successors.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

"Exchange Dates" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.

"Exchange Offer" shall mean the exchange offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof.


"Exchange Offer Registration" shall mean a registration under the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

"Exchange Offer Registration Statement" shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

"Exchange Securities" shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms substantially the same as the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

"Guarantors" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include any Guarantor's successors.

"Holders" shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided, however, that for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term "Holders" shall include Participating Broker-Dealers.

"Indenture" shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of March 10, 2004 among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

"Initial Purchasers" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"Majority Holders" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, however, that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount.

"Participating Broker-Dealers" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

"Person" shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

2

"Prospectus" shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein.

"Purchase Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"Registrable Securities" shall mean the Securities; provided, however, that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Securities relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company in accordance with the Indenture, (iii) when such Securities are eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule
144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the Securities Act or (iv) when such Securities cease to be outstanding.

"Registration Expenses" shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) all SEC, stock exchange or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees,
(ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any Underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees,
(v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or "comfort" letters required by or incident to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause
(ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

3

"Registration Statement" shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

"SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

"Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

"Shelf Effectiveness Period" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.

"Shelf Registration" shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

"Shelf Registration Statement" shall mean a "shelf" registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers all the Registrable Securities (but no other securities unless approved by the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein.

"Trust Indenture Act" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

"Trustee" shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

"Underwriter" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

"Underwritten Offering" shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering to the public.

4

2. Registration Under the Securities Act. (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to (i) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (ii) have such Registration Statement remain effective until 180 days after the closing of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days after such effective date.

The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by mailing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law,

(i) that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for exchange;

(ii) the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the "Exchange Dates");

(iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement;

(iv) that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender such Registrable Security, together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) and in the manner specified in the notice, prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

(v) that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Securities exchanged.

As a condition to participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (i) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (ii) at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an

5

"affiliate" (within the meaning of Rule 405 under Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and

(ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder.

The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC.

(b) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff of the SEC, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by October 6, 2004 or (iii) upon completion of the Exchange Offer any Initial Purchaser shall so request in connection with any offering or sale of Registrable Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer held by it following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the SEC.

In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file and have declared effective by the SEC both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with

6

respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer.

The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act with respect to the Registrable Securities or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (the "Shelf Effectiveness Period"). The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their reasonable best efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

(c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC.

In the event that either the Exchange Offer is not completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is not declared effective on or prior to October 6, 2004 (the "Target Registration Date"), the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the Target Registration Date and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until the Exchange Offer is completed or the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, is declared effective by the SEC or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, up to a maximum of 1.00% per annum of additional interest.

If the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 30 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period, then the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by 1.00% per annum commencing on the 31st day in such 12-month period and ending on such date that the Shelf

7

Registration Statement has again been declared effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable.

(e) Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's and the Guarantors' obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof.

3. Registration Procedures. In connection with their obligations pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as possible

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form
(x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith; and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

(c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for such Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and the Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner

8

described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law;

(d) if necessary, use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; cooperate with the Holders in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

(e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, counsel for such Holders and counsel for the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested by any such Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed and becomes effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (vi) of any determination by the Company or any Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate;

(f) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible

9

moment and provide immediate notice to each Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

(g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested);

(h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one Business Day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities;

(i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(e)(v) hereof, use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to suspend use of the Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

(j) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) and make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities or their counsel) available for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, file any Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration

10

Statement, the Holders of Registrable Securities and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Holders or their counsel) shall object;

(k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement;

(l) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

(m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable Securities (an "Inspector"), any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and attorneys and accountants designated by the Holders (but in such event, only one law firm and one accounting firm to represent the Holders at the Company's and the Guarantor's expense), at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that if any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of any Inspector, Holder or Underwriter);

(n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use their reasonable best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which similar securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

(o) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as

11

soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such filing; and

(p) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (i) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings,
(iii) obtain "comfort" letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other certified public accountant of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in "comfort" letters in connection with underwritten offerings and (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in an underwriting agreement.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require, as a condition to including such Holder's Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in
Section 3(e)(iii) or 3(e)(v) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a

12

Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any such notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which the Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company and the Guarantors may give any such notice only twice during any 365-day period and any such suspensions shall not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there shall not be more than two suspensions in effect during any 365-day period.

The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers (the "Underwriters") that will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the Registrable Securities included in such offering.

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer.
(a) The Staff of the SEC has taken the position that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a "Participating Broker-Dealer") may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff's position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as would otherwise be contemplated by Section 3(i), for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as

13

such period may be extended pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 3 of this Agreement), if requested by the Initial Purchasers or by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4.

(c) The Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) above.

5. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any Prospectus or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. or any selling Holder expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement.

(b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, their respective affiliates, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon

14

and in conformity with any information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement and any Prospectus.

(c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the "Indemnified Person") shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the "Indemnifying Person") in writing; provided, however, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under this Section 5 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, however, that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this Section 5. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., (y) for any Holder, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such

15

settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged

16

untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

(g) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial Purchasers or any Holder, their respective affiliates or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors, their respective affiliates or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors, (iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement.

6. General.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent; provided, however, that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this
Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each of the parties hereto.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; (ii) if to the Company

17

and the Guarantors, initially at the Company's address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.

(e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof to the extent the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

18

(i) Miscellaneous. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions.

19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: /s/ John L. Adams
    ----------------------------------------
    Name:  John L. Adams
    Title: Executive Vice President

Guarantors:

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY
TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.
TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

By: /s/ John L. Adams
    ----------------------------------------
    Name:  John L. Adams
    Title: Executive Vice President of
           each of the Guarantors listed
           above

S-1

Confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

For itself and on behalf of the
several Initial Purchasers

By: J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

By /s/ Scott Leahy
   -------------------------------
         Authorized Signatory

S-2

Schedule 1

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY
TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.
TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

Sch. 1-1


EXHIBIT 4.6
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,

as Company,

EACH OF THE GUARANTORS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

as Guarantors

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee


6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014


INDENTURE

Dated as of March 10, 2004



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture
  Act Section                                                                     Indenture Section
310(a)(1)...................................................................       7.10
   (a)(2)...................................................................       7.10
   (a)(3)...................................................................       N.A.
   (a)(4)...................................................................       N.A.
   (a)(5)...................................................................       7.10
   (b)......................................................................       7.8; 7.10; 11.2
   (c)......................................................................       N.A.
311(a)......................................................................       7.11
   (b)......................................................................       1.3; 7.11
   (c)......................................................................       N.A.
312(a)......................................................................       2.5
   (b)......................................................................       11.3
   (c)......................................................................       11.3
313(a)......................................................................       7.6
   (b)(1)...................................................................       N.A.
   (b)(2)...................................................................       7.6
   (c)......................................................................       7.6; 11.2
   (d)......................................................................       7.6
314(a)......................................................................       4.4; 4.5; 11.2
   (b)......................................................................       N.A.
   (c)(1)...................................................................       11.4
   (c)(2)...................................................................       11.4
   (c)(3)...................................................................       N.A.
   (d)......................................................................       N.A.
   (e)......................................................................       11.5
   (f)......................................................................       N.A.
315(a)......................................................................       7.1(2)
   (b)......................................................................       7.5; 11.2
   (c)......................................................................       7.1(1)
   (d)......................................................................       7.1(3)
   (e)......................................................................       6.11
316(a)(last sentence).......................................................       2.9
   (a)(1)(A)................................................................       6.5
   (a)(1)(B)................................................................       6.4
   (a)(2)...................................................................       N.A.
   (b)......................................................................       6.7
317(a)(1)...................................................................       6.8
   (a)(2)...................................................................       6.9
   (b)......................................................................       2.4
318(a)......................................................................       11.1
   (c)......................................................................       11.1


N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                                    ----
                                                    ARTICLE 1

                                          DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

                                                   BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1.        Definitions..................................................................................     1
Section 1.2.        Other Definitions............................................................................    22
Section 1.3.        Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act............................................    23
Section 1.4.        Rules of Construction........................................................................    24

                                                    ARTICLE 2

                                                    THE NOTES

Section 2.1.        Form and Dating..............................................................................    24
Section 2.2.        Execution and Authentication.................................................................    25
Section 2.3.        Registrar and Paying Agent...................................................................    26
Section 2.4.        Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust..........................................................    26
Section 2.5.        Holder Lists.................................................................................    26
Section 2.6.        Transfer and Exchange........................................................................    26
Section 2.7.        Replacement Notes............................................................................    27
Section 2.8.        Outstanding Notes............................................................................    28
Section 2.9.        Treasury Notes...............................................................................    28
Section 2.10.       Temporary Notes..............................................................................    28
Section 2.11.       Cancellation.................................................................................    29
Section 2.12.       Defaulted Interest...........................................................................    29
Section 2.13.       Persons Deemed Owners........................................................................    29
Section 2.14.       CUSIP Numbers................................................................................    29
Section 2.15.       Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.......................................................    30
Section 2.16.       Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions.....................................................    31
Section 2.17.       Issuance of Additional Notes.................................................................    34

                                                    ARTICLE 3

                                                    REDEMPTION

Section 3.1.        Notices to Trustee...........................................................................    34
Section 3.2.        Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed............................................................    35
Section 3.3.        Notice of Redemption.........................................................................    35
Section 3.4.        Effect of Notice of Redemption...............................................................    36
Section 3.5.        Deposit of Redemption Price..................................................................    36
Section 3.6.        Notes Redeemed in Part.......................................................................    36

-i-

                                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                                    ----
Section 3.7.        Optional Redemption..........................................................................    36
Section 3.8.        Limitations..................................................................................    37

                                                    ARTICLE 4

                                                    COVENANTS

Section 4.1.        Payment of Principal and Interest............................................................    37
Section 4.2.        Maintenance of Office or Agency for Notices and Demands......................................    38
Section 4.3.        Insurance Matters............................................................................    38
Section 4.4.        SEC Reports..................................................................................    38
Section 4.5.        Compliance Certificate.......................................................................    39
Section 4.6.        Corporate Existence..........................................................................    39
Section 4.7.        Payment of Taxes and Other Claims............................................................    39
Section 4.8.        Appointments To Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office...........................................    40
Section 4.9.        Limitation on Indebtedness...................................................................    40
Section 4.10.       Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries......................................................    43
Section 4.11.       Limitation on Restricted Payments............................................................    44
Section 4.12.       Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. ...................    46
Section 4.13.       Limitation on Sales of Assets................................................................    47
Section 4.14.       Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.........................................................    48
Section 4.15.       Change of Control............................................................................    49
Section 4.16.       Limitation on Liens..........................................................................    50
Section 4.17.       Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions....................................................    50
Section 4.18.       Subsidiary Guarantees........................................................................    51
Section 4.19.       Further Instruments and Acts.................................................................    51
Section 4.20.       Suspension of Covenants......................................................................    51

                                                    ARTICLE 5

                                                SUCCESSOR COMPANY

Section 5.1.        Merger and Consolidation.....................................................................    52
Section 5.2.        Successor Corporation Substituted............................................................    52

                                                    ARTICLE 6

                                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.1.        Events of Default............................................................................    53
Section 6.2.        Acceleration.................................................................................    54
Section 6.3.        Other Remedies...............................................................................    55
Section 6.4.        Waiver of Past Defaults......................................................................    55
Section 6.5.        Control by Majority..........................................................................    56
Section 6.6.        Limitation on Suits..........................................................................    56
Section 6.7.        Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.........................................................    56

-ii-

                                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                                    ----
Section 6.8.        Collection Suit by Trustee...................................................................    56
Section 6.9.        Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.............................................................    57
Section 6.10.       Priorities...................................................................................    57
Section 6.11.       Undertaking for Costs........................................................................    57
Section 6.12.       Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.............................................................    58

                                                    ARTICLE 7

                                                     TRUSTEE

Section 7.1.        Duties of Trustee............................................................................    58
Section 7.2.        Rights of Trustee............................................................................    59
Section 7.3.        Individual Rights of Trustee.................................................................    60
Section 7.4.        Trustee's Disclaimer.........................................................................    60
Section 7.5.        Notice of Defaults...........................................................................    60
Section 7.6.        Reports by Trustee to Holders................................................................    60
Section 7.7.        Compensation and Indemnity...................................................................    61
Section 7.8.        Replacement of Trustee.......................................................................    61
Section 7.9.        Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.............................................................    62
Section 7.10.       Eligibility; Disqualification................................................................    62
Section 7.11.       Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company............................................    63

                                                    ARTICLE 8

                                     LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.1.        Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.....................................    63
Section 8.2.        Legal Defeasance and Discharge...............................................................    63
Section 8.3.        Covenant Defeasance..........................................................................    64
Section 8.4.        Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance...................................................    64
Section 8.5.        Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations
                    To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions..........................................    66
Section 8.6.        Repayment to the Company.....................................................................    66
Section 8.7.        Reinstatement................................................................................    67
Section 8.8.        Termination of Obligations upon Cancellation of the Notes....................................    67
Section 8.9.        Survival of Certain Obligations..............................................................    68

                                                    ARTICLE 9

                                                    AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1.        Without Consent of Holders...................................................................    68
Section 9.2.        With Consent of Holders......................................................................    69
Section 9.3.        Compliance with Trust Indenture Act..........................................................    70
Section 9.4.        Revocation and Effect of Consents............................................................    70
Section 9.5.        Notation on or Exchange of Notes.............................................................    71

-iii-

                                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                                    ----
Section 9.6.        Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc..............................................................    71

                                                    ARTICLE 10

                                                    GUARANTEES

Section 10.1.       Subsidiary Guarantee.........................................................................    71
Section 10.2.       Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee...............................................    72
Section 10.3.       Limitation of Subsidiary Guarantee...........................................................    73
Section 10.4.       Waiver of Subrogation........................................................................    73
Section 10.5.       Release of Subsidiary Guarantee..............................................................    74
Section 10.6.       Contribution from Other Guarantors...........................................................    74

                                                    ARTICLE 11

                                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1.       Trust Indenture Act Controls.................................................................    74
Section 11.2.       Notices......................................................................................    74
Section 11.3.       Communication by Holders with Other Holders..................................................    76
Section 11.4.       Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent...........................................    76
Section 11.5.       Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion................................................    76
Section 11.6.       Rules by Trustee and Agents..................................................................    76
Section 11.7.       No Recourse Against Others...................................................................    77
Section 11.8.       Governing Law................................................................................    77
Section 11.9.       No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements................................................    77
Section 11.10.      Successors...................................................................................    77
Section 11.11.      Severability.................................................................................    77
Section 11.12.      Counterpart Originals........................................................................    77
Section 11.13.      Variable Provisions..........................................................................    77
Section 11.14.      Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders. ........................    78
Section 11.15.      Table of Contents, Headings, etc.............................................................    78
Section 11.16.      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporator and Stockholders. .....    78

SIGNATURES.......................................................................................................    69

EXHIBIT A               FORM OF NOTE
EXHIBIT B               FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE
EXHIBIT C               FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTES
EXHIBIT D               FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR INSTITUTIONAL
                        ACCREDITED INVESTORS
EXHIBIT E               FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR REGULATION S TRANSFERS
EXHIBIT F               FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

-iv-

INDENTURE, dated as of March 10, 2004 among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking corporation, as trustee, (the "Trustee").

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Notes"):

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1. Definitions.

"Additional Assets" means

(i) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;

(ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

(iii) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clauses (ii) or (iii) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

"Additional Notes" means, subject to the Company's compliance with Section 4.9, 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than issuances pursuant to Section 2.7, 2.10, 3.6, 4.13, 4.15 or 9.5 of this Indenture and other than Exchange Notes issued pursuant to an exchange offer for other Notes outstanding under this Indenture).

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Agent" means any Registrar or Paying Agent or authenticating agent or co-registrar.

"Asset Disposition" means any direct or indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease or sublease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other disposition


(or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions that are part of a common plan) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Leasing Subsidiary), including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "disposition"), of (i) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), (ii) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or (iii) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (x) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or a Guarantor and (y) for purposes of Section 4.13 only, a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.11; provided, however, that the following shall not be deemed an Asset Disposition:
(A) a transaction or series of related transactions consummated after the Issue Date for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receives aggregate consideration of less than $5.0 million during any consecutive 12-month period; provided that such sale or disposition also complies with Section 4.13(i) and (B) transactions permitted under Section 5.1.

"Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

"Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of numbers of years from the date of determination of the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.

"Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

"Capital Lease Obligations" means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

-2-

"Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock.

"Cash Equivalents" means, at any time,

(i) any evidence of Indebtedness with a maturity of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof);

(ii) demand deposits, trust accounts, time deposits, overnight bank deposits, certificates of deposit or acceptances with a maturity of one year or less from the date of acquisition of any financial institution that is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $300.0 million and whose short-term debt has a rating, at the time when any investment therein is made, of at least "A-1" (or subsequent equivalent rating) by S&P or at least P-1 (or subsequent equivalent rating) by Moody's;

(iii) commercial paper with a maturity of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued by a corporation that is not an Affiliate of the Company organized under the laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia and rated at least A-2 (or subsequent equivalent rating) by S&P or at least P-2 (or subsequent equivalent rating) by Moody's;

(iv) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with terms of more than 30 days relating to obligations of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with a financial institution of the type described in clause (ii) above;

(v) interests in money market funds which invest at least 95% or more of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i) and (iv) above; and

(vi) foreign equivalents of the items described in clauses
(i) through (v) above.

"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (i) such person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

(ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors;

-3-

(iii) the Company conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets to any person or group, in one transaction or a series of transactions other than any conveyance, transfer or lease between the Company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Company shall approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Company" means Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with Article 5.

"Consolidated Assets" as of any date of determination means the total amount of assets which would appear on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Leasing Subsidiaries), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the four most recent fiscal quarters for which the Company has filed financial statements with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act prior to the date of such determination to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that:

(1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness has been Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness or otherwise, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period, except that, in making such calculation, Indebtedness Incurred under a revolving credit or similar arrangement to finance seasonal fluctuations in working capital needs shall be computed on the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such period unless such Indebtedness is projected in the reasonable judgment of senior management of the Company to remain outstanding for a period in excess of 12 months from the date of Incurrence of such Indebtedness, in which case such Indebtedness will be assumed to have been Incurred on the first day of such coverage period;

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise

-4-

discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale);

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any person which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business (and for which financial information is available sufficient to permit calculations of EBITDA for such operating unit), EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligations have a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that bears interest at a rate chosen at the option of the Company is being given pro forma effect, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company.

"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus (x) to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries:

(i) interest expense attributable to capital leases,

(ii) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost (excluding debt issuance cost relating to the Notes);

-5-

(iii) capitalized interest;

(iv) non-cash interest payments;

(v) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing;

(vi) net costs under Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees);

(vii) dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;

(viii) interest Incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued operations; and

(ix) interest actually paid by the Company or any of its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries under any Guarantee of Indebtedness of any Person

and minus (y) to the extent included in such total interest expense, any amortization by the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries of (i) capitalized interest or (ii) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Interest Expense as defined above shall not include interest expense or other costs attributable to Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness.

"Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(i) any net income of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below);

(ii) the net income of (x) any Leasing Subsidiary of which substantially all of its borrowings constitute Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness and (y) any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the extent that, in the case of (y), such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

-6-

(iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(iv) extraordinary gains or losses;

(v) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(vi) any non-cash goodwill or non-cash asset impairment charges subsequent to the Issue Date; and

(v) gains or losses arising from the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes.

"Continuing Directors" means, as of the date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: (a) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date or (b) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election.

"Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "Controlling" and "Controlled" shall have meanings correlative thereto.

"Credit Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004, among the Company, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (the "Administrative Agent"), and Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as syndication agents, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, and any agreement or agreements evidencing any refunding, replacement, refinancing or renewal, in whole or in part, of the Credit Agreement; provided that such refunding, replacement, refinancing or renewal shall be effected in the commercial bank or institutional lending market, and not in the capital markets.

"Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

"Depository" means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company, or a successor thereto, or another Person designated as Depository by the Company, which must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

"Disqualified Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable

-7-

pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock (excluding Disqualified Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary into Indebtedness or mandatorily redeemable Capital Stock, until such Capital Stock is so converted or exchanged) or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary.

"EBITDA" for any period means Consolidated Net Income plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(a) all consolidated income tax expense of the Company;

(b) Consolidated Interest Expense;

(c) all consolidated depreciation expense or the Company;

(d) all consolidated amortization expense of the Company; and

(e) other noncash charges (except for any such noncash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in a future period) deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income (and not already excluded from the definition of the term "Consolidated Net Income"),

in each case for such period. For avoidance of doubt, EBITDA shall not include items listed in clauses (a), (c), (d) and (e) above which are attributable to a Leasing Subsidiary to the extent that net income of such Leasing Subsidiary is excluded from Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (i) through (v) of the definition thereof.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Exchange Notes" means the 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 to be issued in exchange for the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any asset, the price which could be negotiated in an arm's-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of which is under compulsion to complete the transaction. The Fair Market Value of any asset or assets shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith, and shall be evidenced by a resolution of such Board of Directors delivered to the Trustee.

"Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof and whose business is primarily conducted outside of the United States.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, including those set forth in the opinions and

-8-

pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP, except to the extent modified therefrom by the terms of such provisions and related definitions.

"Global Notes" means one or more 144A Global Notes, Regulation S Global Notes and IAI Global Notes.

"Guarantee" means:

(a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person; and

(b) any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

(i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or

(ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

"Guarantor" means each of Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company, Trinity Industries Leasing Company, Trinity Marine Products, Inc., Trinity Rail Group, LLC, Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc., Trinity Tank Car, Inc. and Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc., which constitute all of the guarantors of the Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date, and any other subsidiary that becomes a guarantor of the Notes thereafter pursuant to this Indenture.

"Hedging Obligations" means with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person in respect of (a) interest rate or currency swap agreements, interest rate or currency collar agreements or (b) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates and/or currency exchange rates.

"Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar's books.

"IAI Global Note" means a permanent global note in registered form representing the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors.

-9-

"Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term "Incurrence" when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.

"Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication,

(i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of

(A) indebtedness of such Person for money

borrowed and

(B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

(ii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;

(iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business);

(iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit);

(v) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Capital Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

(vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses
(i) through (v) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as guarantor or otherwise; and

(vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses
(i) through (vi) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property and assets or the amount of the obligation so secured.

"Indenture" means this Indenture, as may be amended from time to time.

-10-

"Initial Notes" means (i) the 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 and
(ii) Additional Notes, if any, issued in the form of 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company, including those issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

"Initial Purchasers" means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein Securities LLC, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., Wachovia Securities LLC and Tokyo-Mitsubishi International plc.

"Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is an "accredited investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

"interest" means any interest hereunder and any additional interest under the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Interest Payment Date" means each semiannual interest payment date on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2004.

"Interest Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date (except a date for payment of defaulted interest) means the March 1 or September 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

"Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers, including Leasing Subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such Person) or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary," the definition of "Restricted Payment" and Section 4.11, "Investment" shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

"Investment Grade" means Baa3 or higher by Moody's and BBB- or higher by S&P.

"Issue Date" means the date on which the Notes are originally issued.

-11-

"Joint Venture" means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form.

"Leasing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Leasing Subsidiary.

"Leasing Subsidiary" means TILC or a wholly-owned special purpose Subsidiary of TILC or the Company, in each case the business of which is limited to leasing and/or selling lease fleets of railcars, barges or liquid propane containers owned or to be owned by such Subsidiary, related assets and associated underlying third party leases.

"Legal Holiday" means Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or at a place of payment are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

"Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

"Maturity Date" means March 15, 2014.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to its debt rating business.

"Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments and Cash Equivalents received therefrom (including any cash payments and Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other noncash form) in each case net of
(i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, and (iv) all amounts to be held in escrow or otherwise as a reserve by the seller of the assets constituting the Asset Disposition to account for any liabilities assumed or retained in connection with such Asset Disposition until such escrow or reserve is released to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereupon it shall constitute Net Available Cash.

"Net Cash Proceeds," with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a

-12-

result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any applicable tax sharing arrangements).

"Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness" means Leasing Indebtedness Incurred by a Leasing Subsidiary which is non-recourse to the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary other than such Leasing Subsidiary. For purposes of this definition, "non-recourse" means having recourse limited to the railcars, barges, liquid propane containers or other assets, associated lease payments and related assets financed by such Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness.

"Non-U.S. Person" has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S.

"Notes" means, collectively, the Initial Notes and the Unrestricted Notes treated as a single class of securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

"Officer" means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, Controller, Secretary or any Vice President of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice Chairman, the President or any Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or the Secretary of such Person which shall comply with applicable provisions of Sections 11.4 and 11.5 hereof.

"144A Global Note" means a permanent global note in registered form representing the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

"Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

"Permitted Investments" means any of the following:

(i) any investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(ii) any Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and Incurred in compliance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iii) endorsements of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the consideration therefor consists solely of common stock of the Company;

(v) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is

-13-

merged with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of the assets, to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(vi) loans and advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date to the extent that any such transaction complies with Section 4.11;

(vii) securities or other obligations received in settlement of debts or judgments created or obtained in the ordinary course of business by or against third parties, in each case in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(viii) Investments the consideration for which consists solely of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Company;

(ix) Investments consisting of (a) prepayments of and purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material and equipment or (b) licenses or leases of intellectual property and other assets, in each cash in the ordinary course of business;

(x) Investments acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with (a) an Asset Disposition permitted under
Section 4.13 to the extent such Investments are non-cash consideration permitted to be received under Section 4.13 or (b) a sale or other disposition of property or assets not constituting an Asset Disposition; and

(xi) any Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Investment is with respect to a Leasing Subsidiary it shall be made in connection with the sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of railcars to such Leasing Subsidiary; provided further that such Investment in such Leasing Subsidiary shall not exceed 35% of the Fair Market Value of such railcars at the time of such Investment.

"Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person,

(a) Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

(b) Liens securing Indebtedness described in Section 4.9(b)(1) and interest, fees, expenses and other obligations owing under the Credit Agreement and obligations owing under any related guarantee, security or similar agreement;

(c) Liens on property at the time such Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquires the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

(d) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness;

(e) additional Liens for any purpose of up to 15% of the Company's Consolidated Assets;

-14-

(f) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen's compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers', warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review;

(h) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(i) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds, performance bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit (and reimbursement obligations thereunder) do not constitute Indebtedness;

(j) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred, and the Indebtedness secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement, addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien;

(l) Liens on property or shares of stock of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person (other than Liens Incurred in connection with, or to provide credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company); provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

-15-

(m) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary of such Person owing to such Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(n) Liens Incurred by another Person on assets that are the subject of a Capital Lease Obligation to which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is a party; provided, however, that any such Lien may not secure Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except by virtue of clause (vii) of the definition of "Indebtedness") and may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person;

(o) Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and which are secured solely by a Lien on the same property which secures the Indebtedness that is the subject of the applicable Hedging Obligation;

(p) Liens to secure any Refinancing (or successive Refinancings) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien (other than that referred to in clauses (b), (e), (q) and
(r)); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased (other than by an amount necessary to pay fees and expenses, including premiums, related to the Refinancing of such Indebtedness);

(q) Liens Incurred in connection with any Sale/Leaseback Transaction permitted under Section 4.17 securing borrowings of up to $20.0 million;

(r) Liens arising by operation of law in connection with judgments that are being contested in good faith by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and that do not constitute an Event of Default;

(s) Liens arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities;

(t) Liens, security interests, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any third party on property of over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto; and

(u) Liens to secure any Leasing Indebtedness Incurred by any Leasing Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(12); provided that such Liens do not extend to assets other than assets of a Leasing Subsidiary.

"Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

-16-

"Physical Notes" means one or more certificated Notes in registered form.

"Preferred Stock," as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

"Principal" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

"Private Exchange Securities" has the meaning provided in
Section 1 of the Registration Rights Agreement.

"Private Placement Legend" means the legend initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

"Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement dated as of March 5, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

"Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness

(i) consisting of the deferred purchase price of property, conditional sale obligations, obligations under any title retention agreement and other purchase money obligations, including borrowings, in each case where the maturity of such Indebtedness does not exceed the anticipated useful life of the asset being financed, and

(ii) Incurred to finance the acquisition or construction by the Company or any Subsidiary of such asset, including additions and improvements; provided, however, that any Lien arising in connection with any such Indebtedness shall be limited to the specified asset being financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the real property on which such asset is attached; and provided further, however, that the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of 100% of the cost or 100% of the Fair Market Value of the asset being financed.

"Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock other than Disqualified Capital Stock.

"Qualified Institutional Buyer" or "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

"Rating Agencies" means (a) S&P, (b) Moody's; or (c) if S&P or Moody's or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody's or both, as the case may be.

"Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

-17-

"Redemption Price" means the amount payable for the redemption or repurchase of any Note on the Redemption Date, and shall always include interest accrued and unpaid to the Redemption Date, unless otherwise specifically provided.

"Refinance" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. "Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.

"Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in compliance with this Indenture; provided, however, that

(i) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(ii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a Leasing Subsidiary; and

(iv) such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes at least to the extent that the Indebtedness to be Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes.

"Registrar" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

"Registration Rights Agreement" means the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004, by and among the Company, Guarantors, and the Initial Purchasers.

"Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

"Regulation S Global Note" means a permanent global note in registered form representing the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S.

-18-

"Related Business" means any business directly or indirectly related, ancillary or complementary to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date.

"Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, shall mean any officer in the corporate trust department of the Trustee or any officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any officer in the corporate trust department of the Trustee with respect to a particular corporate matter or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

"Restricted Payment" with respect to any Person means

(i) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving such Person) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) or rights to acquire its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) and dividends or distributions payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and other than pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation)),

(ii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary held by any Person other than the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary, including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital Stock (other than into Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Capital Stock),

(iii) any redemption prior to the scheduled maturity or prior to any scheduled repayment of principal in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

(iv) the making of any Investment in any Person (other than a Permitted Investment).

"Restricted Security" has the meaning set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Security.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

"Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

-19-

"S&P" means Standard and Poor's Rating Group or any successor to its debt rating business.

"Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and leases it back from such Person, other than leases for a term of not more than 12 months or between the Company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or between Wholly Owned Subsidiaries. For purposes of Section 4.17, an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby a Leasing Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and leases it back from such Person shall not be deemed to be a "Sale/Leaseback Transaction."

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Senior Indebtedness" means

(i) Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and

(ii) accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company to the extent post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of

(A) Indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and

(B) Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable unless, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the Notes;

provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include

(1) any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary,

(2) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company,

(3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities),

(4) any Indebtedness of the Company (and any accrued and unpaid interest in respect thereof) which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company or

-20-

(5) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of Incurrence is Incurred in violation of this Indenture.

"Significant Subsidiary" with respect to any Person, means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria of a "significant subsidiary" set forth in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

"Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

"Subordinated Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

"Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person,
(ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

"Subsidiary Guarantee" means, individually, any Guarantee of payment of the Notes and Exchange Notes by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. Each such Subsidiary Guarantee shall be in the form prescribed by this Indenture.

"TIA" or "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as provided in
Section 9.3 hereof; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" and "TIA" mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act as so amended.

"TILC" means Trinity Industries Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation.

"Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and thereafter means such successor serving hereunder.

"Unrestricted Notes" means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes and any Notes registered under the Securities Act pursuant to and in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement.

-21-

"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors under Section 4.10 and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

"U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer's option.

"Voting Stock" of any Person, corporation, association, partnership or other business entity, as of any date means shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) in such Person, corporation, association, partnership or other business entity entitled (without regard to any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Leasing Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares and shares held by other Persons to the extent such shares are required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) is owned by the Company or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Section 1.2. Other Definitions.

                                                                             Defined in
                           Term                                               Section
"Affiliate Transaction".............................                          4.14(a)
"Asset Sale Offer"..................................                          4.13(a)
"Asset Sale Offer Date".............................                          4.13(a)
"Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date".....................                          4.13(a)
"Asset Sale Payment Date"...........................                          4.13(b)
"Change of Control Offer"...........................                          4.15(a)
"covenant defeasance"...............................                           8.1(c)
"Coverage Ratio Exception"..........................                           4.9(a)
"Custodian".........................................                            6.1
"Designation".......................................                            4.10
"Designation Amount"................................                            4.10
"Equity Offering"...................................                            3.7
"Event of Default"..................................                            6.1
"legal defeasance"..................................                           8.1(b)
"Paying Agent"......................................                            2.3
"Permitted Indebtedness"............................                           4.9(b)
"Reference Date"....................................                          4.11(a)
"Registrar".........................................                            2.3
"Reversion Date"....................................                            4.19
"Revocation"........................................                            4.10
"Successor Company".................................                            5.1

-22-

                                                                             Defined in
                           Term                                               Section
"Suspended Covenants"...............................                          4.20(a)
"Suspension Period".................................                          4.20(a)

Section 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

"Commission" means the SEC;

"indenture securities" means the Notes;

"indenture security holder" means a Holder;

"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and

"obligor" on the Notes means the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes or any successor obligor upon the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meaning so assigned to them.

In addition, for purposes of Sections 311(b)(4) and 311(b)(6) of the TIA, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"cash transaction" means any transaction in which full payment for goods or securities sold is made within seven days after delivery of the goods or securities in currency or in checks or other orders drawn upon banks or bankers acceptances and payable upon demand.

"self-liquidating paper" means any draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or incurred by the Company for the purpose of financing the purchase, processing, manufacture, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or merchandise and which is secured by documents evidencing title to, possession of or a lien upon, the goods, wares or merchandise or the receivables or proceeds arising from the sale of the goods, wares or merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the security is received by the Trustee simultaneously with the creation of the creditor relationship with the Company arising from the making, drawing, negotiating or incurring of the draft, bill of exchange, acceptance or obligation.

-23-

Section 1.4. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) "or" is not exclusive;

(4) "including" means including without limitation;

(5) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; and

(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

Section 2.1. Form and Dating.

The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication thereof shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication thereof shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more 144A Global Notes and Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Regulation S Global Notes, each substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legend set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

The initial offer and resale of the Notes shall not be to an Institutional Accredited Investor. The Notes resold to Institutional Accredited Investors in connection with the first transfer made pursuant to Section 2.16(a) shall be issued initially in the form of a single permanent Global Note in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by the Company (and having an

-24-

executed Subsidiary Guarantee from each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear the legend set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as hereinafter provided.

Section 2.2. Execution and Authentication.

Two Officers shall sign (each of whom shall, in each case, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. The form of Trustee's certificate of authentication to be borne by the Notes shall be substantially as set forth in Exhibits A and B hereto.

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes that are 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $300,000,000, or (ii) Unrestricted Notes from time to time only in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate. Each such written order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Unrestricted Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as Physical Notes or Global Notes and such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. Additional Notes may be issued in accordance with Section 2.17 and Unrestricted Notes may be issued in exchange for Additional Notes that are Restricted Securities. Any such order or orders shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.17 after the Issue Date, whether such Additional Notes shall be issued as Initial Notes or Unrestricted Notes, shall certify that such issuance will not be prohibited by Section 4.9.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate.

The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

-25-

Section 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an office or agency including the office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.2 where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes.

Section 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.

The Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any Default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee of all money that shall have been delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company, a Subsidiary or any other obligor upon the Notes acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.

Section 2.5. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date (and in all events at intervals of not more than six months) and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

Section 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.

The Notes will be issued in fully registered form and will be transferable only upon the surrender of the Notes being transferred for registration of transfer. Where Notes are

-26-

presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register, transfer or exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met; provided that any Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfer and exchanges in compliance with this Indenture, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar's request.

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.2 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange of a Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (iii) to register the transfer or exchange of a Note between the record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to
Section 2.10, 3.6 or 9.5 hereof).

Prior to the registration of any transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the Trustee and any Agent of the Company shall treat the Person in whose name the Note is registered on the register maintained by the Trustee as the owner thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee nor any such Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Any consent, waiver or actions of a Holder shall be binding upon any subsequent Holders of such Note or a Note received upon transfer.

Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest in a Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Depository (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

Section 2.7. Replacement Notes.

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Company signed by two Officers, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee's requirements for replacement of Notes are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

-27-

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and entitled to the benefit of this Indenture.

Section 2.8. Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.7.

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate holds the Note, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.9 hereof.

Section 2.9. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or a Subsidiary thereof shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes.

Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate. The Officers' Certificate shall specify the amount of temporary Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Notes are to be authenticated.

Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company and the Trustee consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate pursuant to
Section 2.2 definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

-28-

Section 2.11. Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel and dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7, the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in its customary manner.

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes. The Company shall, with the consent of the Trustee, fix each such special record date and payment date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or the Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Company) shall mail to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer and subject to Section 2.12, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any co-registrar and any Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name any Note shall be registered upon the register of Notes kept by the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of the ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone other than the Company, any co-registrar and any Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of or interest on such Note and for all other purposes; and none of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any co-registrar or any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 2.14. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

-29-

Section 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

(a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit C.

Members of, or participants in, the Depository ("Participants") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

(b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16; provided, however, that Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global Notes if (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the Global Notes and a successor Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, (ii) the Depository ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depository is not appointed within 90 days, (iii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee that it elects to cause the issuance of Physical Notes, or (iv) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depository to issue Physical Notes.

(c) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.15, the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Company authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

(d) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

(e) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

-30-

Section 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions.

(a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB:

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Issue Date; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, at any time on or prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date or (y) the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto and any legal opinions and certifications as may be reasonably requested by the Trustee and the Company;

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the IAI Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above (and any legal opinion or other certifications), the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer an interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) written instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures and (y) the certificate, if required, referred to in clause (y) of paragraph (i) above, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interests are to be transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred.

(b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to a QIB:

(i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the Issue Date; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion thereof, at any time on or prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date or (y) such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB

-31-

within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

(ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the 144A Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and written instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its book and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred; and

(iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer an interest in the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in the principal amount of the IAI Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred.

(c) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person under Regulation S:

(i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request; and

(ii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note or the Note to be transferred consists of Physical Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of
(x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as the case may be, to be transferred or cancel the Physical Notes to be transferred, and (b) if the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depository's and the Registrar's procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note or the Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred.

(d) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the exchange offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authen-

-32-

tication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Global Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers,
(y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for exchange in the exchange offer.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

(f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless, and the Trustee is hereby authorized to deliver Notes without the Private Placement Legend if, (i) there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act; (ii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (including pursuant to a Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement)); or
(iii) the date of such transfer, exchange or replacement is two years after the later of (x) the Issue Date and (y) the last date that the Company or any affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto).

(g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Participants or beneficial owners of interest in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.15 or this Section
2.16. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

-33-

Section 2.17. Issuance of Additional Notes.

The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Unrestricted Notes or Exchange Notes, other than with respect to transfer restrictions); provided that such issuance is not prohibited by Section 4.9. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of the Board of Directors and in an Officers' Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(2) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes and the amount of interest payable on the first payment date applicable thereto; and

(3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes or shall be registered securities issued in the form of Unrestricted Notes.

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION

Section 3.1. Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 60 days before the Redemption Date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not less than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee.

Any such notice may be cancelled prior to notice being mailed to any Holder pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof and shall thereafter be void and of no effect.

-34-

Section 3.2. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.

If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or on as nearly a pro rata basis as possible (subject to Depository's procedures), if any, and that the Trustee in its sole discretion considers fair and appropriate and in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. Notes and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.

Section 3.3. Notice of Redemption.

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address.

The notice shall identify (including the CUSIP number, if any) the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price and accrued interest;

(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

(5) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date; and

(7) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this
Section 3.3.

-35-

Section 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the Redemption Date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

Section 3.5. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date, other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 3.6. Notes Redeemed in Part.

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.7. Optional Redemption.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.7, the Company may not redeem any of the Notes prior to March 15, 2009. At any time on or after March 15, 2009, the Company may, at its option, redeem outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to a percentage of the principal amount thereof, as set forth in the immediately succeeding paragraph, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Redemption Price as a percentage of principal amount shall be as follows, if the Notes are redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on or after March 15 of the years set forth below:

Year                                                          Percentage
----                                                          ----------
2009......................................................      103.250
2010......................................................      102.167
2011......................................................      101.083
2012 and thereafter.......................................      100.000

(b) At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2007 the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a

-36-

redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that:

(1) at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption; and

(2) the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering.

"Equity Offering" means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to any Person.

No Notes of a principal amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If a partial redemption is made pursuant to the foregoing provision, the Trustee will select the Notes only on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro rata basis as is practicable (subject to the Depository's procedures).

Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof.

Section 3.8. Limitations.

The provisions of this Article 3 and of the Notes shall not apply to any private or open market purchase of Notes by the Company, whether or not any Notes so purchased are retired or extinguished.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Subject to the provisions of Article 8, so long as Notes are outstanding hereunder, the Company covenants for the benefit of the Holders that:

Section 4.1. Payment of Principal and Interest.

The Company shall promptly pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful as provided in Section 2.12.

-37-

Section 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency for Notices and Demands.

The Company will maintain in The City of New York an office or agency where the Notes may be presented for payment, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and for exchange as provided in this Indenture and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of such Notes or of this Indenture may be served. Until otherwise designated by the Company in a written notice to the Trustee, such office or agency in The City of New York shall be the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office, such presentations and demands may also be made and notices may also be served at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee which shall be, until further notice to the Company by the Trustee, at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286.

Section 4.3. Insurance Matters.

The Company shall provide or cause to be provided, for itself and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance against loss or damage of the kinds that, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of the Company, are adequate and appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in a prudent manner, with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America or an agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and by such methods as shall be customary, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of the Company, for corporations similarly situated in the industry, unless the failure to provide such insurance (together with all other such failures) would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Section 4.4. SEC Reports.

Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Holders of the Notes:

(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto and in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, if any) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified independent accountants; and

-38-

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates).

In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company has agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, it will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.5. Compliance Certificate.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers' Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default by the Company and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4).

Section 4.6. Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence, material rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such material right or franchise if the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or the loss thereof is not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.

Section 4.7. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before any penalty accrues thereon, (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and (2) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to

-39-

be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

Section 4.8. Appointments To Fill Vacancies in Trustee's Office.

The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of the Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.8, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 4.9. Limitation on Indebtedness.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) except that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if, after giving effect thereto (i) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio at the date of such Incurrence exceeds 2.25 to 1.0 (this clause (i), the "Coverage Ratio Exception"); and (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur any or all of the following Indebtedness (collectively, "Permitted Indebtedness"):

(1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding at any time shall not exceed $350.0 million;

(2) Subordinated Indebtedness owed to and held by a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Subordinated Indebtedness (other than to another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Subordinated Indebtedness by the Company;

(3) Indebtedness pursuant to the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees issued on the Issue Date and any Exchange Notes and guarantees thereof by the Guarantors;

(4) Indebtedness of such Person outstanding on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in Section 4.9(b)(1);

(5) Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9(a) or pursuant to Section 4.9(b)(3) or
(b)(4) or this Section 4.9(b)(5);

(6) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.9(b)(6) then outstanding does not exceed $30.0 million;

-40-

(7) Indebtedness arising out of Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase Money Indebtedness and Sale/Leaseback Transactions permitted pursuant to Section 4.17 in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not exceeding $30.0 million;

(8) Indebtedness or Capital Stock issued to and held by the Company or (x) a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided that any Indebtedness held by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(8)(y) shall be Incurred solely for cash management purposes in the ordinary course of business; provided further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness or Capital Stock (other than to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the issuance of such Indebtedness or Capital Stock by the issuer thereof;

(9) Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness or Capital Stock Incurred in connection with, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect thereof; provided, however, that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness, the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.9(a); provided further, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness shall only be permitted under this
Section 4.9(b)(9) to the extent Incurred by the Subsidiary that originally Incurred such Indebtedness or by the Company or any Guarantor;

(10) Indebtedness Incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary shall not exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate, taken together with all other Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.9(b)(10) then outstanding;

(11) Indebtedness Incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary for the purpose of acquiring a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary; provided that the principal amount of such Indebtedness may not exceed the purchase price for such Subsidiary; provided further, that after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.9(a), and any refinancings thereof by such Restricted Subsidiary provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased;

(12) Leasing Indebtedness (including Leasing Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue Date); provided that the aggregate amount of Leasing Indebtedness (exclusive of Attributable Debt associated with non-recourse Sale/Leaseback Transactions of Leasing Subsidiaries) Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.9(b)(12) may not exceed the lesser of

-41-

80% of the cost to TILC or 80% of the Fair Market Value of the assets of the Leasing Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

(13) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate amount of such guaranteed Indebtedness, together with the aggregate amount of loans by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to officers and employees, shall not at any one time exceed $2.5 million in the aggregate;

(14) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five business days of its Incurrence;

(15) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of guarantees, indemnitees or obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments in connection with the disposition of assets in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such obligations shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such disposition of assets;

(16) Indebtedness under commodity agreements such as futures contracts, forward contracts, options or other agreements for the purposes of protecting against fluctuations in the price of, or shortage of supply of, commodities used in the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Indebtedness is Incurred solely for non-speculative purposes; and

(17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred for the purposes of defeasing the Notes.

(c) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness which by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is also by its terms (or by the terms of any agreement governing such Indebtedness) made expressly subordinate to the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, to the same extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this
Section 4.9, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories in clauses (1) - (17) of Section 4.9(b) or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness in one or more of the types of Indebtedness described, except that Indebtedness Incurred under the Credit Agreement or Leasing Indebtedness on the Issue Date shall be deemed to have been Incurred under clause (b)(1) or clause (b)(12) of this Section 4.9, as the case may be.

-42-

Section 4.10. Limitation on Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company may, on or after the Issue Date, designate any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Subsidiary of the Company which owns Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or is a Guarantor) as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" under this Indenture (a "Designation") only if:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after giving effect to such Designation;

(2) the Company would be permitted under this Indenture to make an Investment at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation) in an amount (the "Designation Amount") equal to the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary owned by the Company and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date and (B) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owed to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date; and

(3) the Company would be permitted to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to
Section 4.9 at the time of Designation (assuming the effectiveness of such Designation).

In the event of any such Designation, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment constituting a Restricted Payment in the Designation Amount pursuant to Section 4.11 for all purposes of this Indenture.

(b) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, at any time:

(x) provide direct or indirect credit support for or a guarantee of any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any undertaking agreement or instrument evidencing such Indebtedness);

(y) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary; or

(z) be directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness which provides that the holder thereof may (upon notice, lapse of time or both) declare a default thereon or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity upon the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any right to take enforcement action against such Unrestricted Subsidiary), except, in the case of clause
(x) or (y), to the extent permitted under Section 4.11.

(c) The Company may revoke any Designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary ("Revocation"), whereupon such Subsidiary shall then constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, if

-43-

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time and after giving effect to such Revocation; and

(2) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries outstanding immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of this Indenture.

All Designations and Revocations must be evidenced by an officers' certificate of the Company delivered to the trustee certifying compliance with the foregoing provisions.

Section 4.11. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to make a Restricted Payment if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

(1) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); or

(2) the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.9(a); or

(3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted Payment) made subsequent to the Issue Date would exceed the sum of

(i) 50% of the aggregate cumulative amount of Consolidated Net Income of the Company earned during the period subsequent to March 31, 2004 and ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (such date, the "Reference Date") (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Company from the issuance or sale subsequent to the Issue Date and on or prior to the Reference Date of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or warrants, options or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Qualified Capital Stock); and

(iii) $15.0 million.

(b) The provisions of the foregoing Section 4.11(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this Section 4.11; provided, however, that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

-44-

(ii) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from making loans or advancements to, or investments in, any Joint Venture in an aggregate amount not exceeding $25.0 million plus the lesser of (i) any amounts received as repayment of any such loan, advancement or investment and (ii) the initial amount thereof;

(iii) any purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); provided, however, that (A) such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, and (B) any Net Cash Proceeds from such sale shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under Section 4.11(a)(3)(ii);

(iv) loans and advances to employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $2.5 million;

(v) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, payments to holders of shares of the Company's Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, no par value, $100,000 per share liquidation preference, for cash dividend payments in respect thereof in accordance with the certificate of designations governing such preferred stock;

(vi) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, payments to holders of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company for cash dividend payments or repurchases in respect thereof in the aggregate not to exceed $20.0 million in any calendar year; and

(vii) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Capital Stock or (B) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent Incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.9 and the other terms of this Indenture.

For purposes of performing the calculation specified in
Section 4.11(a)(3), amounts paid in respect of Section 4.11(b)(i), (v), (vi) and
(vii)(A) shall be counted as Restricted Payments and amounts paid in respect of
Section 4.11(b)(ii), (iii), (iv) and (vii)(B) shall not be counted as a Restricted Payment. Any sale or transfer of property by an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with the intention of taking back a lease of that property will be considered a loan to that Unrestricted Subsidiary for this purpose.

-45-

Section 4.12. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) to pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

(ii) to make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

(iii) to transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

(iv) to make payments in respect of any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

except:

(1) any such encumbrance or restriction pursuant to: (x) an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date,
(y) the Credit Agreement and any guarantees thereunder or (z) agreements governing Leasing Indebtedness only with respect to a Leasing Subsidiary;

(2) any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;

(3) any such encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (1)(x) or (2) of this Section 4.12 or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (1)(x) or (2) of this Section 4.12; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are no less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than any such encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in such agreements;

(4) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of customary nonassignment provisions in leases governing leasehold interests to the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the lease or the property leased thereunder;

-46-

(5) in the case of clause (iii) above, encumbrances and restrictions contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages;

(6) any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(7) any such encumbrance or restriction with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9(10);

(8) any encumbrance customarily contained in agreements governing Joint Ventures permitted under this Indenture and which were agreed to in good faith; and

(9) restrictions imposed by applicable law.

Section 4.13. Limitation on Sales of Assets.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such sale or other disposition at least equal to the Fair Market Value thereof;

(ii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, consists of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that is assumed by the transferee in any such transaction shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this Section 4.13;

(iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Disposition, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition within 365 days from the later of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash to (A) repay, prepay or purchase secured Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, obligations under the Credit Agreement (including cash collateralization of any such obligations)); or (B) acquire Additional Assets and/or invest in working capital for the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(iv) On the 366th day after the later of any Asset Disposition or the receipt of Net Available Cash related to such Asset Disposition, or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company determines not to apply the Net Available Cash relat-

-47-

ing to such Asset Disposition as set forth above in clause (iii)(A) or (B) and the aggregate amount of such Net Available Cash equals at least $20.0 million (the "Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date"), the aggregate amount of such Net Available Cash (such amount, the "Asset Sale Offer Amount") to make an offer to purchase (the "Asset Sale Offer") on a date (the "Asset Sale Offer Date") that is not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders and from all holders of other Indebtedness of the Company that is not, by its terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the terms of which require an offer to purchase such other Indebtedness with the proceeds from the Asset Disposition, on a pro rata basis, that amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness equal to the Asset Sale Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes or such other Indebtedness (or the accreted value of such other Indebtedness, if such other Indebtedness is issued at a discount), to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase.

The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws or regulations thereunder in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Indenture. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.13, the Company shall comply with the applicable laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the indenture by virtue of any conflict.

Section 4.14. Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation arrangements or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless the terms thereof are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those which could be obtained at the time of such transaction in arm's-length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate.

In addition, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Affiliate Transaction unless:

(i) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction involving the aggregate value, remuneration or other consideration of less than or equal to $10.0 million, the management of the Company shall have approved the transaction in good faith;

(ii) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction involving the aggregate value, remuneration or other consideration of more than $10.0 million but less than or equal to $25.0 million, the Company has obtained approval of a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company (including a majority of the disinterested directors); and

(iii) with respect to such Affiliate Transaction involving the aggregate value, remuneration or other consideration of more than $25.0 million, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm to the

-48-

effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

(b) The provisions of the foregoing Section 4.14(a) shall not prohibit:

(i) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 4.11;

(ii) employment, consulting, loan, and compensation arrangements and agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with any officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, consistent with past practice or approved by the Board of Directors;

(iii) indemnification arrangements with officers and directors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iv) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors; and

(v) any Affiliate Transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries.

Section 4.15. Change of Control.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase such Holder's Notes (a "Change of Control Offer") at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with Section 4.15(b); provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will not be obligated to purchase the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer if, prior to the time at which the Change of Control Offer is required to be made under this Section 4.15, the Company mails an irrevocable notice of redemption of all of the Notes pursuant to Article 3.

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control (except under the circumstances contemplated by the proviso contained in Section 4.15(a)), the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

-49-

(2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control);

(3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

(4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.15, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

(c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased will be required to surrender the Note with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least 10 Business Days prior to the purchase ate. Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than three Business Days prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased.

(d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.15 shall be delivered by the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled hereto.

(e) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws or regulations in connection with the purchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.15. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof.

Section 4.16. Limitation on Liens.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever on any of its properties (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or prior to, in the case of any Subordinated Indebtedness so secured) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.

Section 4.17. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to create a Lien on such property without equally and ratably securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.16 or (ii) the net proceeds of such sale are applied in accordance with Section 4.13(iii) as if references therein to Net Available Cash are to

-50-

such net proceeds and as if references therein to Asset Disposition were to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction.

Section 4.18. Subsidiary Guarantees.

The Notes shall be guaranteed by each existing or future Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a guarantor of or otherwise an obligor with respect to any other Indebtedness of the Company. If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall organize, acquire or otherwise invest in another domestic Restricted Subsidiary, then such transferee or acquired or other Restricted Subsidiary shall (1) by a supplemental indenture executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, unconditionally guarantee on a senior basis pursuant to Article 10 all of the Company's obligations under the Notes, Additional Notes, if any, and this Indenture; and
(2) deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such supplemental indenture complies with this Indenture. Thereafter, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of this Indenture.

Section 4.19. Further Instruments and Acts.

Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

Section 4.20. Suspension of Covenants.

(a) During any period in which the Notes are rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the "Suspension Period"), Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 and 4.14 will not apply (collectively, the "Suspended Covenants"). Upon the suspension of the Suspended Covenants, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds for purposes of Section 4.13 shall be set at zero.

(b) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of Section 4.19(a) and either Rating Agency subsequently withdraws its rating or downgrades its rating of the Notes below Investment Grade, or a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants (such date, the "Reversion Date"). On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period prior to such Reversion Date shall be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date and classified as permitted under Section 4.9(b)(4). For purposes of calculating the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3), calculations under such Section 4.11(a)(3) will be made with reference to the Issue Date as set forth in that Section. Accordingly, (x) Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a) and (y) the items specified in Sections 4.11(a)(3)(i) and (a)(3)(ii) will increase the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a)(3).

The results of actions taken by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries during the period in which the Notes are rated Investment Grade, and did not otherwise violate this

-51-

Indenture at the time such actions were taken, shall be permitted to remain in place after any date on which the Notes are no longer rated Investment Grade without causing a Default or Event of Default.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

Section 5.1. Merger and Consolidation.

Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor Company") shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company or such Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental to this Indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture or the Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture, as applicable;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to the Coverage Ratio Exception.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction an Officers' Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

Section 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted.

The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company or Guarantor, as the case may be, and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but the predecessor Company in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

-52-

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.1. Events of Default.

An "Event of Default" is defined herein as:

(i) a default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days;

(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

(iii) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with its obligations under Section 4.4, 4.9, 4.10. 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16 or 4.17 and its other agreements contained in this Indenture (except in the case of a default with respect to Sections 4.15 and 5.1, which will constitute Events of Default with notice but without passage of time);

(iv) the failure to pay at the final stated maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the acceleration of such Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by the holders thereof because of a default, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness exceeds $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent);

(v) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

(vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

-53-

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

(vii) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (to the extent not covered by insurance) is rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and is not discharged, paid or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; or

(viii) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee under this Indenture and this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee under this Indenture.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is affected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

A Default under clause (iii) of this Section 6.1 is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes notify the Company of the Default, which notice shall specify that it is a "Notice of Default".

Section 6.2. Acceleration.

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(v) or (vi) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Company (and the Trustee, if such notice is given by such Holders), may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, which notice shall specify the Events of Default and that it is a "Notice of Acceleration". Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(v) or (vi) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the

-54-

Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may, on behalf of all of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind and cancel an acceleration and its consequences:

(1) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decrees

(2) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration;

(3) to the extent that the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid;

(4) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursement and advances; and

(5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (v) of the description above of Events of Default, the Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 6.3. Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies shall be cumulative.

Section 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except
(i) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

-55-

Section 6.5. Control by Majority.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.1, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

Section 6.6. Limitation on Suits.

A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

Section 6.7. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on those Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default in payment of interest or principal specified in Section 6.1(i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal and interest

-56-

remaining unpaid (together with interest on such unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.

Section 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

Section 6.10. Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes.

-57-

Section 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

Each of the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.1. Duties of Trustee.

(1) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(2) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(a) The Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

(b) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(3) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(a) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(2) of this Section 7.1.

(b) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

-58-

(c) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.

(4) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (1), (2), (3) and (5) of this Section 7.1.

(5) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(6) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.2. Rights of Trustee.

(1) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(3) The Trustee may act through agents or attorneys and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(4) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(5) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(6) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

-59-

(7) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

Section 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

Section 7.4. Trustee's Disclaimer.

The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision hereof, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.5. Notice of Defaults.

If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default, if known to the Trustee, within 90 days after it occurs. In the absence of notice to the contrary, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that such obligations are outstanding. Except in the case of a Default in payment on any Note (including the failure to make a mandatory redemption pursuant hereto), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to the interests of Holders.

Section 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a), if such a report is required pursuant to TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

Commencing if and when this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, a copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed. The Company or any other obligor upon the Notes shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

-60-

Section 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity.

The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred by it. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel. The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.7 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and to reimburse the Trustee for its reasonable expenses shall survive the termination of the Company's obligations hereunder and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee, its employees, officers, directors and agents, and any predecessor trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, claims, or expenses, including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee), incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, except as set forth in the next paragraph. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through its own negligence or willful misconduct.

To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Compensation, reimbursement and indemnification to the Trustee under this
Section 7.7 is not subordinated to Senior Indebtedness.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(vi) or (vii) with respect to the Company occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.8. Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.

-61-

The Trustee may resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company and any other obligor upon the Notes shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 10 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges hereunder, promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company's obligations under Section 7.7 thereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, shall be subject to supervision or

-62-

examination by Federal or state authority and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. No obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of such obligor shall serve as trustee upon the Notes.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1). The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b) regarding disqualification of a trustee upon acquiring any conflicting interest.

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.1. Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a board resolution, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.5 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) through (d) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange and the Company's right of redemption;

(ii) substitution of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes;

(iii) rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal and interest on the Notes;

-63-

(iv) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture; and

(v) rights of the holders of the Notes as beneficiaries of this Indenture with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them.

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.2, notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3.

Section 8.3. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, be released from their respective obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.4, 4.7, 4.9 through 4.18, inclusive, and Sections 5.1 and 10.1 with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4, Sections 6.1(iii), 6.1(iv), 6.1(vii), and 6.1(viii) shall not constitute Events of Default.

Section 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following are the conditions precedent to the application of either Section 8.2 or 8.3 to the outstanding Notes:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 7.10 who has agreed to comply with the provisions of this Article 8 applicable to it), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by the Company, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be;

-64-

(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

(a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

(b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings);

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowings) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others;

(7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and

(8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the date of deposit and that no Holder is an insider of

-65-

the Company, after the 91st day following the date of deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable on the Maturity Date within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company.

Section 8.5. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.6, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5 only, the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.4 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (other than the Company) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal or Redemption Price of, and interest on, the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.6. Repayment to the Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, Redemption Price or purchase price of, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof as a general creditor, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being re-

-66-

quired to make any such repayment, at the expense of the Company, if required by applicable law cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national editions), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days after the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.7. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment with respect to any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 8.8. Termination of Obligations upon Cancellation of the Notes.

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as set forth below and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:

(1) either:

(a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (1) have become due and payable or
(2) will become due and payable within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(2) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company; and

-67-

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Section 8.9. Survival of Certain Obligations.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture the respective obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 2.14, 3.7, 4.1, 4.2, 6.7, 7.7, 7.8, 8.5, 8.6 and 8.7 and shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections. 7.7, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive. Nothing contained in this Article 8 shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1. Without Consent of Holders.

The Company and the Trustee may amend or enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to comply with Section 5.2;

(3) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA as then in effect;

(4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes;

(5) to secure the Notes and to make intercreditor arrangements with respect to any such Note, unless the incurrence of such obligations or the security thereof is prohibited by this Indenture;

(6) to evidence or to provide for a replacement Trustee under Section 7.8; or

(7) to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company, or any obligor with respect to the Notes, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power herein conferred on the Company; or

(8) to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes.

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.6 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amendment or supplemental indenture authorized or

-68-

permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustees shall not be obligated to enter into such amendment or supplemental indenture which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 9.2. With Consent of Holders.

The Company and the Trustee may amend or enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, or the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.6 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture unless such amendment or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amendment or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver under
Section 9.1 or this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of each Note affected thereby a copy of such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver and a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph of this Section 9.2, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver under this Section 9.2 shall not:

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

(2) reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

(3) reduce the principal of, any installment of interest on or any premium with respect to any Note, change the Stated Maturity of any Note or change the periods during which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Section 3.7;

-69-

(4) make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Note;

(5) impair the right of any Holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's Notes;

(6) after the Company's obligation to purchase notes arises hereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect in a manner adverse to the Holders of the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Disposition that has been consummated or, after such Change of Control has occurred or such Asset Disposition has been consummated, modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto;

(7) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes the consent of the Holders of which is necessary to amend this Indenture, to waive compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or to waive certain defaults; or

(8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except as permitted hereunder.

Section 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment to or waiver of this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver. If a record date is fixed, those persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

-70-

Section 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver.

Section 9.6. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, waiver or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, waiver or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with and, subject to Section 7.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such amendment, waiver or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it is not inconsistent herewith, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.1. Subsidiary Guarantee.

Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, each Guarantor in respect of the Notes hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors, irrespective of
(i) the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company or any other Guarantors to the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder or (ii) the absence of any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or default of a Guarantor, that: (a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, if any, with respect to the Notes and all other obligations of the Company or any Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder and all other obligations under this Indenture with respect to the Notes or the Notes shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and thereof and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so Guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the Company to the Holders of the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an event of default under the Subsidiary Guarantee, and shall entitle the Holders of Notes or the Trustee to accelerate the obligations of the Guarantors of such Notes hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the Company.

-71-

Each Guarantor, by execution of the Subsidiary Guarantee, waives the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that such Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Company or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder of the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to this Article 10, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of this Indenture for the purposes of the Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of this Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

The Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company's assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a "voidable preference," "fraudulent transfer" or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

No shareholder, officer, director, employee or incorporator, past, present or future, or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any personal liability under this Subsidiary Guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such shareholder, officer, director, employee or incorporator.

Section 10.2. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee.

To further evidence the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.1 of this Indenture, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee, substantially in the form included in Exhibit F to this Indenture, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee after this Article 10 with respect to such Guarantor becomes effective and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an officer of each Guarantor. The validity and enforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

-72-

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 of this Indenture shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

If an officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor's Subsidiary Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

Section 10.3. Limitation of Subsidiary Guarantee.

The obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Subsidiary Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the net assets of each Guarantor, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Section 10.4. Waiver of Subrogation.

Each Guarantor, by execution of its Subsidiary Guarantee, waives to the extent permitted by law any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor's obligations under such Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of the Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Each Guarantor, by execution of its Subsidiary Guarantee, shall acknowledge that it shall receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.4 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

-73-

Section 10.5. Release of Subsidiary Guarantee.

If all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor or all of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor is sold (including by consolidation, merger, issuance or otherwise) or disposed of (including by liquidation, dissolution or otherwise) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, unless the Company elects otherwise, if any Guarantor is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.10, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or a designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or the Person acquiring such assets (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from any of its obligations under this Indenture without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes; provided, in each case that such Guarantor is no longer a Guarantor of, or otherwise an obligor with respect to, any other Indebtedness of the Company. In addition, if a Restricted Subsidiary is no longer a Guarantor of, or otherwise an obligor with respect to, any other Indebtedness of the Company, such Guarantor shall be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from any of its obligations under this Indenture without any further action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes as long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would occur as a consequence thereof.

Section 10.6. Contribution from Other Guarantors.

Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the net assets of each Guarantor, determined in accordance with GAAP, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of Holders of Notes under any Subsidiary Guarantee.

ARTICLE 11

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by operation of TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

Section 11.2. Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail postage prepaid (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other's address:

-74-

If to the Company or a Guarantor:

Trinity Industries, Inc.
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas 75207-2401
Attention: Theis Rice, Vice President of Legal Affairs
Telephone No.: (214) 589-8170
Telecopier No.: (214) 589-8824

With a copy to:

Haynes and Boone, LLP
901 Main Street
Suite 3100
Dallas, Texas 75202
Attention: W. Scott Wallace
Telephone No.: (214) 651-5587
Telecopier No.: (214) 200-0674

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
505 Main Street, Suite 301
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Telephone No.: (817) 334-7065
Telecopier No.: (817) 885-8650

The Company, any other obligor upon the Notes or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopies; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail to his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee at the same time.

-75-

Section 11.3. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

Section 11.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company (or such other obligor) shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officers' Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) An Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

Section 11.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 11.6. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

-76-

Section 11.7. No Recourse Against Others.

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any security, or because of any indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any stockholder, officer or director, as such, of the Company or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or institutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof and as part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

Section 11.8. Governing Law.

THIS INDENTURE, EACH NOTE AND EACH SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

Section 11.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 11.10. Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 11.11. Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 11.12. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

Section 11.13. Variable Provisions.

The Company hereby initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar.

-77-

Section 11.14. Provisions of Indenture for the Sole Benefit of Parties and Holders.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Notes, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture or under any covenant or provision herein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 11.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 11.16. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporator and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

[Signature pages follow]

-78-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of March 10, 2004.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., as Company

By:  /s/ John L. Adams
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  John L. Adams
    Title: Executive Vice President

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By:  /s/ Melissa Scott
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Melissa Scott
    Title: Vice President

The Guarantors:

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY
TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.
TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

By:  /s/ John L. Adams
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  John L. Adams
    Title: Executive Vice President of
           each of the Guarantors listed
           above

S-1

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF NOTE]

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") THAT IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $100,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE

A-1

REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION
TERMINATION DATE.

A-2

$
CUSIP No. ________

6 1/2% Senior Note Due 2014

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on March 15, 2014.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2004.

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Dated:                  ,

                                         TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
  AUTHENTICATION

WELLSFARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
  as Trustee, certifies
  that this is one of the
  Notes referred to
  in this Indenture.

Dated:                       ,

By: ________________________
    Authorized Signatory

A-3

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

6 1/2% Note Due 2014

1. Interest

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under this Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from March 10, 2004. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve-30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder's registered address.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking corporation (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "Act"). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

A-4

5. Optional Redemption

Except as otherwise provided below, the Company may not redeem any of the Notes prior to March 15, 2009. At any time on or after March 15, 2009, the Company may, at its option, redeem outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to a percentage of the principal amount thereof, as set forth in the immediately succeeding paragraph, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Redemption Price as a percentage of principal amount shall be as follows, if the Notes are redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on or after March 15 of the years set forth below:

Year                                                           Percentage
----                                                           ----------
2009......................................................      103.250
2010......................................................      102.167
2011......................................................      101.083
2012 and thereafter.......................................      100.000

At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2007 the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that (1) at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption; and (2) the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering. "Equity Offering" means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to any Person.

6. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent or before the Redemption Date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

7. Offer to Purchase

(a) Upon a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

A-5

(b) If the Company consummates any Asset Disposition, the Company may be required, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, to utilize a certain portion of the proceeds received from such Asset Disposition to offer to repurchase Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase.

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

9. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

10. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date on which such payment became due, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such money shall cease, and Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment.

11. Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

12. Amendment, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, or the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the

A-6

Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to comply with Section 5.2 of the Indenture, to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA as then in effect, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, to secure the Notes or to make intercreditor arrangements with respect to any such Note, unless the incurrence of such obligations or the security thereof is prohibited by Indenture, to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes, to evidence or to provide for a replacement Trustee under Section 7.8 of the Indenture, or to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company or any obligor with respect to any such Notes for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company under the Indenture.

13. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) a default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days; (ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with its obligations under Section 4.4, 4.9, 4.10. 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16 or 4.17 of the Indenture and its other agreements contained in the Indenture (except in the case of a default with respect to Sections 4.15 and 5.1 of the Indenture which will constitute Events of Default with notice but without passage of time); (iv) the failure to pay at the final stated maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the acceleration of such Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by the holders thereof because of a default, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness exceeds $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); (v) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (A) commences a voluntary case; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (E) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; (vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (A) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case; (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or (vii) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (to the extent not covered by insurance) is rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and is not discharged, paid or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; or (viii) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

A-7

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.

14. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledges of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

15. No Recourse Against Others

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

16. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

17. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT(=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorships and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

18. CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests

A-8

may be made to: Trinity Industries, Inc., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207-2401, Attention of Theis Rice, Vice President of Legal Affairs.

19. Registration Rights

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will be obligated upon the occurrence of certain events to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for a 6 1/2% Senior Note due 2014, of the Company (an "Unrestricted Note") which has been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Note. The Holders shall be entitled to receive additional interest on the Notes in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

20. Governing Law

THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE.

A-9

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to


(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:________________ Your Signature: _____________________

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

A-10

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT REPURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.13 [ ]

Section 4.15 [ ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.15 of the

Indenture, state the amount: $_____________

Dated:___________________         Signed: ______________________________________
                                          (Signed exactly as name appears on the
                                          other side of this Note)

A-11

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

$
CUSIP No. ________

6 1/2% Senior Note Due 2014

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on March 15, 2014.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2004.

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Dated:                     ,
                                         TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
  AUTHENTICATION

WELLSFARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of the
Notes referred to
in this Indenture.

Dated: ,

By: ________________________
Authorized Signatory

B-1

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

6 1/2% Note Due 2014

1. Interest

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under this Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from March 10, 2004. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve-30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder's registered address.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking corporation (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "Act"). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

B-2

5. Optional Redemption

Except as otherwise provided below, the Company may not redeem any of the Notes prior to March 15, 2009. At any time on or after March 15, 2009, the Company may, at its option, redeem outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to a percentage of the principal amount thereof, as set forth in the immediately succeeding paragraph, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Redemption Price as a percentage of principal amount shall be as follows, if the Notes are redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on or after March 15 of the years set forth below:

Year                                                           Percentage
----                                                           ----------
2009......................................................      103.250
2010......................................................      102.167
2011......................................................      101.083
2012 and thereafter.......................................      100.000

At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2007 the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that (1) at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption; and (2) the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering. "Equity Offering" means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to any Person.

6. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent or before the Redemption Date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

7. Offer to Purchase

(a) Upon a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

B-3

(b) If the Company consummates any Asset Disposition, the Company may be required, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, to utilize a certain portion of the proceeds received from such Asset Disposition to offer to repurchase Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase.

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

9. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

10. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date on which such payment became due, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such money shall cease, and Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment.

11. Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

12. Amendment, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, or the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the

B-4

Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to comply with Section 5.2 of the Indenture, to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA as then in effect, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, to secure the Notes or to make intercreditor arrangements with respect to any such Note, unless the incurrence of such obligations or the security thereof is prohibited by Indenture, to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes, to evidence or to provide for a replacement Trustee under Section 7.8 of the Indenture, or to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company or any obligor with respect to any such Notes for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company under the Indenture.

13. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) a default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days; (ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with its obligations under Section 4.4, 4.9, 4.10. 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16 or 4.17 of the Indenture and its other agreements contained in the Indenture (except in the case of a default with respect to Sections 4.15 and 5.1 of the Indenture which will constitute Events of Default with notice but without passage of time); (iv) the failure to pay at the final stated maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the acceleration of such Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by the holders thereof because of a default, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness exceeds $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); (v) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (A) commences a voluntary case; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (E) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; (vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (A) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case; (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or (vii) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (to the extent not covered by insurance) is rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and is not discharged, paid or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; or (viii) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

B-5

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.

14. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledges of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

15. No Recourse Against Others

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

16. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

17. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT(=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorships and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

18. CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests

B-6

may be made to: Trinity Industries, Inc., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207-2401, Attention of Theis Rice, Vice President of Legal Affairs.

19. Governing Law

THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE.

B-7

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to


(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:________________ Your Signature:_________________________

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

B-8

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT REPURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.13 [ ]

Section 4.15 [ ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.15 of the

Indenture, state the amount: $_____________

Dated:___________________         Signed: ______________________________________
                                          (Signed exactly as name appears on the
                                          other side of this Note)

B-9

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTES

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Security) in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN
SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.

C-1

EXHIBIT D

Form of Transferee Letter of Representation

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
c/o WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
505 Main Street, Suite 301
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $________ principal amount of the 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Notes") of TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC. (the "Company"). Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

Name: _______________________________________ Address: ____________________________________ Taxpayer ID Number: _________________________

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1. We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act")) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional "accredited investor" at least $100,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the "Resale Restriction Termination Date") only (a) to the Company,
(b) pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a "QIB") that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regu-

D-1

lation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional "accredited investor," in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $100,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certificates and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

Dated: _________________                TRANSFEREE: ____________________________

                                        By: ____________________________________
                                            Name:

Title:

D-2

EXHIBIT E

Form of Certificate To Be
Delivered in Connection
with Regulation S Transfers

_______________, ____

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
c/o WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
505 Main Street, Suite 301
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

Re: TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
(the "Company") 6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Notes")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $ aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or

E-1

legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Defined terms used herein without definition have the respective meanings provided in Regulation S.

Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

By: _____________________________________
[Authorized Signatory]

E-2

EXHIBIT F

[FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE]

Each of the undersigned (the "Guarantors") hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004, by and between Trinity Industries, Inc., as issuer, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, (the "Indenture"), and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the of Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article Ten of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of the Notes of and to the Trustee pursuant to this Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The validity and enforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

This Subsidiary Guarantee has been executed and issued pursuant to the requirements of the Indenture.

[Signatures on Following Pages]

F-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Subsidiary Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.

THE GUARANTORS:

[ ]

By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:

F-2

EXHIBIT 4.7

FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTES

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN
SECTION 2.16 OF THE INDENTURE.


[FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

$
CUSIP No.

6 1/2% Senior Note Due 2014

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars on March 15, 2014.

Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15, commencing September 15, 2004.

Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

Dated:                     ,
                                        TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By:
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        By:
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name:

Title:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

WELLSFARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of the
Notes referred to
in this Indenture.

Dated: ,

By:

Authorized Signatory

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

6 1/2% Note Due 2014

1. Interest

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under this Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing September 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from March 10, 2004. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve-30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder's registered address.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking corporation (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "Act"). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.


5. Optional Redemption

Except as otherwise provided below, the Company may not redeem any of the Notes prior to March 15, 2009. At any time on or after March 15, 2009, the Company may, at its option, redeem outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to a percentage of the principal amount thereof, as set forth in the immediately succeeding paragraph, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

The Redemption Price as a percentage of principal amount shall be as follows, if the Notes are redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on or after March 15 of the years set forth below:

Year                                             Percentage
----                                             ----------
2009 ........................................      103.250
2010 ........................................      102.167
2011 ........................................      101.083
2012 and thereafter .........................      100.000

At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to March 15, 2007 the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price of 106.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that (1) at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption; and (2) the Company makes such redemption not more than 90 days after the consummation of any such Equity Offering. "Equity Offering" means a public or private offering of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company to any Person.

6. Notice of Redemption

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent or before the Redemption Date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

7. Offer to Purchase

(a) Upon a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an offer to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.


(b) If the Company consummates any Asset Disposition, the Company may be required, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, to utilize a certain portion of the proceeds received from such Asset Disposition to offer to repurchase Notes at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption. Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years after the date on which such payment became due, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will pay the money back to the Company at its request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such money shall cease, and Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment.

12. Defeasance

Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13. Amendment, Waiver

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may, or the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to


comply with Section 5.2 of the Indenture, to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA as then in effect, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, to secure the Notes or to make intercreditor arrangements with respect to any such Note, unless the incurrence of such obligations or the security thereof is prohibited by Indenture, to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder of the Notes, to evidence or to provide for a replacement Trustee under Section 7.8 of the Indenture, or to add to the covenants and agreements of the Company or any obligor with respect to any such Notes for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred on the Company under the Indenture.

14. Defaults and Remedies

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) a default in the payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days; (ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after notice with its obligations under Section 4.4, 4.9, 4.10. 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16 or 4.17 of the Indenture and its other agreements contained in the Indenture (except in the case of a default with respect to Sections 4.15 and 5.1 of the Indenture which will constitute Events of Default with notice but without passage of time); (iv) the failure to pay at the final stated maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the acceleration of such Indebtedness (other than Non-Recourse Leasing Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by the holders thereof because of a default, if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness exceeds $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent); (v) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (A) commences a voluntary case; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (E) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; (vi) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (A) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an involuntary case; (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or (vii) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent) (to the extent not covered by insurance) is rendered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and is not discharged, paid or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; or (viii) the Subsidiary Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under the Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives


reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is not opposed to their interest.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledges of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

16. No Recourse Against Others

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

17. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

18. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT(=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorships and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19. CUSIP Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: Trinity Industries, Inc., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207-2401, Attention of Theis Rice, Vice President of Legal Affairs.


20. Governing Law

THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE.


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to


(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)


(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date: Your Signature:

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT REPURCHASE-

If you want to elect to have this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

Section 4.13 [ ]
Section 4.15 [ ]

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount: $_____________

Dated:                            Signed:
      ----------------------              --------------------------------------
                                          (Signed exactly as name appears on the
                                          other side of this Note)


 

Exhibit 5.1

July 20, 2004

Trinity Industries, Inc.
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas 75207-2401

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special counsel to Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Transit Mix ”), Trinity Industries Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation (“ TILC ”), Trinity Marine Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TMP ”), Trinity Rail Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ TRG ”), Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TTFC ”), Trinity Tank Car, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TTC ”), and Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TRCR ,” and together with Transit Mix, TILC, TMP, TRG, TTFC and TTC, the “ Guarantors ”), in connection with the public offering of up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 61/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Exchange Notes ”) and guarantees thereof (the “ Exchange Guarantees ”) by the Guarantors. The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees are to be issued under that certain Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the “ Trustee ”), pursuant to an exchange offer (the “ Exchange Offer ”) in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company’s issued and outstanding 61/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Original Notes ,” and collectively with the Exchange Notes, the “ Notes ”), together with the joint and several guarantees thereof by the Guarantors (the “ Original Guarantees ,” and collectively with the Exchange Guarantees, the “ Guarantees ”). The Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees are being registered pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 (as amended or supplemented, the “ Registration Statement ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”).

     The opinions expressed herein are limited to the federal laws of the United States of America, and, to the extent relevant to the opinions expressed herein, (i) the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”) and applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the DGCL and such provisions of the Delaware Constitution; (ii) the laws of the State of New York; and (iii) the laws of the State of Texas, in each case as currently in effect and as will be in effect on the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees are governed by the laws of the State of New York. We express no opinion as to (i) the subject matter jurisdiction of the United States courts located in New York to adjudicate any controversy relating to the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and (ii) the enforceability of the choice of New York law or whether any court would give effect to such choice of law.

     In connection therewith, we have examined and relied upon the original, or copies certified to our satisfaction, of (i) the restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of the Company and the Guarantors (each as have been amended to date); (ii) resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors or Managers, as applicable, of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the issuance by the Company of the Notes and the Guarantees; (iii) the Registration

 


 

Trinity Industries, Inc.
July 20, 2004
Page 2

Statement and all exhibits thereto; (iv) the Indenture; (v) the form of the Exchange Notes; and (vi) such other documents and instruments as we have deemed necessary and advisable for the expression of the opinions contained herein.

     In making the foregoing examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all individual signatories, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies thereof and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. In addition, we have assumed and without independent investigation have relied upon the factual accuracy of the representations and warranties and other information contained in the items we examined. As to all questions of fact material to this opinion, where such facts have not been independently established, and as to the content and form of certain minutes, records, resolutions or other documents or writings of the Company or the Guarantors, we have relied, to the extent we have deemed reasonably appropriate, upon representations or certificates of officers of the Company, the Guarantors or governmental officials.

     We have assumed with respect to all parties to the Indenture and the Exchange Notes other than the Company and the Guarantors (the “ Other Parties ”) that: (i) each Other Party is a natural person or is an entity other than a natural person that had and has, as applicable, the corporate or other power and authority to execute and deliver the Indenture and the Exchange Notes and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) each Other Party has taken all necessary corporate or other action to authorize the execution and delivery by it of the Indenture and the Exchange Notes to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and (iii) each of the Indenture and the Exchange Notes has been duly executed and delivered by each Other Party that is a party thereto. In addition, we have assumed that the Indenture constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of all persons or entities that are parties thereto other than the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against such persons or entities in accordance with its terms.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that when the Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and when the Exchange Notes (in the form examined by us) have been duly executed and authenticated (to the extent required) in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and have been issued and delivered upon consummation of the Exchange Offer against receipt of the Original Notes surrendered in exchange therefor in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer:

     (i) the Exchange Notes will be valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms; and

     (ii) each Guarantor’s Exchange Guarantee will be the valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor as to the Exchange Notes, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Guarantees,

except, in each case, as enforceability may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, rearrangement, liquidation, conservatorship or similar laws of general application now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally, (ii) provisions of applicable law pertaining to the voidability of preferential or fraudulent transfers and conveyances, (iii) general equitable principles (whether or not such enforceability is

 


 

Trinity Industries, Inc.
July 20, 2004
Page 3

considered in a proceeding at law or in equity), concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought, (iv) public policy considerations which may limit the rights of parties to obtain certain remedies, and (v) the fact that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

     The opinions that the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees are enforceable are also subject to the qualification that certain of the remedial, waiver, and other provisions of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees may not be enforceable. However, based upon our judgment we do not believe that such unenforceability will render the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees invalid as a whole or substantially interfere with the realization of the principal legal benefits to be provided by the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees, except to the extent of any procedural delay which may result therefrom.

     We express no opinion as to (i) the enforceability of provisions of the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees to the extent that such provisions purport to sever unenforceable provisions from the Exchange Notes or Exchange Guarantees, respectively, to the extent that the enforcement of the remaining provisions would frustrate the fundamental intent of the parties to such documents; or (ii) the enforceability of any provision in the Exchange Notes or the Exchange Guarantees that purports to appoint an agent for service of process or establish or otherwise affect jurisdiction, venue, evidentiary standards, or limitation periods, or procedural rights in any suit or other proceeding.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement.

     This opinion is rendered solely to you in connection with the above matter. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or relied upon by or furnished to any other person without our prior written consent. The opinions expressed herein are given as of the date hereof, and we undertake no, and hereby disclaim any, obligation to advise you of any change in any matter set forth herein.

Very truly yours,

/s/Haynes and Boone, LLP

Haynes and Boone, LLP

 

EXHIBIT 10.2

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN
(AS AMENDED SEPTEMBER 10, 1998)

1. Each member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is not an employee of the Company shall, upon retirement, disability or death while serving as a Director, on or after December 11, 1986, be entitled to receive a monthly amount determined in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Plan. Payment of such monthly amount shall commence on the first day of the month following such Director's retirement, disability or death, and shall continue on the first day of each month thereafter until a total of one-hundred twenty (120) monthly payments have been made. In accordance with Company policy, no Director may have his name placed in nomination for reelection as a Director after he attains age seventy-two (72), unless such Director served on the Board of Directors prior to December 11, 1986. For purposes of this Plan, a Director is disabled if such Director has a physical or mental condition which, in the judgment of the Company, based upon medical reports and other evidence satisfactory to the Company, presumably permanently prevents such Director from satisfactorily performing his usual duties as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

The preceding provisions of this Section 1 to the contrary notwithstanding, any former Director who has commenced receiving monthly payments under this Plan following his retirement or disability and who has more than one such monthly payment remaining to be paid may elect in writing on a form acceptable to the Company to waive his right to continue receiving monthly payments hereunder and in lieu thereof to receive one lump sum payment in an amount equal to 90% of the present value of the monthly payments remaining to be paid at the time of such lump sum payment. The present value shall be determined using the actuarial assumptions that would be used for calculating lump sum distributions under the Trinity

1

Industries, Inc. Standard Pension Plan, and the payment will be made in cash to the former Director no later than 15 days following receipt of his election by the Company. In the event that a former Director receives a lump sum payment in accordance with this provision, no further benefits will be owed to or on account of such former Director under this Plan and the remaining 10% of the present value of the monthly payments shall be forfeited.

2. Each director shall have the right to designate a beneficiary who is to succeed to his contingent right to receive future payments hereunder in the event of his death. Such designation shall be made on a Beneficiary Designation Form, a specimen of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A. If the Director should die on or after December 11, 1986 while serving as a Director or before receiving one-hundred twenty (120) monthly payments under paragraph 1, above, the full number of such monthly payments, in the case of death while serving as a Director, or the remaining payments, in the case of death after retirement or disability, shall be paid to his designated beneficiary, it being understood that no more than one-hundred twenty (120) monthly payments shall be made in the aggregate to the Director and his beneficiary and that the monthly payments to a beneficiary shall be equal in amount to the monthly payments that would be payable to such Director as if such Director retired on the date of his death, in the case of death while serving as a Director, or the monthly payments that would be payable to such Director but for his death before receiving one hundred twenty (120) monthly payments, in the case of death after retirement or disability. Payment to a beneficiary shall commence on the first day of the month following the Director's death and shall continue on the first day of each month thereafter until the requisite number of monthly payments has been made to such beneficiary. In the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, the value of the entire death benefit described in this paragraph 2 may be paid in a single lump sum within a reasonable period (as

2

determined by such Board) after the Director's death. If no beneficiary has been designated by the Director, payment under this paragraph 2 shall be made to the Director's estate.

The preceding provisions of this Section 2 to the contrary notwithstanding, any beneficiary of a former Director who is receiving monthly payments under the provisions of this Section 2 and who has more than one such monthly payment remaining to be paid may elect in writing on a form acceptable to the Company to waive his right to continue receiving monthly payments hereunder and in lieu thereof to receive one lump sum payment in an amount equal to 90% of the present value of the monthly payments remaining to be paid at the time of such lump sum payment. The present value shall be determined using the actuarial assumptions that would be used for calculating lump sum distributions under the Trinity Industries, Inc. Standard Pension Plan, and the payment will be made in cash to the beneficiary no later than 15 days following receipt of his election by the Company. In the event that a beneficiary of a former Director receives a lump sum payment in accordance with this provision, no further benefits will be owed to such beneficiary on account of such former Director under this Plan and the remaining 10% of the present value of the monthly payments shall be forfeited.

3. Each monthly payment referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 of this Plan shall be equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of a percentage of the annual retainer paid to a Director in the year of such Director's retirement, disability or death while serving as a Director. Such percentage is dependent on the number of his years of service as a Director and shall be determined as follows:

Years of Service                   Vested Percentage
----------------                   -----------------
Less than 5 years                           0%
5 years                                    50%
6 years                                    60%
7 years                                    70%
8 years                                    80%
9 years                                    90%
10 years and over                         100%

3

4. Until and except to the extent that the monthly amount to be paid after retirement, disability or death is vested pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Plan, the interest of each Director or his beneficiary in such monthly amount is contingent and subject to forfeiture.

5. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of a Change of Control:

(I) The vested percentage referred to in Section 3 of this Plan shall be 100% for each member of the Board of Directors at the time of such Change of Control, irrespective of the number of such Director's years of service.

(II) Any former Director (or beneficiary of a former Director) who is receiving monthly payments pursuant to Section 1 (or Section 2 with respect to a beneficiary) and any Director who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors on or after the date of such Change of Control, who elected (or with respect to a beneficiary, if the former Director elected) an accelerated Change of Control payment, as described below, shall receive, in lieu of the monthly payments that otherwise would be owed to the Director under this Plan pursuant to Section 1 hereof (or beneficiary pursuant to Section 2 hereof), either
(i) a cash lump sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of such monthly payments, or (ii) equal annual cash installments over five (5), six (6) or seven (7) years in an aggregate amount which is the actuarial equivalent of such monthly payments, whichever method was elected by the Director on the election form. The accelerated Change of Control payment shall be elected by the Director on a separate election form for such purpose at the time the Director initially becomes covered by this Plan or, if later, on or before July 20, 1999 and shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that a Director or former Director may make, revoke or change an accelerated Change of Control distribution election subsequent to the initial election with the new election to be effective only in the event that the new election is made at least 12 months prior to the date payments under this provision commence.

(III) Each member of the Board of Directors at the time of such Change of Control and each former Director (or beneficiary of a former Director) who has not yet received the entire benefit to which he is entitled under this Plan, regardless of whether an election was made in accordance with the preceding paragraph
(II) and regardless of whether payment has yet commenced, may elect in writing on a form acceptable to the Company to waive his right to any future payment or payments hereunder and in lieu thereof to receive one lump sum payment in an amount equal to 90% of the present value of the payments owed with respect to the Director or former Director under this Plan at the time of such lump sum payment. In

4

the event that a Director or former Director (or beneficiary of a former Director) receives a lump sum payment in accordance with this provision, no further benefits will be owed to or on account of such Director or former Director under this Plan and the remaining 10% of the present value of the payments otherwise owed shall be forfeited.

The amount to be distributed as the lump sum present value or actuarial equivalent annual installments shall be determined using the actuarial assumptions that would be used for calculating lump sum distributions or installment payments, as appropriate, under the Trinity Industries, Inc. Standard Pension Plan.

A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Plan if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(I) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of paragraph
(III) below; or

(II) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on May 6, 1997, constitute the Board of Directors and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on May 6, 1997, or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(III) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or

5

consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its affiliates of a business) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

(IV) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to an entity, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

For purposes hereof:

"Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

"Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

"Person" shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

6. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Director or his beneficiary shall not be entitled to receive payments hereunder if such Director's service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company is terminated for cause.

7. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to create a trust or fiduciary relationship of any kind. Funds set aside to provide benefits hereunder, if any, shall continue for

6

all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Company and shall be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors, and no person other than the Company shall, by virtue of the provisions of this Plan, have any interest in such funds. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than that of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

8. The right of any Director or any beneficiary to any benefit or to any payment hereunder shall not be subject in any manner to attachment or other legal process for the debts of such Director or beneficiary, and any such benefit or payment shall not be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance by such Director or beneficiary.

9. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon a Director the right to continue serving as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

10. If any of the provisions of this Plan are held to be invalid, the remainder of the Plan shall not be affected thereby.

11. This instrument shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Texas.

12. The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time. Any provision of this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no action taken on or after a Change of Control to amend, modify, freeze or terminate this Plan shall be effective unless written consent thereto is obtained from a majority of the participants who were Directors immediately prior to such Change of Control.

7

EXHIBIT 10.7

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT SHARING AND DEFERRED DIRECTOR FEE TRUST

This Trust Agreement made by and between TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and CHASE BANK OF TEXAS, N.A., a national banking association (the "Trustee");

WHEREAS, the Company and certain affiliates (the Company and its affiliates collectively referred to as the "Employers") have adopted nonqualified deferred compensation plans known as the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan (the "Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan") and the Trinity Industries, Inc. Deferred Plan for Director Fees (the "Director Plan") (each sometimes referred to herein as a "Plan" and collectively referred to herein as the "Plans"); and

WHEREAS, the Employers have incurred or expect to incur liability under the terms of such Plans with respect to the individuals participating in such Plans; and

WHEREAS, the Employers have previously established a trust known as the Supplemental Profit Sharing Trust for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and Certain Affiliates (hereinafter called the "Trust") pursuant to separate agreement with the Trustee, to which the Employers have contributed assets to be used for the satisfaction of the benefit liabilities under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.3 of the agreement governing the Trust, the Company may amend the trust on behalf of all Employers; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend and restate the trust agreement pursuant to which the Trust is maintained and administered in order to add to the Trust the funding of the Director Plan, to change the name of the Trust, and to provide that assets contributed by and held for the satisfaction of Plan benefit liabilities of each Employer shall be allocated to a Separate Account, as herein defined, for such Employer's Plan Participants and beneficiaries, subject to the claims of such Employer's creditors in the event of the Employer's Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plans; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Director Plan as an unfunded plan or the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Employers to make contributions to the Trust to provide a source of funds to assist them in the meeting of their liabilities under the Plans;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby amend, rename and restate the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:


Section 1. Establishment Of Trust.

(a) The Employers have previously deposited with the Trustee in trust amounts in excess of $1,000.00, which constitute the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which each Employer is the grantor with respect to its Separate Account, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Employers and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan Participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plans and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan Participants and their beneficiaries against the Employers. Any amounts allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust will be subject to the claims of such Employer's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in
Section 4(a) herein.

(e) The Employers, in their sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement; provided, however, that each 12-month period ending March 31 each Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount of cash or property at least equal in value to the total amount of deferrals and contributions credited to the Accounts of Participants employed by such Employer pursuant to the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan during such 12-month period and the Company shall contribute to the Trust each 12-month period ending March 31 an amount of cash or property at least equal in value to the total amount of deferrals credited to the Accounts of Participants pursuant to the Director Plan during such 12-month period. In lieu of all or a portion of the contribution to the Trust required by this paragraph and paragraph 1(f) below, the Employers may make contributions in the form of premium payments on insurance policies that are assets of the Trust in such amount and in such manner as the Trustee may direct.

(f) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plans, each Employer shall (i) as soon as possible, but in no event more than two business days following the date of such Change in Control, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an amount, as determined by an Independent Committee, as defined below, which when added to the total value of the assets allocated to the Employer's Separate Account under the Trust at such time equals 125% of the total amount credited to all Accounts under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan and the Director Plan with respect to such Employer's respective Plan Participants as of the date on which the Change in Control occurred,

-2-

and (ii) on and after the date of the Change in Control, make monthly contributions to the Trust in amounts sufficient, as determined by the Independent Committee, to maintain the total value of the assets allocated to the Employer's Separate Account at an amount equal to 125% of the total amount credited to all Accounts under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan and the Director Plan with respect to such Employer's respective Plan Participants. Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, on and after the date of a Change in Control, the assets allocated to each Employer's Separate Account under this Trust, including any additional contributions made by such Employer in accordance with this Section 1(f) for the period following such Change in Control and any earnings on such Separate Account's proportionate share of the Trust's assets, shall be held exclusively for the benefit of those Participants in the Plans (or their beneficiaries) employed by such Employer as of the date immediately prior to the date of such Change in Control, subject to the claims of general creditors of such Employer under federal and state law as set forth below.

(g) In the event that:

(i) an Employer, other than the Company, for whom a Separate Account is being maintained under this Trust ceases to be a "Participating Employer" in the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan as provided in Section 11.01 of that Plan and is deemed to have established a Successor Plan as provided in said Section 11.01 to which all benefit obligations which are allocable to its employees under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan have been transferred, the Company shall cause to be prepared a new trust (the "Successor Trust") for the withdrawing Employer, the terms of which shall be identical to the terms of this Trust, and the Trustee shall transfer the assets of the Separate Account being maintained for such Employer under this Trust to the Successor Trust; or

(ii) the benefit obligations which relate to a Participant under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan are transferred, delivered and assigned to a Successor Plan as provided in Section 11.02 of the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan, then the Trustee shall transfer to the Successor Trust from the Separate Account of each Employer who, immediately prior to such transfer, delivery and assignment, maintained an Account under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan to the Successor Trust assets in an amount equal to the amount that had been credited to the Participant's Account or Accounts by such Employer under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan immediately prior to the transfer, delivery and assignment; provided, however, that if the total amount in such Separate Account is less than the total amount of benefit obligations of such Employer under the Plans at the time of transfer, then the amount transferred shall not exceed a pro rata portion of such Separate Account determined based upon the amount of the benefit obligations of such Participant transferred, delivered and assigned by such Employer to the Successor Plan compared to all benefit obligations of such Employer under the Plans; and provided, further, however that the provisions of this subsection (g)(ii) shall not be effective with respect to "Transactions" (as defined in Section 11.02 of the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan) that occur on or after a Change in Control without the written consent of a majority of the Participants in the Plan at such time.

-3-

Section 2. Payments to Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries.

(a) The Committee of each Plan shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable with respect to each Plan Participant (and his or her beneficiaries) and identifies the Separate Account of the Employer from which such amounts are payable, that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plans), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. An updated Payment Schedule shall be provided by each Committee to the Trustee periodically, but no less frequently than once each calendar quarter. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the Plan Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by an Employer under the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan or by the Company under the Director Plan.

(b) The entitlement of a Plan Participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under a Plan shall be determined by each Committee or such other party as may be designated under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

(c) The Employers participating in the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan or the Company with respect to the Director Plan may make payments of benefits directly to Plan Participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of each Plan in lieu of payment from the Trust. The applicable Committee shall notify the Trustee of an Employer's or the Company's decision to make payments of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to Participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust are not sufficient to make payments of benefits to its respective Plan Participants and beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plans, such Employer shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due, and the Separate Accounts of other Employers hereunder shall not be liable for the payment of such benefits. The Trustee shall notify the Company immediately when the assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust are not sufficient to satisfy all payments due.

(d) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, upon and after a Change in Control, (i) the Trustee shall make payments to Plan Participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with the direction of the Independent Committee rather than a Plan Committee, regardless of whether the Trustee has received a Payment Schedule or any other form of direction from a Plan Committee to make such payments, and (ii) to the extent that an Employer's Separate Account is not sufficient to satisfy all vested benefit liabilities of such Employer, whether or not then due or payable, at the time a benefit payment is owed to one or more Plan Participants or beneficiaries upon or after a Change in Control, then each such Participant or beneficiary entitled to payment shall receive from such Employer's Separate

-4-

Account under the Trust Fund only a pro-rata share of such Separate Account determined on the basis of his or her Plan Account balances for which such Employer is liable compared to the total Plan Account balances for which such Employer is liable, and the remaining amount owed shall be paid directly by the Employer.

Section 3. Appointment of Independent Committee.

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, upon a Change in Control, an Independent Committee consisting of at least three members shall be appointed by the Human Resource Committee subject to the written approval of a majority of the Participants in the Plans on the date of such Change in Control. The Independent Committee shall:

(i) determine the amount of the irrevocable contributions to be made by each Employer pursuant to Section 1(f) hereof;

(ii) determine in accordance with the Plans the amounts payable with respect to each Plan Participant (and his or her beneficiaries), the form in which such amounts are to be paid, and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof;

(iii) determine the entitlement of Plan Participants and beneficiaries to benefits under the terms of the Plans pursuant to
Section 2(b) hereof;

(iv) direct the Trustee to make payments to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to Section 2 hereof; and

(v) select a successor Trustee for the Trust if a Trustee resigns or is removed on or after the date of a Change in Control pursuant to Section 12.

(b) Each member of the Independent Committee so appointed shall serve in such office until his or her death, resignation or removal. The Human Resource Committee may remove any member of the Independent Committee effective upon the written approval of a majority of the Plan Participants. Vacancies on the Independent Committee shall be filled from time to time by the Human Resource Committee effective upon the written approval of a majority of the Participants in the Plans on the date such vacancy is filled.

(c) The Independent Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Independent Committee may by such majority action authorize any one or more of its members to execute any document or documents on behalf of the Independent Committee, in which event the Independent Committee shall notify the Trustee in writing of such action and the name or names of its member or members so authorized to act. Every interpretation, choice, determination or other exercise by the Independent Committee of any power or discretion given either expressly or by implication to it shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties having or

-5-

claiming to have an interest under the Trust or otherwise directly or indirectly affected by such action, without restriction, however, on the right of the Independent Committee to reconsider and redetermine such action.

(d) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that (i) the Human Resource Committee shall not appoint an Independent Committee within 30 days following a Change in Control or a majority of the Participants in the Plans do not approve in writing at least three members selected by the Human Resource Committee to serve on an Independent Committee within such 30-day period or (ii) the Human Resource Committee does not fill a vacancy on the Independent Committee within 30 days of the date such office becomes vacant or a majority of the Participants in the Plans do not approve in writing the Human Resource Committee's selection to fill a vacancy on the Independent Committee within such 30-day period, then the Participants in the Plans shall elect, by majority vote, up to three individuals to the extent necessary to ensure that the Independent Committee consists of three members.

Section 4. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary when an Employer Is Insolvent.

(a) The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries if the Employer liable for such payment of benefits is Insolvent. An Employer shall be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Employer is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Employer is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of each Employer's Separate Account under the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Employer under federal and state law as set forth below.

(i) The Human Resource Committee and the Chief Executive Officer of an Employer shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing of the Employer's Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of an Employer alleges in writing to the Trustee that the Employer has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine whether the Employer is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to the Employer's respective Plan Participants or their beneficiaries.

(ii) Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of an Employer's Insolvency, or has received notice from the Employer or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Employer is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Employer's solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the Employer's solvency.

-6-

(iii) If at any time the Trustee has determined that an Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to the Employer's respective Plan Participants and their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets allocated to the Employer's Separate Account under the Trust for the benefit of the Employer's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Plan Participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of an Employer with respect to benefits due under the Plans or otherwise.

(iv) The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to an Employer's respective Plan Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after the Trustee has determined that the Employer is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plans for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any such Plan benefit payments made to Plan Participants or their beneficiaries by the Employers in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

Section 5. Payments to the Employers.

(a) Except as provided in Sections 4 and 5(b) hereof, the Employers shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the Employers or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before payment of all benefits have been made to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plans.

(b) To the extent that a Plan Committee at any time determines based upon information provided to the Committee by the Trustee that the value of the assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust exceeds 125% of the amounts credited to Plan Accounts for which such Employer is liable as of the most recent Valuation Date plus any deferrals or contributions made since that date, the Trustee shall pay such excess to such Employer upon receipt of written request therefor from the Employer; provided, however, that no such payment of excess assets to an Employer shall be made on or after the date of a Change in Control without the written approval of two-thirds of the Participants for whom such Employer maintains an Account pursuant to a Plan.

Section 6. Investment Authority.

(a) The Trustee shall establish and maintain a separate account within the Trust for each Employer (the "Separate Account"). An amount equal to the value of all current Trust Fund assets as of the effective date of this agreement shall be allocated to the Separate Account maintained for the Company. All future amounts deposited with the Trustee by an Employer

-7-

shall be allocated to such Employer's Separate Account. The Separate Accounts shall be maintained for record keeping purposes only, and the assets of the Trust may remain invested as a single fund; provided, however, that the Company may direct the Trustee to segregate all or any portion of the Trust Funds for investment solely for one or more of the Separate Accounts. At the end of each calendar quarter and at such other times as the Company may determine, the Trustee shall determine the fair market value of the assets of the Trust. On the basis of such valuation, the Trustee shall adjust the Separate Account of each Employer to reflect its proportionate share of the earnings, losses and expenses of the Trust for the valuation period then ended.

(b) The Trustee shall have full power and authority to invest and reinvest the Trust assets, or any part thereof, in such stocks (common or preferred), bonds, mortgages, notes, interest-bearing deposits (including such deposits with any corporate trustee acting hereunder), options and contracts for the future or immediate receipt or delivery of property of any kind, or other securities, producing or nonproducing oil and gas royalties and payments and other producing and nonproducing interests in minerals, or in commodities, life insurance policies, annuity contracts or other property of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed, as the Trustee, in the Trustee's absolute discretion and judgment, deems appropriate for the Trust, and to hold cash uninvested at any time and from time to time in such amounts and to such extent as the Trustee, in the Trustee's absolute discretion and judgment, deems appropriate for the Trust. The Trustee shall have full power and authority to manage, handle, invest, reinvest, sell for cash or credit, or for part cash or part credit, exchange, hold, dispose of, lease for any period of time (whether or not longer than the life of the Trust), improve, repair, maintain, work, develop, use, operate, mortgage, or pledge, all or any part of the assets and property from time to time constituting any part of the trust funds held in trust under the Trust; borrow or loan money or securities; write options and sell securities or other property short or for future delivery; engage in hedging procedures; buy and sell futures contracts; execute obligations, negotiable and nonnegotiable; vote shares of stock in person and by proxy, with or without power of substitution; register investments in the name of a nominee; sell, convey, lease and/or otherwise deal with any producing or nonproducing oil, gas and mineral leases or mineral rights, payments and royalties; pay all reasonable expenses; execute and deliver any deeds, conveyances, leases, contracts, or written instruments of any character appropriate to any of the powers or duties of the Trustee, and shall, in general, have as broad power respecting the management, operation and handling of the Trust assets and property as if the Trustee were the owner of such assets and property in the Trustee's own right. The preceding provisions of this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right and power at any time and from time to time to give the Trustee broad guidelines within which it shall invest the assets of the Trust; provided, however, that on and after the date of a Change in Control, the Independent Committee, rather than the Company, shall have the sole authority to exercise such right.

(c) All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee or the person designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan Participants.

-8-

(d) Each Employer shall have the right, at any time, and from time to time in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust; provided, however, that on and after the date of a Change in Control, any assets transferred to the Trust in substitution for assets held by the Trust must consist of cash or marketable securities acceptable to the Independent Committee and the fair market value of the respective assets shall be determined by the Trustee. This right is exercisable by the Employer in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 7. Disposition of Income. During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of any applicable expenses and taxes paid from the Trust, shall be accumulated and reinvested; provided, however that the Employers shall pay all taxes, fees and expenses associated with the Plans and the Trust. In the event the Employers do not pay all taxes, fees and expenses owed with respect to the Trust, any portion not paid by the Employers may be paid from the Trust, provided, that the Trustee shall immediately notify the Employers in writing that such payment has been made and the Employers shall reimburse the Trust for such payment within 15 days from the date of such notice.

Section 8. Accounting by Trustee. The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. Within 30 days following the close of each twelve-month period ending March 31 and within 30 days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration of the Trust and to each Employer a written account of its administration of the Employer's Separate Account during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be.

Section 9. Responsibility of the Trustee.

(a) The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by an Employer which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plans or this Trust and is given in writing by the Employer.

(b) If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust, the Employers agree to indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If the Employers do not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust;

-9-

provided, however, that in the event any such costs, expenses and liabilities are paid from the Trust, the Trustee shall notify the Employers in writing that such payment has been made and the Employers shall reimburse the Trust for such payment within 15 days from the date of such notice.

(c) The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for the Employers generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(d) The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(e) The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein; provided, however, that except as provided in Sections 5(b) and 6(d) hereof, if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(f) Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

Section 10. Compensation and Expenses of the Trustee. The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation commensurate with the services and responsibilities involved hereunder as shall from time to time be agreed upon by the Trustee and the Company. The Employers shall pay all administrative and the Trustee's fees and expenses, but, if not so paid, such fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust; provided, however, that in the event any such fees and expenses are paid from the Trust, the Trustee shall notify the Employers in writing that such payment has been made and the Employers shall reimburse the Trust for such payment within 15 days from the date of such notice.

Section 11. Resignation and Removal of the Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company, which shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee agree otherwise.

(b) The Trustee may be removed by the Company on 30 days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may not be removed by the Company on or after the date of a Change in Control except with the written consent of a majority of the Plan Participants.

-10-

(c) Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within 30 days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the time limit.

(d) If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 12 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraph(s) (a) or (b) of this Section. If no such appointment has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

Section 12. Appointment of Successor.

(a) If the Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 11(a) or (b) hereof, the Company may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee upon resignation or removal; provided, however, that if the Trustee resigns or is removed on or after the date of a Change in Control, the Independent Committee shall select a successor Trustee in accordance with this Section 12. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b) The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to Sections 8 and 9 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and the Employers shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.

Section 13. Amendment or Termination.

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plans or shall make the Trust revocable, and (ii) this Trust Agreement may not be amended on or after the date of a Change in Control without the written consent of a majority of the Participants in the Plans.

(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan Participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans. Upon termination of the Trust any assets that remain allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust shall be returned to such Employer.

-11-

(c) Upon written approval of all of the Participants (including any beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans), the Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plans have been made. All assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust at termination shall be returned to such Employer.

(d) The Company may terminate this Trust with respect to the Separate Account of any Employer with the written approval of all of such Employer's respective Plan Participants (including any beneficiaries of deceased Participants of such Employer who are entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans). All assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust on the date of such termination shall be returned to such Employer.

Section 14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) Benefits payable to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the principles relating to conflicts of laws) of the State of Texas, except where superseded by federal law.

(d) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, when used in this Trust Agreement:

(i) "Committee" or "Plan Committee" shall mean the "Committee" appointed to administer the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan and the "Administrative Committee" appointed to administer the Director Plan.

(ii) "Human Resource Committee" shall mean the Human Resource Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(iii) "Participant" shall mean each "Participant" as that term is defined in the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan and each Director who has an amount credited to his or her Account under the Director Plan or who has elected to have all or any portion of his or her Annual Fee deferred under the terms of that Plan.

(e) Except where otherwise defined, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Plans.

-12-

(f) In the event that a dispute arises between a Plan Participant or beneficiary and the Participant's Employer, the Company or the Trustee with respect to the payment of amounts from the Trust and the Participant or beneficiary is successful in pursuing a benefit to which he or she is entitled under the terms of the Plans and this Trust against the Participant's Employer, the Company, the Trustee or any other party in the course of litigation or otherwise and incurs attorneys' fees, expenses and costs in connection therewith, the Company or with respect to the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan, the Participant's Employer, if other than the Company, shall reimburse the Plan Participant or beneficiary for the full amount of any such attorneys' fees, expenses and costs.

(g) Upon the written consent of the Company delivered to the Trustee, any other Affiliate of the Company which adopts the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan may become a party to this Trust by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors or other governing authority adopting this Trust. For purposes of this Trust, any such Affiliate which adopts this Trust with the written consent of the Company shall be an Employer hereunder.

(h) Any controversy arising out of, or relating to, the payment of Plan benefits that are payable from this Trust shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of the applicable Plan, including provisions relating to the procedures for making benefit claims under the Plan and in accordance with the provisions, if any, requiring arbitration of Plan benefit disputes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed this 31 day of March, 1999 to be effective as of April 1, 1999.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By /s/ JACK CUNNINGHAM
   --------------------------------------
 Title: Vice President

CHASE BANK OF TEXAS, N. A.

By

Title:

The undersigned, as members of the Trust Committee appointed pursuant to the provisions of the Supplemental Profit Sharing Trust for Employees of Trinity Industries, Inc. and

-13-

Certain Affiliates, hereby approve and agree to the amendment and restatement of the Trust as set forth herein.

/s/ JACK CUNNINGHAM
------------------------------------


/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
------------------------------------


/s/ NEIL O. SHOOP
------------------------------------

-14-

THE STATE OF TEXAS               )
                                 )
COUNTY OF DALLAS                 )

BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, a notary public in and for said County and State, on this day personally appeared Jack Cunningham, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that the same was the act of the said TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, and that he/she executed the same as the act of such corporation for the purposes and consideration therein expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this 31st day of March, 1999.

                                       /s/ ANA HORNER
       [SEAL]                          ------------------------------------
                                       Notary Public, State of Texas

My Commission expires:

      3/28/2000
----------------------

THE STATE OF TEXAS               )
                                 )
COUNTY OF DALLAS                 )

BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, a notary public in and for said County and State, on this day personally appeared ______________________, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that the same was the act of the said CHASE BANK OF TEXAS, N.
A., a national banking association, and that he/she executed the same as the act of such banking association for the purposes and consideration therein expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this ___ day of

_____________________, 1999.


Notary Public, State of Texas

My Commission expires:


-15-

EXHIBIT 10.7.1

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT SHARING
AND DEFERRED DIRECTOR FEE TRUST

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of this 27th day of December, 2000 by and between TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, (the "Company"), and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A., a Delaware corporation (the "Trustee");

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee previously executed THE TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL PROFIT SHARING AND DEFERRED DIRECTOR FEE TRUST (the "Trust") effective April 1, 1999; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Trust to permit the Company to set aside assets to find certain additional plans under the Trust; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee desire to amend the Trust pursuant to the authority reserved in Section 13;

NOW, THEREFORE, the sections of the Trust set forth below are amended as follows, but all other sections of the Trust shall remain in full force and effect.

1. Section 1(e) is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof:

"The Company and/or the Employers, in their sole discretion, also may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee for purposes of funding the benefits to certain employees pursuant to the Additional Plans. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, neither the Company nor the Employers shall be required to make any contributions with respect to the Additional Plans."

2. Section 2(a) is hereby amended by revising the last sentence to be and read as follows:

"The Trustee shall make provision for the withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Additional Plan and shall pay amounts withheld to the Company or an employer who shall determine that such amounts have been reported to the taxing authorities as applicable."

3. Section 2(a) is hereby further amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof:

1

"In the event that the Company or an Employer elects to make contributions to the Trust with respect to one or more of the Additional Plans, the Committee of each Additional Plan (or, if no Committee is designated, the Company) shall deliver to the Trustee a payment schedule that indicates the amounts payable in respect of each Additional Plan participant (and his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Additional Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the participants in an Additional Plan and their beneficiaries in accordance with such payment schedule. The Trustee shall make provision for the withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Additional Plan and shall pay amounts withheld to the Company or an Employer who shall determine that such amounts have been reported to the taxing authorities as applicable."

4. Section 2(c) is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph to the end thereof:

"The Company or an Employer may make payment of benefits directly to the participants in an Additional Plan or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of such Additional Plan. The Company or an Employer, as applicable, shall notify the Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amount are payable to such participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of an Additional Plan, the Company or an Employer, as applicable, shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due. The Trustee shall notify the Company where principal and earnings are not sufficient to satisfy all payments due."

5. Section 14(d)(iii) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

"(iii) "Participant" shall mean each "Participant" as that term is defined in the Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan and each Director who has an amount credited to his or her Account under the Director Plan or who has elected to have all or any portion of his or her Annual Fee deferred under the terms of that Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding, the term "Participant" also shall include any person who is a participant in an Additional Plan, but only to the extent that the Company has elected to make contributions to this Trust with respect to such Additional Plan."

6. Section 14(d) is hereby further amended by adding the following new Subsection 14(d)(iv) to the end thereof:

"(iv) "Additional Plan" shall mean, collectively, (a) the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan; (b) the Trinity Industries, Inc. Directors' Retirement Plan; (c) the individual Change in Control Agreements between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the executives listed on the attached Exhibit A; and (d) the individual Deferred

2

Compensation Plan and Agreements between Trinity Industries, Inc. and the executives listed on the attached Exhibit B, but only to the extent that the Company or an Employer has elected to make contributions with respect to such plan or agreement."

7. Section 14(d) is hereby further amended by adding the following new Subsection 14(d)(v) to the end thereof:

"(iv) "Plan" shall mean (a) the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Profit Sharing Plan; (b) the Trinity Industries, Inc. Deferred Plan for Director Fees; and (c) the Additional Plans, each of which is sometimes referred to herein as a "Plan" and collectively referred to herein as the "Plans"."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have caused this Amendment to be executed and their respective corporate seals to be affixed and attested by their respective corporate officers on the day and year first written above.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                           By: /s/ ML Lintner
                                               ---------------------------------

                                           Its: Vice President
                                               ---------------------------------

ATTEST:

/s/ Neil O. Shoop
------------------------
Its: Assistant Secretary
     -------------------

CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.

                                           By: /s/ Karen Epps
                                               ---------------------------------

                                           Its: Vice President and Trust Officer
                                               ---------------------------------

ATTEST:

/s/ [Illegible]
------------------------

Its:
    --------------------

3

EXHIBIT 10.8

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

ARTICLE I
INTRODUCTION

1.1 This Plan shall be known as the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan and shall be effective April 1, 1995.

1.2 This Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation arrangement for a select group of management or highly compensated personnel of Trinity Industries, Inc. and its Affiliates (as hereinafter defined) in order to supplement their retirement benefits to the extent that those benefits are limited by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Participants will be determined by the Plan Committee.

1.3 The payments made under this Plan shall be made in coordination with any benefits to which a Participant is or may become entitled under any Base Plan (as hereinafter defined).

1.4 Trinity Industries, Inc. hopes and expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, but reserves the right to amend it or terminate it in any respect and at any time or from time to time, to the extent provided in Article VI hereof.

1.5 This Plan shall apply only to an employee who begins receiving benefits from a Base Plan after April 1, 1995, as determined by the Plan Committee.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

2.1 Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the remaining sections of this Article II.

-1-

2.2 Affiliate shall mean any entity affiliated with Trinity which shall have adopted a Base Plan for the benefit of its employees.

2.3 Base Plan shall mean the defined benefit plan or plans sponsored by Trinity and/or its Affiliates and qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, from which the Participant is entitled to receive benefits.

2.4 Beneficiary shall mean the individual or individuals entitled to receive benefits payable on behalf of any Participant under his Base Plan in the event of his death on or after Retirement.

2.5 Board shall mean the Board of Directors of Trinity Industries, Inc.

2.6 Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

2.7 Committee shall mean the Supplemental Retirement Plan Committee appointed by the Board.

2.8 Company shall mean Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as well as its Affiliates, which are hereinafter collectively referred to as the Company.

2.9 Effective Date shall mean April 1, 1995.

2.10 Eligibility Requirements shall mean:

(i) having been employed by the Company for at least five (5) years;

(ii) receiving compensation from the Company in excess of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit (currently $150,000);

(iii) being a participant under a Base Plan; and,

(iv) being included within a group of managerial or highly compensated employees of the Company selected by the Plan committee.

2.11 Employee shall mean any person employed by the Company who is included on the Federal Insurance Contribution Act rolls of the Company.

2.12 Participant shall mean an Employee who meets the Eligibility Requirements as determined by the Plan Committee.

-2-

2.13 Plan shall mean the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan as set forth in this document, as this document may be amended from time to time.

2.14 Retirement shall mean the date on which a Participant is eligible to begin receiving benefits from any Base Plan.

2.15 Trinity shall mean Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2.16 Masculine pronouns used herein shall refer to men or women or both and nouns and pronouns when stated in the singular shall include the plural and when stated in the plural shall include the singular, wherever appropriate.

ARTICLE III

DESIGNATION OF PARTICIPANTS
AND FUNDING ARRANGEMENTS

3.1 The Committee shall meet as necessary to verify the eligibility of Participants and to approve the amounts of benefits.

3.2 Contributions by Trinity to pay benefits under the Plan will be made solely out of the general assets of Trinity. Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between Trinity or the Plan and any Employee or any other person. Any funds which may be set aside or invested relative to the Plan shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of Trinity and no person other than Trinity shall, by virtue of the provisions of this Plan, have any interest in such funds. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from Trinity under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of Trinity.

ARTICLE IV

PLAN BENEFITS

4.1 This Plan does not provide for the payment of compensation regularly payable to an Employee for his customary services to the Company.

-3-

4.2 Benefits payable under this Plan will be paid in coordination with any benefits payable to a Participant from his Base Plan.

4.3 If a Participant's services with the Company are terminated prior to his eligibility to receive early, normal or late Retirement benefits under his Base Plan, he shall forfeit all right, for himself and his Beneficiary, to any benefits under this Plan; provided, however, that in the event that such services are terminated for any reason other than death or disability after the occurrence of a "Change in Control" (as hereinafter defined), then such Participant shall not forfeit his right to benefits hereunder and shall be entitled to the difference between (i) his "accrued benefit" as determined under his Base Plan as of the date of such termination by not taking into account Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code and (ii) his "accrued benefit" determined under such Base Plan as of the date of such termination by taking into account Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, with such amount payable to such Employee at the same time and in the same manner as Retirement benefits are payable under the Base Plan. For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall occur in the case of acquisition of 50% or more of the outstanding common stock of the Company by a corporation, person or other entity pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer for the common stock other than by the Company.

4.4 Benefits from the Plan shall be actuarially computed amounts payable to a Participant or Beneficiary so that the annual payments such Participant or Beneficiary shall receive from this Plan (as limited by the final sentence of this Section) and from the Base Plan shall equal the amount of the payments which the Participant would have received at Retirement under the Base Plan but for the operation of Section 401(a)(17) or Section 415 of the Code. The Plan shall not compensate any Participant or Beneficiary for any adverse effects to the Participant which result in a reduction of benefits available from the Base Plan due to changes in the Base Plan benefit formula, social security laws or other laws and rules.

4.5 In the event of a Participant's death on or after Retirement, Trinity shall make any payments called for hereunder to his Beneficiary. Any payment made by Trinity in good faith shall fully discharge Trinity from its obligations with respect to such payment, and

-4-

Trinity shall have no further obligation to see to the application of any money so paid.

4.6 The benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant who is eligible to receive benefits from his Base Plan shall be made according to the form of payment elected or mandated under the Base Plan and shall commence at the same time as such Base Plan benefits.

ARTICLE V

ADMINISTRATION

5.1 The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret, construe and administer the Plan. The Committee's interpretation and construction hereof, and actions hereunder, including any determination of the amount or recipient of any payment to be made under the Plan, shall be binding and conclusive on all persons and for all purposes. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration Of the Plan.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

6.1 The Plan may be amended or terminated in whole or in part from time to time by the Board; provided, however, that no such action shall adversely affect Participants who shall have begun receiving benefits from the Plan; provided further that, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in
Section 4.3 hereof), the Plan may be so amended or terminated only upon approval (determined as of the date of such approval) by a majority in interest of all Participants entitled to benefits under the Plan.

6.2 If Trinity should reorganize, consolidate or merge with another corporation, the Plan shall become an obligation of the new entity or of any business taking over the assets, duties or responsibilities of Trinity.

6.3 If Trinity liquidates due to insolvency or any other event, the Plan shall terminate and be considered as fully and completely discharged.

-5-

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 The Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company and any Employee or to be a consideration for, or an inducement for, the employment of any Employees by the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge any Employee at any time, without regard to the effect such discharge may have on any rights under the Plan.

7.2 The Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, and the Participants and their successors and assigns.

7.3 No benefit payable under the Plan will be subject in any manner to anticipation, assignment, garnishment or pledge; and any attempt to anticipate, assign, garnish or pledge the same will be void; and no such benefits will be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the Participant; and if the Participant is adjudicated bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, assign or pledge any benefits, then such benefits will, in the discretion of the Committee, cease, and in that even the Committee will have the authority to cause the same or any part thereof to be held or applied to or for the benefit of the Participant, his Beneficiary, his children or other dependents, or any of them, in such manner and in such proportion as the Committee may deem proper. The foregoing will not, however, preclude or affect any pledges, liabilities or other obligations of the Participant to the Company.

7.4 If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any payment is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of mental or physical illness, accident, or death, or is a minor, any payment due (unless a prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian, committee or other legal representative) may be paid to the spouse, a child, a parent, a brother or sister or any person deemed by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to have incurred expenses for such person otherwise entitled to payment, in such manner and proportions as the Committee may determine. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of Trinity under the Plan,

-6-

and Trinity shall have no further obligation to see to the application of any money so paid.

7.5 The payment of Plan benefits to a Participant, as hereinabove provided, shall be subject to the following condition, the breach of which shall cause the Participant to forfeit all rights in and to any such benefits remaining unpaid on the date of such breach:

Until all payments hereunder have been made in full, such Participant shall not, directly or indirectly, become or serve as an officer, employee, owner or partner of any business which, in the opinion of the Plan Committee, competes in a material manner with the Company, without the prior written consent of the Company.

7.6 The provisions of the Plan shall be construed according to the laws of the State of Texas.

EXECUTED this 1st day of April, 1995.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                           By: /s/ JACK CUNNINGHAM
                                              ----------------------------------
                                           Title: Vice President
                                                 -------------------------------

Attest:

 /s/ NEIL O. SHOOP
---------------------------------

-7-

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN

AMENDMENT NO. 1

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors wishes to amend the Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplement Retirement Plan to include "earned and ultimately paid" incentive compensation rather than "paid" incentive compensation.

NOW, THEREFORE, the annual "Compensation" used when computing any benefit payable under this plan will include incentive compensation earned under the Company's Incentive Compensation Agreement, "when earned" rather than "when paid". To be included as "Compensation" the incentive compensation, must ultimately be paid.

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has executed this Amendment on this 14th day of September, 1995, effective as of September 14, 1995.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: /s/ JACK CUNNINGHAM
   --------------------------------------
   Jack Cunningham
   Vice President


SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN
AMENDMENT NO. 2

The Trinity Industries, Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time (the "Plan"), is hereby further amended, effective as of May 6, 1997, as set forth below.

Any term which is not defined below shall have the meaning set forth for such term in the Plan.

1. Section 4.2 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated as follows:

4.2 Except as provided in Section 4.3 hereof, benefits payable under this Plan will be paid in coordination with any benefits payable to a Participant from his Base Plan.

2. Section 4.3 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated as follows:

4.3 If a Participant's services with the Company are terminated prior to his eligibility to receive early, normal or late Retirement benefits under his Base Plan, he shall forfeit all right, for himself and his Beneficiary, to any benefits under this Plan; provided, however, that in the event that such services are terminated for any reason (other than death or disability) after the occurrence of a "Change in Control" (as hereinafter defined), then such Participant shall not forfeit his right to benefits hereunder and shall be entitled to the difference between (i) his "accrued benefit" as determined under his Base Plan as of the date of such termination by not taking into account Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code and (ii) his "accrued benefit" determined under


such Base Plan as of the date of such termination by taking into account Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, with the actuarial value of such difference being payable to the Employee in a lump sum cash payment within five days following such termination.

For purposes of this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(I) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Trinity Industries, Inc. ("Trinity") (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from Trinity or its affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of Trinity's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause
(i) of paragraph (III) below; or

(II) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving:
individuals who, on May 6, 1997, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of Trinity) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by Trinity's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at

2

least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on May 6, 1997, or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(III) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of Trinity or any direct or indirect subsidiary of Trinity with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of Trinity outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of Trinity or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger. or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of Trinity (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Trinity (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from Trinity or its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its affiliates of a business) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of Trinity's then outstanding securities; or

(IV) the stockholders of Trinity approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Trinity or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by Trinity of all or

3

substantially all of Trinity's assets, other than a sale or disposition by Trinity of all or substantially all of Trinity's assets to an entity, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of Trinity in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Trinity immediately prior to such sale.

For purposes hereof:

"Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

"Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

"Person" shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) Trinity or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Trinity or any of its Affiliates,
(iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of Trinity in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of Trinity.

3. Section 4.6 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated as follows:

4

4.6 Except as provided in Section 4.3 hereof, the benefits payable under this Plan to a Participant who is eligible to receive benefits from his Base Plan shall be made according to the form of payment elected or mandated under the Base Plan and shall commence at the same time as such Base Plan benefits.

4. Section 6.1 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated as follows:

6. The Plan may be amended or terminated in whole or in part from time to time by the Board; provided, however, that no such action shall adversely affect Participants who shall have begun receiving benefits from the Plan; and provided further, that during (a) the period commencing on the date of occurrence of a Potential Change in Control (as defined below) and ending on the earlier of (i) six months after the later of (1) the expiration of six months following the occurrence of such Potential Change in Control or
(2) the Board's adoption of a resolution certifying that a Potential Change in control ceases to exist or (ii) the date of occurrence of a Change in Control, and (b) a period of two years following the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Plan may not be terminated or amended in any manner adverse to Participants or Beneficiaries (including, but not limited to, any adverse amendment of this Section 6.1 or any adverse amendment to the proviso in Section 4.3 hereof).

For purposes of this Plan:

A "Potential Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set

5

forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(1) Trinity enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control;

(2) Trinity or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control;

(3) any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Trinity representing 15% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of Trinity or the combined voting power of Trinity's then outstanding securities (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from Trinity or its affiliates); or

(4) the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Plan, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

5. The second paragraph of Section 7.5 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding to the end thereof the following clause:

; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 7.5 shall be of no force and effect from and after the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined above).

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company as of the day and year first above written.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: /s/ W. RAY WALLACE
   ----------------------------------

7

EXHIBIT 10.9

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

DEFERRED PLAN FOR DIRECTOR FEES

(as amended)

THIS PLAN, made and executed at Dallas, Texas by Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is being established primarily for the purpose of providing to members of the Board of Directors of the Company the ability to defer receipt of all or part of their compensation as a Director.

I.

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:

(a) "Account" means the separate memorandum account maintained by the Company for each Director who elects to participate in the Plan.

(b) "Adjustment Date" means the last day of each calendar quarter and such other dates as the Administrative Committee in its discretion may prescribe.

(c) "Administrative Committee" means a committee composed of at least three individuals appointed by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the adjustment of participant accounts as provided herein, each of whom shall serve in such office until a successor is appointed by the Compensation Committee or until such person's death, resignation or removal by the Compensation Committee.


(d) "Annual Fee" means the retainer and meeting fees paid to a Director for services rendered as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company, including fees for services on a committee, for the Annual Period.

(e) "Annual Period" means the calendar year.

(f) "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(I) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (i) of paragraph
(III) below; or

(II) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on May 6, 1997, constitute the Board of Directors and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved

2

or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on May 6, 1997, or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(III) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its affiliates of a business) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

3

(IV) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to an entity, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

For purposes hereof:

"Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.

"Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

"Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

"Person" shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation

4

owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(h) "Competitive Business Entity" means any business, proprietorship, partnership, corporation engaged in business activities in the same or similar markets in which the Company, its subsidiaries, and affiliates operate or plan to operate.

(i) "Director" means a member of the Board of Directors.

(j) "Plan" means the Trinity Industries, Inc. Deferred Plan for Director Fees as set forth in this instrument and as it may hereafter be amended from time to time.

(k) "Termination Date" means the date upon which a Director ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors.

II.

PLAN DESCRIPTION

A Director may elect to defer receipt of all or a specified part of his or her Annual Fee. The Company will maintain an Account for each participant into which the deferred portion of the Annual Fee will be credited on the date the Director would otherwise be entitled to receive such fee. Sums credited to the Account will accrue an interest equivalent from the date they are credited at a rate equal to the annual LIBOR rate plus 6 points, as of the first business day following each Adjustment Date. The accrued interest equivalent shall be credited to the Account on each Adjustment Date, and shall thereafter be subject to subsequent accruals of an interest equivalent.

In lieu of having the Account credited with an interest equivalent as provided in the preceding paragraph, a Director may elect to have the deferred portion of his or her Annual

5

Fee treated as if invested in units of Common Stock of the Company ("Stock Units"). Stock Units will be deemed to be acquired on the first day of each quarter for the deferred portion of the Annual Fee credited to the Account in the prior quarter. Dividend equivalents in the form of additional Stock Units will be credited to the Account as of the date of payment of cash dividends on the Company's Common Stock. A Stock Unit shall be deemed to be equal in value to a share of Common Stock of the Company at the closing price of the Company's Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the first date of particular determination, or if the date of determination is not a trading day on the New York Stock Exchange, on the next succeeding trading day. In case of a split or other subdivision of the Company's Common Stock, Stock Units will be similarly deemed to be split or subdivided. At each Adjustment Date, a Participant's Account that has been credited with Stock Units shall be valued on the basis of shares of the Company's Common Stock at that date, taking into account any increase or decrease in the market value of the Company's Common Stock.

A director must affirmatively elect to have the deferred portion of his or her Annual Fee treated as if invested in Stock Units. Such an election must be made prior to the first day of the Annual Period and shall apply to the deferred portion of the Annual Fee for the entire Annual Period. The failure to timely elect to have the deferred portion of his or her Annual Fee treated as if invested in Stock Units will be deemed an election to have the deferred portion of his or her Annual Fee credited with an interest equivalent. Any amounts previously treated as invested in Stock Units will continue to be so treated as invested in Stock Units, except that at any time following a Director's Termination Date, if he or she has not elected to be paid a lump sum, then he or she may elect, by written notice to the Company, to have the

6

Stock Units in his or her Account converted into a dollar value as of the next Adjustment Date to thereafter accrue an interest equivalent on the value of the Account.

The amount payable from a participant's Account shall be determined on the basis of value of the Account as of the Adjustment Date last preceding the date of payment plus any deferrals credited to and less any distributions made from such Account since such Adjustment Date. The amount of each payment made with respect to an Account and any forfeiture amounts applied pursuant to Article X shall be deducted from the balance of such Account at the time of payment or forfeiture.

The participant's Account, as determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph, will be distributed to the participant, in accordance with the participant's election, either (i) in annual installments not exceeding ten
(10) years or (ii) in a lump sum, with such installments to begin or lump sum payment to be made, as soon as practicable following the participant's Termination Date. Any such election by the participant must be made on the "Election and Agreement to Defer Director's Fees" as described and set forth in the attachment to this Plan labeled Exhibit "A." Such distribution election must be made in advance of the performance of services during the Annual Period for which an election to participate in the Plan is made and shall be irrevocable unless and until a new "Election and Agreement to Defer Director's Fees" is completed for a subsequent Annual Period. Upon a participant's Termination Date, the participant's distribution shall be made in accordance with the distribution election made on the "Election and Agreement to Defer Director's Fees" for the Annual Period ending concurrently with or immediately prior to the participant's Termination Date. If the participant fails to make an election, the participant's Account will be paid in annual installments over a ten (10) year period. If the participant is paid in installments, the interest

7

equivalent sum will continue to accrue on the undisbursed balance of the Account and the Stock Units will continue to be credited with dividend equivalents on the Stock Units remaining in the Account. All distributions will be deemed to be made pro rata from the interest equivalent balance and from the value of Stock Units, with the portion of the distribution from Stock Units being treated as if an equivalent number of Stock Units had been sold (without commission or other expense) as of the last Adjustment Date in order to make the distribution. The preceding provisions of this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a participant's Termination Date occurs on or after a Change of Control, the participant's Account will be distributed to the participant either in a lump sum or in annual installments not exceeding ten (10) years, whichever is elected by the participant on a separate election form for such purpose, which election shall be made at the time of the participant's initial election to participate in the Plan or, if later, on or before July 20, 1999 and shall be irrevocable; provided, however, that the participant may make, revoke or change this distribution election subsequent to the initial election with the new election to be effective only in the event that the new election is made at least 12 months prior to the date payments under this provision commence.

The Account of a participant who, subsequent to his or her Termination Date, becomes a proprietor, officer, partner, employee, or otherwise affiliated with a Competitive Business Entity may, if directed by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, be paid immediately in a lump sum the value of his or her account as of the last Adjustment Date.

Upon the death of a participant, the value of the Account shall be payable to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as the participant shall have designated in writing to the Company

8

(or to his or her estate if no such beneficiary has been designated) in full as soon as practicable following the date of his or her death.

III.

ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPANT

A Director desiring to become a participant shall execute an "Election and Agreement to Defer Director's Fees" as described and set forth in the attachment to this Plan labeled Exhibit "A". This election shall be made in advance of the performance of services during the Annual Period for which an election to participate in this Plan is being made and shall be irrevocable.

IV.

TERMINATION OF ELECTION

Participation in the Plan may not be terminated prior to the end of an Annual Period and shall be continued unless the participant executes a new election for the next Annual Period to not participate. All amounts credited to a participant's Account shall remain in the Account to be distributed or forfeited in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

V.

MAINTENANCE OF ACCOUNT

The Company shall maintain an Account on behalf of each participant in the form and manner prescribed by acceptable accounting standards, and shall make a report of same in writing within 90 days after the end of Annual Period to each participant.

9

V1.

UNFUNDED PLAN

This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the ERISA. Neither the Company nor the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be a trustee of any amounts to be paid under this Plan. Said amounts shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Company, and no person other than the Company shall, by virtue of the provisions of this Plan, have any interest in such funds. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Any liability of the Company to any participant with respect to a payment to be made under this Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations which may be created by or pursuant to this Plan; no such obligation shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge or any encumbrance on any property of the Company.

VII.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

The Board of Directors may terminate this Plan at any time. A termination of the Plan shall be effective at the end of the Annual Period in which the Directors vote to terminate the Plan. The Board of Directors may amend this Plan at any time.

Any provision of this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no amendment to or termination of this Plan shall reduce the amounts actually credited to a participant's Account as of the date of such amendment or termination, or further defer the dates for the payment of such amounts, without the consent of the affected participant.

10

The preceding provisions of this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, no action taken on or within two years following a Change of Control to amend or terminate this Plan shall be effective unless written consent thereto is obtained from a majority of the participants who were Directors immediately prior to such Change of Control.

VIII.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION

This Plan shall become effective as of July 17, 1996, the date of the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company. This Plan shall remain in effect until it is terminated by the Board of Directors in accordance with Article VII above.

IX.

GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and the rights of all persons under the Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, wherein the principal office of the Company is located.

X.

OPTION TO REQUEST IMMEDIATE PAYOUT

In lieu of any other payments to be made pursuant to this Plan, each participant shall have the right at any time to elect a lump sum payment in an amount equal to:

(a) the amount credited to the participant's Account, minus

(b) a forfeiture amount equal to 20% of (a) above; provided, however, that if the election (i) is made at any time following a Change of Control, or (ii) is made

11

by a participant receiving installment payments under this Plan, such forfeiture amount shall be determined substituting 10% for 20%.

A participant's election for an immediate payout pursuant to this Article must be in the form of a written notice provided to the Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee shall notify the Company of the election and the amount so determined shall be paid to the participant no later than 15 days following receipt of notice by the Administrative Committee. Any amount remaining credited to the participant's Account shall be forfeited at the time payment is made.

XI.

RESTRAINTS ON ALIENATION

Subject to Article X hereof, no participant or beneficiary of a participant shall have the right or power to anticipate, by assignment or otherwise, any future payment to be made under this Plan, or any portion thereof; nor, in advance of actually receiving the same, shall any participant or beneficiary have the right or power to sell, transfer, encumber or in anywise charge same; nor shall any future payment to be made under this Plan, or any portion of same, be subject to any divorce, execution, garnishment, attachment, insolvency, bankruptcy or other legal proceeding of any character, or legal sequestration, levy or sale or in any event or manner be applicable or subject, voluntarily or involuntarily, to the payment of such participant's or beneficiary's debts or other obligations.

Adopted, effective as of July 17, 1996, as amended as of September 10, 1998, December 13, 2001, and April 1, 2003.

12

EXHIBIT 10.10

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION TRUST

This Trust Agreement made by and between TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Wells Fargo Bank Texas, N.A. (the "Trustee");

WHEREAS, the Company and certain affiliates (the Company and its affiliates collectively referred to as the "Employers") have entered into separate nonqualified deferred compensation plans and agreements with individual employees each known as a Deferred Compensation Plan and Agreement a "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, the Employers have incurred or expect to incur liability under the terms of such Plans with respect to the individuals participating in such Plans; and

WHEREAS, the Employers wish to establish a trust (hereinafter called the "Trust") and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein for the satisfaction of Plan benefit liabilities and shall be allocated to Separate Accounts, as herein defined, for each Employer for each Plan, subject to the claims of such Employer's creditors in the event of the Employer's Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plans; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plans as unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; and

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Employers to make contributions to the Trust to provide a source of funds to assist them in the meeting of their liabilities under the Plans;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust.

(a) The Employers hereby deposit with the Trustee in trust $1,000.00, which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which each Employer is the grantor with respect to its Separate Accounts, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.


(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Employers and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan Participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan Participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plans and this Trust Agreement shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan Participants and their beneficiaries against the Employers. Any amounts allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust will be subject to the claims of such Employer's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in
Section 4(a) herein.

(e) The Employers shall from time to time make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. In lieu of all or a portion of the contribution to the Trust for a Separate Account required by this paragraph and paragraph 1(f) below, the Employers may make contributions in the form of premium payments on insurance policies that are assets of the Trust allocated to such Separate Account in such amount and in such manner as the Company may direct.

(f) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, upon a Change in Control, as defined in the Plans, each Employer shall (i) as soon as possible, but in no event more than two business days following the date of such Change in Control, make an irrevocable contribution to each Separate Account under the Trust maintained with respect to such Employer in an amount, as determined by an Independent Committee, as defined below, which when added to the total value of the assets allocated to such Separate Account at such time equals 125% of the total amount credited to the Participant's account on the books of the Employer pursuant to the Plan for which such Separate Account is maintained as of the date on which the Change in Control occurred, and (ii) on and after the date of the Change in Control, make annual contributions as of December 31 of each year to each Separate Account under the Trust maintained with respect to such Employer in amounts sufficient, as determined by the Independent Committee, to maintain the total value of the assets allocated to such Separate Account at an amount equal to 125% of the total amount credited to the Participant's account on the books of the Employer pursuant to the Plan for which such Separate Account is maintained.

Section 2. Payments to Plan Participants and their Beneficiaries.

(a) The Employer with respect to each Plan shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable with respect to each Plan Participant (and his or her beneficiaries) and identifies the Separate Account of the Employer from which such amounts are payable, that provides to the Trustee the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plans), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. An updated Payment Schedule shall be provided by each Employer to the Trustee periodically, but no less frequently than once each calendar quarter. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the Plan Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the


Plans and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by an Employer under the Plan. The Company shall be responsible for any employee records and federal and tax reporting.

(b) The entitlement of a Plan Participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under a Plan shall be determined by the Employer or such other party as may be designated under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.

(c) The Employer participating in a Plan may make payments of benefits directly to the Plan Participant or beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan in lieu of payment from the Trust. The Employer shall notify the Trustee of its decision to make payments of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to Participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the assets allocated to a Separate Account under the Trust are not sufficient to make payments of benefits to its respective Plan Participant and beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan for which such Separate Account is maintained, the Employer participating in such Plan shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due, and the other Separate Accounts hereunder shall not be liable for the payment of such benefits. The Trustee shall not be responsible for notifying the Company or other Employer when the assets allocated to a Separate Account under the Trust are not sufficient to satisfy all payments due.

(d) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, upon and after a Change in Control, (i) the Trustee shall make payments to Plan Participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with the direction of the Independent Committee rather than the Employer, regardless of whether the Trustee has received a Payment Schedule or any other form of direction from the Employer to make such payments, and (ii) to the extent that a Separate Account if not sufficient to satisfy all vested benefit liabilities of an Employer under the Plan for which the Separate Account is maintained, whether or not then due or payable, at the time a benefit payment is owed to a Plan Participant or beneficiary upon or after a Change in Control, then such Participant or beneficiary entitled to payment shall receive from such Separate Account under the Trust Fund only the amount so available and the remaining amount owed shall be paid directly by the Employer.

Section 3. Appointment of Independent Committee.

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, upon a Change in Control, an Independent Committee consisting of at lease three members shall be appointed by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company subject to the written approval of a majority of the Participants in the Plans on the date of such Change in Control. The Independent Committee shall:

(i) determine the amount of the irrevocable contributions to be made by each Employer pursuant to Section 1(f) hereof;

(ii) determine in accordance with the Plans the amounts payable with respect to each Plan Participant (and his or her beneficiaries), the form in which such amounts


are to be paid, and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof;

(iii) determine the entitlement of Plan Participants and beneficiaries to benefits under the terms of the Plans pursuant to
Section 2(b) hereof;

(iv) direct the Trustee to make payments to the Plan Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to Section 2 hereof; and

(v) select a successor Trustee for the Trust if a Trustee resigns or is removed on or after the date of a Change in Control pursuant to Section 12.

(vi) be responsible for any employee records and federal and tax reporting beginning on the date of Change in Control.

(b) Each member of the Independent Committee so appointed shall serve in such office until his or her death, resignation or removal. The Human Resources Committee may remove any member of the Independent Committee effective upon the written approval of a majority of the Plan Participants. Vacancies on the Independent Committee shall be filled from time to time by the Human Resources Committee effective upon the written approval of a majority of the Participants in the Plans on the date such vacancy is filled.

(c) The Independent Committee shall act by a majority of its members at the time in office and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Independent Committee may by such majority action authorize any one or more if its members to execute any document or documents on behalf of the Independent Committee, in which event the Independent Committee shall notify the Trustee in writing of such action and the name or names of its member or members so authorized to act. Every interpretation, choice, determination or other exercise by the Independent Committee of any power or discretion given either expressly or by implication to it shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties having or claiming to have an interest under the Trust or otherwise directly or indirectly affected by such action, without restriction, however, on the right of the Independent Committee to reconsider and redetermine such action.

(d) Any provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that (i) the Human Resources Committee shall not appoint an Independent Committee within 30 days following a Change in Control or a majority of the Participants in the Plans do not approve in writing at least three members selected by the Human Resources Committee to serve on an Independent Committee within such 30-day period or (ii) the Human Resources Committee does not fill a vacancy on the Independent Committee within 30 days of the date such office becomes vacant or a majority of the Participants in the Plans do not approve in writing the Human Resources Committee's selection to fill a vacancy on the Independent Committee within such 30-day period, then the Participants in the Plans shall elect, by majority vote, up to three individuals to the extent necessary to ensure that the Independent Committee consists of three members.


Section 4. Trustee Responsibility Regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary when an Employer Is Insolvent.

(a) The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries if the Employer liable for such payment of benefits is Insolvent. An Employer shall be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Employer is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Employer is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of each Separate Account maintained with respect to an Employer under the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Employer under federal and state law as set forth below.

(i) The Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing of the Employer's Insolvency.

(ii) Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of an Employer's Insolvency, or has received notice from the Employer or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Employer is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Employer's solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable notice concerning the Employer's solvency.

(iii) If at any time the Company has notified the Trustee that an Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to the Employer's respective Plan Participants and their beneficiaries shall hold the assets allocated to the Separate Accounts maintained with respect to such Employer under the Trust for the benefit of the Employer's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of Plan Participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of an Employer with respect to benefits due under the Plans or otherwise.

(iv) The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to an Employer's respective Plan Participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust Agreement only after the Company has notified the Trustee that the Employer is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets allocated to a Separate Account under the Trust as determined by the actuary, if the Trustee discontinues the payment of benefits from a Separate Account under the Trust pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to the Plan Participant and beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any such Plan benefit payments made to the Plan Participant or beneficiaries by the Employer in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.


Section 5. Payments to the Employers.

(a) Except as provided in Sections 4 and 5(b) hereof, the Employers shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the Employers or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before payment of all benefits have been made to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plans.

(b) To the extent that an Employer determines as of December 31 of any year based upon information provided to the Employer by the Trustee that the value of the assets allocated to a Separate Account under the Trust exceeds 125% of the amounts credited to the Participant's account on the books of the Employer pursuant to the Plan for which the Separate Account is maintained as of such date, the Trustee shall pay such excess to such Employer upon receipt of written request therefor from the Employer; provided, however, that no such payment of excess assets to an Employer shall be made from a Separate Account maintained for a Plan on or after the date of a Change of Control without the written approval of the Participant (or beneficiary with respect to a deceased Participant) covered by the Plan.

Section 6. Investment Authority.

(a) The Trustee shall establish and maintain a separate account within the Trust for each Employer with respect to each Plan in which the Employer participates, in amounts as directed by the Company (the "Separate Account"). All amounts deposited with the Trustee by an Employer for a Plan shall be allocated to the Separate Account maintained for such Plan. The Separate Accounts shall be maintained for record keeping purposes only, and the assets of the Trust may remain invested as a single fund; provided, however, that the Company may direct the Trustee to segregate all or any portion of the Trust Funds for investment solely for one or more of the Separate Accounts. At the end of each calendar quarter and at such other times as the Company may determine, the Trustee shall determine the fair market value of the assets of the Trust. On the basis of such valuation, the Trustee shall adjust each Separate Account to reflect its proportionate share of the earnings, losses and expenses of the Trust for the valuation period then ended.

(b) The Trustee shall have full power and authority to invest and reinvest the Trust assets, or any part thereof, in such stocks (common or preferred), bonds, mortgages, notes, interest-bearing deposits (including such deposits with any corporate trustee acting hereunder), mutual funds, or collective funds, options and contracts for the future or immediate receipt or delivery of property of any kind, or other securities, producing or nonproducing oil and gas royalties and payments and other producing and nonproducing interests in minerals, or in commodities, life insurance policies, annuity contracts or other property of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed, as the Trustee, in the Trustee's absolute discretion and judgment, deems appropriate for the Trust, and to hold cash uninvested at any time and from time to time in such amounts and to such extent as the Trustee, in the Trustee's absolute discretion and judgment, deems appropriate for the Trust. The Trustee shall have full power and authority to manage, handle, invest, reinvest, sell for cash or credit, or for part cash or part credit, exchange, hold, dispose of, lease for any period of time (whether or not longer than the life of the Trust), improve, repair, maintain, work, develop, use, operate, mortgage, or pledge, all or any part of the assets and property from time to time constituting any part of the trust funds held in


trust under the Trust, borrow or loan money or securities; write options and sell securities or other property short or for future delivery; engage in hedging procedures; buy and sell futures contracts; execute obligations, negotiable and nonnegotiable; vote shares of stock in person and by proxy, with or without power of substitution; register investments in the name of a nominee; sell, convey, lease and/or otherwise deal with any producing or nonproducing oil, gas and mineral leases or mineral rights, payments and royalties; pay all reasonable expenses; execute and deliver any deeds, conveyances, leases, contracts, or written instruments of any character appropriate to any of the powers or duties of the Trustee, and shall, in general, have as broad power respecting the management, operation and handling of the Trust assets and property as if the Trustee were the owner of such assets and property in the Trustee's own right. The preceding provisions of this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right and power at any time and from time to time to give the Trustee broad guidelines within which it shall invest the assets of the Trust; provided, however, that on and after the date of a Change in Control, the Independent Committee, rather than the Company, shall have the sole authority to exercise such right.

(c) All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee or the person designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan Participants.

(d) Each Employer shall have the right, at any time, and from time to time in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any asset held by the Trust allocated to the Separate Account maintained with respect to such Employer or any asset held by the Trust that is not allocate to the Separate Account of another Employer acceptable to the Trustee; provided, however, that on and after the date of a Change in Control, any assets transferred to the Trust in substitution for assets held by the Trust must consist of cash or marketable securities acceptable to the Independent Committee and the Trustee and the fair market value of the respective assets shall be determined by the Trustee. This right is exercisable by the Employer in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 7. Disposition of Income. During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of any applicable expenses and taxes paid from the Trust, shall be accumulated and reinvested; provided, however, that the Employers shall pay all taxes, fees and expenses associated with the Plans and the Trust. In the event the Employers do not pay all taxes, fees and expenses owed with respect to the Trust, any portion not paid by the Employers may be paid from the Trust, provided, that the Trustee shall immediately notify the Employers in writing that such payment has been made and the Employers shall reimburse the Trust for such payment within 15 days from the date of such notice.

Section 8. Accounting by Trustee. The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. Within 60 days following the close of each twelve-month period ending December 31 and within 60 days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration of the Trust and to each Employer a written account of its administration of the Employer's Separate Account during such year or


during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation, as the case may be. All Trustee accountings, including final accounting, are approved by the lapse of 60 days from the date of the accounting.

Section 9. Responsibility of the Trustee.

(a) The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by an Employer which is given in writing by the Employer.

(b) If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust, the Employers agree to indemnify the Trustee against the Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If the Employers do not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust; provided, however, that in the event any such costs, expenses and liabilities are paid from the Trust, the Trustee shall notify the Employers in writing that such payment has been made and the Employers shall reimburse the Trust for such payment within 15 days from the date of such notice.

(c) The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for the Employers generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder. The Trustee may seek mediation in both State and Federal courts.

(d) The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(e) The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein; provided, however, that except as provided in Sections 5(b) and 6(d) hereof, if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(f) Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of


Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

Section 10. Compensation and Expenses of the Trustee. The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation commensurate with the services and responsibilities involved hereunder as shall from time to time be agreed upon by the Trustee and the Company. The Employers shall pay all administrative and the Trustee's fees and expenses, but, if not so paid, such fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust; provided, however, that in the event any such fees and expenses are paid from the Trust, the Trustee shall notify the Employers in writing that such payment has been made and the Employers shall reimburse the Trust for such payment within 15 days from the date of such notice.

Section 11. Resignation and Removal of the Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company, which shall be effective 30 days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and the Trustee agree otherwise.

(b) The Trustee may be removed by the Company on 30 days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may not be removed by the Company on or after the date of a Change in Control except with the written consent of a majority of the Plan Participants.

(c) Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within 30 days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the time limit.

(d) If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 12 hereof, by the effective date of resignation or removal under paragraph(s) (a) or (b) of this Section. If no such appointment has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

Section 12. Appointment of Successor.

(a) If the Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 11(a) or (b) hereof, the Company may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee upon resignation or removal; provided, however, that if the Trustee resigns or is removed on or after the date of a Change in Control, the Independent Committee shall select a successor Trustee in accordance with this Section 12. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument


necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b) The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to Sections 8 and 9 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and the Employers shall indemnity and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.

Section 13. Amendment or Termination

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plans or shall make the Trust revocable, and (ii) this Trust Agreement may not be amended on or after the date of a Change in Control without the written consistent of a majority of the Participants in the Plans.

(b) The Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan Participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans. Upon termination of the Trust any assets that remain allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust shall be returned to such Employer.

(c) Upon written approval of all of the Participants (including any beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plans), the Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plans have been made. All assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust at termination shall be returned to such Employer.

(d) The Company may terminate this Trust with respect to a Separate Account of any Employer with the written approval of the Plan Participant (or beneficiary of a deceased Participant) covered by the Plan for which such Separate Account is maintained. All assets allocated to an Employer's Separate Account under the Trust on the date of such termination shall be returned to such Employer.

Section 14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Any provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) Benefits payable to Plan Participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust Agreement may not me anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.


(c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the principles relating to conflicts lf laws) of the State of Texas, except where superseded by federal law.

(d) Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, when used in this Trust Agreement:

(i) "Human Resources Committee" shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(ii) "Participant" shall mean each individual with respect to a benefit is being accrued under the terms of a Plan.

(e) Except where otherwise defined, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning given to them in the Plans.

(f) In the event that a dispute arises between a Plan Participant or beneficiary and the Participant's Employer, the Company or the Trustee with respect to the payment of amounts from the Trust and the Participant or beneficiary is successful in pursuing a benefit to which he or she is entitled under the terms of the Plans and this Trust against the Participant's Employer, the Company, the Trustee or any other party in the course of litigation or otherwise and incurs attorneys' fees, expenses and costs in connection therewith, the Company or the Participant's Employer, if other than the Company, shall reimburse the Plan Participant or beneficiary for the full amount of any such attorney's fees, expenses and costs.

(g) Upon the written consent of the Company delivered to the Trustee, any other Affiliate of the Company which adopts a Plan may become a party to this Trust by delivering to the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors or other governing authority adopting this Trust. For purposes of this Trust, any such Affiliate which adopts this Trust with the written consent of the Company shall be an Employer hereunder.

(h) Any controversy arising out of, or relating to, the payment of Plan benefits that are payable from this Trust shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of the applicable Plan, including provisions relating to the procedures for making benefit claims under the Plan and in accordance with the provisions, if any, requiring arbitration of Plan benefit disputes.

(i) The Trustee shall receive written notification of the Committee members or authorized signers and specimen signatures, and may rely without question on those authorized signers.

(j) The Trustee is not liable for acts of other fiduciaries and is indemnified for loss due to acts or omissions of other fiduciaries' Trustee, the Trustee's liability is limited to gross negligence.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed this 12th day of November 2002 to be effective as of January 1, 2002.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By /s/ Andrea F. Cowan
   -----------------------------------
Title: Vice President, Shared Services

WELLS FARGO BANK TEXAS, N.A.

By /s/ Karen Epps
   -----------------------------------
Title: Vice President


THE STATE OF TEXAS     )
                       )
COUNTY OF DALLAS       )

BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, a notary public in and for said County and State, on this day personally appeared Andrea F. Cowan known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that the same was the act of the said TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation, and that he/she executed the same as the act of such corporation for the purposes and consideration therein expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this 12th day of November, 2002.

                                                 /s/ Marsha R. Buchanon
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 Notary Public, State of Texas


My Commission expires:

7/29/2003
------------------------

THE STATE OF TEXAS     )
                       )
COUNTY OF DALLAS       )

BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, a notary public in and for said County and State, on this day personally appeared Karen Epps known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument and acknowledged to me that the same was the act of the said WELLS FARGO BANK TEXAS, N.A., a national banking association, and that he/she executed the same as the act of such banking association for the purposes and consideration therein expressed, and in the capacity therein stated.

GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this 26th day of November, 2002.

[Illegible]

Notary Public, State of Texas

My Commission expires:
July 5, 2003

EXHIBIT 10.18

JP MORGAN

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of

March 10, 2004

among

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
as Borrower,

The FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NOW OR HEREAFTER PARTIES HERETO,
as Lenders,

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,

Individually and as Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, and

DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES
and
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc,

Individually and as Syndication Agents

Revolving Credit Facility

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.,

as Sole Lead Arranger and Bookrunner



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                           Page No.
                                                                                                           --------
                                                ARTICLE I
                                               DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01      Defined Terms..........................................................................      2
SECTION 1.02      Classification of Loans and Borrowings.................................................     25
SECTION 1.03      Terms Generally........................................................................     25
SECTION 1.04      Accounting Terms; GAAP.................................................................     25

                                               ARTICLE II
                                               THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01      Revolving Commitment...................................................................     26
SECTION 2.02      Revolving Loans and Borrowings.........................................................     26
SECTION 2.03      Requests for Borrowings................................................................     27
SECTION 2.04      Competitive Bid Procedure..............................................................     27
SECTION 2.05      Letters of Credit......................................................................     29
SECTION 2.06      Funding of Borrowings..................................................................     34
SECTION 2.07      Interest Elections.....................................................................     34
SECTION 2.08      Revolving Credit Notes.................................................................     35
SECTION 2.09      Termination and Reduction of Revolving Commitments; Certain Prepayments................     36
SECTION 2.10      Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt...................................................     36
SECTION 2.11      Prepayment of Loans; Application of Prepayments........................................     37
SECTION 2.12      Fees...................................................................................     38
SECTION 2.13      Interest...............................................................................     39
SECTION 2.14      Alternate Rate of Interest.............................................................     40
SECTION 2.15      Increased Costs........................................................................     40
SECTION 2.16      Break Funding Payments.................................................................     42
SECTION 2.17      Taxes..................................................................................     42
SECTION 2.18      Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs............................     43
SECTION 2.19      Illegality.............................................................................     45
SECTION 2.20      Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.........................................     46
SECTION 2.21      Increase of Commitments................................................................     46

                                               ARTICLE III
                                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.01      Organization; Powers...................................................................     47
SECTION 3.02      Authorization; Enforceability..........................................................     48
SECTION 3.03      Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts...................................................     48
SECTION 3.04      Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change........................................     48
SECTION 3.05      Properties.............................................................................     48
SECTION 3.06      Litigation.............................................................................     49
SECTION 3.07      Compliance with Laws and Agreements....................................................     49
SECTION 3.08      Investment and Holding Company Status..................................................     49
SECTION 3.09      Taxes..................................................................................     49
SECTION 3.10      ERISA..................................................................................     49

i

SECTION 3.11      Subsidiaries...........................................................................     50
SECTION 3.12      Burdensome Obligations.................................................................     50
SECTION 3.13      Employee Matters.......................................................................     50
SECTION 3.14      Disclosure.............................................................................     50
SECTION 3.15      Margin Stock...........................................................................     50
SECTION 3.16      Primary Business.......................................................................     51
SECTION 3.17      Environmental Matters..................................................................     51
SECTION 3.18      Closing Documents......................................................................     51
SECTION 3.19      Schedules to other Loan Documents......................................................     52
SECTION 3.20      Senior Indebtedness....................................................................     52

                                               ARTICLE IV
                                               CONDITIONS

SECTION 4.01      Effective Date.........................................................................     52
SECTION 4.02      Each Credit Event......................................................................     54

                                                ARTICLE V
                                                SECURITY

SECTION 5.01      Lender Indebtedness Secured............................................................     55
SECTION 5.02      Collateral Released....................................................................     56
SECTION 5.03      Collateral Reinstated..................................................................     56
SECTION 5.04      Release of Certain Existing Collateral.................................................     56

                                               ARTICLE VI
                                          AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 6.01      Financial Statements and Other Information.............................................     57
SECTION 6.02      Notices of Material Events.............................................................     58
SECTION 6.03      Existence; Conduct of Business.........................................................     59
SECTION 6.04      Payment of Obligations.................................................................     59
SECTION 6.05      Maintenance of Properties; Insurance...................................................     59
SECTION 6.06      Books and Records; Inspection Rights...................................................     59
SECTION 6.07      Compliance with Laws...................................................................     60
SECTION 6.08      Use of Proceeds........................................................................     60
SECTION 6.09      Maintenance of Debt Ratings............................................................     60
SECTION 6.10      Compliance with Security Instruments...................................................     60
SECTION 6.11      Further Assurances.....................................................................     60

                                               ARTICLE VII
                                           NEGATIVE COVENANTS

SECTION 7.01      Indebtedness...........................................................................     61
SECTION 7.02      Liens..................................................................................     62
SECTION 7.03      Fundamental Changes....................................................................     62
SECTION 7.04      Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions..............................     63
SECTION 7.05      Hedging Agreements.....................................................................     64
SECTION 7.06      Restricted Payments....................................................................     64
SECTION 7.07      Transactions with Affiliates...........................................................     64
SECTION 7.08      Restrictive Agreements.................................................................     64
SECTION 7.09      Financial Covenants....................................................................     65

ii

SECTION 7.10      Fiscal Year............................................................................     65
SECTION 7.11      Capital Expenditures...................................................................     65
SECTION 7.12      Modifications to Senior Unsecured Debt Documents; Payment Restrictions.................     65

                                              ARTICLE VIII
                                            EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                                               ARTICLE IX
                                                 AGENTS

                                                ARTICLE X
                                              MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01     Notices................................................................................     71
SECTION 10.02     Waivers; Amendments....................................................................     71
SECTION 10.03     Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.....................................................     72
SECTION 10.04     Successors and Assigns.................................................................     74
SECTION 10.05     Survival...............................................................................     76
SECTION 10.06     Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness...............................................     77
SECTION 10.07     Severability...........................................................................     77
SECTION 10.08     Right of Setoff........................................................................     77
SECTION 10.09     Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.............................     77
SECTION 10.10     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL...................................................................     78
SECTION 10.11     Headings...............................................................................     78
SECTION 10.12     Confidentiality........................................................................     78
SECTION 10.13     Interest Rate Limitation...............................................................     79
SECTION 10.14     Arranger; Syndication Agents...........................................................     80
SECTION 10.15     NO ORAL AGREEMENTS.....................................................................     80
SECTION 10.16     USA Patriot Act Notice.................................................................     81
SECTION 10.17     Lender Indebtedness as Senior Indebtedness.............................................     81

iii

SCHEDULES:

Schedule 1.01 -- Existing Letters of Credit Schedule 2.01 -- Revolving Commitments
Schedule 3.06 -- Disclosed Matters
Schedule 3.11 -- Subsidiaries
Schedule 3.13 -- Employee Matters
Schedule 7.01 -- Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7.02 -- Existing Liens
Schedule 7.03 -- Permitted Asset Sales
Schedule 7.08 -- Existing Restrictions

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A  --  Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B  --  Form of Subsidiary Guaranty
Exhibit C  --  Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit D  --  Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit E  --  Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F  --  Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit G  --  Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit H  --  Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit I  --  Form of Increased Commitment Agreement
Exhibit J  --  Form of Certificate of Effectiveness

iv

LIST OF DEFINED TERMS

                                                                                                           Page No.
                                                                                                           --------
$..................................................................................................          7
ABR................................................................................................          2
Adjusted LIBO Rate.................................................................................          2
Administrative Agent...............................................................................          2
Administrative Questionnaire.......................................................................          2
Affiliate..........................................................................................          2
Agents.............................................................................................          2
Aggregate Revolving Commitment.....................................................................          2
Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure................................................................          2
Agreement..........................................................................................          2
Alternate Base Rate................................................................................          2
Applicable Rate....................................................................................          3
Arranger...........................................................................................          3
Assessment Rate....................................................................................          3
Asset Disposition..................................................................................          4
Assignment and Acceptance..........................................................................          4
Authorized Officer.................................................................................          4
Availability Period................................................................................          4
Bailee's Letter....................................................................................          4
Base CD Rate.......................................................................................          4
Board..............................................................................................          5
Borrower...........................................................................................          1
Borrowing..........................................................................................          5
Borrowing Request..................................................................................          5
Business Day.......................................................................................          5
Capital Expenditures...............................................................................          5
Capital Expenditures (Leasing Company).............................................................          5
Capital Expenditures (Non-Leasing Company).........................................................          5
Capital Lease Obligations..........................................................................          5
Certificate of Effectiveness.......................................................................          5
Change in Control..................................................................................          6
Change in Law......................................................................................          6
Class..............................................................................................          6
Closing Documents..................................................................................          6
Closing Transactions...............................................................................          6
Code...............................................................................................          6
Collateral.........................................................................................          6
Collateral Agent...................................................................................          6
Competitive Bid....................................................................................          6
Competitive Bid Rate...............................................................................          7
Competitive Bid Request............................................................................          7
Competitive Loan...................................................................................          7

v

Consolidated Net Worth.............................................................................          7
Consolidated Subsidiaries..........................................................................          7
Control............................................................................................          7
Convertible Preferred Stock........................................................................          7
Current Information................................................................................        3,7
Current Lender.....................................................................................          7
Debt Offering......................................................................................          7
Default............................................................................................          7
Disclosed Matters..................................................................................          7
dollars............................................................................................          7
EBITDA.............................................................................................          8
Effective Date.....................................................................................          8
Eligible New Lender................................................................................          8
Environmental Laws.................................................................................          8
Environmental Liability............................................................................          8
Equity.............................................................................................          8
ERISA..............................................................................................          8
ERISA Affiliate....................................................................................          9
ERISA Event........................................................................................          9
ETC Indebtedness...................................................................................          9
Eurodollar.........................................................................................          9
Events of Default..................................................................................         66
Exchange Notes.....................................................................................          9
Excluded Collateral................................................................................          9
Excluded Taxes.....................................................................................         10
Existing Credit Agreement..........................................................................          1
Existing Indebtedness..............................................................................         10
Existing LC Exposure...............................................................................         10
Existing Lenders...................................................................................       1,10
Existing Letters of Credit.........................................................................         10
Federal Funds Effective Rate.......................................................................         10
Fee Letter.........................................................................................         10
Financial Officer..................................................................................         11
Fiscal Quarter.....................................................................................         11
Fiscal Year........................................................................................         11
Fixed Rate.........................................................................................         11
Fixed Rate Loan....................................................................................         11
Foreign Lender.....................................................................................         11
GAAP...............................................................................................         11
Governmental Authority.............................................................................         11
Governmental Rule..................................................................................         11
Guarantee..........................................................................................         11
guarantor..........................................................................................         11
Hazardous Materials................................................................................         12
Hedging Agreement..................................................................................         12

vi

Highest Lawful Rate................................................................................         79
ICR Capex Exclusion Amount.........................................................................         12
Increase Amount....................................................................................         12
Increase Notice....................................................................................         12
Increased Commitment Agreement.....................................................................         13
Indebtedness.......................................................................................         13
Indemnified Taxes..................................................................................         13
Indemnitee.........................................................................................         73
Indenture..........................................................................................         13
Index Debt.........................................................................................         13
Information........................................................................................         79
Information Memorandum.............................................................................         14
Intercreditor Agreement............................................................................         14
Interest Coverage Ratio............................................................................         14
Interest Election Request..........................................................................         14
Interest Expense...................................................................................         14
Interest Payment Date..............................................................................         14
Interest Period....................................................................................         15
Issuing Bank.......................................................................................         15
JPMorgan...........................................................................................         15
LC Disbursement....................................................................................         15
LC Exposure........................................................................................         15
Lender Affiliate...................................................................................         15
Lender Indebtedness................................................................................         15
Lenders............................................................................................         16
Letter of Credit...................................................................................         16
Leverage Ratio.....................................................................................         16
LIBO Rate..........................................................................................         16
Lien...............................................................................................         16
Loan...............................................................................................         17
Loan Documents.....................................................................................         17
Loans..............................................................................................         17
Maintenance Capital Expenditures...................................................................         17
Margin.............................................................................................         17
Material Adverse Effect............................................................................         17
Material Indebtedness..............................................................................         17
Material Subsidiaries..............................................................................         18
Material Subsidiary................................................................................         18
Moody's............................................................................................         18
Multiemployer Plan.................................................................................         18
Net Cash Proceeds..................................................................................         18
New York City......................................................................................         18
Nonrecourse Subsidiary.............................................................................         18
Notes..............................................................................................         18
Other Taxes........................................................................................         18

vii

Participant........................................................................................         75
PBGC...............................................................................................         18
Permitted Acquisition..............................................................................         19
Permitted Encumbrances.............................................................................         19
Permitted Investments..............................................................................         19
Person.............................................................................................         20
Plan...............................................................................................         20
Pledge Agreement...................................................................................         20
Prime Rate.........................................................................................         20
Property...........................................................................................         21
Quarterly Date.....................................................................................         21
Register...........................................................................................         75
Related Parties....................................................................................         21
Required Lenders...................................................................................         21
Restricted Payment.................................................................................         21
Revolving Commitment...............................................................................         21
Revolving Commitment Termination Date..............................................................         21
Revolving Credit Exposure..........................................................................         22
Revolving Credit Note..............................................................................         22
Revolving Credit Percentage........................................................................         22
Revolving Loans....................................................................................         22
Rolling Period.....................................................................................         22
S&P................................................................................................         22
Security Agreement.................................................................................         22
Security Instruments...............................................................................         22
Security Threshold Rating Level....................................................................         22
Senior Notes.......................................................................................         22
Senior Unsecured Debt Documents....................................................................         23
Senior Unsecured Notes.............................................................................         23
Statutory Reserve Rate.............................................................................         23
subsidiary.........................................................................................         23
Subsidiary.........................................................................................         23
Subsidiary Guaranties..............................................................................         23
Syndication Agents.................................................................................         23
Taxes..............................................................................................         24
Three-Month Secondary CD Rate......................................................................         24
TILC...............................................................................................         24
TILC Conduit Indebtedness..........................................................................         24
TILC Interest Coverage Ratio.......................................................................         24
Total Debt.........................................................................................         24
Transactions.......................................................................................         24
Type...............................................................................................         24
UCC................................................................................................         25
Withdrawal Liability...............................................................................         25

viii

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of March 10, 2004, among TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, individually as a Lender and Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent, DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES and THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc, each individually as a Lender and collectively as Syndication Agents, and each of the lenders that is a signatory hereto or which hereafter becomes a party hereto as provided in
Section 10.04 (individually, a "Lender" and collectively, "Lenders").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, and each of the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the "Existing Lenders") and agents are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 4, 2002 (as heretofore amended, the "Existing Credit Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to certain assignments, certain Lenders have purchased and assumed certain of the rights and obligations of certain of the Existing Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the closing and consummation of the Closing Transactions (as hereinafter defined), the parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety in the form of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein contained, the Lenders are willing to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the satisfaction of each condition precedent contained in Section 4.01 hereof, the satisfaction of which shall be evidenced by the execution by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of the Certificate of Effectiveness (as herein defined), the parties hereto agree that the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety on (and subject to) the terms and conditions set forth herein. It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement supersedes and replaces the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety; provided, that, (a) such amendment and restatement shall operate to renew, amend and modify certain of the rights and obligations of the Borrower under the Existing Credit Agreement and as provided herein, but shall not act as a novation thereof, and (b) except for Liens (as hereinafter defined) encumbering the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) and the other Property (as hereinafter defined) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) described on Schedule 5 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Liens securing the Lender Indebtedness under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement and the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Existing Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents (as therein defined) shall not be extinguished but shall be

1

carried forward and shall secure such indebtedness as renewed, amended, restated and modified hereby. The parties hereto further agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

"ABR," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

"Adjusted LIBO Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/32 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

"Administrative Agent" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

"Administrative Questionnaire" means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

"Agents" means each of the Administrative Agent, each Syndication Agent and the Collateral Agent.

"Aggregate Revolving Commitment" means the sum of all of the Lenders' Revolving Commitments.

"Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure" means the sum of all of the Lenders' Revolving Credit Exposures.

"Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented and in effect from time to time.

"Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

2

"Applicable Rate" means, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan or ABR Loan, or with respect to the facility fees payable hereunder, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption "Eurodollar Spread," "ABR Spread" or "Facility Fee Rate" as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio for the Rolling Period ending on the most recent Quarterly Date with respect to which the Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements and other information (the "Current Information") required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to
Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) and the compliance certificate required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(c) in respect of such financial statements:

                                                     Eurodollar                       Facility Fee
           Leverage Ratio                              Spread       ABR Spread           Rate
           --------------                              ------       ----------           ----
       Less than 1.00 to 1.00                          1.000%          0.000%            0.250%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00                  1.125%          0.000%            0.375%
     but less than 1.50 to 1.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00                  1.250%          0.250%            0.500%
     but less than 2.25 to 1.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00                  1.500%          0.500%            0.500%
     but less than 2.75 to 1.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Greater than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00                  1.750%          0.750%            0.500%

Each change in the Applicable Rate based on a change in the Current Information shall become effective on the date on which Current Information is delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 (but in any event not later than the 45th day after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each Fiscal Year or the 90th day after the end of each Fiscal Year, as the case may be) and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this paragraph. If any Current Information is not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 6.01, then, until such Current Information is delivered, the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the Rolling Period that would have been covered thereby shall, for the purposes of this definition, be deemed to be greater than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00. Furthermore, and notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, for the period from the Effective Date until the date on which the Current Information for the Rolling Period ending March 31, 2004 is delivered to the Lenders, the Leverage Ratio as at the end of each Rolling Period during such period shall, for the purposes of this definition, be deemed to be greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00 but less than 2.25 to 1.00.

"Arranger" means J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in its capacity as Sole Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.

"Assessment Rate" means, for any day, the annual assessment rate in effect on such day that is payable by a member of the Bank Insurance Fund classified as "well-capitalized" and within supervisory subgroup "B" (or a comparable successor risk classification) within the

3

meaning of 12 C.F.R. Part 327 (or any successor provision) to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for insurance by such Corporation of time deposits made in dollars at the offices of such member in the United States; provided that if, as a result of any change in any law, rule or regulation, it is no longer possible to determine the Assessment Rate as aforesaid, then the Assessment Rate shall be such annual rate as shall be determined by the Administrative Agent to be representative of the cost of such insurance to the Lenders.

"Asset Coverage Ratio" means, on any day, the ratio of (a) Asset Value to (b) the sum of (i) Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure plus (ii) Existing LC Exposure as of the date of determination.

"Asset Disposition" means any sale, securitization, assignment, lease, license, exchange, conversion or other disposition by the Borrower of any of its assets, including pursuant to any casualty or condemnation proceeding affecting such assets, but excluding (i) any of the foregoing expressly permitted by Section 7.03 hereof, and (ii) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business.

"Asset Value" means, as of the date of determination, the sum of the book values of the following for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries calculated on a consolidated basis and only with respect to that Property which either (i) has been pledged as Collateral hereunder to secure the Lender Indebtedness, or (ii) is otherwise unencumbered and free of all Liens (other than Permitted Encumbrances described in clauses (a) through (f) of the definition thereof): (a) accounts receivable (net of applicable reserves), and
(b) inventory (net of applicable reserves).

"Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 10.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

"Authorized Officer" means the Chairman, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President or the Treasurer of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, as applicable, or any other officer of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary specified to the Administrative Agent in writing by any of the aforementioned officers of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary.

"Availability Period" means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

"Bailee's Letter" means a letter in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent executed by any Person who is in possession of inventory on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to which such Person acknowledges the Administrative Agent's and/or Collateral Agent's Lien with respect thereto.

"Base CD Rate" means the sum of (a) the Three Month Secondary CD Rate multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate plus (b) the Assessment Rate.

4

"Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

"Borrower" shall have the meaning set forth in the initial paragraph hereof.

"Borrowing" means (a) Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect, or (b) a Competitive Loan or group of Competitive Loans of the same Type made on the same date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

"Borrowing Request" means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03, in substantially the form of Exhibit C or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

"Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or Dallas, Texas are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

"Capital Expenditures" means, as to any Person for any period, all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as a liability, including the portion of Capital Lease Obligations originally incurred during such period that are capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower) by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are included in "capital expenditures," "additions to property, plant or equipment" or comparable items on the consolidated financial statements of such Person, but excluding expenditures for the restoration, repair or replacement of any fixed or capital asset that was destroyed or damaged, in whole or in part, in an amount equal to any insurance proceeds received in connection with such destruction or damage.

"Capital Expenditures (Leasing Company)" means, for any period, Capital Expenditures transferred, assigned or otherwise conveyed to TILC, but excluding Capital Expenditures funded with proceeds of the TILC Conduit Indebtedness.

"Capital Expenditures (Non-Leasing Company)" means, for any period, all Capital Expenditures other than Capital Expenditures (Leasing Company).

"Capital Lease Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Certificate of Effectiveness" means a Certificate of Effectiveness in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto to be executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent upon the satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent contained in Section 4.01 hereof.

5

"Change in Control" means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) of shares representing more than thirty percent (30)% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower; (b) the occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated; (c) the acquisition of direct or indirect Control of the Borrower by any Person or group; or (d) a "Change of Control" as defined in the Indenture.

"Change in Law" means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

"Class," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Loans or Competitive Loans.

"Closing Documents" means the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents and all other material documents, instruments and agreements executed or delivered by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with, or otherwise pertaining to, the Closing Transactions, including all amendments and modifications thereto.

"Closing Transactions" means the transactions to occur on the Effective Date pursuant to the Closing Documents and this Agreement, including, without limitation (i) the execution and delivery of the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents, and the closing and consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby pursuant to the terms thereof, and the application of the proceeds thereof to repay in part the Existing Indebtedness, (ii) the refinancing in full, with proceeds of a Borrowing under this Agreement, of all Existing Indebtedness, and (iii) the payment of all fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the credit facility provided herein.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Collateral" means the Properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries described in and subject to the Liens, privileges, priorities and security interests created and granted (or purported to have been created and granted) by any Security Instrument.

"Collateral Agent" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, as collateral agent under the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, and its successors and assigns.

"Competitive Bid" means an offer by a Lender to make a Competitive Loan in accordance with Section 2.04.

6

"Competitive Bid Rate" means, with respect to any Competitive Bid, the Margin or the Fixed Rate, as applicable, offered by the Lender making such Competitive Bid.

"Competitive Bid Request" means a request by the Borrower for Competitive Bids in accordance with Section 2.04.

"Competitive Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

"Consolidated Net Worth" means, at any time and from time to time, the consolidated shareholder's equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Consolidated Subsidiaries" means, for any Person, any subsidiary or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of such Person in its consolidated financial statements.

"Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. "Controlling" and "Controlled" have meanings correlative thereto.

"Convertible Preferred Stock" means the Borrower's 4.5% Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock containing the rights and preferences set forth in the Certificate of Designation of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock of Trinity Industries, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

"Current Information" has the meaning set forth in the definition of "Applicable Rate" in this Section 1.01.

"Current Lender" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21.

"Debt Offering" means the incurrence by the Borrower of Indebtedness whether or not occurring in connection with the issuance or sale of notes, bonds, debentures or other debt securities; provided that the incurrence of any Indebtedness borrowed under this Agreement or expressly permitted by
Section 7.01 hereof will not constitute a Debt Offering for purposes of this Agreement.

"Default" means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

"Disclosed Matters" means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.06.

"dollars" or "$" refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

7

"EBITDA" means, as to any Person for any period, without duplication, the amount equal to the following calculated for such Person and its consolidated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis: net income determined in accordance with GAAP, plus to the extent deducted from net income, the sum of
(a) Interest Expense, depreciation, amortization, income and franchise tax expenses, plus (b) one-time cash charges in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount agreed to by the Lenders based upon existing facts and circumstances; provided that non-recurring, non-cash gains or losses and/or extraordinary gains or losses for any such period, including, but not limited to, gains or losses on the disposition of assets (other than in connection with the sale of assets from the lease fleet in the ordinary course of business) shall not be included in EBITDA. EBITDA will be adjusted on a pro forma basis (determined in accordance with GAAP) to give effect during applicable historical periods to Permitted Acquisitions as if any such Permitted Acquisition had been made at the beginning of the applicable period.

"Effective Date" means March 10, 2004, provided that the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with
Section 10.02), and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have executed and delivered the Certificate of Effectiveness.

"Eligible New Lender" means (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any State thereof, and having primary capital of not less than $250,000,000, or (b) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development and having primary capital (or its equivalent) of not less than $250,000,000 (or its dollar equivalent).

"Environmental Laws" means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

"Environmental Liability" means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

"Equity" means shares of capital stock or a partnership, profits, capital or member interest, or options, warrants or any other right to substitute for or otherwise acquire the capital stock or a partnership, profits, capital or member interest, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

8

"ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

"ERISA Event" means (a) any "reportable event," as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

"ETC Indebtedness" means the Indebtedness evidenced by Equipment Trust Certificate Financing (Series 12) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $170,000,000, which Indebtedness is secured by leased rail equipment pledged to a trustee acting on behalf of the holders of such Equipment Trust Certificates.

"Eurodollar," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (or, in the case of a Competitive Loan, the LIBO Rate).

"Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VIII.

"Exchange Notes" means notes issued under an effective registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the Senior Notes with notes having terms identical to the Senior Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to certain increases in annual interest rate in the event an exchange offer is not contemplated in a timely manner.

"Excluded Collateral" means (a) all assets, leases and related collateral from time to time sold and/or pledged by the Borrower, TILC or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or TILC in connection with the TILC Conduit Indebtedness, and (b) all accounts receivable (other than accounts receivable arising from the sale of assets by TILC, which accounts receivable shall not be "Excluded Collateral" hereunder) and inventory of TILC.

9

"Excluded Taxes" means, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.20(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17(a).

"Existing Credit Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"Existing Indebtedness" means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Effective Date under and in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement.

"Existing LC Exposure" means, at any time, without duplication, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Existing Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all payments made by any issuer of an Existing Letter of Credit pursuant to such Existing Letter of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries at such time.

"Existing Lenders" has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

"Existing Letters of Credit" means the letters of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof and described on Schedule 1.01, including any extensions, renewals or replacements of such letters of credit that do not increase the amount of credit or exposure related thereto.

"Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Fee Letter" means that certain Fee Letter, dated as of February 17, 2004, by and among the Borrower, JPMorgan and the Arranger, as such letter may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

10

"Financial Officer" means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

"Fiscal Quarter" means the fiscal quarter of the Borrower, ending on the last day of each March, June, September and December of each year.

"Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of the Borrower, ending on December 31 of each year.

"Fixed Rate" means, with respect to any Competitive Loan (other than a Eurodollar Competitive Loan), the fixed rate of interest per annum specified by the Lender making such Competitive Loan in its related Competitive Bid.

"Fixed Rate Loan" means a Competitive Loan bearing interest at a Fixed Rate.

"Foreign Lender" means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

"Governmental Authority" means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

"Governmental Rule" means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, judgment, order, decree, permit, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, requirement of, or other governmental restriction or any similar binding form of decision of or determination by, or any binding interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, whether now or hereafter in effect.

"Guarantee" of or by any Person (the "guarantor") means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect,
(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term

11

Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

"Hazardous Materials" means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

"Hedging Agreement" means any interest rate protection agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

"Highest Lawful Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.13.

"ICR Capex Exclusion Amount" means, for purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio during the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through and including September 30, 2006, the sum of (a) $60,000,000 plus (b) an amount equal to (i) 75% multiplied by (ii) the difference between (A) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower on the Effective Date from the issuance of the Senior Notes, and (B) the Existing Indebtedness (other than existing LC Exposure) of the Borrower outstanding on the Effective Date immediately prior to giving effect to the Closing Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the ICR Capex Exclusion Amount shall be solely applicable to actual strategic, long term Capital Expenditures (Non-Leasing Company) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which do not constitute Maintenance Capital Expenditures. The ICR Capex Exclusion Amount, as of the Effective Date, shall be set forth in the certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to be delivered pursuant to
Section 6.01(h)

"Increase Amount" means the total amount by which the Borrower desires to increase the Aggregate Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.21, which amount shall be (a) an amount not less than the lesser of (i) $300,000,000 minus the then current amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments, or (ii) $10,000,000, and (b) an amount that is either (i) an integral multiple of $5,000,000, or (ii) if (but only if) the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect is $295,000,000 or more, an amount equal to the remainder of $300,000,000 minus the amount of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments then in effect.

"Increase Notice" means a written notice sent by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent instructing the Administrative Agent that the Borrower wishes to increase the Aggregate Revolving Commitments hereunder pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.21, which notice shall include (a) the identity of the Supplementing Lenders, (b) the Revolving Commitment Supplement of each Current Lender, if any, (c) the New Revolving Commitment of each New Lender, if any, (d) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitment Supplements and the New Revolving Commitments, (e) the requested Revolving Commitment of each Current Lender and New Lender, as the case may be, after giving effect to such requested increase, and (f) the Increase Amount.

12

"Increased Commitment Agreement" means an Increased Commitment Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto, appropriately completed and executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other lending institutions party thereto.

"Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (j) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers' acceptances and
(k) liabilities of such Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement, provided that, for purposes of this definition, such liabilities of such Person in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Person would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

"Indemnified Taxes" means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

"Indenture" means that certain Indenture, dated as of March 10, 2004, by and among the Borrower, each of the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the issuance of $300,000,000 of 6.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2014.

"Index Debt" means, for any day, (a) with respect to S&P, the corporate debt rating of the Borrower established by S&P and in effect for such day, and (b) with respect to Moody's, either (i) the corporate debt rating of the Borrower established by Moody's and in effect for such day, or (ii) if no corporate debt rating of the Borrower has been established by Moody's and in effect for any such day, the senior implied corporate debt rating of the Borrower based upon the subordinated debt rating of the Borrower established by Moody's and in effect for such day (i.e., a rating one level higher than the subordinated debt rating of the Borrower established by Moody's and in effect for such day).

"Index Debt Ratings" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.

13

"Information Memorandum" means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated February 2004 relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.

"Intercreditor Agreement" means that certain Intercreditor Agreement to be executed in accordance with Section 4.01(p) by the Borrower, certain of its Subsidiaries a party thereto, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Banks (as defined therein), in the form approved by the Required Lenders and as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Interest Coverage Ratio" means, on any day, the ratio of (a) EBITDA (excluding any EBITDA for such Rolling Period derived from the assets pledged to (i) the TILC Conduit Indebtedness, or (ii) the ETC Indebtedness) for the Rolling Period ending on the then most recent Quarterly Date less Capital Expenditures (Non-Leasing Company) (excluding the ICR Capex Exclusion Amount; provided, that, the ICR Capex Exclusion Amount shall be (A) calculated in the aggregate on a cumulative basis, and (B) permitted and effective only for the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through and including September 30, 2006) for such Rolling Period to (b) cash interest payments made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Rolling Period, excluding any such interest payments (as applicable) made with respect to the TILC Conduit Indebtedness and/or the ETC Indebtedness during such Rolling Period.

"Interest Election Request" means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.07, in substantially the form of Exhibit D or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

"Interest Expense" means, as to any Person for any period, without duplication, total interest expenses, whether paid or accrued as liabilities (including the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations), with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts, and other fees and charges owed with respect to any financing or letters of credit and net costs under any Hedging Agreement to the extent that such costs are included within interest expense under GAAP.

"Interest Payment Date" means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, each Quarterly Date, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months' duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months' duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and (c) with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than 90 days' duration (unless otherwise specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request), each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of 90 days' duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and any other dates that are specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request as Interest Payment Dates with respect to such Borrowing.

14

"Interest Period" means (a) with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect, and (b) with respect to any Fixed Rate Borrowing, the period (which shall not be less than seven days or more than 180 days) commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the date specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

"Issuing Bank" means JPMorgan, in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.05(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term "Issuing Bank" shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

"JPMorgan" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, in its individual capacity or as an Issuing Bank, as the case may be, and not as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent.

"LC Disbursement" means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

"LC Exposure" means, at any time, without duplication, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Revolving Credit Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

"Lender Affiliate" means (a) with respect to any Lender (i) an Affiliate of such Lender, or (ii) any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit, any other fund that invests in bank loans and similar extensions of credit and is managed by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

"Lender Indebtedness" means any and all amounts owing or to be owing by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Lenders with

15

respect to or in connection with the Loans, any Letter of Credit, the Notes, any Hedging Agreement, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document and, as to Hedging Agreements, any and all amounts owing or to be owing by the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereunder to any Lender or any of its Affiliates.

"Lenders" has the meaning set forth in the opening paragraph hereof, but shall not include any Person that ceases to be a Lender hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance.

"Letter of Credit" means any letter of credit issued pursuant to this Agreement.

"Leverage Ratio" means (a) for purposes of calculating the Applicable Rate (but subject in all respects to the terms contained in the definition of "Applicable Rate" with respect to the delivery (or non-delivery) of Current Information) for any day, the ratio of (i) Total Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the last day of the Rolling Period ending on the most recent Quarterly Date with respect to which the Administrative Agent shall have received the Current Information to (ii) EBITDA for such Rolling Period, excluding EBITDA derived from the assets pledged to (A) the TILC Conduit Indebtedness, and (B) the ETC Indebtedness, calculated on a pro forma basis, and (b) for purposes of calculating the covenant set forth in
Section 7.09(b), for any day, the ratio of (i) Total Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the date of determination to (ii) EBITDA for the Rolling Period ending on the most recent Quarterly Date as of the date of determination, excluding EBITDA derived from the assets pledged to (A) the TILC Conduit Indebtedness, and (B) the ETC Indebtedness, calculated on a pro forma basis. For purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio for any period, and provided no Revolving Loans are then outstanding, the Borrower shall be permitted to net any unrestricted cash then available as provided and set forth in the Borrower's consolidated balance sheet for such period against Total Debt of the Borrower then outstanding.

"LIBO Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/32 of 1%) at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

"Lien" means any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on contract, constitutional, common or statutory law, and including, but not limited to, the lien or security

16

interest arising from a mortgage, encumbrance, pledge, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes. The term "Lien" shall include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, liens and other statutory, constitutional or common law rights of landlords, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property. For purposes of this Agreement, the Borrower and any Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement, financing lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.

"Loan" means a Revolving Loan or a Competitive Loan, and "Loans" means the Revolving Loans and Competitive Loans or one or more of them as provided herein.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guaranties, the Security Instruments, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Letters of Credit, any Borrowing Request, any Interest Election Request, any Assignment and Acceptance, the Fee Letter, and all other agreements (including Hedging Agreements) relating to this Agreement, the Loans, the Lender Indebtedness or the Collateral entered into from time to time between or among the Borrower (or any or all of its Subsidiaries) and the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or, with respect to the Hedging Agreements, any Affiliates of any Lender), and any document delivered by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the foregoing, as such documents, instruments or agreements may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

"Maintenance Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, Capital Expenditures (Non-Leasing Company) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period for the restoration, repair or maintenance of any fixed or capital asset of such Person.

"Margin" means, with respect to any Competitive Loan bearing interest at a rate based on the LIBO Rate, the marginal rate of interest, if any, to be added to or subtracted from the LIBO Rate to determine the rate of interest applicable to such Competitive Loan, as specified by the Lender making such Competitive Loan in its related Competitive Bid.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
(a) the business, assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (d) the rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or (e) the perfection or priority of any Liens securing the Lender Indebtedness.

"Material Indebtedness" means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $10,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the "principal amount" of the obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the

17

maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.

"Material Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia (a) with assets (including, without limitation, assets of any subsidiary of such Subsidiary) having a book value equal to or greater than ten percent (10%) of the consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (b) which accounts (together with any subsidiary of such Subsidiary) for more than ten percent (10%) of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or (c) which accounts (together with any subsidiary of such Subsidiary) for more than ten percent (10%) of EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. As of March 10, 2004, "Material Subsidiaries" means the Subsidiaries set forth (and designated as such) on Schedule 3.11.

"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

"Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

"Net Cash Proceeds" means the remainder of (a) the gross proceeds received by the Borrower from any Asset Disposition, Debt Offering or issuance of Senior Notes or Equity, less (b) underwriter discounts and commissions, investment banking fees, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses, and other usual customary transaction costs, in each case only to the extent paid or payable by the Borrower in cash and related to such Asset Disposition, Debt Offering or issuance of Senior Notes or Equity.

"New Lender" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21.

"New Revolving Commitment" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.21.

"New York City" means New York, New York.

"Nonrecourse Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary which holds a single Property as its principal asset and the Indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of which have not been guaranteed or assumed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

"Notes" means the Revolving Credit Notes and any other promissory note of the Borrower payable to the order of a Lender and issued hereunder pursuant to Section 2.04(g).

"Other Taxes" means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

18

"Permitted Acquisition" means any acquisition by the Borrower or its Material Subsidiaries of the voting securities or other equity interests, or all or substantially all of the assets, of any Person (or any division or product line of such Person), but only so long as (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of (or would result from) such acquisition, and (b) the cash amount for such acquisitions does not exceed in the aggregate, during any Fiscal Year of the Borrower, $75,000,000.

"Permitted Encumbrances" means:

(a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04;

(b) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's, repairmen's and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with
Section 6.04;

(c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

(d) pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(e) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VIII;

(f) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

(g) Liens, if any, securing the Indebtedness described in Sections 7.01(a), (h) and (i);

provided that the term "Permitted Encumbrances" shall not (except as otherwise permitted by clause (g) of this definition) include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

"Permitted Investments" means:

(a) obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States of America (or by any agency or instrumentality thereof), in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

19

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody's;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

(e) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody's, and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000;

(f) investments in auction rate securities with a rating of AAA or higher and a maximum maturity of one year, for which the reset date will be used to determine the maturity date; and

(g) investments (in addition to those contemplated by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this definition, but expressly excluding any repurchase of the stock or other securities of the Borrower) measured at cost on a cumulative basis from and after the date of this Agreement not exceeding, at any time, $5,000,000.

"Person" means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

"Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

"Pledge Agreement" means one or more pledge agreements to be executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(e), Article V, Section 6.01(f) and/or the Intercreditor Agreement by the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit H (with applicable conforming changes), as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Prime Rate" means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each

20

change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

"Property" means any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed.

"Quarterly Date" means the last day of each March, June, September and December in each year.

"Register" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04.

"Related Parties" means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person's Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

"Required Lenders" means Lenders having fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment at such time, until terminated, and thereafter Lenders having fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure; provided that, for purposes of declaring the Revolving Loans to be due and payable pursuant to Article VIII, and for all purposes after the Revolving Loans become due and payable pursuant to Article VIII or the Revolving Commitments expire or terminate, the outstanding Competitive Loans of the Lenders shall be added to their respective Revolving Credit Exposures and to the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure in determining the Required Lenders.

"Restricted Payment" means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of capital stock of the Borrower.

"Revolving Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.21, (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to
Section 10.04, and (d) terminated pursuant to Article VIII. The initial amount of each Lender's Revolving Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Revolving Commitment. The initial Aggregate Revolving Commitment is $250,000,000.

"Revolving Commitment Supplement" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.21.

"Revolving Commitment Termination Date" means the earliest of:
(a) March 10, 2007; (b) the date on which all of the Revolving Commitments are terminated in full or reduced

21

to zero pursuant to Section 2.09; and (c) the date on which the Revolving Commitments otherwise are terminated in full and reduced to zero pursuant to the terms of Article VIII. Upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (b) or (c), the Revolving Commitments shall terminate automatically and without any further action.

"Revolving Credit Exposure" means, at any time and as to each Lender, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans (other than any Competitive Loans) made by such Lender outstanding at such time plus
(b) such Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate amount of all LC Exposure at such time.

"Revolving Credit Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower described in Section 2.08 payable to the order of any Lender and being substantially in the form of Exhibit F, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from Revolving Loans made by such Lender, as any such promissory note may be amended, endorsed, or otherwise modified from time to time, and also means all other promissory notes accepted from time to time in substitution thereof or renewal thereof.

"Revolving Credit Percentage" means, as to any Lender, the percentage of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment constituted by its Revolving Commitment (or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated or expired, the percentage which such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure at such time constitutes of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure at such time).

"Revolving Loans" means the loans provided for in Section 2.01.

"Rolling Period" means any period of four consecutive Fiscal Quarters.

"S&P" means Standard & Poor's.

"Security Agreement" means one or more security agreements to be executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(d), Article V and/or the Intercreditor Agreement by the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit G, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Security Instruments" means all Security Agreements, Pledge Agreements, financing statements and other agreements, documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any other Person as security for the payment and performance of the Lender Indebtedness, as any of the foregoing may be amended, modified, restated or supplemented from time to time.

"Security Threshold Rating Level" means an Index Debt Rating as established by either S&P or Moody's of BB+ /Ba1, respectively.

"Senior Notes" means the senior unsecured notes issued pursuant to the Indenture in an aggregate amount of up to $300,000,000.

22

"Senior Unsecured Debt Documents" means the Indenture, the Senior Unsecured Notes, and all other agreements, documents or instruments executed and delivered by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with, or pursuant to, the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes.

"Senior Unsecured Notes" means the Senior Notes and the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture in an aggregate amount of up to $300,000,000.

"Statutory Reserve Rate" means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject (a) with respect to the Base CD Rate, for new negotiable nonpersonal time deposits in dollars of over $100,000 with maturities approximately equal to three months, and (b) with respect to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D of the Board or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

"subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person (the "parent") at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent's consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

"Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

"Subsidiary Guaranties" means the guaranties of the Lender Indebtedness, executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(c) and/or Section 6.01(f), substantially in the form of Exhibit B, given by each of the Material Subsidiaries, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

"Supplementing Lenders" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.21.

"Syndication Agents" means Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, in their capacities as syndication agents for the Lenders hereunder.

23

"Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

"Three-Month Secondary CD Rate" means, for any day, the secondary market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being in effect on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day) by the Board through the public information telephone line of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices of the Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) during the week following such day) or, if such rate is not so reported on such day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary market quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major money center banks in New York City received at approximately 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day) by the Administrative Agent from three negotiable certificate of deposit dealers of recognized standing selected by it.

"TILC" means Trinity Industries Leasing Company, a Delaware corporation, and a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

"TILC Conduit Indebtedness" means the Indebtedness created or incurred (including Indebtedness pursuant to the warehouse facility established by Credit Suisse First Boston, New York Branch and certain other financial institutions, and any term out of such facility) by TILC or in favor of a wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary of TILC, such Indebtedness to be (i) used to finance a portion of the lease fleet owned (or to be owned) by TILC or such subsidiary, (ii) secured by such applicable assets and associated underlying third party leases, and (iii) non-recourse to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than TILC).

"TILC Interest Coverage Ratio" means, on any day, the ratio of
(a) EBITDA derived from the assets pledged to (i) the TILC Conduit Indebtedness, and (ii) the ETC Indebtedness for the Rolling Period ending on the most recent Quarterly Date to (b) cash interest payments made by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis during such Rolling Period with respect to the TILC Conduit Indebtedness and/or the ETC Indebtedness during such Rolling Period.

"Total Debt" means, for any period, all Indebtedness (other than the TILC Conduit Indebtedness and the ETC Indebtedness) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, excluding, without duplication, the sum of (a) LC Exposure for such period plus (b) Existing LC Exposure for such period.

"Transactions" means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of the Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

"Type," when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate or, in the case of a Competitive Loan or Borrowing, the LIBO Rate or a Fixed Rate.

24

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of Texas or, where specifically applicable to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or Collateral, any other relevant state.

"Withdrawal Liability" means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Loan") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Revolving Loan"). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing").

SECTION 1.03 Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation". The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word "shall". Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person's successors and assigns, (c) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder," and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04 Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

25

ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS

SECTION 2.01 Revolving Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender's Revolving Commitment or (ii) the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans exceeding the Aggregate Revolving Commitment. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02 Revolving Loans and Borrowings.

(a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments. Each Competitive Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.04. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Revolving Commitments and Competitive Bids of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender's failure to make Loans as required.

(b) Subject to Section 2.14, (i) each Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith, and (ii) each Competitive Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of Eurodollar Loans or Fixed Rate Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $2,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $2,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the Aggregate Revolving Commitment or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.05(e). Subject to Section 2.04(d), each Competitive Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $2,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000. Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of five Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

(d) The Borrower shall not be entitled to request any Borrowing after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, or to elect to convert or continue any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

26

SECTION 2.03 Requests for Borrowings. To request a Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing;

(iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period"; and

(v) the location and number of the Borrower's account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section 2.03, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender's Revolving Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

SECTION 2.04 Competitive Bid Procedure.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, from time to time during the Availability Period the Borrower may request Competitive Bids and may (but shall not have any obligation to) accept Competitive Bids and borrow Competitive Loans; provided that (1) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans at any time shall not exceed $50,000,000, and (2) the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans at any time shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment. To request Competitive Bids, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, four Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing and, in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, one Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that the Borrower may submit up to (but not more than) two (2) Competitive Bid Requests on the same day, but a Competitive Bid Request shall not be made within five Business Days after the date of any

27

previous Competitive Bid Request, unless any and all such previous Competitive Bid Requests shall have been withdrawn or all Competitive Bids received in response thereto rejected. Each such telephonic Competitive Bid Request shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Competitive Bid Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Competitive Bid Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing or a Fixed Rate Borrowing;

(iv) the Interest Period to be applicable to such Borrowing, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period"; and

(v) the location and number of the Borrower's account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.06.

Promptly following receipt of a Competitive Bid Request in accordance with this
Section 2.04, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of the details thereof by telecopy, inviting the Lenders to submit Competitive Bids.

(b) Each Lender may (but shall not have any obligation to) make one or more Competitive Bids to the Borrower in response to a Competitive Bid Request. Each Competitive Bid by a Lender must be in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and must be received by the Administrative Agent by telecopy, in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing, not later than 9:30 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, three Business Days before the proposed date of such Competitive Borrowing, and in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later than 9:30 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the proposed date of such Competitive Borrowing. Competitive Bids that do not conform substantially to the form approved by the Administrative Agent may be rejected by the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Lender as promptly as practicable. Each Competitive Bid shall specify (i) the principal amount (which shall be a minimum of $10,000,000 and an integral multiple of $2,000,000 and which may equal the entire principal amount of the Competitive Borrowing requested by the Borrower) of the Competitive Loan or Competitive Loans that the Lender is willing to make, (ii) the Competitive Bid Rate or Competitive Bid Rates at which the Lender is prepared to make such Competitive Loan or Competitive Loans (expressed as a percentage rate per annum in the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal places) and (iii) the Interest Period applicable to each such Competitive Loan and the last day thereof.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower by telecopy of the Competitive Bid Rate and the principal amount specified in each Competitive Bid and the identity of the Lender that shall have made such Competitive Bid.

28

(d) Subject only to the provisions of this Section 2.04(d), the Borrower may accept or reject any Competitive Bid. The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone, confirmed by telecopy in a form approved by the Administrative Agent, whether and to what extent it has decided to accept or reject each Competitive Bid, in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing, not later than 10:30 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Competitive Borrowing, and in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later than 10:30 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the proposed date of the Competitive Borrowing; provided that (i) the failure of the Borrower to give such notice shall be deemed to be a rejection of each Competitive Bid, (ii) the Borrower shall not accept a Competitive Bid made at a particular Competitive Bid Rate if the Borrower rejects a Competitive Bid made at a lower Competitive Bid Rate, (iii) the aggregate amount of the Competitive Bids accepted by the Borrower shall not exceed the aggregate amount of the requested Competitive Borrowing specified in the related Competitive Bid Request, (iv) to the extent necessary to comply with clause (iii) above, the Borrower may accept Competitive Bids at the same Competitive Bid Rate in part, which acceptance, in the case of multiple Competitive Bids at such Competitive Bid Rate, shall be made pro rata in accordance with the amount of each such Competitive Bid, and (v) except pursuant to clause (iv) above, no Competitive Bid shall be accepted for a Competitive Loan unless such Competitive Loan is in a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 and an integral multiple of $2,000,000; provided further that if a Competitive Loan must be in an amount less than $10,000,000 because of the provisions of clause (iv) above, such Competitive Loan may be for a minimum of $2,000,000 or any integral multiple thereof, and in calculating the pro rata allocation of acceptances of portions of multiple Competitive Bids at a particular Competitive Bid Rate pursuant to clause (iv), the amounts shall be rounded to integral multiples of $2,000,000 in a manner determined by the Borrower. A notice given by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.04(d) shall be irrevocable.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each bidding Lender by telecopy whether or not its Competitive Bid has been accepted (and, if so, the amount and Competitive Bid Rate so accepted), and each successful bidder will thereupon become bound, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to make the Competitive Loan in respect of which its Competitive Bid has been accepted.

(f) If the Administrative Agent shall elect to submit a Competitive Bid in its capacity as a Lender, it shall submit such Competitive Bid directly to the Borrower at least one quarter of an hour earlier than the time by which the other Lenders are required to submit their Competitive Bids to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.04.

(g) Any Lender which makes a Competitive Loan hereunder may request that such Competitive Loan be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender and in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.05 Letters of Credit.

(a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit for its own account, in a form reasonably

29

acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section 2.05), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank's standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $150,000,000, (ii) the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans shall not exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment and (iii) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this Section 2.05(d) in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or

30

termination of the Revolving Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, Dallas, Texas time, on the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, Dallas, Texas time, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to Borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with an ABR Borrowing in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Borrower's obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Revolving Credit Percentage of the unreimbursed LC Disbursement, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.06 with respect to Revolving Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.06 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.05(e), the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this Section 2.05(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this
Section 2.05(e) to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Loans as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Revolving Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrower's obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05 shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or
(iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.05(f), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower's obligations hereunder. Neither the Agents, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason

31

of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank's failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement.

(h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Loans; provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05, then Section 2.13(d) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this Section 2.05(h) shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.05 to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i) Replacement of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing

32

Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term "Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j) Cash Collateralization. If (i) any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Revolving Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.05(j), and/or otherwise (ii) on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VIII. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, and the Borrower will, in connection therewith, execute and deliver such security and pledge agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, require. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower's risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Revolving Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, and the Borrower will, in connection therewith, execute and deliver such security and pledge agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent which the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, require. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower within three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

33

SECTION 2.06 Funding of Borrowings.

(a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, Dallas, Texas time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in Dallas, Texas and designated by the Borrower; provided that ABR Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.05(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

(b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this
Section 2.06 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of (A) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (B) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender's Revolving Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.07 Interest Elections.

(a) Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request (or an ABR Borrowing if no Type is specified) and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section 2.07. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section 2.07 shall not apply to Competitive Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b) To make an election pursuant to this Section 2.07, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly

34

by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

(c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period".

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month's duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each applicable Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender's portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

SECTION 2.08 Revolving Credit Notes. The Borrower's obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Revolving Loans made by each Lender shall be further evidenced by the Borrower's issuance, execution and delivery of a Revolving Credit Note payable to the order of each such Lender in the amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment, and shall be dated as of the date of issuance of such Revolving Credit Note. The principal amount of each Revolving Credit Note shall be payable on or before the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

35

SECTION 2.09 Termination and Reduction of Revolving Commitments; Certain Prepayments.

(a) Unless previously terminated, the Revolving Commitment of each Lender shall terminate on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date applicable to such Lender's Revolving Commitment.

(b) In the event the Borrower shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Disposition or any Debt Offering, an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied on such date to the reduction of the Revolving Commitments as set forth in Section 2.11(e).

(c) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Revolving Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $2,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000, and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11(b), the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans would exceed the Aggregate Revolving Commitment.

(d) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Revolving Commitments under paragraph
(c) of this Section 2.09 at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.09(d) shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Subject to
Section 2.21, any termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Commitments.

SECTION 2.10 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay
(i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan and Borrowing of such Lender on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender thereof, the then unpaid principal amount of each Competitive Loan on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Competitive Loan, and (iii) the amounts specified in Sections 2.08 and 2.11 on the dates specified in each such Section. The Borrower hereby further agrees to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans made to the Borrower, from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until payment in full thereof at the rates per annum, and on the dates set forth in Section 2.13.

36

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender's share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.10 shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.11 Prepayment of Loans; Application of Prepayments.

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part; provided that (i) each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.11(a) shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $2,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000, (ii) each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.11(a) shall be subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section 2.11, (iii) the Borrower shall pay any and all costs and expenses due to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16 at the time of such prepayment, and (iv) the Borrower shall not have the right to prepay any Competitive Loan without the prior consent of the Lender thereof.

(b) The Borrower shall, from time to time, upon demand of the Administrative Agent, prepay the Revolving Loans in such amounts as shall be necessary so that at all times the sum of the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans is equal to or less than the Aggregate Revolving Commitment.

(c) At any time the Borrower becomes obligated to prepay all or part of the Senior Unsecured Notes, the Borrower shall, prior to any prepayment of the Senior Unsecured Notes, prepay the Loans and reduce the Revolving Commitments in full.

(d) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid (which amount shall be in a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000 and in $2,000,000 increments in excess thereof); provided that, if a

37

notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Revolving Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09(d), then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09(d). Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13.

(e) Amounts to be applied in connection with Revolving Commitment reductions made pursuant to Section 2.09(b) shall be applied to reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments, any such reduction to be applied proportionately to the Revolving Commitment of each Lender. Any such reduction of the Revolving Commitment shall be accompanied by a prepayment of the Revolving Loans to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Subject to the terms hereof, each prepayment of Loans and reduction of the Revolving Commitment shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Commitments. The application of any prepayment of the Loans shall be applied first to ABR Loans and then to Eurodollar Loans next maturing.

SECTION 2.12 Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount of the Revolving Commitment of such Lender (whether used or unused) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date applicable to such Lender's Revolving Commitment. Accrued facility fees shall be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Date of each year and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date. All facility fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate as interest on Eurodollar Revolving Loans on the average daily amount of such Lender's LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender's Revolving Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank upon issuance of any Letter of Credit by such Issuing Bank a fronting fee equal to an amount calculated at the rate of 0.125% per annum based on the stated amount and term of such Letter of Credit, as well as the Issuing Bank's standard fees with respect to the administration, issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees shall be payable in arrears on the third Business Day following each Quarterly Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.12(b) shall be

38

payable within 10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon in writing between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, all fees due and payable pursuant to the terms of the Fee Letter).

(d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.13 Interest.

(a) Subject to Section 10.13, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) Subject to Section 10.13, the Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest (i) in the case of a Eurodollar Loan, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate, or (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Loan, at the LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus (or minus, as applicable) the Margin applicable to such Loan.

(c) Subject to Section 10.13, each Fixed Rate Loan shall bear interest at the Fixed Rate applicable to such Loan.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 10.13, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.13 or
(ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the Alternate Base Rate.

(e) Subject to Section 10.13, accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 2.13 shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(f) Subject to Section 10.13, all interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate

39

at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.14 Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

(a) the Administrative Agent determines that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period;

(b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders (or, in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Loan, the Lender that is required to make such Loan) that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period; or

(c) the Administrative Agent determines that by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank dollar market generally, deposits in U.S. Dollars in the relevant interbank dollar market are not being offered for the applicable Interest Period and in an amount equal to the amount of the Eurodollar Loan requested by the Borrower;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective,
(ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing and (iii) any request by the Borrower for a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing shall be ineffective; provided that (A) if the circumstances giving rise to such notice do not affect all the Lenders, then requests by the Borrower for Eurodollar Competitive Borrowings may be made to Lenders that are not affected thereby and (B) if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

SECTION 2.15 Increased Costs.

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank; or

40

(ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans or Fixed Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's capital or on the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 2.15 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section 2.15 for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 2.15, a Lender shall not be entitled to compensation pursuant to this
Section 2.15 in respect of any Competitive

41

Loan if the Change in Law that would otherwise entitle it to such compensation shall have been publicly announced prior to submission of the Competitive Bid pursuant to which such Loan was made.

SECTION 2.16 Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(d) and is revoked in accordance therewith), (d) the failure to borrow any Competitive Loan after accepting the Competitive Bid to make such Loan, or (e) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.20, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.17 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.17) the Administrative Agent, each Lender or the Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any

42

Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.17) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

SECTION 2.18 Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

(a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, Dallas, Texas time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10081, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 10.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

(b) Each Borrowing of Revolving Loans shall be made, each payment on account of any facility fee or participation fee in respect of the Revolving Commitments hereunder shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent, and any reduction of the Revolving

43

Commitments of the Lenders shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent, pro rata according to the relevant Revolving Credit Percentages of the Lenders. Each payment (including each prepayment) on account of principal of and interest on any Revolving Loans shall be allocated by the Administrative Agent pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of such Revolving Loans then held by the Lenders. Further, if at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and
(ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties. All proceeds (including proceeds from the realization upon the Collateral) received after acceleration of the maturity of the Loans, shall be applied first, to reimbursement of expenses and indemnities provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, second, to the other Lender Indebtedness until repaid in full pro rata to each Lender, and third, to any other Person entitled to receive such proceeds in accordance with applicable law.

(c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and participations in LC Disbursements of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and participations in LC Disbursements; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, unless the Lender from which such payment is recovered is required to pay interest thereon, in which case each Lender returning funds to such Lender shall pay its pro rata share of such interest, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 2.18(c) shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 2.18(c) shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such

44

payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

(e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(d) or (e), 2.06(b), 2.18(d) or 10.03(e), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender's obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

SECTION 2.19 Illegality.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if (i) by reason of the adoption of any applicable Governmental Rule or any change (after the Effective Date) in any applicable Governmental Rule or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any central bank or other Governmental Authority or (ii) circumstances affecting the London interbank dollar market or the position of a Lender therein shall at any time make it unlawful or impracticable in the sole discretion of a Lender exercised in good faith for such lender or its applicable lending office to (A) honor its obligation to make Eurodollar Loans either generally or for a particular Interest Period provided for hereunder, or (B) maintain Eurodollar Loans either generally or for a particular Interest Period provided for hereunder, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower thereof through the Administrative Agent and such Lender's obligation to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans having an affected Interest Period hereunder shall be suspended until such time as such Lender may again make and maintain Eurodollar Loans having an affected Interest Period (in which case the provisions of Section 2.19(b) hereof shall be applicable). Before giving such notice pursuant to this Section 2.19(a), such Lender will designate a different available lending office for the affected Eurodollar Loans of such Lender or take such other action as the Borrower may request if such designation or action will avoid the need to suspend such Lender's obligation to make Eurodollar Loans hereunder and will not, in the sole opinion of such Lender exercised in good faith, be disadvantageous to such Lender (provided, that such Lender shall have no obligation to so designate a lending office for Eurodollar Loans located in the United States of America).

(b) If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain any Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 2.19(a) hereof, all Loans having an affected Interest Period which would otherwise be made by such Lender as Eurodollar Loans shall be made instead as ABR Loans (and, if such Lender so requests by notice to the Borrower with a copy to the Administrative Agent, each Eurodollar Loan having an affected Interest Period of such Lender then outstanding shall be automatically converted into an ABR Loan on the last day of the

45

Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loans unless earlier conversion is required by applicable law) and, to the extent that Eurodollar Loans are so made as (or converted into) ABR Loans, all payments of principal which would otherwise be applied to such Eurodollar Loans shall be applied instead to such ABR Loans.

SECTION 2.20 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment
(i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b) If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, (ii) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, (iii) any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, or
(iv) any Lender suspends its obligation to maintain or fund Eurodollar Loans under Section 2.19, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (other than any outstanding Competitive Loans held by it) to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and, if a Revolving Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans (other than Competitive Loans) and participations in LC Disbursements, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under
Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 2.21 Increase of Commitments. By delivery of an effective Increase Notice to the Administrative Agent (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to the Lenders), the Borrower may request an increase of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided, that, (a) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments both before and after giving effect to such requested increase shall not exceed $300,000,000, (b) no

46

Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, and (c) the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent a commitment (or commitments) from (i) at least one Lender that commits to lending to the Borrower more than its then current Revolving Commitment (such Lender to be referred to herein as a "Current Lender" and such amount of its Revolving Commitment above its then current Revolving Commitment to be referred to herein as a "Revolving Commitment Supplement") and/or (ii) any other Person (including a Lender Affiliate) that meets the requirements of the definition of "Eligible New Lender" (as defined in Section 1.01 hereof) and that commits to lending to the Borrower and becoming a Lender under this Agreement (such Person to be referred to herein as a "New Lender" and the amount of its Revolving Commitment to be referred to herein as a "New Revolving Commitment") (each Current Lender and each New Lender to be referred to herein collectively as the "Supplementing Lenders"). Upon receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and the Borrower that the Supplementing Lenders have agreed to commit to increase the Aggregate Revolving Commitments by an aggregate amount equal to the Increase Amount and execution and delivery by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Supplementing Lenders of an Increased Commitment Agreement evidencing such agreement, then (A) the then current Aggregate Revolving Commitments shall be increased by the Increase Amount, (B) the then current Revolving Commitment of each Current Lender shall be increased by such Current Lender's Revolving Commitment Supplement and (C) each of the New Lenders will be added as a Lender under this Agreement and each such New Lender's Revolving Commitment shall be such New Lender's New Revolving Commitment. On the effective date of the Increased Commitment Agreement, the Borrower shall request a Borrowing hereunder, which Borrowing shall be made by (and only by) the Supplementing Lenders in the appropriate amounts as provided below. The proceeds of such Borrowing shall be utilized by the Borrower to repay the Lenders that did not agree to increase their Revolving Commitments, such Borrowing and repayment to be in amounts sufficient so that, after giving effect to the Increased Commitment Agreement, the Revolving Loans and the LC Exposure shall be held by the Lenders according to their Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Commitments as increased in accordance with the Increased Commitment Agreement.

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans and issue Letters of Credit hereunder, the Borrower represents and warrants (which representations and warranties shall be deemed made after giving effect to the Closing Transactions (except in the case of Section 3.04(a)) to the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01 Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

47

SECTION 3.02 Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions and Closing Transactions are within the Borrower's and each Material Subsidiary's (as applicable) corporate, partnership or limited liability company powers (as applicable) and have been duly authorized, as applicable, by all necessary corporate, partnership or limited liability company powers (as applicable) and, if required, stockholder action. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Material Subsidiary (to the extent a party thereto) and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and each Material Subsidiary (as applicable), enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions and Closing Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 3.04 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.

(a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows (i) as of and for the calendar year ended December 31, 2003, audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the Fiscal Quarter and the portion of the calendar year ended September 30, 2003, certified by one of its Financial Officers. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

(b) Since December 31, 2003, and except for the Disclosed Matters, there has been no Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 3.05 Properties.

(a) Each of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its Property material to its business (including its Collateral), except for (i) Permitted Encumbrances and (ii) minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

48

(b) Each of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business (including its Collateral), and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.06 Litigation.

(a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement, the Transactions or the Closing Transactions.

(b) Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07 Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither (a) a Default nor (b) any other default by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any agreement that could result in a Material Adverse Effect, has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 3.08 Investment and Holding Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an "investment company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

SECTION 3.09 Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10 ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (in each case determined based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting

49

Standards No. 87) as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, does not exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan (as of the date of determination of such benefit obligation amount) by an amount which, if it constituted a direct liability of the Borrower, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11 Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.11 hereto accurately (a) reflects
(i) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) each jurisdiction in which the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation, foreign partnership or foreign limited liability company, and (b) specifies those Subsidiaries that are Material Subsidiaries. The Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those listed on Schedule 3.11.

SECTION 3.12 Burdensome Obligations. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective properties, is subject to any law or any pending or threatened Change in Law or subject to any restriction under its articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, regulations, partnership agreement or comparable charter or other organizational documents or under any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties, may be subject or bound, which is so unusual or burdensome as to be likely in the foreseeable future to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.13 Employee Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective employees, is subject to any collective bargaining agreement. There are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or controversies pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or their respective employees, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.14 Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Information Memorandum, nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

SECTION 3.15 Margin Stock. None of the proceeds of the Loans will be used for the purpose of, and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower is engaged in the business of, extending credit for the purpose of (a) purchasing or carrying any "margin stock" as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 C.F.R. Part 221) or (b) reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase

50

or carry any margin stock, in either case in violation of Regulation U. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower is engaged principally in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower nor any Person acting on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower has taken or will take any action which would cause any of the Loan Documents, including this Agreement and any Subsidiary Guaranty, to violate Regulation U or any other regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or to violate any similar provision of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any rule or regulation under any such provision thereof.

SECTION 3.16 Primary Business. The primary business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole is that of the manufacturing of transportation, construction and industrial products, and the leasing of railroad tank cars, covered hopper cars, box cars and related equipment.

SECTION 3.17 Environmental Matters.

(a) Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

(b) Except for the Disclosed Matters, all Hazardous Materials or solid waste generated at any and all Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary have in the past been transported, treated and disposed of only by carriers maintaining valid permits under any Environmental Law, and only at treatment, storage and disposal facilities maintaining valid permits under any Environmental Law, which carriers and facilities have been and are operating in compliance with such permits.

(c) The Borrower and each Subsidiary have taken all reasonable steps necessary to determine and have determined that no Hazardous Materials or solid waste has been disposed of or otherwise released and there has been no threatened release of any Hazardous Materials on or to any Property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary except in compliance with Environmental Laws, and except for releases that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.18 Closing Documents. The Borrower has provided to the Administrative Agent a true, correct and complete copy of each of the Closing Documents (and all amendments thereto) and all other material documents, instruments and agreements entered into by, between or among the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and any other party to any Closing Document, including all amendments and modifications thereto (whether characterized as an amendment, modification, waiver, consent or similar document) relating to the Closing Transactions.

51

SECTION 3.19 Schedules to other Loan Documents. All information set forth in all disclosure schedules to the other Loan Documents is true, correct and complete in all material respects.

SECTION 3.20 Senior Indebtedness. The Lender Indebtedness constitutes "Senior Indebtedness" of the Borrower under and as defined in the Indenture.

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS

SECTION 4.01 Effective Date. This Agreement and the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02):

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower a Revolving Credit Note payable to the order of each Lender, each in the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment, signed on behalf of the Borrower.

(c) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each Material Subsidiary either (i) a Subsidiary Guaranty signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of such Subsidiary Guaranty) that such party has signed such Subsidiary Guaranty.

(d) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries a Security Agreement signed on behalf of the Borrower and such Subsidiaries.

(e) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each of the Borrower and Trinity Rail Group, LLC, a Pledge Agreement signed on behalf of the Borrower and Trinity Rail Group, LLC, respectively.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received such UCC, tax and judgment lien search reports listing all documentation on file against the Borrower, each Subsidiary and such other Persons as the Administrative Agent may require in each jurisdiction in which Borrower, such Subsidiaries and such other Persons has a principal place of business and/or jurisdiction of organization and in which any Collateral is or has been located.

52

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received such executed documentation and other Property as the Administrative Agent may require or deem necessary to perfect or protect the Administrative Agent's Lien in the Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries granted pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreements and the other Security Instruments, including, without limitation, (i) stock certificates and other applicable certificates representing all of the outstanding Equity in each Material Subsidiary, duly endorsed for transfer to the Administrative Agent or such other duly executed assignments of such Equity as are acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or its counsel), (ii) all Collateral the possession of which is necessary to perfect the Lien therein, (iii) financing statements under the UCC, (iv) all other applicable documentation under the laws of any jurisdiction required with respect to the creation, perfection and protection of Liens, and (v) all third party or governmental approvals and consents required for the pledge of the Collateral under the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreements and the other Security Instruments.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received such duly executed UCC-3 termination statements and such other documentation as shall be necessary to terminate or release all Liens encumbering the Collateral not otherwise permitted by this Agreement.

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the insurance required by Section 6.05 is in effect.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated as of the date hereof) of Haynes & Boone, LLP, counsel for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries a party to any Loan Document, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and covering such matters relating to the Borrower, such Subsidiaries, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and/or the Transactions as the Required Lenders shall reasonably request.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the authorization of the Closing Transactions, the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Closing Transactions and/or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

(l) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated as of the date hereof and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

(m) The Administrative Agent, the Arranger and the Lenders shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable pursuant to the Fee Letter, this Agreement or any other Loan Document on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

53

(n) All Existing Indebtedness of the Borrower shall have been paid in full.

(o) The Administrative Agent shall have received Bailee's Letters duly executed and delivered by any Person who is in possession of inventory on behalf of the Borrower.

(p) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received the Intercreditor Agreement executed by the Borrower, certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto and all other parties thereto.

(q) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of each material Closing Document and all other material documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Closing Transactions, together with a certificate from an Authorized Officer certifying that such copies are accurate and complete.

(r) The Closing Transactions shall have occurred (or the Administrative Agent shall be satisfied that such transactions will occur simultaneously with the Effective Date).

(s) The representations and warranties of each Person set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date hereof.

(t) The Administrative Agent and its counsel shall have received all information, approvals, documents or instruments as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request.

All documents executed or submitted pursuant to this Section 4.01 by and on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 10.02) at or prior to 2:00 p.m., Dallas, Texas time, on March 10, 2004 (and, in the event such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Revolving Commitments shall terminate at such time). Upon satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in this Section 4.01, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall execute the Certificate of Effectiveness. Upon the execution and delivery of the Certificate of Effectiveness, the Existing Credit Agreement shall automatically and completely be amended and restated on the terms set forth herein without necessity of any other action on the part of any Lender, any Agent or the Borrower. Until execution and delivery of the Certificate of Effectiveness, the Existing Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to execute the Certificate of Effectiveness on its behalf and acknowledges and agrees that the execution of the Certificate of Effectiveness by the Administrative Agent shall be binding on each such Lender.

SECTION 4.02 Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the further satisfaction of the following conditions:

54

(a) The representations and warranties of each Person set forth in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable.

(b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(c) The funding of such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit and all other Borrowings to be made and/or Letter(s) of Credit to be issued, amended, renewed or extended (as applicable) on the same day under this Agreement, shall not cause the Revolving Credit Exposure of the Lenders to be greater than the Aggregate Revolving Commitment.

(d) Following the issuance of any Letter(s) of Credit, the aggregate LC Exposure of all the Lenders shall not exceed $150,000,000.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Borrowing Request for any Borrowing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a), (b),
(c) and (d) of this Section 4.02.

ARTICLE V
SECURITY

SECTION 5.01 Lender Indebtedness Secured. As of the Effective Date, and at all times thereafter when the ratings established by S&P and Moody's for the Index Debt (the "Index Debt Ratings") are at a level (as established in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.01) equal to or below the Security Threshold Rating Level, the Lender Indebtedness and the other obligations described in the Intercreditor Agreement shall be secured by perfected, first priority Liens on and encumbering (a) all accounts receivable and inventory (other than the Excluded Collateral) of the Borrower and its Material Subsidiaries party to the Security Agreements, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located, and (b) all of the issued and outstanding Equity owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of each existing and future Material Subsidiary. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower hereby agrees to execute and deliver (and to cause any other appropriate Person to execute and deliver) to the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Creditors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, such Security Instruments and other documents, instruments, agreements and certificates, as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall deem necessary or appropriate in its or their sole discretion to create, evidence and perfect the Liens contemplated by this Section 5.01. The Borrower hereby consents and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and their agents, successors and assigns, to file any and all necessary financing statements under the UCC, amendments, "in lieu" filings or assignments or

55

continuation statements as necessary from time to time (in the Administrative Agent's and Collateral Agent's discretion) to perfect or continue perfection of the Liens granted pursuant to the Loan Documents. For purposes of this Article V, (i) if either S&P or Moody's shall not have in effect an Index Debt Rating (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the last sentence of this Section 5.01), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established an Index Debt Rating below the Security Threshold Rating Level, and (ii) if the Index Debt Ratings established or deemed to have been established by S&P and Moody's shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of S&P or Moody's), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency. If the rating system of S&P or Moody's shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate or subordinated debt obligations (as applicable), the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Article V to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the provisions of this Article V shall be construed and determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

SECTION 5.02 Collateral Released. If at any time the Index Debt Ratings established by S&P or Moody's are (or either one of them is) increased to a level (as established in accordance with the terms of Section 5.01) above the Security Threshold Rating Level, the Borrower may request the Collateral Agent in writing, with copies thereof delivered simultaneously to the Administrative Agent, to release the Liens on and encumbering the Collateral. Promptly after the Administrative Agent receives such written request from the Borrower, together with evidence of the applicable Index Debt Ratings, and provided no Default or Event of Default then exists, the Administrative Agent shall, without the consent or approval of any other Lender or Creditor (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), at the Borrower's expense, cause the Collateral Agent to release such Collateral.

SECTION 5.03 Collateral Reinstated. If at any time following the release of Collateral as provided in Section 5.02, the Index Debt Ratings are reduced to a level (as established in accordance with Section 5.01) equal to or below the Security Threshold Rating Level, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries (as applicable) to, at the Borrower's expense, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and/or Creditors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), on or prior to the date which is thirty (30) Business Days following the reduction of such Index Debt Ratings to a level equal to or below the Security Threshold Rating Level, such Security Instruments and other documents, instruments, agreements and certificates as the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall deem necessary or appropriate in its or their sole discretion to create, evidence and perfect the Liens contemplated by Section 5.01.

SECTION 5.04 Release of Certain Existing Collateral. As soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date, the Liens encumbering the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) and the other Property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries described on Schedule 5 of the Existing Credit Agreement, to the extent granted to secure the Lender Indebtedness under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement and not securing the Lender Indebtedness as defined herein, shall be released.

56

ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Revolving Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Issuing Bank and each Lender that:

SECTION 6.01 Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Ernst & Young, LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a "going concern" or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit E, (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections 7.09(a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate;

(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial

57

statements of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines);

(e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be;

(f) promptly upon determination that any Subsidiary has become a Material Subsidiary, (i) a Subsidiary Guaranty duly executed by such Material Subsidiary, (ii) a Pledge Agreement duly executed by the Borrower (or any applicable Subsidiary) granting the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent a perfected first priority Lien on and evidencing all of the issued and outstanding Equity owned by the Borrower (or any applicable Subsidiary) of such Material Subsidiary, together with such certificates, financing statements and other Property as necessary to perfect the Administrative Agent's and/or Collateral Agent's Lien in such Equity, and (iii) such resolutions, member or partner consents, certificates, legal opinions and such other related documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(g) promptly after such delivery or receipt, copies of any financial or other report or notice delivered to, or received from, any holders of Senior Unsecured Notes, which report or notice has not been delivered to the Lenders hereunder;

(h) within five (5) days of the Effective Date, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying as to the amount of the ICR Capex Exclusion Amount (and each component thereof) as of the Effective Date after giving effect to the Closing Transactions; and

(i) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 6.02 Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

58

(d) an announcement by Moody's or S&P of a change in the ratings established or deemed to have been established for the Index Debt or any other rating of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) any and all enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened or other environmental claims against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) the occurrence of any event or circumstance concerning or changing any of the Collateral that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(g) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section 6.02 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 6.03 Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 7.03.

SECTION 6.04 Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax liabilities, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and the Borrower or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.05 Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 6.06 Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, upon

59

reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

SECTION 6.07 Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.08 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans will be used only (a) to refinance Existing Indebtedness of the Borrower, (b) for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, and (c) to pay fees and expenses related to the closing and consummation of the Transactions. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

SECTION 6.09 Maintenance of Debt Ratings. The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Borrower's Index Debt is rated by Moody's and S&P (as applicable).

SECTION 6.10 Compliance with Security Instruments. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with its obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Instruments arising in connection with the formation or acquisition of any Material Subsidiary within ten (10) Business Days after such Material Subsidiary is formed or acquired.

SECTION 6.11 Further Assurances. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cure promptly any defects in the creation and issuance of the Notes, and the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, including this Agreement. The Borrower at its expense will, as promptly as practical, execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank upon request all such other and further documents, agreements and instruments (or cause any of its Subsidiaries (as applicable) to take such action) in compliance with or performance of the covenants and agreements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents, including this Agreement, or to further evidence and more fully describe the Collateral, or to correct any omissions in the Loan Documents, or more fully to state the security obligations set out herein or in any of the Loan Documents, or to perfect, protect or preserve any Liens created pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, or to make any recordings, to file any notices, or obtain any consents, all as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith.

ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until the Revolving Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have

60

expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents, the Issuing Bank and each Lender that:

SECTION 7.01 Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness created hereunder;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.01, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(c) Indebtedness of the Borrower to any Subsidiary and of any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

(d) Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary (including pursuant to the Subsidiary Guaranties);

(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(f) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f) shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as an account party in respect of trade letters of credit;

(h) Existing LC Exposure;

(i) the TILC Conduit Indebtedness;

(j) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $150,000,000 at any time outstanding; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower's Subsidiaries permitted by this clause (j) shall not exceed

61

$10,000,000 at any time outstanding (excluding any Indebtedness of any such Subsidiaries permitted by clause (i) of this Section 7.01); and

(k) Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Unsecured Notes.

SECTION 7.02 Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) Permitted Encumbrances and Liens created by the Security Instruments;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 7.02; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof, and extensions, removals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

(c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or existing on any property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary and
(iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; and

(d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 7.01, (ii) such Liens and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and
(iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

SECTION 7.03 Fundamental Changes.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, (i) merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it; (ii) except for (A) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (B) the sale of assets described on Schedule 7.03 (or the sale of the voting securities or other equity interests of Subsidiaries whose only substantial assets are those described on Schedule 7.03), (C) the sale of all of the Equity of SC Meva SA, a Romanian joint stock company and a Subsidiary of the Borrower, and (D) in addition to the sales otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, the sale of all or any interest in one or more assets (to the extent,

62

and only to the extent, such assets do not (or any portion thereof proposed to be sold does not) constitute Collateral) including all or any interest in Subsidiaries, to the extent the book value of such interest or interests, measured on a cumulative basis from and after the date of this Agreement, does not exceed an amount equal to $20,000,000, (y) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the stock of any of its Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or
(z) sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral; or (iii) liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (A) any Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation, (B) any Subsidiary may merge into any Subsidiary in a transaction in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary, (C)(i) the Borrower may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to any Subsidiary, and (ii) any Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, and (D) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that any such merger involving a Person that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 7.04.

(b) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.

SECTION 7.04 Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit, except:

(a) Permitted Investments;

(b) investments by the Borrower in the capital stock of its Subsidiaries, and investments by such Subsidiaries in the capital stock of their respective subsidiaries;

(c) loans or advances made by the Borrower to any Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary;

(d) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by
Section 7.01; and

(e) Permitted Acquisitions.

63

SECTION 7.05 Hedging Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, other than Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.

SECTION 7.06 Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its capital stock payable solely in additional shares of its common stock, (b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their capital stock, (c) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, pursuant to any severance packages for management or employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and approved by the Board of Directors of the Borrower, (d) provided no Default has occurred which is continuing, the Borrower may, for each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2004, declare and pay dividends in an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (i) $25,000,000, or (ii) 50% of the Borrower's consolidated net income (determined in accordance with GAAP) for such Fiscal Year.

SECTION 7.07 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm's-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate and (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.06.

SECTION 7.08 Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent upon any of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary or to Guarantee the Lender Indebtedness; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or by this Agreement, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule
7.08 (but shall apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (v) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed

64

by any agreement relating to Liens on property or assets permitted by Section 7.02(c) hereof if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets contemplated therein, (vi) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to purchase money Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets being financed thereunder, and (vii) clause
(a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

SECTION 7.09 Financial Covenants.

(a) The Borrower will not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.25 to 1.00 at any time.

(b) The Borrower will not permit the Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.25 to 1.00 at any time.

(c) The Borrower will not permit Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i) $860,000,000, plus (ii) 50% of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' cumulative positive consolidated net income for each Fiscal Quarter ending after December 31, 2003, plus (iii) one-hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower at any time after December 31, 2003 as a result of the issuance of any Equity.

(d) The Borrower will not permit the Asset Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.75 to 1.00 at any time.

(e) The Borrower will not permit the TILC Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.50 to 1.00 at any time.

SECTION 7.10 Fiscal Year. The Borrower will not change its Fiscal Year.

SECTION 7.11 Capital Expenditures. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make Capital Expenditures (Leasing Company) in any Fiscal Year in excess of $150,000,000 in an aggregate amount.

SECTION 7.12 Modifications to Senior Unsecured Debt Documents; Payment Restrictions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) amend, modify, or waive any covenant contained in any of the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents if the effect of such amendment, modification, or waiver would be to make the terms of any such Senior Unsecured Debt Document materially more onerous to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) amend, modify, or waive any provision of the Senior Unsecured Debt Documents if the effect of such amendment, modification or waiver
(1) subjects the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any additional material obligation, (2) increases the principal of or rate of interest on any Senior Unsecured Note, (3) accelerates the date fixed for any payment of principal or interest on any Senior Unsecured Note, or (4) would change the percentage of

65

holders of such Senior Unsecured Notes required for any such amendment, modification, or waiver from the percentage required on the Effective Date; or

(c) make any payment of principal of, make any voluntary prepayment of, or optionally redeem, or make any payment in defeasance of, any part of the Senior Unsecured Notes.

ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events ("Events of Default") shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay (including, but not limited to, any failure to pay any mandatory prepayment required by Section 2.11(b)) any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article VIII) payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made;

(d) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Article V, Section 6.01, 6.02,
6.03 (with respect to the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' existence), 6.08 or in Article VII;

(e) the Borrower or any Subsidiary (as applicable) shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than those specified in clause
(a), (b) or (d) of this Article VIII), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the earlier to occur of either (i) an Authorized Officer of the Borrower becoming aware of such default or (ii) notice thereof having been given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

(f) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable;

66

(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article VIII, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Subsidiary (other than a Nonrecourse Subsidiary) or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any such Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) a Change in Control shall occur;

(n) any Lien purported to be created under any Loan Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not to be, a valid and perfected

67

Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required hereby or by the Intercreditor Agreement, except as a result of the sale or other disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents;

(o) either any Subsidiary Guaranty, any Security Agreement, any Pledge Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other Security Instrument shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect and valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms after its date of execution, or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall so state in writing;

(p) the occurrence of an Event of Default under and as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(q) the occurrence of an event of default under the Indenture, which such event of default shall continue unremedied or is not waived prior to the expiration of any applicable period of grace or cure under the Indenture;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article VIII), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Revolving Commitments, and thereupon the Revolving Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article VIII, the Revolving Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. In addition to the other rights and remedies that the Lenders may have upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Required Lenders may direct the Administrative Agent and, in accordance with the terms of, and subject to the necessary consent of the other parties to, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent, to exercise the rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent under the Security Agreements, the Pledge Agreements and the other Security Instruments.

ARTICLE IX
AGENTS

Each of the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the other Agents hereby irrevocably appoint JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent, and each of Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as Syndication Agents,

68

and authorize each such Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Agents by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement on behalf of each Lender and bind each Lender to the terms thereof as if each Lender were directly a party thereto. Further, each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints JPMorgan Chase Bank as Collateral Agent for the Lenders under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Instruments (as applicable).

Any bank serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Agents shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Agents shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing,
(b) each Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in
Section 10.02, or further, with respect to the Collateral Agent, such other number or percentage of Persons as necessary or required by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Agents shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. Each Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT EACH OF THE AGENTS BE INDEMNIFIED IN THE CASE OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE (OTHER THAN GROSS NEGLIGENCE), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE IS SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, IMPUTED, JOINT OR TECHNICAL. Each Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default (other than, with respect to the Administrative Agent, knowledge of a Default of the types specified in clauses (a) or (b) of Article VIII) unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and such Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to such Agent.

69

The Agents shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Agents also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Agents may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Any Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Any Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of such Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as an Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in Dallas, Texas, Houston, Texas or New York City, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

70

ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01 Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(a) if to the Borrower, to it at Trinity Industries, Inc., 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75207, Attention: Neil Shoop (Telecopy No.: 214-589-8824);

(b) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, 2200 Ross Avenue, 3rd Floor, Dallas, Texas, Texas 75201, Attention:
Michael Lister (Telecopy No.: 214-965-2044), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 1111 Fannin, Floor 10, Houston, Texas 77002, Attention: Sheila Fitzwater (Telecopy No.: 713-216-2228);

(c) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, 2200 Ross Avenue, 3rd Floor, Dallas, Texas, Texas 75201, Attention: Michael Lister (Telecopy No.: 214-965-2044), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, 1111 Fannin, Floor 10, Houston, Texas 77002, Attention: Sheila Fitzwater (Telecopy No.: 713-216-2228); and

(d) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

SECTION 10.02 Waivers; Amendments.

(a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 10.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

71

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any of the Loan Documents nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Revolving Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Revolving Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (v) release any Material Subsidiary from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, (vi) release any material portion of the Collateral without the written consent of each Lender and each party otherwise required to consent thereto pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, except as otherwise expressly permitted hereby, and provided that the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall release (without consent from the Lenders or any other Person) any Collateral sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of as permitted by Section 7.03 hereof, (vii) waive any of the conditions set forth in Section 4.01 to the making of the Loans without the consent of each Lender affected thereby, or (viii) change any of the provisions of this Section 10.02(b) or the definition of "Required Lenders" or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder without the prior written consent of such Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

SECTION 10.03 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Arranger and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Agents, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this
Section 10.03, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket

72

expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Agents, the Issuing Bank, the Arranger and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the performance by the parties to the Loan Documents of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (IT BEING UNDERSTOOD THAT IT IS THE INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT EACH OF THE INDEMNITEES BE INDEMNIFIED IN THE CASE OF ITS OWN NEGLIGENCE (OTHER THAN GROSS NEGLIGENCE), REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH NEGLIGENCE IS SOLE OR CONTRIBUTORY, ACTIVE OR PASSIVE, IMPUTED, JOINT OR TECHNICAL). No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other material obtained through the Internet, Intralinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with the Loan Documents. The Borrower agrees that no Indemnitee shall have any liability for any indirect or consequential damages in connection with its activities related to the Loan Documents.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Agents or the Issuing Bank under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 10.03, each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Agents or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such Lender's Revolving Credit Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agents or the Issuing Bank in its capacity as such.

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument

73

contemplated hereby, any other Loan Document, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) All amounts due under this Section 10.03 shall be payable promptly after written demand therefor.

SECTION 10.04 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) by executing, and causing the assignee thereof to execute, an Assignment and Acceptance; provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate, each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of an assignment of all or a portion of a Revolving Commitment or any Lender's obligations in respect of its LC Exposure, the Issuing Bank) must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of an assigning Lender's Revolving Commitment, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments assigned to an assignee, and the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments retained by the assignor after giving effect to such assignment, shall not be less than $10,000,000 (provided, that, if the Revolving Commitments have expired or terminated, such limits shall apply to the amount of the Revolving Credit Exposure assigned and retained), (iii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or a Lender Affiliate or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of an assigning Lender's Revolving Commitment, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be in increments of $1,000,000 and not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, (iv) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, except that this clause (iv) shall not apply to rights in respect of outstanding Competitive Loans, (v) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, except in the case of an assignment to a Lender Affiliate, in which case no processing and recordation fee shall be

74

payable, and (vi) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and provided further that any consent of the Borrower otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 10.04, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the other Loan Documents and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17, 2.19 and 10.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section 10.04(b).

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Houston, Texas or Dallas, Texas a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Revolving Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee's completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph
(b) of this Section 10.04 and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section 10.04, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(e) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a "Participant") in all or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Revolving Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and

75

obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce the Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section 10.04, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 10.04. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of
Section 10.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower's prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with
Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.

(g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 10.05 Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Material Subsidiaries in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Arranger or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Revolving Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17, 2.19 and 10.03 and Article IX shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Revolving Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

76

SECTION 10.06 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Agents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Article IV, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.07 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 10.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

SECTION 10.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Texas.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of the State of Texas and of the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Texas State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall

77

affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 10.09. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 10.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.10.

SECTION 10.11 Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 10.12 Confidentiality. Each of the Agents, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an

78

agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.12, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.12 or
(ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section 10.12, "Information" means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower; provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 10.13 Interest Rate Limitation. It is the intention of the parties hereto to conform strictly to applicable interest, usury and criminal laws and, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary to a Lender, the Issuing Bank or any Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be subject to the limitation that payments of interest shall not be required to the extent that receipt thereof would be contrary to provisions of law applicable to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent limiting rates of interest which may be charged or collected by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent. Accordingly, if the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby would be illegal, unenforceable, usurious or criminal under laws applicable to a Lender, the Issuing Bank or any Agent (including the laws of any jurisdiction whose laws may be mandatorily applicable to such Lender or the Administrative Agent notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document) then, in that event, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is agreed as follows:

(i) the provisions of this Section 10.13 shall govern and control;

(ii) the aggregate of all consideration which constitutes interest under applicable law that is contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received under this Agreement, or under any of the other aforesaid agreements or otherwise in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent shall under no circumstances exceed the maximum amount of interest allowed by applicable law (such maximum lawful interest rate if any, with respect to such Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Agents herein called the "Highest Lawful Rate"), and any excess shall be canceled automatically and if theretofore paid shall be credited to the Borrower by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent (or, if such consideration shall have been paid in full, such excess refunded to the Borrower);

(iii) all sums paid, or agreed to be paid, to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent for the use, forbearance and detention of the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent hereunder or under any Loan Document

79

shall, to the extent permitted by laws applicable to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent, as the case may be, be amortized, prorated, allocated and spread throughout the full term of such indebtedness until payment in full so that the actual rate of interest is uniform throughout the full term thereof;

(iv) if at any time the interest provided pursuant to this
Section 10.13 or any other clause of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with any other fees or compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document and deemed interest under laws applicable to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent, exceeds that amount which would have accrued at the Highest Lawful Rate, the amount of interest and any such fees or compensation to accrue to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent pursuant to this Agreement or such other Loan Document shall be limited, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, to that amount which would have accrued at the Highest Lawful Rate, but any subsequent reductions, as applicable, shall not reduce the interest to accrue to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent pursuant to this Agreement or such other Loan Document below the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest accrued pursuant to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, and such fees or compensation deemed to be interest equals the amount of interest which would have accrued to such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent if a varying rate per annum equal to the interest provided pursuant to any other relevant Section hereof (other than this Section 10.13) or thereof as applicable, had at all times been in effect, plus the amount of fees which would have been received but for the effect of this
Section 10.13; and

(v) with the intent that the rate of interest herein shall at all times be lawful, if the receipt of any funds owing hereunder or under any other agreement related hereto (including any of the other Loan Documents) by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent would cause such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent to charge the Borrower a criminal rate of interest, the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Agents agree that they will not require the payment or receipt thereof or a portion thereof which would cause a criminal rate of interest to be charged by such Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent, as applicable, and if received such affected Lender, the Issuing Bank or such Agent will return such funds to the Borrower so that the rate of interest paid by the Borrower shall not exceed a criminal rate of interest from the date this Agreement was entered into.

SECTION 10.14 Arranger; Syndication Agents. None of the Arranger or the Syndication Agents shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than, except in the case of the Arranger, those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Arranger or the Syndication Agents shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. The Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Arranger or the Syndication Agents in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking any action hereunder or under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 10.15 NO ORAL AGREEMENTS. THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT

80

BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

SECTION 10.16 USA Patriot Act Notice. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the "Act"), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

SECTION 10.17 Lender Indebtedness as Senior Indebtedness. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the Lender Indebtedness is "Senior Indebtedness" of the Borrower under and as defined in the Indenture.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

[SIGNATURE PAGES BEGIN ON NEXT PAGE]

81

SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:  /s/ John L. Adams
    ------------------------------
        John L. Adams,
        Executive Vice President

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as a Lender and as Administrative Agent

By:  /s/ Michael J. Lister
    -------------------------------------
     Michael J. Lister,
     Vice President

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND GRAND
CAYMAN BRANCHES,
as a Lender and as a Syndication Agent

By:  /s/ Brian Haughney
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Brian Haughney
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Director
           ------------------------------

By:  /s/ Brian Schneider
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Brian Schneider
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Vice President
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc,
as a Lender and as a Syndication Agent

By:  /s/ David Apps
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  David Apps
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Senior Vice President
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender

By:  /s/ Steven A. Mackenzie
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Steven A. Mackenzie
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Vice President
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender

By:  /s/ Jeff Tebeaux
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Jeff Tebeaux
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Vice President
           ------------------------------

By:  /s/ Lloyd Cox
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Lloyd Cox
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Managing Director
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
as a Lender

By:  /s/ William E. Zarrett
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  William E. Zarrett
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Managing Director
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as a Lender

By:  /s/ Frederick E. Blumer
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Frederick E. Blumer
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Director
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

THE BANK OF TOKYO - MITSUBISHI, LTD.,
as a Lender

By:  /s/ D. Barnell
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  D. Barnell
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Vice President
           ------------------------------

By:  /s/ John M. Mearns
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  J. Mearns
          -------------------------------
    Title:  VP & Manager
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON,
CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as a Lender

By:  /s/ Karl Studer
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Karl Studer
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Director
           ------------------------------

By:  /s/ Andreas M. Rupp
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Andreas M. Rupp
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Assistant Vice President
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


SIGNATURE PAGE TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
BYAND AMONG
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
AS BORROWER, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
INDIVIDUALLY AND AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT,
AND THE LENDERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE 2.01 HERETO

SOUTHWEST BANK OF TEXAS, N.A., as a
Lender

By:  /s/ Melinda N. Jackson
    -------------------------------------
    Name:  Melinda N. Jackson
          -------------------------------
    Title:  Senior Vice President
           ------------------------------

[Signature Page]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 (as amended and in effect on the date hereof, the "Credit Agreement"), among Trinity Industries, Inc., the Lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, and the other Agents named therein. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.

The Assignor named herein hereby sells and assigns, without recourse, to the Assignee named herein, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes, without recourse, from the Assignor, effective as of the Assignment Date set forth herein, the interests set forth herein (the "Assigned Interest"), in the Assignor's rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the interests set forth herein, in the Revolving Commitment of the Assignor on the Assignment Date and Competitive Loans and Loans owing to the Assignor which are outstanding on the Assignment Date, together with the participations in Letters of Credit, LC Disbursements held by the Assignor on the Assignment Date, but excluding accrued interest and fees to and excluding the Assignment Date. The Assignee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. From and after the Assignment Date (i) the Assignee shall be a party to and be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

This Assignment and Acceptance is being delivered to the Administrative Agent together with (i) if the Assignee is a Foreign Lender, any documentation required to be delivered by the Assignee pursuant to Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee, and (ii) if the Assignee is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, an Administrative Questionnaire in the form supplied by the Administrative Agent, duly completed by the Assignee. The Assignee shall pay the fee payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.04(b) of the Credit Agreement (to the extent required by such Section 10.04(b)).

This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

Date of Assignment:

Legal Name of Assignor:

Legal Name of Assignee:

A-1

Assignee's Address for Notices:

Effective Date of Assignment

("Assignment Date"):

                                                 Principal Amount               Percentage Assigned of
                                                      Assigned               Facility/Revolving Commitment
                                                  (and identifying      (set forth, to at least 8 decimals, as
                                                 information as to       a percentage of the Facility and the
                                               individual Competitive   aggregate Revolving Commitments of all
                  Facility                             Loans)                     Lenders thereunder)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revolving Commitment Assigned:                $                         %
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Competitive Loans:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The terms set forth above and herein are hereby agreed to:

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as Assignor

By: _________________________________ Name: ___________________________ Title:___________________________

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as Assignee

By: _________________________________ Name: ___________________________ Title:___________________________

A-2

The undersigned hereby consent to the within assignment:

Trinity Industries, Inc.                   JPMorgan Chase Bank,
                                           as Administrative Agent

By: _________________________________      By: _________________________________
    Name: ___________________________          Name: ___________________________
    Title:___________________________          Title:___________________________

                                           JPMorgan Chase Bank,
                                           as Issuing Bank

                                           By: _________________________________
                                               Name: ___________________________
                                               Title:___________________________

-----------------------
(1)      Consents to be included to the extent required by Section 10.04(b) of
         the Credit Agreement.

A-3

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF]

GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY (this "Guaranty"), dated as of ____________, 200_, is made by _________________, a _________________ (the "Guarantor"), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as Administrative Agent (together with all successors and assigns thereto, the "Administrative Agent") for each of the Lender Parties.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004 (together with all amendments, supplements, restatements and other modifications, if any, from time to time thereafter made thereto, the "Credit Agreement"), among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the various financial institutions as are, or may from time to time become, parties to the Credit Agreement (the "Lenders"), the various financial institutions as are or may from time to time become Agents under the Credit Agreement, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, the Lenders have agreed to extend commitments to make Loans to, and the Issuing Bank has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of, the Borrower; and

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the making of the initial Loans and the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit under the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor is required to execute and deliver this Guaranty; and

WHEREAS, the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty; and

WHEREAS, it is in the best interests of the Guarantor to execute this Guaranty inasmuch as the Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the Loans made from time to time to, and the Letters of Credit issued from time to time for the account of, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans (including the initial Loans) to, and to induce the Issuing Bank to issue the Letters of Credit (including the initial Letter of Credit) for the account of, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Lender Parties to extend financial accommodations, the Guarantor agrees, for the benefit of each Lender Party, as follows:

B-1

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 CERTAIN TERMS. The following terms (whether or not underscored) when used in this Guaranty, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the following meanings (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):

"Administrative Agent" is defined in the preamble.

"Borrower" is defined in the first recital.

"Credit Agreement" is defined in the first recital.

"Guarantor" is defined in the preamble.

"Guaranty" is defined in the preamble.

"Lender Party" means, as the context may require, any Lender, any Agent, any Issuing Bank, and each of its respective successors, transferees and assigns.

"Lenders" is defined in the first recital.

"Loan Parties" means, collectively, the Borrower, the Guarantor and any other Subsidiary of the Borrower which executes a Loan Document, and "Loan Party" means any one of the foregoing.

"Obligations" means the sum of (i) the Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposures of the Lenders under the Loan Documents plus (ii) all accrued but unpaid interest and fees owing to the Lender Parties under the Loan Documents plus (iii) all other obligations (monetary or otherwise) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to any Lender Party, whether or not contingent, arising under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents.

Section 1.02 CREDIT AGREEMENT DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Guaranty, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

ARTICLE 2
GUARANTY PROVISIONS

Section 2.01 GUARANTY. The Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably

(a) guarantees the full and punctual payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Borrower and each other Loan Party now or hereafter existing under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document to which the Borrower or such other Loan Party is or may become a party, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise (including all

B-2

such amounts which would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(4) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 362(4), and the operation of Sections 502(b) and 506(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 502(b) and Section 506(b)), and

(b) indemnifies each Lender Party for any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses) incurred by such Lender or such holder, as the case may be, in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty;

provided, however, that the Guarantor shall be liable under this Guaranty for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering this Guaranty, as it relates to the Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount. This Guaranty constitutes a guaranty of payment when due and not of collection, and the Guarantor specifically agrees that it shall not be necessary or required that any Lender Party exercise any right, assert any claim or demand, or enforce any remedy whatsoever against the Borrower or any other Loan Party (or any other Person) before or as a condition to the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

Section 2.02 ACCELERATION OF GUARANTY. The Guarantor agrees that, in the event that the Obligations have been accelerated pursuant to Article VIII of the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor will pay to the Administrative Agent for itself and as agent for the Lender Parties forthwith the full amount of all such Obligations.

Section 2.03 GUARANTY ABSOLUTE, ETC. This Guaranty shall in all respects be a continuing, absolute, unconditional and irrevocable guaranty of payment, and shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations of the Borrower and each other Loan Party has been paid in full, all obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have terminated or expired. The Guarantor guarantees that the Obligations of the Borrower and each other Loan Party will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document under which they arise, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Lender Party or any holder of any note with respect thereto. The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity, legality or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) the failure of any Lender Party

(1) to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person (including any other guarantor) under the provisions of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or otherwise, or

B-3

(2) to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of any Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(c) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or any other extension, compromise, or renewal of any Obligation of the Borrower or any other Loan Party;

(d) any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination of any Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party for any reason (other than indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to (and the Guarantor hereby waives any right to or claim of) any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality, non-genuineness, irregularity, compromise, unenforceability of, or any other event or occurrence affecting, any Obligations of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise;

(e) any amendment to, rescission, waiver, or other modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(f) any addition, exchange, release, surrender or non-perfection of any collateral, or any amendment to or waiver or release or addition of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, held by any Lender Party securing any of the Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party; or

(g) any other circumstance (other than indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations) which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a legal or equitable discharge of, the Borrower, any other Loan Party, any surety, or any guarantor.

Section 2.04 REINSTATEMENT, ETC. The Guarantor agrees that this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment (in whole or in part) of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Lender Party, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 2.05 WAIVER, ETC. The Guarantor hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party and this Guaranty and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any other Lender Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien, or any property subject thereto, or exhaust any right or take any action against the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Person (including any other guarantor) or any collateral securing the Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the case may be.

Section 2.06 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Until the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all Obligations and the termination or expiration of all Revolving Commitments and Letters of Credit, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or

B-4

hereafter acquire against the Borrower or any other Loan Party that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Guarantor's obligations under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, or indemnification, any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Lender Parties against the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any collateral which the Administrative Agent now has or hereafter acquires, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from the Borrower or any other Loan Party, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to the Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for, the Lender Parties, and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender Parties to be credited and applied to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured. The Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Credit Agreement and that the waiver set forth in this Section is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.01 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Guarantor hereby represents and warrants unto each Lender Party as set forth in this Article.

Section 3.02 ORGANIZATION; POWERS. The Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

Section 3.03 AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABILITY. The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by it are within the Guarantor's corporate, partnership or limited liability company powers (as applicable), and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership or limited liability company action (as applicable), and if required and applicable, stockholder action. This Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor and constitutes, and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by the Guarantor, when executed and delivered by the Guarantor, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.04 APPROVALS; NO CONFLICTS. The execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Guaranty and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, (a) do not require any approval of any Governmental Authority or other third party approvals, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and except filings

B-5

necessary to perfect Liens created in connection with this Guaranty, (b) will not violate any applicable Governmental Rule or the articles of organization, formation or incorporation (or comparable document), bylaws, operating agreement, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or similar documents (as applicable) of the Guarantor or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, agreement, or other instrument binding upon the Guarantor or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Guarantor and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Guarantor except Liens created under the Loan Documents.

Section 3.05 BENEFIT TO THE GUARANTOR. The Guarantor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Borrower; and the Guarantor's guaranty pursuant to this Guaranty reasonably may be expected to benefit, directly or indirectly, the Guarantor; and the Guarantor has determined that this Guaranty is necessary and convenient to the conduct, promotion and attainment of the business of the Guarantor and the Borrower.

Section 3.06 LITIGATION MATTERS. Except for Disclosed Matters, there are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, businesses, assets or revenues, (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that question the validity or enforceability of any Loan Documents or seek to enjoin or prevent the Transactions. Since the date of this Guaranty, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.07 SOLVENCY. Immediately after entering into this Guaranty, the Guarantor will be Solvent. As used herein, the term "Solvent" means, with respect to the Guarantor, a condition under which (a) the fair market value of the Guarantor's assets is, on the date of determination greater than the total amount of the Guarantor's liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) at such time; and (b) the Guarantor is able to pay all of its liabilities as such liabilities mature. For purposes of this definition (i) the amount of the Guarantor's contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time shall be the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances then existing, represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability, (ii) the "fair saleable value" of an asset shall be the amount which may be realized within a reasonable time either through collection or sale of such asset at its regular market value, and (iii) the "regular market value" of an asset shall be the amount which a capable and diligent business person could obtain for such asset from an interested buyer who is willing to purchase such asset under ordinary selling conditions.

Section 3.08 CREDIT AGREEMENT REPRESENTATIONS. All representations and warranties made by the Borrower with respect to the Guarantor set forth in Article III of the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof.

B-6

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS, ETC.

Section 4.01 COVENANTS. Until the payment in full in cash of all Obligations and the termination or expiration of all Revolving Commitments and Letters of Credit, the Guarantor covenants and agrees that the Guarantor will perform, comply with, observe and fulfill each of the covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Credit Agreement, including without limitation, Article VI and Article VII of the Credit Agreement, pertaining or otherwise applicable to the Guarantor in its capacity as a Loan Party and a Subsidiary. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to be bound by such covenants, agreements and obligations applicable to it in such capacities as if the Guarantor were a party to the Credit Agreement and such covenants, agreements, and obligations applicable to it in such capacities are hereby reaffirmed by the Guarantor.

ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 5.01 LOAN DOCUMENT. This Guaranty is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof.

Section 5.02 BINDING ON SUCCESSORS, TRANSFEREES AND ASSIGNS; ASSIGNMENT. This Guaranty shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors, transferees and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Administrative Agent, each other Lender Party and their respective successors, transferees and assigns permitted by Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.03 AMENDMENTS, ETC. No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 10.02(b) of the Credit Agreement, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

Section 5.04 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES TO THE GUARANTOR. All notices and other communications hereunder to the Guarantor shall be in writing (including telecopy communication) and mailed or telecopied or delivered to it, addressed to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto, or at such other address as shall be designated by the Guarantor in a written notice to the Administrative Agent at the address specified in the Credit Agreement complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section. All such notices and other communications shall be effective as provided in Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.05 NO WAIVER REMEDIES. In addition to, and not in limitation of, Section 2.03 and Section 2.05, no failure on the part of any Lender Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the

B-7

exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

Section 5.06 HEADINGS. Article and Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Guaranty and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Guaranty.

Section 5.07 SETOFF. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender Party is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender Party to or for the credit or the account of the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries against any of and all the obligations of Guarantor now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender Party shall have made any demand under this Guaranty and although such obligations may be unmatured; provided, however, that any such set-off and application shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement.

Section 5.08 SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Guaranty held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 5.09 GOVERNING LAWS. THIS GUARANTY AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINING A CONTRARY EXPRESS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISION) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND, TO THE EXTENT CONTROLLING, LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

Section 5.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). GUARANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY LENDER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH LENDER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH LENDER PARTIES HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

Section 5.11 NO ORAL AGREEMENTS. THIS WRITTEN GUARANTY AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AS TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF

B-8

PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

[SIGNATURE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

B-9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.


By: _________________________________ Name: _______________________________ Title: ______________________________

Address: ____________________________

Attention: __________________________ Telephone: __________________________ Telecopy: ___________________________

B-9

EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF]

BORROWING REQUEST

___________, 200___

JPMorgan Chase Bank
as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below
c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank


Attention: ________________
Facsimile: ________________

JPMorgan Chase Bank
as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below
c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank

_______________________________
Attention:     ________________
Facsimile:     ________________

         Re:      Credit Agreement (hereinafter defined)

Dear Sirs:

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004 (together with all amendments, if any, from time to time made thereto, the "Credit Agreement"), among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as the Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. This notice constitutes a Borrowing Request and the Borrower hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection the Borrower specifies the following information with respect to the Borrowing requested hereby:

(A) Principal amount of Borrowing(1):_______________________

(B) Interest rate basis(2):


(1) Not less than $10,000,000 and an integral multiple of $2,000,000 (or aggregate unused balance of the Revolving Commitments in the case of an ABR Borrowing).

C-1

(C) Effective date (which is a Business Day):

(D) Date of maturity (which is a Business Day):

(E) Interest Period(3):

If the Borrowing results in an increase in the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement are satisfied.

The Borrower has caused this Borrowing Request to be executed and delivered by its Authorized Officer this _____ day of ___________, 200____.

Very truly yours,

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ______________________________


(2) Eurodollar Borrowing or ABR Borrowing.

(3) If applicable, selected period must comply with the definition of "Interest Period" and end not later than the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

C-2

EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF]

INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

JPMorgan Chase Bank
as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below
c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank




Attention: ________________
Facsimile: ________________

JPMorgan Chase Bank
as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below
c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank



_______________________________
Attention:     ________________
Facsimile:     ________________

         Re:      Credit Agreement (hereinafter defined)

Dear Sirs:

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004 (together with all amendments, if any, from time to time made thereto, the "Credit Agreement"), among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent"). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. This notice constitutes an Interest Election Request and the Borrower hereby requests the conversion or continuation of a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection the Borrower specifies the following information with respect to the Borrowing to be converted or continued as requested hereby:

(A) Borrowing to which this request applies(1):

(B) Principal amount of Borrowing to be converted/continued(2):

(C) Effective date of election (which is a Business Day):


(1) Specify existing Type and last day of current Interest Period.

(2) Not less than $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $2,000,000

D-1

(D) Interest rate basis of resulting Borrowing(3):

(E) Interest Period of resulting Borrowing(4):

Very truly yours,

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ______________________________


(3) Eurodollar Borrowing or ABR Borrowing.

(4) Which must comply with the definition of "Interest Period" and end not later than the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

D-2

EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF]
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

_____________, 200__

JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent 2200 Ross Avenue, 3rd Floor
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Mike Lister

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"), by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"), the Lenders named therein, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent to the Lenders ("Administrative Agent"), and the other Agents named therein. Capitalized terms used herein without definition and which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 6.01(c) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Financial Officer of Borrower hereby certifies to Administrative Agent as follows: (a) the information furnished in the calculations attached hereto was true and correct as of the last day of the Fiscal [YEAR] [QUARTER] ended _____________; (b) as of the date of this Compliance Certificate, there exists no Default or Event of Default or condition which would, with either or both the giving of notice or the lapse of time, result in a Default of an Event of Default; and (c) the financial statements delivered herewith were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with prior periods.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer has executed this Compliance Certificate as of the date first written above.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: ____________________________________
Name: ____________________________________
Title: ____________________________________

E-1

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE WORKSHEET

1.       MINIMUM INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO - SECTION 7.09(a)

         (a)      consolidated net income                                                   $____________________

         (b)      to the extent deducted in the calculation of consolidated net income,     $____________________
                  Interest Expense

         (c)      to the extent deducted in the calculation of consolidated net income,     $____________________
                  depreciation and amortization

         (d)      to the extent deducted in the calculation of consolidated net income,     $____________________
                  income and franchise tax expenses

         (e)      to the extent deducted in the calculation of consolidated net income,     $____________________
                  one-time cash charges not to exceed an amount agreed to by the Lenders

         (f)      to the extent deducted in the calculation of consolidated net income,     $____________________
                  non-recurring, non-cash gains or losses and/or extraordinary gains or
                  losses, including, but not limited to, gains or losses on the
                  disposition of assets (other than in connection with the sale of assets
                  from the lease fleet in the ordinary course of business)

         (g)      EBITDA (the sum of items (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) above, minus item     $____________________
                  (f) above)

         (h)      EBITDA derived from the assets pledged to the TILC Conduit Indebtedness   $____________________
                  and the ETC Indebtedness

         (i)      Capital Expenditures (Non-Leasing Company) (excluding, until September    $____________________
                  30, 2006, the ICR Capex Exclusion Amount, the aggregate amount of
                  which, as of the date hereof, is $_________)

         (j)      cash interest payments (excluding such payments made with respect to      $____________________
                  the TILC Conduit Indebtedness and the ETC Indebtedness)

         (k)      Interest Coverage Ratio (item (g) above less items (h) and (i) above      _____________to 1.00
                  divided by item (j) above)

         (l)      Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (from Section 7.09(a))                            2.25 to 1.00

E-2

2.       MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO - SECTION 7.09(b)

         (a)      Indebtedness (other than the TILC Conduit Indebtedness and the ETC        $____________________
                  Indebtedness), after giving effect to any permitted application of
                  available cash

         (b)      LC Exposure                                                               $____________________

         (c)      Total Debt (item (a) above minus item (b) above)                          $____________________

         (d)      EBITDA (from item 1(g) above) less item 1(h) above                        $____________________

         (e)      Leverage Ratio (item (c) above divided by item (d) above)                 _____________ to 1.00

         (f)      Maximum Leverage Ratio (from Section 7.09(b))                                      3.25 to 1.00

3.       MINIMUM NET WORTH - SECTION 7.09(c)

         (a)      Amount from Section 7.09(c)(i) of the Credit Agreement                    $         860,000,000

         (b)      cumulative consolidated net income                                        $____________________

         (c)      50% of item (b) above                                                     $____________________

         (d)      100% of Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of Equity                     $____________________

         (e)      Consolidated Net Worth                                                    $____________________

         (f)      Minimum Consolidated Net Worth (the sum of items (a), (c) and (d) above)  $____________________

4.       MINIMUM ASSET COVERAGE RATIO - SECTION 7.09(d)

         (a)      Book Value of accounts receivable (net of applicable reserves)            $____________________

         (b)      Book Value of inventory (net of applicable reserves)                      $____________________

         (c)      Asset Value (the sum of items (a) and (b) above)                          $____________________

         (d)      Aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure                                       $____________________

         (e)      Existing LC Exposure                                                      $____________________

         (f)      Asset Coverage Ratio (item (c) above divided by the sum of items (d)      _____________ to 1.00
                  and (e) above)

         (g)      Minimum Asset Coverage Ratio                                                       1.75 to 1.00

E-3

5.       MINIMUM TILC INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO - SECTION 7.09(e)

         (a)      EBITDA derived from the assets pledged to the TILC Conduit Indebtedness   $____________________
                  and the ETC Indebtedness

         (b)      cash interest payments made with respect to the TILC Conduit              $____________________
                  Indebtedness and the ETC Indebtedness

         (c)      TILC Interest Coverage Ratio (item (a) above divided by item (b) above)   _____________ to 1.00

         (d)      Minimum TILC Interest Coverage Ratio (from Section 7.09(e))                        1.50 to 1.00

6.       CAPITAL EXPENDITURES - SECTION 7.11

         (a)      Capital Expenditures (Leasing Company)                                    $____________________

         (b)      Maximum Capital Expenditures (Leasing Company) per Fiscal Year (from      $         150,000,000
                  Section 7.11)

E-4

EXHIBIT F

[FORM OF]
REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

$____________ ___________, 200_

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of ____________________________ (the "Lender") on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date the principal sum of ___________ MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($________) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Lender pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004 (together will all amendments and other modifications, if any, from time to time thereafter made thereto, the "Credit Agreement"), among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto (including the Lender), Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman Branches, and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Syndication Agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent (the "Administrative Agent").

The Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after maturity, until paid, at the rates per annum and on the dates specified in the Credit Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day or immediately available funds to the account designated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

This Revolving Credit Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred to in, and evidences Indebtedness incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a description of the security for this Revolving Credit Note and for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrower is permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the Indebtedness evidenced by this Revolving Credit Note and on which such Indebtedness may be declared to be immediately due and payable. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers, or otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor.

THIS REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND

GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:      ___________________________
Name:    ___________________________
Title:   ___________________________

F-1

REVOLVING LOANS AND PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

                                 Interest          Amount of        Unpaid
              Amount of          Period           Principal        Principal                       Notation
Date          Loan Made      (if applicable)        Repaid          Balance            Total       Made By
----          ---------      ---------------        ------          -------            -----       --------
----          ---------      ---------------        ------          -------            -----       --------

----          ---------      ---------------        ------          -------            -----       --------

----          ---------      ---------------        ------          -------            -----       --------

----          ---------      ---------------        ------          -------            -----       --------

----          ---------      ---------------        ------          -------            -----       --------

----          ---------      ---------------        ------          -------            -----       --------

F-2

EXHIBIT G

[FORM OF]
SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of ____________, 200__, is by and among TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") and the undersigned subsidiaries of the Borrower and any subsidiary who hereafter becomes a party hereto (each, including the Borrower, a "Debtor" and collectively the "Debtors") and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as collateral agent for certain parties under the hereafter defined Intercreditor Agreement (the "Agent").

R E C I T A L S:

The Debtors, the Agent and certain other parties have entered into that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 (as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Intercreditor Agreement"). This Agreement is executed pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and as required by the terms of the Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in fulfillment of the requirements of the Transaction Documents, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

"Collateral" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 of this Agreement.

"Obligations" has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that with respect to each Debtor, the obligations secured hereby shall be limited, with respect to each Debtor, to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such Debtor's obligations hereunder and under all other Transaction Documents subject to avoidance under Section 544 or 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state law relating to fraudulent transfers or conveyances.

"Subsidiary Joinder Agreement" means a Subsidiary Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Texas from time to time.

Section 1.01 Other Definitional Provisions. Terms used herein that are defined in the Intercreditor Agreement and are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings therefor specified in the Intercreditor Agreement. References to "Sections," "subsections," "Exhibits" and "Schedules" shall be to Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided. All definitions contained in this Agreement are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. All references to statutes and regulations shall include

G-1

any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations. References to particular sections of the UCC should be read to refer also to parallel sections of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in each state or other jurisdiction where any portion of the Collateral is or may be located. Terms used herein, which are defined in the UCC, unless otherwise defined herein or in the Intercreditor Agreement, shall have the meanings determined in accordance with the UCC.

ARTICLE II
SECURITY INTEREST

Section 2.01 Security Interest. As collateral security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of the Obligations (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), each Debtor pledges and assigns to the Agent, and grants to the Agent a continuing lien on and security interest in, all of such Debtor's right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located (collectively with respect to any Debtor or all Debtors, as the context requires, the "Collateral"):

(a) all accounts, and all documents, chattel paper, instruments, general intangibles and all books and records pertaining to or otherwise related to, all accounts receivable, and all products and proceeds thereof; and

(b) all inventory and all accessions thereto and all products and proceeds thereof; provided, that, the term "Collateral" shall expressly not include the "Excluded Collateral" (as such term is defined in the Revolver Agreement [as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement]).

Section 2.02 Debtor Remains Liable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) each Debtor shall remain liable under the documentation included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Agent of any of its rights or remedies hereunder shall not release any Debtor from any of its duties or obligations under such documentation, (c) the Agent shall not have any obligation under any of such documentation included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, and (d) the Agent shall not be obligated to perform any of the obligations of any Debtor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

As of the date of this Agreement, each Debtor represents and warrants to the Agent and the Creditors that:

Section 3.01 Location of Inventory; Third Parties in Possession. All of its inventory is located at the places specified in Schedule 3.01 for such Debtor. Schedule 3.01 correctly identifies the landlords or mortgagees, if any, of each of its locations identified in Schedule 3.01. Except for the Persons identified on Schedule 3.01 who hold Collateral in the capacity designated on Schedule 3.01, no Person other than the Debtors and the Agent has possession of any of the Collateral. None of its Collateral has been located in any location within the past four months other than as set forth on Schedule 3.01 for such Debtor.

Section 3.02 Office Locations; Fictitious Names; Tax I.D. Number. Its principal place of business, chief executive office and jurisdiction of organization are located at the place or places

G-2

identified for it on Schedule 3.01. Within the last four months it has not had any other chief place of business, chief executive office, or jurisdiction of organization except as disclosed on Schedule 3.01. Schedule 3.01 also sets forth all other places where it keeps its books and records and all other locations where it has a place of business. It does not do business and has not done business during the past five years under any trade - name or fictitious business name except as disclosed on Schedule 3.02. Schedule 3.02 sets forth an accurate list of all names of all of its predecessor companies including the names of any entities it acquired (by stock purchase, asset purchase, merger or otherwise), the chief place of business, chief executive office and jurisdiction of organization of each such predecessor company and each jurisdiction in which any collateral purchased from such companies was located at the time of purchase. For purposes of the foregoing, a "predecessor company" shall mean, with respect to a Debtor, any Person whose assets or equity interests are acquired by such Debtor or who was merged with or into such Debtor within the last four months prior to the date hereof. Its United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number and organizational identification number are set forth on Schedule 3.02.

Section 3.03 Delivery of Collateral. It has delivered to the Agent all Collateral the possession of which is necessary to perfect the security interest of the Agent therein.

Section 3.04 Organization; Powers. It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on such Debtor or its Collateral, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

Section 3.05 Authorization; Enforceability. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be entered into by each Debtor are within such Debtor's corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Debtor and constitutes, and each other Transaction Document to which any Debtor is to be a party, when executed and delivered, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Debtor (as the case may be), enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

Section 3.06 Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The execution, performance and delivery of the Transaction Documents by each Debtor (a) does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with (other than the inclusion of this Agreement as an exhibit to routine filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and filings required to perfect the security interests herein granted required by the Uniform Commercial Code), or any other action by, any governmental authority, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Debtor or any order of any governmental authority, (c) will not violate in any material respect or result in a material default under any indenture, material agreement or other instrument binding upon any Debtor or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by any Debtor, and
(d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any security interest or lien on any asset of any Debtor except as specifically contemplated hereby.

G-3

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

Each Debtor covenants and agrees with the Agent that until the Obligations are paid and performed in full and the Intercreditor Agreement terminates:

Section 4.01 Accounts. It shall, in accordance with its customary business practices, endeavor to collect or cause to be collected from each account debtor under its accounts, as and when due, any and all amounts owing under such accounts. Without the prior written consent of the Agent, it shall not, except in the ordinary course of business when no Event of Default exists,
(a) grant any extension of time for any payment with respect to any of its accounts beyond 120 days after such payment's due date, (b) compromise, compound, or settle any of its accounts for less than the full amount thereof,
(c) release, in whole or in part, any Person liable for payment of any of its accounts, (d) allow any credit or discount for payment with respect to any of its accounts other than trade or other customary discounts granted in the ordinary course of business, or (e) release any lien, security interest or guaranty securing any of its accounts unless the account has been paid.

Section 4.02 Further Assurances; Exceptions to Perfection. At any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Agent, and at its sole expense, it shall, promptly execute and deliver all such further agreements, instruments and documentation and take such further action as the Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to preserve and perfect the Agent's security interest in the Collateral and carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement or to enable the Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall upon reasonable request by the Agent, (i) execute and deliver to the Agent such financing statements as the Agent may from time to time require (each Debtor also hereby authorizes the Agent to file such financing statements without Debtor's signature naming it as debtor, the Agent as secured party and describing the Collateral, in each case as the Agent may deem appropriate); (ii) take such action as the Agent may request to permit the Agent to have control over any deposit account; (iii) deliver to the Agent all Collateral the possession of which is necessary to perfect the security interest therein, duly endorsed and/or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent; and
(iv) execute and deliver to the Agent such other agreements, instruments and documentation as the Agent may reasonably require to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of the security interests intended to be created by this Agreement; except that, prior to the occurrence of a Potential Default:

(a) the Debtors may retain and utilize in the ordinary course of business proceeds of accounts;

(b) the Debtors may retain and utilize in the ordinary course of business any letters of credit received in the ordinary course of business;

(c) the Debtors may retain any documents received and further negotiated in the ordinary course of business; and

(d) no Debtor shall be required to grant the Agent control over any deposit, commodity or security account.

If a Potential Default occurs and the Agent requests, then the Debtors shall take such action as the Agent may reasonably request to perfect and protect the security interests of the Agent in all of the Collateral, including without limitation, the following actions: (A) the delivery to the Agent of all Collateral the

G-4

possession of which is necessary to perfect the security interest of the Agent therein; (B) instructing all account debtors to make payment on accounts and any other Collateral to a post office box or boxes or to a deposit account under the control and in the name of the Agent and (C) any other of the actions described in Section 4.02(i) through Section 4.02(iv) above.

Section 4.03 Third Parties in Possession of Collateral. It shall not permit any third Person (including any warehouseman, bailee, agent, consignee or processor) to hold any Collateral, unless it shall: (a) notify such third Person of the security interests created hereby; (b) instruct such Person to hold all such Collateral for the Agent's account subject to the Agent's instructions; and
(c) subject to Section 4.02, take all other actions the Agent reasonably deems necessary to perfect and protect its and such Debtor's interests in such Collateral pursuant to the requirements of the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction where the warehouseman, bailee, consignee, agent, processor or other third Person is located (including the filing of a financing statement in the proper jurisdiction naming the applicable third Person as debtor and the Agent as secured party and notifying such third Person's secured lenders of its interest in such Collateral before such third Person receives possession of the Collateral in question).

Section 4.04 Corporate Changes. It shall not change its name, identity, jurisdiction of organization, or corporate structure in any manner that might make any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement seriously misleading or its United States Federal Tax I.D. Number or organizational identification number unless it shall have given the Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof and shall have taken all action reasonably deemed necessary or desirable by the Agent to protect the Agent's security interest in the Collateral with the perfection and priority thereof required by the Transaction Documents and this Agreement. It shall not change its principal place of business, chief executive office or the place where it keeps its books and records unless it shall have given the Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof and shall have taken all action deemed necessary or desirable by the Agent to cause the Agent's security interest in the Collateral to be perfected with the priority required by the Transaction Documents and this Agreement.

Section 4.05 Inventory. It shall keep its inventory at (or in transit to) any of its locations specified on Schedule 3.01 hereto or at such other places within the United States of America as provided in a written notice to the Agent.

Section 4.06 Warehouse Receipts Non - Negotiable. It agrees that if any warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature of a warehouse receipt is issued in respect of any portion of the Collateral, such warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature thereof shall not be "negotiable" (as such term is used in Section 7.104 of the UCC) unless such warehouse receipt or receipt in the nature thereof is delivered to the Agent.

ARTICLE V
RIGHTS OF THE AGENT

Section 5.01 POWER OF ATTORNEY. EACH DEBTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTES AND APPOINTS THE AGENT AND ANY OFFICER OR AGENT THEREOF, WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION, AS ITS TRUE AND LAWFUL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT WITH FULL IRREVOCABLE POWER AND AUTHORITY IN THE NAME OF SUCH DEBTOR OR IN ITS OWN NAME, TO TAKE, WHEN A POTENTIAL DEFAULT EXISTS, ANY AND ALL ACTIONS AND TO EXECUTE ANY AND ALL DOCUMENTS AND INSTRUMENTS WHICH THE AGENT AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME DEEMS NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO ACCOMPLISH THE PURPOSES OF THIS AGREEMENT AND, WITHOUT LIMITING THE

G-5

GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, EACH DEBTOR HEREBY GIVES THE AGENT THE POWER AND RIGHT ON SUCH DEBTOR'S BEHALF AND IN SUCH DEBTOR'S OWN NAME TO DO ANY OF THE FOLLOWING WHEN A POTENTIAL DEFAULT EXISTS, WITH NOTICE TO THE BORROWER BUT WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF ANY DEBTOR:

(a) to demand, sue for, collect or receive, in the name of such Debtor or in its own name, any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral and, in connection therewith, endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money orders, documents of title or any other instruments for the payment of money under the Collateral or any policy of insurance;

(b) to pay or discharge taxes, liens or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

(c) to notify post office authorities to change the address for delivery of mail of such Debtor to an address designated by the Agent and to receive, open, and dispose of mail addressed to such Debtor;

(d) (1) to direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct (each Debtor agrees that if any proceeds of any Collateral (including payments made in respect of accounts) shall be received by it while a Potential Default exists, it shall promptly deliver such proceeds to the Agent with any necessary endorsements, and until such proceeds are delivered to the Agent, such proceeds shall be held in trust by it for the benefit of the Agent and shall not be commingled with any other funds or property of it); (2) to receive payment of and receipt for any and all monies, claims and other amounts due and to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3) to sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications and notices in connection with accounts and other documents relating to the Collateral; (4) to commence and prosecute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against it with respect to any Collateral; (6) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Agent may deem appropriate; (7) to exchange any of the Collateral for other property upon any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof and, in connection therewith, deposit any of the Collateral with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the Agent may determine; (8) to add or release any guarantor, endorser, surety or other party to any of the Collateral; (9) to renew, extend or otherwise change the terms and conditions of any of the Collateral; (10) to grant or issue any exclusive or nonexclusive license under or with respect to any of the intellectual property (subject to the rights of third parties under pre - existing licenses); (11) to endorse its name on all applications and other documentation necessary or desirable in order for the Agent to use any intellectual property; (12) to make, settle, compromise or adjust any claims under or pertaining to any of the Collateral (including claims under any policy of insurance); and (13) to sell, transfer, pledge, convey, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Agent's option and the Debtors' expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve, maintain, or realize upon the Collateral and the Agent's security interest therein.

G-6

THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS A POWER COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND SHALL BE IRREVOCABLE UNTIL TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.11. The Agent shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges and options expressly or implicitly granted to the Agent in this Agreement, and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so. Neither the Agent nor any Person designated by the Agent shall be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or any mistake of fact or law, except any of the same resulting from its or their gross negligence or willful misconduct. This power of attorney is conferred on the Agent solely to protect, preserve, maintain and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral. The Agent shall not be responsible for any decline in the value of the Collateral and shall not be required to take any steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to protect, preserve or maintain any lien or security interest given to secure the Collateral.

Section 5.02 Assignment by the Agent. The Agent and each Creditor may at any time assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of their rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, the Obligations) to any other Person, to the extent permitted by, and upon the conditions contained in, the Transaction Documents, and such Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits thereof granted to the Agent and the Creditors, respectively, herein or otherwise.

Section 5.03 Possession; Reasonable Care. The Agent may, from time to time, in its sole discretion, appoint one or more agents to hold physical custody, for the account of the Agent, of any or all of the Collateral that the Agent has a right to possess. The Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Agent shall not have any responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any Collateral.

ARTICLE VI
DEFAULT

Section 6.01 Rights and Remedies. If an Event of Default exists, the Agent shall have the following rights and remedies:

(a) In addition to all other rights and remedies granted to the Agent in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document or by applicable law, the Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent may (1) without demand or notice to any Debtor, collect, receive or take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof and for that purpose the Agent may enter upon any premises on which the Collateral is located and remove the Collateral therefrom or render it inoperable, and/or (2) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at the Agent's offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Agent may deem commercially reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law. The Agent shall have the right at any public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any private sale or sales, to bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness) and become a purchaser of the Collateral or any part thereof free of any right or equity of redemption on the part of any Debtor, which right or equity of redemption is hereby expressly waived and released by each Debtor. Upon the request of the Agent, each Debtor shall assemble its Collateral and make it available to the Agent at any place designated by the Agent that is reasonably convenient to such Debtor and the Agent. Each Debtor agrees that the Agent shall not be obligated to give more than ten (10) days prior written

G-7

notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale may take place and that such notice shall constitute reasonable notice of such matters. The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of Collateral may have been given. The Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. Each Debtor shall be liable for all reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or the like, and all reasonable attorneys' fees, legal expenses and other costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the collection of the Obligations and the enforcement of the Agent's rights under this Agreement. Each Debtor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral applied to the Obligations are insufficient to pay the Obligations in full to the extent provided in the Transaction Documents. The Agent shall apply the proceeds of Collateral against the Obligations as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Debtor waives all rights of marshalling, valuation and appraisal in respect of the Collateral. Any cash held by the Agent as Collateral and all cash proceeds received by the Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral may, in the discretion of the Agent, be held by the Agent as collateral for, and then or at any time thereafter applied in whole or in part by the Agent against, the Obligations in the order permitted by the Intercreditor Agreement. The Agent shall have no obligation to invest or otherwise pay interest on any amounts held by it in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) The Agent may cause any or all of the Collateral held by it to be transferred into the name of the Agent or the name or names of the Agent's nominee or nominees.

(c) The Agent may exercise any and all of the rights and remedies of any Debtor under or in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all rights of it to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, any of the Collateral.

(d) The Agent may collect or receive all money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral, but shall be under no obligation to do so.

(e) On any sale of the Collateral, the Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction with which compliance is necessary, in the view of the Agent's counsel, in order to avoid any violation of applicable law or in order to obtain any required approval of the purchaser or purchasers by any applicable governmental authority.

(f) For purposes of enabling the Agent to exercise its rights and remedies under this Section 6.01 and enabling the Agent and its successors and assigns to enjoy the full benefits of the Collateral in each case as the Agent shall be entitled to exercise its rights and remedies under this
Section 6.01, each Debtor hereby grants to the Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to it) to, if an Event of Default exists, use, assign, license or sublicense any of its intellectual property, including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the completion or printout thereof and further including in such license such rights of quality control and inspection as are reasonably necessary to prevent the trademarks included in such license from claims of invalidation. This license shall also inure to the benefit of all successors, assigns and transferees of the Agent.

G-8

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

Section 7.02 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Debtor and the Agent and respective successors and assigns, except that no Debtor may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Creditors.

Section 7.03 AMENDMENT; ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDES ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO. Except as contemplated by the execution and delivery of a Subsidiary Joinder Agreement (which only needs to be signed by the party thereto), the provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto and the number of Creditors required by the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 7.04 Notices. All notices and other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be given or made in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 7.05 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas and applicable laws of the United States of America.

Section 7.06 Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 7.07 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and no investigation by the Agent shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of the Agent or any Creditor to rely upon them.

Section 7.08 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and on facsimile counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 7.09 Waiver of Bond. In the event the Agent seeks to take possession of any or all of the Collateral by judicial process, each Debtor hereby irrevocably waives any bonds and any surety or security relating thereto that may be required by applicable law as an incident to such possession, and waives any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any such suit or action.

G-9

Section 7.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 7.11 Termination. If all of the Obligations shall have been paid and performed in full, all commitments of the Agent and the Creditors under the Transaction Documents shall have expired or terminated, the Agent shall, upon the written request of a Debtor, execute and deliver to the Debtor a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the release and termination of the security interests created by this Agreement, and shall duly assign and deliver to each Debtor (without recourse and without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as may be in the possession of the Agent and has not previously been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 7.12 Obligations Absolute. All rights and remedies of the Agent hereunder, and all obligations of each Debtor hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents;

(b) any change in the time, manner, or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from any of the Transaction Documents;

(c) any exchange, release, or non - perfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations; or

(d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, a third party pledgor.

[Signature Page to Follow]

G-10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

DEBTORS:

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY
TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.
THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

By: ____________________________________________
Authorized Officer for all Debtors

G-11

AGENT:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as the Collateral Agent
under the Intercreditor Agreement

By: _________________________________________ Name: _________________________________________ Title: _________________________________________

G-12

Index to Schedules and Exhibits

                                       to

                               Security Agreement

Schedules

Schedule 3.01         -      Locations
Schedule 3.02         -      Trade and Other Names, Tax ID Number

Exhibits

Exhibit A             -      Subsidiary Joinder Agreement

G-13

SCHEDULE 3.01

TO

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
SECURITY AGREEMENT

Locations

1. TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                                  Name and Address of
      Location                             Landlord or Mortgagee of Premises
      --------                             ---------------------------------
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas  75207

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 2098029

IV. Other Locations:

Alabama
Arizona
Arkansas
Florida
Georgia
Illinois
Indiana
Kentucky
Louisiana

G - Schedule 3.01 - Page 1


Maryland
Mississippi
North Carolina
Ohio
Oklahoma
Pennsylvania
Tennessee
Texas

A. Other Leased or Owned Locations:

                                                                    Name and Address of Landlord or Mortgagee
Street Address   City     ST     Zip Code    County    Lease/Own                of Premises (if any)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

G - Schedule 3.01 - Page 2


V. Third Parties in Possession: _______________

2. TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                           Name and Address of Landlord or
        Location                                Mortgagee of Premises
        --------                                ---------------------
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas  75207

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 2274660

IV. Other Locations:

Colorado
Louisiana
Texas

V. Third Parties in Possession: ____________

3. TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                           Name and Address of Landlord or
        Location                                Mortgagee of Premises
        --------                                ---------------------
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas  75207

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 2147288

G - Schedule 3.01 - Page 3


IV. Other Locations:
Illinois
Texas

V. Third Parties in Possession: _____________________

4. TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                             Name and Address of Landlord or
        Location                                   Mortgagee of Premises
        --------                                   ---------------------
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas  75207

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 2602621

IV. Other Locations:
Kentucky
Louisiana
Missouri
Tennessee

V. Third Parties in Possession: _______________

G - Schedule 3.01 - Page 4


5. TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                              Name and Address of Landlord or
          Location                                  Mortgagee of Premises
          --------                                  ---------------------
2521 State Street
Chicago, Illinois  60411

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 3474715

IV. Other Locations: ______________

V. Third Parties in Possession: _______________

6. TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                              Name and Address of Landlord or
          Location                                  Mortgagee of Premises
          --------                                  ---------------------
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas  75207

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 3450692

IV. Other Locations: _______________

V. Third Parties in Possession: _______________

G - Schedule 3.01 - Page 5


7. TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                              Name and Address of Landlord or
      Location                                     Mortgagee of Premises
      --------                                     ---------------------
2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas  75207

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 3450691

IV. Other Locations: _______________

V. Third Parties in Possession: _______________

8. THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

I. Chief Place of Business and Chief Executive Office of Debtor:

                                              Name and Address of Landlord or
      Location                                     Mortgagee of Premises
      --------                                     ---------------------
2521 State Street
Chicago, Illinois  60411

II. Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware

III. Organizational I.D. Number: 3450694

IV. Other Locations: _______________

V. Third Parties in Possession: _______________

G - Schedule 3.01 - Page 6


SCHEDULE 3.02
TO
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
SECURITY AGREEMENT

Trade And Other Names; Tax I.D. Number

1. TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

I. Trade and Other Names: Texas New Industries, Inc. Trinity Industries Manufacturing and Fabrication, Inc.

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: 75-0225040

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

Company Name    Jurisdiction of Organization      Chief Executive Office     Other Locations
------------    ----------------------------      ----------------------     ---------------

2. TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY

I. Trade and Other Names: __________________

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: _______________

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

G - Schedule 3.02 - Page 1


3. TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY

I. Trade and Other Names: __________________

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: _______________

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

4. TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.

I. Trade and Other Names: __________________

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: _______________

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

5. TRINITY RAIL GROUP, INC.

I. Trade and Other Names: __________________

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: _______________

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

G - Schedule 3.02 - Page 2


6. TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

I. Trade and Other Names: __________________

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: _______________

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

7. TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

I. Trade and Other Names: __________________

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: _______________

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

8. THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

I. Trade and Other Names: __________________

II. United States Federal Income Tax I.D. Number: _______________

III. Predecessor Companies: __________________

G - Schedule 3.02 - Page 3


EXHIBIT A
TO
TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.
SECURITY AGREEMENT

SUBSIDIARY JOINDER AGREEMENT

This SUBSIDIARY JOINDER AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of ____________________, 200_ is executed by the undersigned (the "Debtor") for the benefit of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK in its capacity as agent for the Creditors a party to the hereafter identified Intercreditor Agreement (in such capacity herein, the "Agent") and for the benefit of such Creditors in connection with that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004, among the Agent, TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC. (the "Borrower"), certain of the Borrower's subsidiaries and the Creditors a party thereto (as modified, the "Intercreditor Agreement," and capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein being used herein as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

The Debtor is a newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary and is required to execute this Agreement pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Debtor hereby agrees as follows:

1. The Debtor assumes all the obligations of a "Debtor" under the Security Agreement and agrees that it is a "Debtor" and bound as a "Debtor" under the terms of the Security Agreement as if it had been an original signatory thereto. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Debtor hereby assigns, pledges and grants to Agent a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in and to Debtor's Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) to secure the Obligations under the terms of the Security Agreement.

2. Schedules 3.01, 3.02 and 3.03 of the Security Agreement are hereby amended to add the information relating to Debtor set out on Schedules 3.01, 3.02 and 3.03 hereof. The Debtor hereby confirms that the representations and warranties set forth in Article III of the Security Agreement applicable to it and its Collateral are true and correct after giving effect to such amendment to the Schedules.

3. In furtherance of its obligations under Section 4.02 of the Security Agreement but subject to Section 4.02 of the Security Agreement, Debtor agrees to execute and deliver such UCC financing statements naming the Debtor as debtor, the Agent as secured party and describing its Collateral and such other documentation (including intellectual property security agreements) as the Agent may require to evidence, protect and perfect the security created by the Security Agreement as modified hereby.

4. This Agreement shall be deemed to be part of, and a modification to, the Security Agreement and shall be governed by all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement, which terms are incorporated herein by reference, are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as valid and binding agreements of Debtor enforceable against Debtor. The Debtor hereby waives notice of Agent's or any Creditor's acceptance of this Agreement.

G - EXHIBIT A-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Debtor has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

Debtor:

By: _________________________________ Name: _______________________________ Title: ______________________________

G - EXHIBIT A-2


EXHIBIT H

[FORM OF]
PLEDGE AGREEMENT

THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of ______________, 200__, by TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware corporation [SUBSIDIARY] ("Pledgor"), in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as collateral agent (in such capacity, "Secured Party") for certain parties under the hereafter defined Intercreditor Agreement.

RECITALS:

Pledgor, Secured Party and certain other parties have entered into that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 (as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Intercreditor Agreement"). This Agreement is executed pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and as required by the terms of the Transaction Documents (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and in fulfillment of the requirements of the Transaction Documents, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. AGREEMENT.

(a) Pledge. Upon the terms hereof, for value received, Pledgor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally pledges, assigns, hypothecates and transfers to Secured Party, for the ratable benefit of the Creditors a party to the Intercreditor Agreement, a first and prior pledge and security interest in (1) all capital stock, equity and other ownership interests of ______________________________, ___________________________, ____________________________ and ________________________ (collectively, the "Pledged Equity Issuers") owned beneficially or of record by Pledgor, and described on Exhibit A attached hereto (together with any certificate or instrument evidencing such interest) (the foregoing interests being referred to herein as the "Pledged Equity"), (2) any and all proceeds or other sums arising from or by virtue of, and all dividends and distributions (cash or otherwise) payable and/or distributable with respect to, all or any of the Pledged Equity, and (3) all cash, securities, dividends and other property at any time and from time to time receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Equity and any other property substituted or exchanged therefor (all of the foregoing described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) being collectively referred to herein as the "Collateral"). Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement or the Revolver Agreement (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) as the context shall require. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, however, the pledge hereunder is limited to the extent, if any, required so that such pledge is not subject to avoidance under applicable bankruptcy or other debtor relief laws.

2. OBLIGATIONS. The following obligations (collectively, the "Obligations") are secured by this Agreement:

(a) All Obligations (as such term is defined in the

Intercreditor Agreement).

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, all costs incurred by Secured Party to obtain, preserve, perfect and enforce this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, and the pledge and

H-1

security interest granted hereby, collect the Obligations, and maintain, preserve, collect and enforce the Collateral, including, without limitation, taxes, assessments, attorneys' fees and legal expenses, and expenses of sale.

(c) Interest on the above amounts as agreed to by Pledgor under the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, interest, fees and other charges that would accrue or become owing both prior to and subsequent to and but for the commencement of any proceeding against or with respect to Pledgor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq. whether or not a claim is allowed for the same in any such proceeding.

3. COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

(a) Representations and Warranties.

(1) Representations and Warranties Concerning Pledgor. Pledgor represents and warrants that (A) Pledgor is duly organized under the laws of the state of Delaware; (B) the chief place of business and chief executive office of Pledgor and the office where Pledgor keeps all of its records is located at 2525 Stemmons Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75270; (C) no consent of any other Person and no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority is required (i) for the pledge by Pledgor of the Collateral pledged by it hereunder, for the grant by Pledgor of the security interest granted hereby or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Pledgor, (ii) for the perfection or maintenance of the pledge, assignment and security interest created hereby (including the first priority nature of such pledge, assignment and security interest), or (iii) for the exercise by Secured Party of the rights provided for in this Agreement or in the Intercreditor Agreement, or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement; (D) Pledgor possesses all material licenses and permits, required for its ownership of the Collateral and the operations of its business; (E) Pledgor is not, nor will the execution, delivery and performance and compliance with the terms of this Agreement cause Pledgor to be in violation of any applicable material law or in default (nor has any event occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, could constitute a default) under any debt or other contractual obligation of Pledgor; (F) except as disclosed in the Revolver Agreement, there is no litigation, arbitration or other proceeding pending or threatened against or affecting Pledgor or its assets or properties; and (G) Pledgor has full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement.

(2) Representations and Warranties Concerning the Collateral. Pledgor represents and warrants that (A) the ownership interests pledged hereunder are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (B) Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral pledged by it and the pledge, assignment and delivery of the Collateral create a valid first and prior perfected security interest in the Collateral, and no other security agreement covering the Collateral, or any part thereof, has been made, and no pledge or security interest, other than the one herein created, has attached or been perfected in the Collateral or in any part thereof; and (C) no dispute, right of setoff, counterclaim or defense exists with respect to any part of the Collateral. The delivery at any time by Pledgor to Secured Party of Collateral shall constitute a representation and warranty by Pledgor under this Agreement that, (i) with respect to such Collateral, and each item thereof, Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of, with good title to, the Collateral, and (ii) the matters warranted in this paragraph are true and correct.

H-2

(b) Covenants.

(1) Affirmative Covenants. Pledgor covenants and agrees (A) promptly to deliver to Secured Party all instruments, certificates, documents or agreements evidencing any of the Collateral; (B) from time to time promptly to execute and deliver to Secured Party all such other assignments, certificates, supplemental writings and financing statements, and do all other acts or things, as Secured Party or any Creditor may reasonably request in order more fully to evidence and perfect the security interest and pledge herein created or to effect the purposes of this Agreement; (C) promptly to furnish Secured Party with any information or writings which Secured Party or any Creditor may reasonably request concerning the Collateral; (D) to allow Secured Party or any Creditor to inspect all records of Pledgor relating to the Collateral, and to make and take away copies of such records, at Pledgor's expense, at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested by Secured Party or any such Creditor; (E) promptly to notify Secured Party of any change in any fact or circumstances warranted or represented by Pledgor in this Agreement or in any other writings furnished by or on behalf of Pledgor to Secured Party or any Creditor in connection with the Collateral; (F) promptly to notify Secured Party of any claim, action or proceeding affecting title to the Collateral, or any part thereof, or the security interest therein, and, at the request of Secured Party, appear in and defend, at Pledgor's expense, any such action or proceeding; and (G) promptly to pay to Secured Party the amount of all costs and attorneys' fees incurred by Secured Party hereunder or in connection with the enforcement hereof.

(2) Negative Covenants. Except as otherwise provided in the Revolver Agreement, Pledgor covenants and agrees that Pledgor will not (A) sell, assign or transfer any of Pledgor's rights in the Collateral; (B) create any other security interest or pledge in, mortgage or otherwise encumber the Collateral or any part thereof, or permit the same to be or become subject to any Lien, attachment, execution, sequestration, other legal or equitable process, or any encumbrance of any kind or character, except for Liens permitted by
Section 7.02 of the Revolver Agreement; (C) approve any amendment to the certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, or other charter documents of any Pledged Equity Issuer (other than ministerial amendments which would not adversely affect the rights of Secured Party or the Creditors hereunder).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Section 3(b) and the terms and provisions of Article VI or Article VII of the Revolver Agreement, the terms and provisions of Article VI and/or Article VII of the Revolver Agreement shall control.

4. RIGHTS OF SECURED PARTY.

(a) Rights to Dividends, Distributions, and Payments. With respect to such instruments which are certificates, bonds or other securities, Secured Party may demand of the obligor issuing the same, and may receive and receipt for, any and all dividends and other distributions (other than cash dividends) payable in respect thereof, whether ordinary or extraordinary. Secured Party shall have the authority, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and without notice to Pledgor, to have such certificates, bonds or other securities registered either in Secured Party's name or in the name of a nominee. If, while this Agreement is in effect, Pledgor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate (including, without limitation, any certificate representing a stock or ownership interest dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital, or issued in connection with any reorganization), option

H-3

or rights, whether as an addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of or in exchange for any of the Collateral, or otherwise, Pledgor agrees to accept the same as Secured Party's agent and to hold the same in trust on behalf of and for the benefit of Secured Party, and to deliver the same forthwith to Secured Party in the exact form received, with appropriate undated stock powers, duly executed in blank, to be held by Secured Party, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Obligations. Until and unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and utilize all cash dividends, principal, and interest paid in respect of the Collateral. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Secured Party shall be entitled to all cash dividends and to any sums paid upon or in respect of the Collateral upon the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the issuer thereof which shall be paid to Secured Party to be held by it as additional collateral security for the Obligations. In case any distribution shall be made on or in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the reorganization, liquidation or dissolution of the issuer thereof, the property so distributed shall be delivered to Secured Party to be held by it as additional collateral security for the Obligations. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all sums of money and property so paid or distributed in respect of the Collateral (other than proceeds of any liquidation or similar proceeding) which are received by Pledgor shall, until paid or delivered to Secured Party, be held by Pledgor in trust as additional Collateral for the Obligations.

(b) Preservation of Collateral. Neither Secured Party nor any Creditor shall have any duty to fix or preserve rights against prior parties to the Collateral, nor be liable for any delay in the collection of, or failure to use diligence to collect on, the Obligations or any amount payable in respect of the Collateral.

(c) Performance by Secured Party. Should any covenant, duty or agreement of Pledgor fail to be performed in accordance with its terms hereunder, Secured Party may, but shall never be obligated to, perform or attempt to perform such covenant, duty or agreement on behalf of Pledgor, and any amount expended by Secured Party in such performance or attempted performance shall become a part of the Obligations, shall be payable upon demand and shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the lesser of (1) the Highest Lawful Rate, or (2) the rate set forth in Section 2.13(d) of the Revolver Agreement.

(d) Voting Rights. It is expressly understood and agreed that Pledgor shall retain all voting rights to the Collateral until the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at which time such voting rights for purposes of collateral preservation shall transfer to Secured Party, at its sole discretion and in accordance with Section 4(e) hereof; provided, however, that no voting, corporate or management rights shall be exercised or vote cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken by Pledgor that would impair the Collateral or be inconsistent with or violate any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents.

(e) Power of Attorney. PLEDGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY GRANTS
TO SECURED PARTY PLEDGOR'S PROXY (EXERCISABLE FROM AND AFTER THE OCCURRENCE AND DURING THE CONTINUANCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT WHICH IS CONTINUING) TO VOTE ANY COLLATERAL AND APPOINTS SECURED PARTY AS PLEDGOR'S ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TO PERFORM ALL OBLIGATIONS OF PLEDGOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND TO EXERCISE ALL OF SECURED PARTY'S RIGHTS HEREUNDER. THE PROXY AND POWER OF ATTORNEY HEREIN GRANTED, AND EACH STOCK POWER AND SIMILAR POWER NOW OR HEREAFTER GRANTED (INCLUDING ANY EVIDENCED BY A SEPARATE WRITING) ARE COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND ARE IRREVOCABLE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE OBLIGATIONS.

H-4

5. DEFAULT.

(a) Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies which Secured Party or any Creditor may then have hereunder, under any other Transaction Documents, under applicable law or otherwise, Secured Party at its option may, subject to any limitation or restriction imposed by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other law relating to the relief of debtors, (1) obtain from any Person information regarding Pledgor, any issuer of the Collateral, or any of their businesses, which information any such Person may furnish without liability to Pledgor; (2) require Pledgor to give possession or control of any of the Collateral to Secured Party; (3) unless earlier permitted hereunder, take control of funds generated by the Collateral and any other proceeds and exercise all other rights which an owner of such Collateral may exercise; (4) declare the entire unpaid balance of principal and interest on the Obligations immediately due and payable, without notice, demand or presentment, which are hereby expressly waived; (5) reduce its claim to judgment, foreclose or otherwise enforce its security interest in all or any part of the Collateral by any available judicial procedure; (6) after notification, if any, provided for in this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents, sell or otherwise dispose of, at the office of Secured Party, all or any part of the Collateral, and any such sale or other disposition shall be in accordance with applicable law, and may be as a unit or in parcels, by public or private proceedings, and by way of one or more contracts (it being agreed that the sale of any part of the Collateral shall not exhaust Secured Party's power of sale, but sales may be made from time to time until all of the Collateral has been sold or until the Obligations have been paid in full), and at any such sale it shall not be necessary to exhibit the Collateral; (7) at its discretion, retain the Collateral in satisfaction of the Obligations whenever the circumstances are such that Secured Party is entitled to do so under applicable law; (8) apply by appropriate judicial proceedings for appointment of a receiver for the Collateral, or any part hereof, and Pledgor hereby consents to any appointment; (9) buy the Collateral at any public sale; and (10) buy the Collateral at any private sale, subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable law. Pledgor agrees that, if notice is required to be given by applicable law, ten days' advance written notice shall constitute reasonable notice. Secured Party shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, disposition or other realization upon any Collateral as follows:

First, to the payment of the costs and expenses of such collection, sale, disposition, or other realization, including reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Secured Party and the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel;

Next, to the payment of the Obligations, as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, and in such manner consistent with applicable laws as Secured Party in its discretion shall decide; and

Finally, to the payment to Pledgor, or its successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct, of any surplus then remaining.

If the proceeds of collection, sale, disposition, or other realization are insufficient to cover the costs and expenses of such realization and the payment in full of the Obligations, Pledgor shall remain liable for any deficiency.

(b) Securities Laws; Transfer.

(1) Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Pledgor hereby grants to Secured Party the right to have the Collateral, or any portion thereof, registered and sold under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Securities

H-5

Act"), or under any applicable state blue sky laws. If Secured Party shall determine to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Collateral pursuant to the terms hereof, and if in the reasonable opinion of Secured Party it is necessary or advisable to have the Collateral (or that portion thereof to be sold) registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, Pledgor will cause the issuer of the Collateral to execute and deliver, and cause the directors and officers thereof to execute and deliver, all at Pledgor's and/or such issuer's expense, all such instruments and documents, and to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Secured Party, advisable to register such Collateral under the provisions of the Securities Act and to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for a period of one year from the date of the first public offering of such Collateral, or that portion thereof to be sold, and to make all amendments thereto and/or to the related prospectus which, in the opinion of Secured Party, are necessary or advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of applicable law. Pledgor agrees to cause the issuer of the Collateral to comply with the provisions of the securities or "blue sky" laws of any jurisdiction which Secured Party shall designate and to cause the issuer of the Collateral to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(2) Pledgor recognizes that Secured Party may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all of the Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, but may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale conducted in the manner described herein may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any private sale shall be made in a commercially reasonable manner. Secured Party shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of the Collateral to register such Collateral for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if the issuer of the Collateral would agree to do so.

(3) Pledgor further agrees to do or cause to be done all such other acts and things as may be necessary to make any sales of any portion or all of the Collateral pursuant to paragraphs
(b)(1) and (b)(2) of this Section 5 valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto), regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales, all at Pledgor's expense. Pledgor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 5 will cause irreparable injury to Secured Party and that Secured Party may not have an adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach. As a consequence, Pledgor agrees that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against Pledgor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Pledgor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants.

(4) Pledgor agrees (A) that in the event Secured Party shall, upon any Event of Default, sell the Collateral or any portion thereof, at a private sale or sales, Secured Party shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of a member of a nationally recognized

H-6

investment banking firm acceptable to Secured Party, as to the best price reasonably obtainable upon such a private sale thereof, and (B) in the absence of fraud, willful misconduct and gross negligence, that such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that Secured Party handled such matter in a commercially reasonable manner under the UCC.

(c) Governmental Approvals. In connection with the exercise by Secured Party of its rights hereunder, it may be necessary to obtain the prior consent or approval of a Governmental Authority or other Persons to the exercise of rights with respect to the Collateral, and any representations and warranties made by Pledgor herein shall be deemed appropriately amended to reflect this fact. Pledgor hereby agrees to execute, deliver and file, and hereby appoints (to the extent permitted under applicable law) Secured Party as its attorney to execute, deliver and file on Pledgor's behalf and in Pledgor's name, all applications, certificates, filings, instruments and other documents (including without limitation any application for an assignment or transfer of control or ownership) that may be necessary or appropriate, in Secured Party's opinion, to obtain such consents or approvals. Pledgor further agrees to use its best efforts to obtain such consents or approvals. Pledgor acknowledges that there is no adequate remedy at law for failure by it to comply with the provisions of this Section and that such failure would not be adequately compensable in damages, and therefore agrees that Pledgor's efforts to obtain any approval required by this Section may be specifically enforced.

(d) Notice. Notification of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral, or reasonable notification of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition of the Collateral is to be made, shall be sent to Pledgor and to any other Person entitled under applicable law to notice.

6. GENERAL.

(a) Secured Party's Duties. The Creditors have appointed Secured Party to act as their agent as provided herein. In the event Secured Party is replaced pursuant to Section 6.04 of the Intercreditor Agreement, the successor Secured Party appointed in accordance with Section 6.04 of the Intercreditor Agreement shall be the Secured Party hereunder. The powers conferred on Secured Party hereunder are solely to protect the Creditors interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, Secured Party shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders, or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not Secured Party or any Creditor has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Secured Party accords its own property. Except as set forth herein Secured Party shall not have any duty or liability to protect or preserve any Collateral or to preserve rights pertaining thereto. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as requiring or obligating Secured Party, and Secured Party shall not be required or obligated,
(1) to present or file any claim or notice or take any action, with respect to any Collateral or in connection therewith or (2) to notify Pledgor of any decline in the value of any Collateral.

(b) Cumulative Rights. All rights and remedies of Secured Party hereunder are cumulative of each other and of every other right or remedy which Secured Party may otherwise have at law or in equity or under any other contract or other writing for the enforcement of the security interest herein or the collection of the Obligations, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies.

H-7

(c) Waiver. Should any part of the Obligations be payable in installments, the acceptance by any Creditor at any time and from time to time of partial payment of the aggregate amount of all installments then matured shall not be deemed as a waiver of any Event of Default then existing. No waiver by Secured Party or any Creditor of any Event of Default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other subsequent Event of Default, nor shall any such waiver by Secured Party be deemed to be a continuing waiver. No delay or omission by Secured Party or any Creditor in exercising any right or power hereunder, or under any other Transaction Documents, shall impair any such right or power or be construed as a waiver thereof or an acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power preclude other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right or power of Secured Party or any Creditor hereunder or under such other writings.

(d) Interest; Limitation of Law. No provision herein or in any Transaction Document shall require the payment or permit the collection of interest in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law. If, in any contingency whatsoever, Secured Party or any Creditor shall receive anything of value from Pledgor deemed interest under applicable law which would exceed the maximum amount of interest permissible under applicable law, the provisions of the Transaction Documents shall govern.

(e) Parties Bound. This Agreement shall be binding on Pledgor and its successors, assigns and legal and personal representatives, administrators, executors, beneficiaries and heirs and shall inure to the benefit of Secured Party and the Creditors, and their successors, assigns and legal representatives; provided, however, that Pledgor may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Secured Party. The rights, powers and interests held by Secured Party hereunder may be transferred and assigned by Secured Party, in whole or in part, at such time and upon such terms as permitted by the Transaction Documents.

(f) Notice. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including, telecopy or similar teletransmission or writing) and shall be given to such party at its address or telecopy number set forth on the signature pages hereof or such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify by notice to the other party. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective
(1) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid, or (2) if given by any other means (including, but not limited to, by air courier), when delivered at the address specified in this Section 6(f); provided that notices to Secured Party shall not be effective until actually and physically received.

(g) Waivers by Pledgor. Pledgor waives notices of the creation, advance, increase, existence, extension or renewal of, and of any indulgence with respect to, the Obligations; waives presentment, demand, notice of dishonor and protest; waives notice of the amount of the Obligations outstanding at any time, notice of any change in financial condition of any Person liable for the Obligations or any part thereof, notice of any Event of Default and all other notices respecting the Obligations; waives all rights of redemption, appraisal, or valuation; and agrees that maturity of the Obligations and any part thereof may be accelerated, increased, extended or renewed one or more times by Secured Party in their discretion, without notice to Pledgor.

(h) Modifications. No provision hereof shall be modified or limited except by a written agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provisions so modified or limited and signed by Secured Party, nor by course of conduct, usage of trade or mercantile law.

H-8

(i) Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not constitute, create, or have the effect of constituting or creating, directly or indirectly, actual or practical ownership of Pledgor or the issuer of the Collateral by Secured Party, or control, affirmative or negative, direct or indirect, by Secured Party, over the management or any aspect of the day-to-day operation of Pledgor or the issuer of the Collateral, which control remains in Pledgor, the issuer of the Collateral, and their respective shareholders and boards of directors.

(j) Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; etc.

(1) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS AND, TO THE EXTENT CONTROLLING, LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

(2) Submission to Jurisdiction. ANY LEGAL ACTION OR
PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, PLEDGOR HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. PLEDGOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS.

(3) Waiver of Jury Trial and Consequential Damages. TO
THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY (A) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN, (B) IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY SUCH LITIGATION ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES; (C) CERTIFIES THAT NO PARTY HERETO NOR ANY REPRESENTATIVE OR COUNSEL FOR ANY PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, OR IMPLIED THAT SUCH PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER; AND (D) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY BASED UPON, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION.

(4) Service of Process. Pledgor irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in
Section 6(f). Nothing herein shall affect the right of Secured Party or any Creditor to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against Pledgor in any other jurisdiction.

H-9

(k) Entire Agreement. THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE
OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pledgor has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

H-10

                                           TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC., a Delaware
                                           corporation [SUBSIDIARY]

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.                   By: _________________________________
2525 Stemmons Freeway                      Name: _______________________________
Dallas, Texas 75207                        Title: ______________________________
Attn:  Neil Shoop
Telephone: 214-589-8561
Telecopy: 214-589-8824

                                      H-11

Address of Secured Party:                  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, in its capacity
                                           as collateral agent, as Secured Party

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK
2200 Ross Avenue, 3rd Floor
Dallas, Texas 75201                        By: _________________________________
Attn:  Michael Lister                      Name: _______________________________
Telephone: (214) 965-2891                  Title: ______________________________
Telecopy: (214) 965-2044

H-12

EXHIBIT A

                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES /
    ENTITY     CERTIFICATE NO.       RECORD OWNER        OWNERSHIP INTERESTS
    ------     ---------------       ------------        -------------------
__________     ______________       _____________        _____________________

__________     ______________       _____________        _____________________

__________     ______________       _____________        _____________________

__________     ______________       _____________        _____________________

H - Exhibit A-1


EXHIBIT I

[FORM OF]
INCREASED COMMITMENT AGREEMENT

This INCREASED COMMITMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is dated as of _________________, 200_ and entered into by and among Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), each of the banks or other lending institutions which is a signatory hereto (individually a "Supplementing Lender" and collectively the "Supplementing Lenders"), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent for itself and the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"), and is made with reference to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified, the "Credit Agreement"), by and among the Borrower, the Lenders and Agents parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.21 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower and the Supplementing Lenders are entering into this Increased Commitment Agreement to provide for the increase of the Aggregate Revolving Commitments; and

WHEREAS, the Borrower desires to increase the Aggregate Revolving Commitments and the Supplementing Lenders agree to provide such increase as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Increase in Revolving Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Supplementing Lender severally agrees (a) to increase its Revolving Commitment by the amount set forth opposite its name on its signature page hereto under the heading "Increase in Revolving Commitment" and
(b) that, after giving effect to this Agreement, its total Revolving Commitment shall be the amount set forth opposite its name on its signature page hereto under the heading "Total Revolving Commitment."

Section 2. Conditions to Effectiveness. Section 1 of this Agreement shall become effective only upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(i) receipt by the Administrative Agent of an opinion of counsel to the Borrower as to such matters that relate to this Agreement or are otherwise relevant hereto in the judgment of the Administrative Agent, dated the date hereof and satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent;

(ii) receipt by the Administrative Agent of certified copies of all corporate action taken by the Borrower to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement; and

I-1

(iii) receipt by the Administrative Agent of a certificate of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.

Section 3. Supplementing Lenders Representations and Warranties. Each Supplementing Lender that is not currently a Lender party to the Credit Agreement hereby (a) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with, (i) in the event that the date of this Agreement is prior to the date of delivery of the initial financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a) of the Credit Agreement, or
(ii) in the event that the date of this Agreement is after the date of delivery of the initial financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (b) agrees that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document; (d) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; (e) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document are required to be performed by it as a Lender; (f) specifies as its domestic lending office (and address for notices) and eurodollar lending office the offices set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof; (g) attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to such Supplementing Lender's status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to such Supplementing Lender under the Credit Agreement and its Notes or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such rates at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty(1); and (h) represents that it is an Eligible New Lender.

Section 4. Borrower Representations and Warranties. In order to induce the Supplementing Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to supplement the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Supplementing Lender that (a) the representations and warranties contained in Article III of the Credit Agreement are and will be true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the date hereof and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


(1) If such Supplementing Lender is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States.

I-2

Section 5. Effect of Supplement. The terms and provisions set forth in this Agreement shall modify and supersede all inconsistent terms and provisions set forth in the Credit Agreement and, except as expressly modified and superseded by this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect. The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Supplementing Lenders hereby agree that the Credit Agreement, as supplemented hereby, shall continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms. Any and all agreements, documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered pursuant to the terms hereof or pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, as supplemented hereby, are hereby amended so that any reference therein to the Credit Agreement shall mean a reference to the Credit Agreement as supplemented hereby.

Section 6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas.

Section 7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

I-3

BORROWER:

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ______________________________

I-4

SUPPLEMENTING LENDERS:

Increase in Revolving Commitment:          _____________________________________
$___________________________

Total Revolving Commitment:                By: _________________________________
$___________________________               Name: _______________________________
                                           Title: ______________________________

                                           Domestic Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                           Eurodollar Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                      I-5

Increase in Revolving Commitment:          _____________________________________
$___________________________

Total Revolving Commitment:                By: _________________________________
$___________________________               Name: _______________________________
                                           Title: ______________________________

                                           Domestic Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                           Eurodollar Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                      I-6

Increase in Revolving Commitment:          _____________________________________
$___________________________

Total Revolving Commitment:                By: _________________________________
$___________________________               Name: _______________________________
                                           Title: ______________________________

                                           Domestic Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                           Eurodollar Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                      I-7

Increase in Revolving Commitment:          _____________________________________
$___________________________

Total Revolving Commitment:                By: _________________________________
$___________________________               Name: _______________________________
                                           Title: ______________________________

                                           Domestic Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                           Eurodollar Lending Office:

                                           Address: ____________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Attention:
                                           Telecopy: ___-___-____
                                           Telephone: ___-___-____

                                      I-8

                                           ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

                                           JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as
                                           Administrative Agent

                                           By:  ________________________________
                                           Name: _______________________________
                                           Title: ______________________________

I-9

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Each of the undersigned hereby: (a) consents and agrees to this Agreement; (b) agrees that the Subsidiary Guaranty (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement referred to in this Agreement) previously executed by the undersigned is in full force and effect and continues to be its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms; and (c) agrees that the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower arising as a result of the increase in the aggregate Revolving Commitments contemplated by this Agreement are Lender Indebtedness constituting guaranteed indebtedness, liabilities and obligations under such Subsidiary Guaranty.

GUARANTORS:

[LIST ALL GUARANTORS]

By: ________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ______________________________

I-10

EXHIBIT J

[FORM OF]
CERTIFICATE OF EFFECTIVENESS

This Certificate of Effectiveness (this "Certificate") is executed the 10th day of March, 2004 (the "Effective Date"), by Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of March 10, 2004, by and among the Borrower, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent ("Administrative Agent") for the Lenders under and as defined in the Credit Agreement and the Lenders and other Agents named therein. This Certificate is executed pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Agreement and is the "Certificate of Effectiveness" therein referenced. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms used herein with their initial letter capitalized shall have the meaning given such terms in the Agreement. This Certificate may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Certificate by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

1. The Borrower hereby certifies to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that each condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Agreement contained in Section 4.01 of the Agreement has been satisfied (except to the extent any such conditions have been waived in writing by all Lenders).

2. Based on the certification of the Borrower contained in
Section 1 preceding, the Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date.

[Signature Pages Follow]

J-1

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Title: ______________________________

Accepted and Agreed to as of
this 10th day of March, 2004

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, as
Administrative Agent for the Lenders

By: _____________________________________ Name: ___________________________________ Title: __________________________________

J-2

SCHEDULE 1.01

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT
(to be attached)

Schedule 1.01 - 1


SCHEDULE 2.01

REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

                                                           Revolving
                Lender                                    Commitments
                ------                                    -----------
JPMorgan Chase Bank                                       $50,000,000

Dresdner Bank AG, New York and Grand Cayman               $30,000,000
Branches

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc                            $30,000,000

Bank of America, N.A.                                     $30,000,000

BNP Paribas                                               $25,000,000

The Bank of Nova Scotia                                   $25,000,000

Wachovia Bank, N.A.                                       $25,000,000

The Bank of Tokyo - Mitsubishi, Ltd.                      $15,000,000

Credit Suisse First Boston, Cayman Islands Branch         $10,000,000

Southwest Bank of Texas, N.A.                             $10,000,000

TOTAL:                                                    $250,000,000

Schedule 2.01 - 1


SCHEDULE 3.06

DISCLOSED MATTERS

None, except as disclosed in Borrower's Form 10K and Form 10Q reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Schedule 3.06 - 1


SCHEDULE 3.11

SUBSIDIARIES
(Material Subsidiaries listed on last page of this Schedule 3.11)

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     8/4/86
Qualified:                 Delaware, Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida,
                           Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana,
                           Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi, North Carolina,
                           Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, South Carolina,
                           Tennessee, Texas, Alberta

U. S. SUBSIDIARIES

CONCRETE SUPPLY.COM, LLC

State of Formation:        Texas
Date of Formation:         8/10/00
Qualified:                 Texas

DIFCO, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Ohio
Date of Incorporation:     12/27/54
Qualified:                 Ohio

GAMBLES, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Alabama
Date of Incorporation:     2/5/88
Qualified:                 Alabama

GREENVILLE STEEL CAR COMPANY, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Pennsylvania
Date of Incorporation:     1/19/93
Qualified:                 Pennsylvania

INTERNATIONAL INDUSTRIAL INDEMNITY COMPANY
State of Incorporation:    Vermont
Date of Incorporation:     6/19/90
Qualified:                 Vermont

MCCONWAY & TORLEY CORPORATION
State of Incorporation:    Pennsylvania
Date of Incorporation:     6/25/40
Qualified:                 Pennsylvania, Kansas

Schedule 3.11 - 1


MCCONWAY & TORLEY -- ANNISTON, INC.

State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     7/22/97
Qualified:                 Delaware, Alabama

MCT PROPERTIES, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     7/25/95
Qualified:                 Delaware

MOSHER STEEL COMPANY
State of Incorporation:    Texas
Date of Incorporation:     1/24/83
Qualified:                 Texas

PLATZER SHIPYARD, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     2/22/93
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

RAILCAR MAINTENANCE COMPANY OF NEBRASKA
State of Incorporation:    Nebraska
Date of Incorporation:     12/10/76
Qualified:                 Nebraska

REUNION GENERAL AGENCY, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Texas
Date of Incorporation:     12/12/66
Qualified:                 Texas

STANDARD FORGED PRODUCTS, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     7/8/88
Qualified:                 Delaware, Pennsylvania, Texas

STANDARD FORGINGS CORPORATION
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/1/68
Qualified:                 Delaware, Indiana

SYRO, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Ohio
Date of Incorporation:     8/14/46
Qualified:                 Ohio, Utah, Texas

Schedule 3.11 - 2


THRALL COMPANY

State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     7/30/99
Qualified:                 Delaware

THRALL INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LLC
State of Formation:        Illinois
Date of Formation:         3/23/95
Qualified:                 Illinois, United Kingdom, Switzerland

THRALL CAR GRANTOR CORP.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     6/9/97
Qualified:                 Delaware

THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/25/01
Qualified:                 Delaware, Georgia, Illinois, Michigan, Oklahoma,
                           Texas

TILC EQUITY OP III-C, LP
State of Formation:        Texas
Date of Formation:         11/4/03
Qualified:                 Texas

TILC EQUITY OP III-D, LP
State of Formation:        Texas
Date of Formation:         11/4/03
Qualified:                 Texas

TILC EQUITY OP GP III-C, LLC
State of Formation:        Texas
Date of Formation:         11/4/03
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TILC EQUITY OP GP III-D, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         11/4/03
Qualified:                 Delaware

TILC EQUITY OP LP III-C, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         11/4/03
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

Schedule 3.11 - 3


TILC EQUITY OP LP III-D, LLC

State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         11/4/03
Qualified:                 Delaware

TILX GP I, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         5/11/01
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TILX GP II, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         6/21/02
Qualified:                 Delaware

TILX GP III, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         11/3/03
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TILX LP I, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         5/11/01
Qualified:                 Delaware

TILX LP II, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         6/21/02
Qualified:                 Delaware

TILX LP III, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         11/3/03
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TRANSIT MIX ACQUISITION CO.
State of Incorporation:    Texas
Date of Incorporation:     10/01/02
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE - BAYTOWN, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Texas
Date of Incorporation:     2/21/84
Qualified:                 Texas

Schedule 3.11 - 4


TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY

State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     9/26/91
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas, Arkansas

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY OF LOUISIANA
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     4/20/94
Qualified:                 Delaware, Louisiana

TRANSIT MIX TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         12/22/03
Qualified:                 Delaware, Arkansas, Oklahoma, Texas

TRANSPORT CAPITAL, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         12/17/99
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY EE, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     6/26/97
Qualified:                 Delaware, Missouri, Texas

TRINITY EQUIPMENT CO., INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     5/6/91
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TRINITY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING CO.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     7/13/99
Qualified:                 Delaware, New York, Texas

TRINITY FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     8/21/96
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY FITTINGS GROUP, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     8/10/95
Qualified:                 Delaware, Arkansas, Indiana, Texas, Oklahoma,
                           Mississippi, Kentucky

Schedule 3.11 - 5


TRINITY HH, INC.

State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     7/22/97
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY HIGHWAY SAFETY PRODUCTS, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     7/31/99
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY INDUSTRIES BUFFALO, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     6/26/97
Qualified:                 Delaware, Connecticut, New York, Tennessee, Texas,
                           Alabama

TRINITY INDUSTRIES FOUNDATION
State of Incorporation:    Texas
Date of Incorporation:     6/16/99
Qualified:                 Texas

TRINITY INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     4/20/94
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     12/23/87
Qualified:                 Delaware, Illinois, Texas, Alberta

TRINITY INDUSTRIES RAILCAR CORPORATION
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     3/14/96
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY INDUSTRIES REAL PROPERTIES, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     1/19/93
Qualified:                 Delaware, Alabama, Texas, Georgia, Mississippi,
                           Pennsylvania, Oklahoma

TRINITY INDUSTRIES TRANSPORTATION, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Texas
Date of Incorporation:     12/31/74
Qualified:                 Arkansas, Alabama, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana,
                           North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Texas, Ohio, Utah,
                           Alberta

Schedule 3.11 - 6


TRINITY INDUSTRIES TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, LLC

State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         12/22/03
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY JJ, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/26/98
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY KK, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/26/98
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY MARINE LEASING, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     5/17/02
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     3/14/96
Qualified:                 Delaware, Louisiana, Missouri, Tennessee, Kentucky

TRINITY MATERIALS, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     4/5/93
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas, Oklahoma

TRINITY MINING SERVICES, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     4/25/00
Qualified:                 Delaware, Alabama

TRINITY Q, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     11/1/94
Qualified:                 Delaware, Ohio

TRINITY RAILCAR REPAIR, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/20/93
Qualified:                 Delaware, Arizona, Georgia, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas,
                           Louisiana, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico,
                           New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Utah

Schedule 3.11 - 7


TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/25/01
Qualified:                 Delaware, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Kansas, Montana,
                           Nebraska, New Mexico, North Carolina, Pennsylvania,
                           Tennessee, Texas

TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         12/28/01
Qualified:                 Delaware, Illinois, Georgia

TRINITY RAIL, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/31/85
Qualified:                 Delaware, California, Texas

TRINITY RAIL LEASING I, L.P.
State of Formation:        Texas
Date of Formation:         5/14/01
Qualified:                 Texas

TRINITY RAIL LEASING II, LP
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         6/24/02
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRINITY RAIL LEASING III, LP
State of Formation:        Texas
Date of Formation:         10/31/03
Qualified:                 Texas

TRINITY RAIL LEASING TRUST II
State of Formation:        New York
Date of Formation:         6/27/02
Qualified:                 New York

TRINITY RAIL MANAGEMENT, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     8/2/90
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas, California, Washington

TRINITY RAIL MARKET SERVICES, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     9/16/02
Qualified:                 Delaware

Schedule 3.11 - 8


TRINITY STRUCTURAL TOWERS, INC.

State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     3/17/00
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     12/25/01
Qualified:                 Delaware, Illinois, Texas

TRN BUSINESS TRUST
State of Formation:        Delaware
Date of Formation:         3/14/96
Qualified:                 Delaware

TRN, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     8/10/95
Qualified:                 Delaware, Texas

TRN INVESTMENT COMPANY
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     10/25/99
Qualified:                 Delaware

WALDORF PROPERTIES, INC.
State of Incorporation:    Delaware
Date of Incorporation:     3/14/96
Qualified:                 Delaware, Maryland, Alabama

Schedule 3.11 - 9


FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES

ADMINISTRADORA ESPECIALIZADA, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Jurisdiction:              Mexico
Date of Formation:         1/28/2002

APROMAT, S.A.
Jurisdiction:              Romania
Date of Incorporation:     3/2/1990

ASTRA VAGOANE ARAD, S.A.
Jurisdiction:              Romania
Date of Incorporation:     1/2/1990

ICPV, S.A.
Jurisdiction:              Romania
Date of Incorporation:     3/2/1991

THRALL EUROPA
Jurisdiction:              England & Wales
Date of Incorporation:     6/16/1997

THRALL VAGONKA STUDENKA, a.s.
Jurisdiction:              Czech Republic
Date of Incorporation:     1/01/1994

RAIL PROJECT, s.r.o.
Jurisdiction:              Slovak Republic
Date of Incorporation:     12/20/1993

TRINITY RAIL GmbH
Jurisdiction:              Switzerland
Date of Incorporation:     7/13/2000

TRINITY INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS AG
Jurisdiction:              Switzerland
Date of Incorporation:     10/1983

TRINITY ARGENTINA S.R.L.
Jurisdiction:              Argentina
Date of Incorporation:     11/16/1999

TRINITY RAIL DO BRASIL, Ltda.
Jurisdiction:              Brazil
Date of Incorporation:     10/29/1998

                                Schedule 3.11 - 10

WAGONMARKET spol. sr.o.
Jurisdiction:              Slovak Republic
Date of Incorporation:     5/4/1992

GRUPO TATSA, S de R.L. de C.V.
Jurisdiction: Mexico
Date of Incorporation: 12/23/1981

TRINITY INDUSTRIES de MEXICO, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Jurisdiction:              Mexico
Date of Incorporation:     12/31/1963

TRINITY INDUSTRIES GmbH
Jurisdiction:              Switzerland
Date of Formation:         7/10/2000

OFE, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Jurisdiction:              Mexico
Date of Incorporation:     5/13/1955

ASISTENCIA PROFESSIONAL CORPORATIVA, S. de R.L. de C.V.
Jurisdiction: Mexico
Date of Incorporation: 3/25/1999

SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS TATSA, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Jurisdiction:              Mexico
Date of Incorporation:     3/03/1998

                               Schedule 3.11 - 11


MATERIAL SUBSIDIARIES

THRALL TRINITY FREIGHT CAR, INC.

TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE & MATERIALS COMPANY

TRINITY INDUSTRIES LEASING COMPANY

TRINITY MARINE PRODUCTS, INC.

TRINITY RAIL COMPONENTS & REPAIR, INC.

TRINITY RAIL GROUP, LLC

TRINITY TANK CAR, INC.

Schedule 3.11 - 12


SCHEDULE 3.13

EMPLOYEE MATTERS

COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS

LOCATION                         UNION

Centerville, UT                  United Steelworkers (USW)

Girard, OH                       United Steelworkers (USW)

Kutztown, PA                     Glass, Molders, etc.
(McConway & Torley)

Russelville, AR                  Boilermakers

Schedule 3.13 - 1


SCHEDULE 7.01

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

At 12/31/03, Existing Indebtedness is as disclosed in Note 9 to the Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Schedule 7.01 - 1


SCHEDULE 7.02

EXISTING LIENS

Industrial Revenue Bond Financing -- Montgomery, Alabama TRLI Equipment Lease Transaction
Pass Through Equipment Trust Financing (ETC 12) TRL II Warehouse Financing
TRL III Equipment Lease Transaction

Schedule 7.02 - 1


SCHEDULE 7.03

PERMITTED ASSET SALES
(to be attached)

Schedule 7.03 - 1


SCHEDULE 7.08

EXISTING RESTRICTIONS

TRLI Equipment Lease Transaction
Pass Through Equipment Trust Financing (ETC 12) TRL II Warehouse Financing
TRL III Equipment Lease Transaction

Schedule 7.08 - 1


 

EXHIBIT 12.1

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (in millions)

                                                         
                    Nine Months        
    Year Ended   Ended   Year Ended   Three Months Ended
    March 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
  March 31,
    2000
  2001
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2003
  2004
Earnings:
                                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before provision for (benefit from)
income taxes
  $ 262.9     $ (116.3 )   $ (40.5 )   $ (24.4 )   $ (14.3 )   $ (20.0 )   $ (16.5 )
Interest expense
    20.4       28.9       21.7       36.3       34.9       9.5       10.1  
Interest imputed on rent
    3.2       3.8       5.1       9.9       10.8       2.2       4.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total earnings
  $ 286.5     $ (83.6 )   $ (13.7 )   $ 21.8     $ 31.4     $ (8.3 )   $ (2.1 )
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Fixed Charges:
                                                       
Interest expense
  $ 20.4     $ 28.9     $ 21.7     $ 36.3     $ 34.9     $ 9.5     $ 10.1  
Interest imputed on rent
    3.2       3.8       5.1       9.9       10.8       2.2       4.3  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total fixed charges
  $ 23.6     $ 32.7     $ 26.8     $ 46.2     $ 45.7     $ 11.7     $ 14.4  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    12.14       (2.56 )     (0.51 )     0.47       0.69       (0.71 )     (0.15 )
Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed
charges by:
          $ (116.3 )   $ (40.5 )   $ (24.4 )   $ (14.3 )   $ (20.0 )   $ (16.5 )

 

EXHIBIT 21

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

Listing of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

The Registrant has no parent.

At May 19, 2004, the operating subsidiaries of the Registrant were:
                   
Percentage of
voting securities
owned by the
Name of subsidiary Organized in Registrant



Apromat, S.A. — Arad
  Romania     50%  
Astra Vagoane, S.A. — Arad
  Romania     96%  
ICPV, S.A. — Arad
  Romania     89%  
International Industrial Indemnity Co.
  Vermont     100%  
Reunion General Agency, Inc.
  Texas     100%  
Syro, Inc.
  Ohio     100%  
Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company
  Delaware     100%  
 
Transit Mix Concrete — Baytown, Inc.
  Texas     100%  
 
Transit Mix Transportation Services, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Co. of Louisiana
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Argentina S.R.L
  Argentina     100%  
Trinity EE, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Equipment Company, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Fittings Group, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Industries Buffalo, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Industries International, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Industries International Holdings AG
  Switzerland     100%  
 
Administradora Especializada, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico     100%  
 
Grupo Tatsa, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico     100%  
   
Trinity Industries de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico     100%  
 
Servicios Corporativos Tatsa, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico     100%  
 
Trinity Industries do Brasil, Ltda.
  Brazil     100%  
 
Trinity Industries GmbH
  Switzerland     100%  
   
Wagonmarket, spol. S.r.o
  Slovak Republic     100%  
 
Trinity Rail do Brasil, Ltda.
  Brazil     100%  
Trinity Industries Leasing Company
  Delaware     100%  
 
Transport Capital, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
 
Trinity Financial Services, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
 
Trinity Marks Company
  Texas     100%  
 
TILX GP II, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing II, L.P.
  Delaware     1%  
 
TILX LP II, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing II, L.P.
  Delaware     99%  
     
Trinity Rail Leasing Trust II
  Delaware     100%  
 
TILX GP III, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing III, L.P.
  Texas     1%  
 
TILX LP III, LLC
  Texas     100%  
   
Trinity Rail Leasing III, L.P.
  Texas     99%  
 
TILC Equity OP GP III-C, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
   
TILC Equity OP III-C, L.P.
  Texas     1%  
 
TILC Equity OP LP III-C, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
   
TILC Equity OP III-C, L.P.
  Texas     99%  
 
Trinity Marine Leasing, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Industries Real Properties, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Industries Transportation, Inc.
  Texas     100%  
 
Trinity Industries Transportation Services, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Marine Products, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Materials, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Mining Services, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  


 

                     
Percentage of
voting securities
owned by the
Name of subsidiary Organized in Registrant



Trinity Rail Group, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
 
Thrall Vagonka Studenka, a.s
  Czech Republic     95%  
 
Thrall International Holdings LLC
  Illinois     99%  
   
Thrall Europa
  Eng. & Wales     100%  
 
Thrall Company
  Delaware     100%  
   
Rail Project, s.r.o
  Slovak Republic     100%  
 
Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
   
DIFCO, Inc.
  Ohio     100%  
 
Trinity Rail Components & Repair, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
   
McConway and Torley Corporation
  Pennsylvania     100%  
     
MCT Properties, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
     
McConway and Torley — Anniston, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
   
Standard Forged Products, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
   
Trinity Railcar Repair, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
 
Trinity Rail GmbH
  Switzerland     100%  
 
Trinity Tank Car, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Rail, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
 
Trinity Rail Management, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
   
TILX GP I, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
       
Trinity Rail Leasing I, L.P.
  Texas     1%  
   
TILX LP I, LLC
  Delaware     100%  
       
Trinity Rail Leasing I, L.P.
  Texas     99%  
Trinity Rail Market Services, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
Trinity Structural Towers, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
TRN Investment Company, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
 
TRN, Inc.
  Delaware     100%  
 

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 20, 2004, except for Note 19 as to which the date is July 16, 2004, in the Registration Statement (Form S-4) and related Prospectus of Trinity Industries, Inc. for the registration of $300,000,000 of 6 1/2% Senior Notes.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

 

 

July 16, 2004
Dallas, Texas

 

EXHIBIT 25.1


FORM T-1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE


CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) [ ]


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable                                               94-1347393
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization               (I.R.S. employer
if not a U.S. national bank)                                 identification no.)

505 Main Street, Suite 301
Fort Worth, Texas                                            76102
(Address of principal executive offices)                     (Zip code)

                              Wells Fargo & Company
                          Law Department, Trust Section
                                  MAC N9305-172
                         Sixth and Marquette, 17th Floor
                              Minneapolis, MN 55479
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                    ---------

Trinity Industries, Inc. and Guarantors listed below


(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                                     75-0225040
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)

2525 Stemmons Freeway
Dallas, Texas                                                75207-2401
(Address of principal executive offices)                     (Zip Code)

                                    ---------

6 1/2% Senior Notes due 2014
(Title of the indenture securities)


                    Transit Mix Concrete & Materials Company
                                   (Guarantor)

Delaware                                                     74-2613970
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)

                       Trinity Industries Leasing Company
                                   (Guarantor)

Delaware                                                     75-1640393
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)

                          Trinity Marine Products, Inc.
                                   (Guarantor)

Delaware                                                     75-2655349
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)

                             Trinity Rail Group, LLC
                                   (Guarantor)

Delaware                                                     74-3019443
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)

                        Thrall Trinity Freight Car, Inc.
                                   (Guarantor)

Delaware                                                     75-2966210
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)

                             Trinity Tank Car, Inc.
                                   (Guarantor)

Delaware                                                     75-2966213
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)

                    Trinity Rail Components and Repair, Inc.
                                   (Guarantor)

Delaware                                                     75-2966212
(State or other jurisdiction of                              (I.R.S. employer
incorporation or organization)                               identification no.)



Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the
trustee:

(a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency,
Treasury Department
Washington, D.C. 20230

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Washington, D.C. 20429

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco San Francisco, CA 94120

(b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Item 2. Affiliations with the Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the
trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.

Item 16. List of Exhibits.

Wells Fargo Bank incorporates by reference into this Form T-1 exhibits attached hereto.

Exhibit 1. A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*

Exhibit 2. A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated November 28, 2001.*

Exhibit 3. A copy of the authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate trust powers. A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence (with Fiduciary Powers) for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated November 28, 2001.*

Exhibit 4. Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.*

Exhibit 5. Not applicable.

Exhibit 6. The consents of United States institutional trustees required by
Section 321(b) of the Act.

Exhibit 7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the


requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

Exhibit 8. Not applicable.

Exhibit 9. Not applicable.

* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Registration Statement No. 333-87398 filed by Meritage Corp. on May 1, 2002.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Fort Worth and State of Texas on the 19th day of July, 2004.

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ Melissa Scott
    ----------------------------------
     Melissa Scott, Vice President


Exhibit 6

July 19, 2004

Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request thereof.

Very truly yours,

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ Melissa Scott
    ----------------------------------
     Melissa Scott, Vice President


Exhibit 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association
of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business March 31, 2004, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C.

Section 161 for National Banks.

                                                                                            Dollar Amounts
                                                                                             In Millions
                                                                                            --------------
ASSETS

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
            Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin                                 $ 13,890
            Interest-bearing balances                                                             6,251
Securities:
            Held-to-maturity securities                                                               0
            Available-for-sale securities                                                        27,661
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:
            Federal funds sold in domestic offices                                                1,436
            Securities purchased under agreements to resell                                         170
Loans and lease financing receivables:
            Loans and leases held for sale                                                       29,359
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income                               233,785
            LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses                                2,629
            Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance                              231,156
Trading Assets                                                                                    8,314
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)                                          2,787
Other real estate owned                                                                             180
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies                                 284
Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding                                         69
Intangible assets
            Goodwill                                                                              7,915
            Other intangible assets                                                               6,871
Other assets                                                                                     11,217
                                                                                               --------
Total assets                                                                                   $347,560
                                                                                               ========
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
            In domestic offices                                                                $240,660
                        Noninterest-bearing                                         78,496
                        Interest-bearing                                           162,164
            In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs                        15,087
                        Noninterest-bearing                                              3
                        Interest-bearing                                            15,084
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
            Federal funds purchased in domestic offices                                          18,617
            Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                                        3,028


                                                                                            Dollar Amounts
                                                                                             In Millions
                                                                                            --------------
Trading liabilities                                                                               4,973
Other borrowed money
            (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)            18,180
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding                                             69
Subordinated notes and debentures                                                                 4,824
Other liabilities                                                                                 9,494
                                                                                               --------
Total liabilities                                                                              $314,932

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries                                                       70

EQUITY CAPITAL
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus                                                         0
Common stock                                                                                        520
Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)                                         23,424
Retained earnings                                                                                 7,812
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                                              802
Other equity capital components                                                                       0
                                                                                               --------
Total equity capital                                                                             32,558
                                                                                               --------
Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital                                       $347,560
                                                                                               ========

I, James E. Hanson, Vice President of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

James E. Hanson Vice President

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

Howard Atkins
Dave Hoyt Directors John Stumpf


EXHIBIT 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
($300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)

PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER PROSPECTUS DATED ____________, 2004.


THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON _________, 2004 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

The Exchange Agent is:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By Registered or Certified Mail:       By Hand Delivery:          By Overnight Courier:
    Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.          Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.       Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
  Corporate Trust Operations      Corporate Trust Operations   Corporate Trust Operations
       MAC N9303-121                  Sixth and Marquette          Sixth and Marquette
       P.O. Box 1517                     MAC N9303-121                MAC N9303-121
  Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517         Minneapolis, MN 55479        Minneapolis, MN 55479

By Facsimile Transmission Number (authorized institutions only):


(612) 667-4927
Attention: Corporate Trust Operations

Confirm by Telephone:
1-800-344-5128

DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.

The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated , 2004 (as it may be amended from time to time, the "Prospectus") of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the "Company") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of


its outstanding 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Original Notes"). Recipients of the Prospectus should read the requirements described in such Prospectus with respect to eligibility to participate in the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meaning given to them in the Prospectus.

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the Original Notes described in the box entitled "Description of Original Notes" below pursuant to the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal. The undersigned is the registered owner of all the Original Notes and the undersigned represents that it has received from each beneficial owner of Original Notes ("Beneficial Owners") a duly completed and executed form of "Instructions from Beneficial Owner to Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants" accompanying this Letter of Transmittal, instructing the undersigned to take the action described in this Letter of Transmittal.

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used only by a holder of Original Notes (i) if certificates representing Original Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if delivery of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The exchange offer -- Procedures for tendering original notes." If delivery of the Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, tenders of the Original Notes may be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP"). In such case, an agent's message may be delivered in lieu of this Letter of Transmittal. An agent's message is a message, transmitted to the Exchange Agent's account at the Depositary and received by the Exchange Agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal and the Company may enforce this Letter of Transmittal against such participant.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the information set forth in the box entitled "Beneficial Owner(s)" is true and correct.

Any Beneficial Owner whose Original Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact such registered holder of Original Notes promptly and instruct such registered holder of Original Notes to tender on behalf of the Beneficial Owner. If such Beneficial Owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, such Beneficial Owner must, prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Original Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Original Notes in such Beneficial Owner's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of Original Notes. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the Expiration Date.

In order to properly complete this Letter of Transmittal, a holder of Original Notes must (i) complete the box entitled "Description of Original Notes," (ii) if appropriate, check and complete the boxes relating to book-entry transfer, guaranteed delivery, Special Issuance Instructions, Special Delivery Instructions and Beneficial Owner(s), (iii) sign the Letter of Transmittal by completing the box entitled "Sign Here" and (iv) complete the Substitute Form W-9. Each holder of Original Notes should carefully read the detailed instructions below prior to completing the Letter of Transmittal.

Holders of Original Notes who desire to tender their Original Notes for exchange and (i) whose Original Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver their Original Notes and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The exchange offer -- Guaranteed delivery procedures." See Instruction 2 of the Instructions beginning on page 9 hereof.

Holders of Original Notes who wish to tender their Original Notes for exchange must, at a minimum, complete columns (1), (2), if applicable (see footnote 1 below), and (3) in the box below entitled "Description of Original Notes" and sign the box on page 8 under the words "Sign Here." If only those columns are completed, such holder of Original Notes will have tendered for exchange all Original Notes listed in column (3) below. If the holder of Original Notes wishes to tender for exchange less than all of such Original Notes, column (4) must be completed in full. In such case, such holder of Original Notes should refer to Instruction 5 on page 10.

2

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES

                            (1)                                      (2)                (3)                 (4)
                                                                                                      PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                                                                        TENDERED FOR
NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF ORIGINAL                                          EXCHANGE (ONLY IF
NOTE(S), EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S) FOR     ORIGINAL NOTE                         DIFFERENT AMOUNT
 ORIGINAL NOTE OR AS THE NAME OF THE PARTICIPANT APPEARS ON       NUMBER(S)                           FROM COLUMN (3))
THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY'S SECURITY POSITION LISTING       (ATTACH           AGGREGATE          (MUST BE IN
                 (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK)                    SIGNED LIST IF        PRINCIPAL       INTEGRAL MULTIPLES
                                                                 NECESSARY)1          AMOUNT            OF $1,000)(2)

(1) Column (2) need not be completed by holders of Original Notes tendering Original Notes for exchange by book-entry transfer. Please check the appropriate box on the next page and provide the requested information.

(2) Column (4) need not be completed by holders of Original Notes who wish to tender for exchange the principal amount of Original Notes listed in column (3). Completion of column (4) will indicate that the holder of Original Notes wishes to tender for exchange only the principal amount of Original Notes indicated in column (4).

[ ] CHECK HERE IF ORIGINAL NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

[ ] CHECK HERE IF ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE DEPOSITARY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) ONLY):

Name of Tendering Institution:____________________________________________ Account Number:___________________________________________________________ Transaction Code Number:__________________________________________________

[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING

(FOR USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):

Name of Registered Holder of Original Note(s):____________________________ Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:_______________________ Window Ticket Number (if available):______________________________________ Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery:____________________________ Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer):_____________________

3

ATTENTION BROKER-DEALERS: IMPORTANT NOTICE
CONCERNING YOUR ABILITY TO RESELL THE EXCHANGE NOTES

IF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT DOES NOT RECEIVE ANY LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL FROM BROKER-DEALERS REQUESTING ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES, THE COMPANY INTENDS TO TERMINATE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE CONSUMMATION OR TERMINATION OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. IF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT IS TERMINATED, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO USE THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF EXCHANGE NOTES AFTER SUCH TIME.

[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO FOR USE IN CONNECTION WITH RESALES OF EXCHANGE NOTES:

Name:_____________________________________________________________________

Address:__________________________________________________________________

Telephone No. ( )

If you requested additional copies of the prospectus, YOU MUST MAIL OR
SEND A PHOTOCOPY OF THIS PAGE to:

By Mail:                                   By Facsimile:
Trinity Industries, Inc.           or      (214) 589-8824
2525 Stemmons Freeway                      Attn: Michael G. Fortado, Esq.
Dallas, Texas 75207-2401                   Vice President and Secretary
Attn: Michael G. Fortado, Esq.
      Vice President and Secretary

DO NOT SEND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE ABOVE ADDRESS AS IT WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID TENDER OF ORIGINAL NOTES UNDER THE TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER. CONSULT THE PROSPECTUS FOR PROPER DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

4

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)

To be completed ONLY (i) if the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes (or if certificates for Original Notes not tendered for exchange for Exchange Notes) are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned or (ii) if Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer which are not exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Depositary.

Issue to:

Name____________________________________________________________________________

(Please Print)

Address_________________________________________________________________________

(Include Zip Code)


(Tax Identification or Social Security No.)

Credit Original Notes not exchanged and delivered by book-entry transfer to the Depositary account set forth below:


(Account Number)

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 1, 6, 7 AND 8)

To be completed ONLY if the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Original Notes (or if certificates for Original Notes not tendered for exchange for Exchange Notes) are to be mailed or delivered (i) to someone other than the undersigned or (ii) to the undersigned at an address other than the address shown below the undersigned's signature.

Mail or deliver to:

Name____________________________________________________________________________

(Please Print)

Address_________________________________________________________________________

(Include Zip Code)


(Tax Identification or Social Security No.)

BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)

   STATE OF PRINCIPAL RESIDENCE OF          PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL NOTES
EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF ORIGINAL NOTES  HELD FOR ACCOUNT OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(S)
---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------

If delivery of Original Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at the Depositary, then tenders of Original Notes may be effected in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depositary's Automated Tender Offer Program and the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The exchange offer -- Book-entry procedures for the global notes."

5

SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the offer by Trinity Industries, Inc. (the "Company") upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated , 2004 (the "Prospectus") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitutes the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Original Notes"), the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the Original Notes indicated above.

By executing this Letter of Transmittal and subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered for exchange herewith, the undersigned (i) acknowledges and agrees that the Company has fully performed all of its obligations under that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004, among the Company and the initial purchasers party thereto,
(ii) will have irrevocably sold, assigned and transferred to the Company, all right, title and interest in, to and under all of the Original Notes tendered for exchange hereby, and (iii) hereby appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (the "Exchange Agent") as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as agent of the Company) of such holder of Original Notes with respect to such Original Notes, with full power of substitution, to (x) deliver certificates representing such Original Notes, or transfer ownership of such Original Notes on the account books maintained by The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") (together, in any such case, with all accompanying evidences of transfer and authenticity), to the Company, (y) present and deliver such Original Notes for transfer on the books of the Company, and (z) receive all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights and incidents of ownership with respect to such Original Notes, all in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted to the Exchange Agent in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Original Notes, and (ii) when such Original Notes are accepted for exchange by the Company, the Company will acquire good and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered for exchange hereby.

The undersigned hereby further represents to the Company that (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the undersigned and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the undersigned and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account

6

in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes received in respect of such Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The undersigned acknowledges that, (i) for purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company will be deemed to have accepted for exchange, and to have exchanged, validly tendered Original Notes, if, as and when the Company gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent and (ii) any Original Notes tendered by the undersigned and not accepted for exchange will be returned to the undersigned at the address set forth above unless otherwise indicated in the box above entitled "Special Delivery Instructions."

The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of Original Notes validly tendered for exchange pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The exchange offer" and in the instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement among the undersigned and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.

Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions," please return any Original Notes not tendered for exchange in the name(s) of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions," please mail any certificates for Original Notes not tendered or exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the event that either "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" are completed, please issue the certificates representing the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Original Notes not tendered for exchange or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer any Original Notes from the name of the holder of Original Note(s) thereof if the Company does not accept for exchange any of the Original Notes so tendered for exchange or if such transfer would not be in compliance with any transfer restrictions applicable to such Original Note(s).

In order to validly tender Original Notes for exchange, holders of Original Notes must complete, execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal.

Except as stated in the Prospectus, all authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned, and any obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Except as otherwise stated in the Prospectus, this tender for exchange of Original Notes is irrevocable.

7

SIGN HERE


(SIGNATURE(S) OF OWNER(S))

Date: , 2004

MUST BE SIGNED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF ORIGINAL NOTES EXACTLY AS NAME(S) APPEAR(S) ON CERTIFICATE(S) REPRESENTING THE ORIGINAL NOTES OR ON A SECURITY POSITION LISTING OR BY PERSON(S) AUTHORIZED TO BECOME REGISTERED ORIGINAL NOTE HOLDER(S) BY CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS TRANSMITTED HEREWITH. IF SIGNATURE IS BY TRUSTEES, EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS, GUARDIANS, ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT, OFFICERS OF CORPORATIONS OR OTHERS ACTING IN A FIDUCIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY, PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. (SEE INSTRUCTION 6).

Name(s):________________________________________________________________________

(PLEASE PRINT)

Capacity (Full title):__________________________________________________________

Address:________________________________________________________________________

(INCLUDE ZIP CODE)

Area Code and Telephone No:_____________________________________________________

Tax Identification or Social Security Nos:______________________________________
PLEASE COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 1)

Authorized Signature:___________________________________________________________

Dated:__________________________________________________________________________

Name and Title:_________________________________________________________________


(PLEASE PRINT)

Name of Firm:___________________________________________________________________

8

INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

1. GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES. Except as otherwise provided below, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an institution which is an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of one of the following recognized Signature Guarantee Programs (an "Eligible Institution"):

a. The Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP)

b. The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP)

c. The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP)

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed (i) if this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Original Notes tendered herewith and such registered holder(s) have not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal or (ii) if such Original Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. IN ALL OTHER CASES, ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION.

2. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ORIGINAL NOTES; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES. This Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Original Notes (i) if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or (ii) if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for tender by book-entry transfer or guaranteed delivery set forth in the sections of the Prospectus entitled "The exchange offer - - Book-entry procedures for the global notes" and "The exchange offer -- Guaranteed delivery procedures." Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes or any confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile hereof, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal prior to the Expiration Date. Holders of Original Notes who elect to tender Original Notes and (i) whose Original Notes are not immediately available, (ii) who cannot deliver the Letter of Transmittal, Original Notes or other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) who are unable to complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may have such tender effected if: (a) such tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution, (b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent has received from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the holder of such Original Notes, the certificate number(s) of such Original Notes and the principal amount of Original Notes tendered for exchange, stating that tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, this Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof), properly completed and duly executed, the certificates representing such Original Notes (or a Book-Entry Confirmation), in proper form for transfer, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by such Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (c) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a manually executed facsimile thereof) with certificates for all tendered Original Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL NOTES, THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE OPTION AND SOLE RISK OF THE TENDERING HOLDER OF ORIGINAL NOTES. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BELOW, THE DELIVERY WILL BE DEEMED MADE ONLY WHEN ACTUALLY RECEIVED OR CONFIRMED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT. IF DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, REGISTERED MAIL WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY INSURED, IS RECOMMENDED. NEITHER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL NOR ANY ORIGINAL NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.

9

No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Original Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof, if applicable), waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original Notes for exchange.

3. INADEQUATE SPACE. If the space provided in the box entitled "Description of Original Notes" above is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the Original Notes being tendered should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

4. WITHDRAWALS. A tender of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date by delivery of a written or an ATOP electronic transmission notice of withdrawal to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal. To be effective, a notice of withdrawal of Original Notes must (i) specify the name of the person who tendered the Original Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Original Notes to be withdrawn (including the certificate number or numbers and aggregate principal amount of such Original Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder of Original Notes in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which such Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee under the Indenture register the transfer of such Original Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, (iv) specify the name in which any such Original Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor, and (v) be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date. Withdrawals of tenders of Original Notes may not be rescinded, and any Original Notes withdrawn will thereafter be deemed not validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer, and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Original Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Properly withdrawn Original Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described in the section of the Prospectus entitled "The exchange offer -- Procedures for tendering original notes" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

5. PARTIAL TENDERS. (Not applicable to holders of Original Notes who tender Original Notes by book-entry transfer). Tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. If a tender for exchange is to be made with respect to less than the entire principal amount of any Original Notes, fill in the principal amount of Original Notes which are tendered for exchange in column (4) of the box entitled "Description of Original Notes" on page 3, as more fully described in the footnotes thereto. In case of a partial tender for exchange, new certificate(s), in fully registered form, for the remainder of the principal amount of the Original Notes, will be sent to the holders of Original Notes unless otherwise indicated in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

6. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, POWERS OF ATTORNEY AND ENDORSEMENTS.

(a) The signature(s) of the holder of Original Notes on this Letter of Transmittal must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

(b) If tendered Original Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

(c) If any tendered Original Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal and any necessary or required documents as there are different registrations.

(d) When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the holder of the Original Notes listed and transmitted hereby, no endorsements of Original Notes or separate powers of attorney are required. If, however, Original Notes not tendered or not accepted are to be issued or returned in the name of a person other than the holder of Original Notes, then the Original Notes transmitted hereby must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney in a form satisfactory to the Company, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the holder of Original Notes appear(s) on the Original Notes. Signatures on such Original Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

10

(e) If this Letter of Transmittal or Original Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of each such person's authority to so act must be submitted.

(f) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of Original Notes listed, the Original Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the registered holder of Original Notes appear(s) on the certificates. Signatures on such Original Notes or powers of attorney must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (unless signed by an Eligible Institution).

7. TRANSFER TAXES. Except as set forth in this Instruction 7, the Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If issuance of Exchange Notes is to be made to, or Original Notes not tendered for exchange are to be issued or returned in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemptions from taxes therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes payable on account of any such transfer will be imposed on and payable by the tendering holder of Original Notes prior to the issuance of the Exchange Notes.

8. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS. If the Exchange Notes, or if any Original Notes not tendered for exchange, are to be issued or sent to someone other than the holder of Original Notes or to an address other than that shown above, the appropriate boxes on this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. Holders of Original Notes tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not accepted be credited to such account maintained at the Depositary as such holder of Original Notes may designate.

9. IRREGULARITIES. All questions as to the form of documents and the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of Original Notes will be determined by the Company, in its sole discretion, whose determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders for exchange of any particular Original Notes that are not in proper form, or the acceptance of which may, in the opinion of the Company (or its counsel), be unlawful. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive any defect, irregularity or condition of tender for exchange with regard to any particular Original Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms of, and conditions to, the Exchange Offer (including the instructions herein) will be final and binding. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with the Exchange Offer must be cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notice of any defects or irregularities in Original Notes tendered for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notice. A tender of Original Notes will not be deemed to have been made until all defects and irregularities with respect to such tender have been cured or waived. Any Original Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in this Letter of Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

10. WAIVER OF CONDITION. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive, amend or modify any of the specified conditions described under "The exchange offer -- Terms of the exchange offer; Period for tendering original notes" in the Prospectus in the case of any Original Notes tendered (except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus).

11. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED ORIGINAL NOTES. If a holder of Original Notes desires to tender Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, but any of such Original Notes has been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder of Original Notes should contact the Exchange Agent at the address set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal for further instructions.

12. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Requests for information or for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover of this Letter of Transmittal.

11

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL (OR A FACSIMILE THEREOF, IF APPLICABLE) TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES, OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

Under current federal income tax law, a holder of Original Notes whose tendered Original Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides the Company (as payor), through the Exchange Agent, with either (i) such holder's correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying that the holder is a U.S. person, that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Original Notes is awaiting a TIN) and that (A) the holder of Original Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (B) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Original Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding, or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Original Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Original Notes may be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service.

Certain holders of Original Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements with respect to interest payments. Exempt holders of Original Notes should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. A foreign individual may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI or Form W-8IMY, as applicable, (the terms of which the Exchange Agent will provide upon request) signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder's exempt status. See the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "Guidelines") for additional instructions.

If backup withholding applies, the Company is required to withhold 28% of any payment made to the holder of Original Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.

The holder of Original Notes is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Original Notes. If the Original Notes are held in more than one name or are not held in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for additional guidance regarding which number to report.

12

PAYER'S NAME: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

SUBSTITUTE

FORM W-9

PART 1 - PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND

DATING BELOW


Social Security Number

or


Employer Identification Number

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NO. ("TIN")

PART 2 - CERTIFICATION - Under Penalties of Perjury, I certify that:

(1) The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me); and

(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because I am exempt from backup withholding, I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding.

(3) I am a U.S. person.

PART 3 -

Awaiting TIN [ ]

CERTIFICATE INSTRUCTIONS -

You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).

SIGNATURE_________________________________________________ DATE:_______________

NAME____________________________________________________________________________

ADDRESS_________________________________________________________________________

CITY________________________ STATE_____________ ZIP CODE______________________

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP
WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENT MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.

YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECK THE BOX IN
PART 3 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.

PAYER'S NAME: WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver such an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number with sixty (60) days, 28% of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide such a number.

Signature:__________________________________________ Date:_____________________

FOR ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FOR ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, YOU MAY CONTACT THE EXCHANGE AGENT BY TELEPHONE AT 1-800-344-5128 OR BY FACSIMILE AT (612) 667-4927.

13

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYER. Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:                                  GIVE THE SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OF:
-------------------------                                  -----------------------------------
1.   An individual's account                               The individual

2.   Two or more individuals (joint account)               The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds,
                                                           any one of the individuals(1)

3.   Husband and wife (joint account)                      The actual owner of the account or, if joint funds,
                                                           either person(1)

4.   Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to         The minor(2)
     Minors Act)

5.   Adult and minor (joint account)                       The adult or, if the minor is the only contributor, the
                                                           minor(1)

6.   Account in the name of guardian or committee          The ward, minor, or incompetent person(3)
     for a designated ward, minor, or incompetent
     person

7.   a.  The usual revocable savings trust account         The grantor- trustee(1)
         (grantor is also trustee)

     b.  So-called trust account that is not a legal       The actual owner(1)
         or valid trust under State law

8.   Sole proprietorship account                           The owner(4)

FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:                                  GIVE THE EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF:
-------------------------                                  -------------------------------------------
9.   A valid trust, estate, or pension trust               The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number
                                                           of the personal representative or trustee unless the
                                                           legal entity itself is not designated in the account
                                                           title.)(5)

10.  Corporate account                                     The corporation

11.  Religious, charitable, or educational                 The organization
     organization account

12.  Partnership account held in the name of the           The partnership
     business

13.  Association, club, or other tax-exempt                The organization
     organization

14.  A broker or registered nominee                        The broker or nominee

15.  Account with the Department of Agriculture in         The public entity
     the name of a public entity (such as a State or
     local government, school, district, or prison)
     that receives agricultural program payments

(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.

(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.

(3) Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such person's social security number.

(4) Show the name of the owner.

(5) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.

NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

14

OBTAINING A NUMBER.

If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.

PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING.

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:

- A corporation.

- A financial institution.

- An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan, or a custodial account under section 403(6)(7).

- The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

- A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof.

- A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.

- An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality thereof.

- A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the U.S. or a possession of the U.S.

- A real estate investment trust.

- A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).

- An exempt charitable remainder trust under section 664, or a non-exempt trust described in section 4947.

- An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

- A foreign central bank of issue.

- A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or listed in the most recent publication of the American Society of Corporate Secretaries, Inc. Nominee List.

Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

- Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under section 1441.

- Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner.

- Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in money.

- Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following:

- Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals.

Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payer's trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payer.

- Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt-in-interest dividends under section 852).

- Payments described in section 6049(b)(5) to non-resident aliens.

- Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451.

- Payments made by certain foreign organizations.

- Mortgage interest paid to the payer.

Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER. IF THE PAYMENTS ARE INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS, ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM.

Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends, that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details see section 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A, and 6050N and their regulations.

15

PRIVACY ACT NOTICE. Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividend, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your return. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

PENALTIES.

(1) PENALTY FOR FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

(3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. Falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX
CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

16

EXHIBIT 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
($300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, or one substantially similar to this form, must be used by a holder of 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Original Notes") of Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), who wishes to tender Original Notes to the Exchange Agent in exchange for 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the "The exchange offer -- Guaranteed delivery procedures" section of the Prospectus, dated ____________, 2004 (the "Prospectus"), and in Instruction 2 to the related Letter of Transmittal. Any holder who wishes to tender Original Notes pursuant to such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that the Exchange Agent receives this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus or the Letter of Transmittal.


THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON _________, 2004 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"), UNLESS THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED, IN WHICH CASE THE TERM "EXPIRATION DATE" SHALL MEAN THE LATEST TIME AND DATE TO WHICH THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS EXTENDED. TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

To: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association


(the "Exchange Agent")

By Registered or Certified Mail:       By Hand Delivery:         By Overnight Courier:
     Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.         Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.      Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
   Corporate Trust Operations     Corporate Trust Operations  Corporate Trust Operations
          MAC N9303-121               Sixth and Marquette         Sixth and Marquette
          P.O. Box 1517                  MAC N9303-121               MAC N9303-121
   Minneapolis, MN 55480-1517        Minneapolis, MN 55479       Minneapolis, MN 55479

By Facsimile Transmission Number (authorized institutions only):


(612) 667-4927
Attention: Corporate Trust Operations

Confirm by Telephone:
1-800-344-5128

DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH IN THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY


AND IN THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL ARE COMPLETED.

This form is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on the Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an "Eligible Institution" under the instructions thereto, such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided in the signature box on the Letter of Transmittal.

2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus and in Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal.

The undersigned understands that tenders of Original Notes will be accepted only in authorized denominations. The undersigned understands that tenders of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may not be withdrawn after the Expiration Date. Tenders of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date or if the Exchange Offer is terminated or as otherwise provided in the Prospectus.

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned under this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, trustees in bankruptcy and other legal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned hereby tenders the Original Notes listed below:

CERTIFICATE NUMBER(S) (IF KNOWN) OF ORIGINAL NOTES OR
  IF ORIGINAL NOTES WILL BE DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY    AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL  AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
  TRANSFER AT THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, INSERT     AMOUNT REPRESENTED     AMOUNT TENDERED
                     ACCOUNT NO.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

Signatures of Registered Holder(s) or
Authorized Signatory:                           Date:                      , 2004
                      ------------------------       ----------------------

                                                Address:
----------------------------------------------          ---------------------------------------

Name of Registered Holder(s):
                             -----------------  -----------------------------------------------

                                                Area Code and Telephone No.:
----------------------------------------------                              -------------------

3

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly as the name(s) appear(s) on certificates for Original Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of Original Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.

Please print name(s) and address(es)

Name(s):


Capacity (Full Title):
Address(es):



GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program and is an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees deposit with the Exchange Agent of the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Original Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption "The exchange offer -- Guaranteed delivery procedures" and in the Letter of Transmittal) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., eastern standard time, on the fifth New York Stock Exchange trading day following the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

Name of Firm:

             --------------------------  ---------------------------------------
                                         Authorized Signature

Address:
        -------------------------------

                                         Name:
---------------------------------------       ----------------------------------

Area Code and Telephone No.:             Title:
                            -----------        ---------------------------------

                                         Date:                          , 2004
                                              --------------------------

DO NOT SEND ORIGINAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF
ORIGINAL NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO, AND BE ACCOMPANIED
BY, AN EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

4

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedures, see Instruction 2 of the Letter of Transmittal.

2. SIGNATURES ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Original Notes referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Original Notes, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Original Notes listed or a participant of DTC, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the Original Notes or signed as the name of the participant shown on DTC's security position listing.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit with the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Guarantors of such person's authority to so act.

3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

5

EXHIBIT 99.3

LETTER TO CLIENTS

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
($300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)

To Our Clients:

We are enclosing herewith (i) a Prospectus dated ________, 2004 of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the "Company"), (ii) a related Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer") relating to the offer by the Company to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Original Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer and (iii) a Letter of Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner (the "Instruction Letter").

PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON ________, 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT CONDITIONED UPON ANY MINIMUM NUMBER OF ORIGINAL NOTES BEING TENDERED.

We are the holder of record and/or Depository Trust Company participant of Original Notes held by us for your account. A tender of such Original Notes can be made only by us as the record holder and/or Depository Trust Company participant and pursuant to your instructions. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to tender Original Notes held by us for your account.

We request instructions as to whether you wish to tender any or all of the Original Notes held by us for your account pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. We also request that you confirm that we may make on your behalf the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal. In this regard, please complete the enclosed Instruction Letter and return it to us as soon as practicable.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Original Notes (a "Holder") will represent to the Company that (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the Holder and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the Holder and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the Holder


is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes received in respect of such Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Very truly yours,

Trinity Industries, Inc.


EXHIBIT 99.4

INSTRUCTIONS FROM BENEFICIAL OWNER
TO REGISTERED HOLDERS AND
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY PARTICIPANTS

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

To Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants:

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated ________, 2004 (the "Prospectus") of Trinity Industries, Inc. (the "Company"), and accompanying Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which, together with the Prospectus, constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for each $1,000 principal amount of its outstanding 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Original Notes"). Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

This will instruct you, the registered holder and/or Depository Trust Company participant, as to the action to be taken by you relating to the Exchange Offer with respect to the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

The aggregate face amount of the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned is (fill in amount): $___________ of the Original Notes.

With respect to the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby instructs you (check one of the following boxes):

[ ] To TENDER the following Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned (insert principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered (if any)):

$___________ of the Original Notes.*

or

[ ] NOT to TENDER any Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned.

* Exchange Notes and the untendered portion of Original Notes must be in minimum denominations of integral multiples of $1,000.

If the undersigned instructs you to tender Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations that (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, (ii) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes,


(iii) the undersigned and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and
(y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the undersigned and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and (v) neither the undersigned nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the undersigned pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes received in respect of such Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

SIGN HERE

Name of beneficial owner(s) (please print)

Signature(s):

Address:

Telephone Number:

Taxpayer identification or Social Security Number:

Date:


EXHIBIT 99.5

LETTER TO REGISTERED HOLDERS AND
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY PARTICIPANTS

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 6-1/2% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014
($300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OUTSTANDING)

To Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants:

We are enclosing herewith the material listed below relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") by Trinity Industries, Inc. (the "Company") to exchange up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6-1/2% Senior Notes due 2014 (the "Original Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus dated __________, 2004 and the related Letter of Transmittal.

Enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents:

1. Prospectus dated _________, 2004;

2. Letter of Transmittal;

3. Notice of Guaranteed Delivery;

4. Instructions from Beneficial Owner to Registered Holders and Depository Trust Company Participants; and

5. Letter to Clients, which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Original Notes in your name or in the name of your nominee, to accompany the instruction form referred to above, for obtaining such client's instruction with regard to the Exchange Offer.

WE URGE YOU TO CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS PROMPTLY. PLEASE NOTE THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., EASTERN STANDARD TIME, ON ____________, 2004 UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Original Notes being tendered.

Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, each holder of Original Notes (a "Holder") will represent to the Company that (i) the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person acquiring the Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer (if not a broker-dealer referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph) is engaging or intends to engage in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and none of them have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes, (iii) the Holder and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledge and agree that any person participating in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (x) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction of the Exchange Notes acquired by such person and (y) cannot rely on the position of the staff of


the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") set forth in the Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation no-action letter (available May 13, 1988) or similar letters, (iv) the Holder and each person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer understand that a secondary resale transaction described in clause (iii) above should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and
(v) neither the Holder nor any person receiving any Exchange Notes directly or indirectly from the Holder pursuant to the Exchange Offer is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act. If the Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes received in respect of such Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the Holder will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The enclosed Instruction to Registered Holder from Beneficial Owner contains an authorization by beneficial owner of Original Notes held by you to make the foregoing representations and warranties on behalf of such beneficial owner.

The Company will not pay any fee or commissions to any broker or dealer or to any other persons (other than the exchange agent for the Exchange Offer) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, on the transfer of Original Notes to it, except as otherwise provided in Instruction 7 of the enclosed Letter of Transmittal.

Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer may be addressed to, and additional copies of the enclosed materials may be obtained from, the Exchange Agent at:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Operations
Sixth and Marquette
MAC N9303-121
Minneapolis, MN 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust Operations
By Facsimile: (612) 667-4927
By Telephone: 1-800-344-5128

Very truly yours,

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN.


EXHIBIT 99.6

_________________, 2004

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
505 Main Street, Suite 301
Fort Worth, Texas 76102
Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Re: Exchange Agent Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Trinity Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to make an offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange up to $300,000,000 of its 6-1/2% senior notes due 2014 (the "Original Notes") for up to $300,000,000 of its registered 6-1/2% senior notes due 2014 (the "Exchange Notes"). The terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as currently contemplated are set forth in a prospectus, dated ____________, 2004 (the "Prospectus"), proposed to be distributed to all record holders of the Original Notes. All capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

The Company hereby appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to act as exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") in connection with the Exchange Offer. References herein to "you" shall refer to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

The Exchange Offer is expected to be commenced by the Company on or about ___________, 2004. The letter of transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal") accompanying the Prospectus (or in the case of book-entry notes, the Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") of The Depository Trust Company (the "DTC")) is to be used by the holders of the Original Notes to accept the Exchange Offer and contains instructions with respect to the delivery of Original Notes tendered in connection therewith.

The Exchange Offer shall expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ____________, 2004 or on such subsequent date or time to which the Company may extend the Exchange Offer (the "Expiration Date"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, the Company expressly reserves the right to extend the Exchange Offer from time to time and may extend the Exchange Offer by giving oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice to you before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the business day following the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Original Notes not theretofore accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer specified in the Prospectus under the caption "The exchange offer - Conditions to the exchange offer." The Company will give oral (promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of any amendment, termination or non-acceptance to you as promptly as practicable.


In carrying out your duties as Exchange Agent, you are to act in accordance with the following instructions:

1. You will perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in the section of the Prospectus captioned "The exchange offer," in the Letter of Transmittal or as specifically set forth herein; provided, however, that in no way will your general duty to act in good faith be discharged by the foregoing.

2. You will establish a book-entry account with respect to the Original Notes at the DTC for purposes of the Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of the Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the DTC's systems may make book-entry delivery of the Original Notes by causing the DTC to transfer such Original Notes into your account in accordance with the DTC's procedure for such transfer.

3. You are to examine each of the Letters of Transmittal and certificates for Original Notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at the DTC) and any other documents delivered or mailed to you by or for holders of the Original Notes to ascertain whether: (i) the Letters of Transmittal and any such other documents are duly executed and properly completed and delivered in accordance with instructions set forth therein; and (ii) the Original Notes have otherwise been properly tendered. In each case where the Letter of Transmittal or any other document has been improperly completed or executed or any of the certificates for Original Notes are not in proper form for transfer or some other irregularity in connection with the acceptance of the Exchange Offer exists, you will endeavor to inform the presenters of the need for fulfillment of all requirements and to take any other action as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to cause such irregularity to be corrected.

4. With the approval of the Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, or Vice President, Legal Affairs of the Company (such approval, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) or any other party designated in writing, by such officers, you are authorized to waive any irregularities in connection with any tender of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

5. Tenders of Original Notes may be made only as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and in the section of the Prospectus captioned "The exchange offer -- Procedures for tendering original notes," and Original Notes shall be considered properly tendered and delivered to you only when tendered and delivered in accordance with the procedures set forth therein. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, Original Notes that the Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, or Vice President, Legal Affairs of the Company shall approve as having been properly tendered and delivered shall be considered to be properly tendered and delivered (provided such approval, if given orally, shall be promptly confirmed in writing).

6. You shall advise the Company with respect to any Original Notes received subsequent to the Expiration Date and accept its instructions with respect to disposition of such Original Notes.

- 2 -

7. You shall accept tenders:

(a) in cases where the Original Notes are registered in two or more names only if signed by all named holders;

(b) in cases where the signing person (as indicated on the Letter of Transmittal) is acting in a fiduciary or a representative capacity only when proper evidence of his or her authority so to act is submitted; and

(c) from persons other than the registered holder of Original Notes, provided that customary transfer requirements, including payment of any applicable transfer taxes, are fulfilled.

You shall accept partial tenders of Original Notes where so indicated and as permitted in the Letter of Transmittal and deliver certificates for Original Notes to the registrar for split-up and return any untendered Original Notes to the holder (or such other person as may be designated in the Letter of Transmittal) as promptly as practicable after expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

8. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify you (such notice, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of its acceptance, promptly after the Expiration Date, of all Original Notes properly tendered and you, on behalf of the Company, will exchange Exchange Notes for such Original Notes properly tendered (and not withdrawn, or if withdrawn, validly retendered) pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Delivery of Exchange Notes will be made on behalf of the Company by you at the rate of $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes for each $1,000 principal amount of the corresponding series of Original Notes tendered promptly after notice (such notice if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) of acceptance of said Original Notes by the Company; provided, however, that in all cases, Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be exchanged only after timely receipt by you of certificates for such Original Notes (or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at the DTC), a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof) or a properly transmitted agent's message transmitted through ATOP with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents. You shall issue Exchange Notes only in denominations of $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof.

9. You are directed to cancel and shall maintain in your custody all Original Notes, together with any Letters of Transmittal and related documents you may receive that (in each case) have been accepted by the Company for exchange. Upon the termination of this letter agreement, you shall forward to the Company all documents you received in connection with the accepted tenders of the Original Notes (including any Original Notes and Letters of Transmittal, telegrams or facsimile transmissions which may be presented) with respect to which an exchange has been effectuated. Such deliveries shall be effectuated by courier or other means acceptable to the Company and shall be at the sole cost and risk of the Company.

- 3 -

10. Tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer are irrevocable, except that, subject to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

11. The Company shall not be required to exchange Exchange Notes for any Original Notes tendered if any of the conditions set forth in the Prospectus are not met. Notice of any decision by the Company not to exchange Exchange Notes for any Original Notes tendered shall be given (and, if given orally, to be promptly confirmed in writing) by the Company to you. The Company expressly reserves the right in its sole discretion, to delay acceptance for exchange of Original Notes in order to comply, in whole or in part, with any applicable law.

12. If, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company does not accept for exchange all or part of the Original Notes tendered because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The exchange offer -- Conditions to the exchange offer" or otherwise, you shall as soon as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer return those unaccepted Original Notes (or effect appropriate book-entry transfers), together with any related required documents and the Letters of Transmittal relating thereto that are in your possession, to the persons who deposited them.

13. All certificates representing reissued Original Notes, unaccepted Original Notes or Exchange Notes shall be transmitted by first class mail, postage prepaid, unless otherwise directed.

14. You are not authorized to pay or offer to pay any concessions, commissions or solicitation fees to any broker, dealer, bank or other persons or to engage or utilize any person to solicit tenders.

15. As Exchange Agent hereunder you:

(a) shall not be liable for any action or omission to act unless the same constitutes your own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, and IN NO EVENT SHALL YOU BE LIABLE TO A SECURITY HOLDER, THE COMPANY OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS, ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LETTER AGREEMENT;

(b) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein or as may be subsequently agreed to in writing between you and the Company;

(c) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any of the certificates or the Original Notes represented thereby deposited with you pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and will not be required to and will make no representation as to the validity, value or genuineness of the Exchange Offer;

- 4 -

(d) shall not be obligated to take any legal action hereunder which might in your judgment involve any expense or liability, unless you shall have been furnished with indemnity reasonably satisfactory to you;

(e) may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telegram or other document or security delivered to you and believed by you in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons;

(f) may act upon any tender, statement, request, document, agreement, certificate or other instrument whatsoever not only as to its due execution and validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein, which you shall in good faith believe to be genuine or to have been signed or presented by the proper person or persons;

(g) may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in acting upon written or oral instructions from any authorized officer of the Company;

(h) may consult with counsel of your selection with respect to any questions relating to your duties and responsibilities and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by you hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel; and

(i) shall not advise any person tendering Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer as to the wisdom of making such tender or as to the market value or decline or appreciation in market value of any Original Notes.

16. You shall take such actions as may from time to time be requested by the Company (and such other actions as you may deem appropriate) to furnish copies of the Prospectus, Letter of Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as defined in the Prospectus) or such other forms as may be approved from time to time by the Company, to all persons requesting such documents and to accept and comply with telephone requests for information relating to the Exchange Offer, provided that such information shall relate only to the procedures for accepting (or withdrawing from) the Exchange Offer. The Company will furnish you with copies of such documents upon request. All other requests for information relating to the Exchange Offer shall be directed to the Company, Attention: Michael G. Fortado, Vice President and Secretary, with a copy provided to Haynes and Boone, LLP, Attention: W. Scott Wallace, Esq.

17. You shall advise by facsimile transmission Michael G. Fortado, Vice President and Secretary of the Company (at the facsimile number 214-589-8824), with copy to W. Scott Wallace, Esq. of Haynes and Boone, LLP (at facsimile number 214-200-0674), and such other person or persons as the Company may request, daily (and more frequently during the week immediately preceding the Expiration Date if requested) up to and including the Expiration Date, as to the number of Original Notes which have been tendered and delivered pursuant to the

- 5 -

Exchange Offer and the items received by you pursuant to this letter agreement, separately reporting and giving cumulative totals as to items properly received and items improperly received. In addition, you will also inform, and cooperate in making available to, the Company, Haynes and Boone, LLP (legal counsel to the Company) and any such other person or persons as the Company may request upon oral request made from time to time prior to the Expiration Date of such other information as they may reasonably request. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, the granting by you to the Company and such person or persons as the Company may request of access to those persons on your staff who are responsible for receiving tenders, in order to ensure that immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Company shall have received information in sufficient detail to enable it to decide whether to extend the Exchange Offer. You shall prepare a final list of all persons whose tenders were accepted, the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes tendered, and the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes accepted, and deliver such list to the Company, Attention: Michael G. Fortado, and Haynes and Boone, LLP, Attention: W. Scott Wallace, Esq.

18. Letters of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery shall be stamped by you as to the date and, after the expiration of the Exchange Offer, the time, of receipt thereof and shall be preserved by you for a period of time at least equal to the period of time you preserve other records pertaining to the transfer of securities. You shall dispose of unused Letters of Transmittal and other surplus materials by returning them to the Company.

19. For services rendered as Exchange Agent hereunder, you shall be entitled to such compensation as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto. You will present the Company with an invoice for payment promptly after the termination of this letter agreement. Payment shall be made by the Company promptly after receipt of the invoice. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this letter agreement.

20. You hereby acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Any inconsistency between this letter agreement, on the one hand, and the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (as they may be amended from time to time), on the other hand, shall be resolved in favor of the latter two documents, except with respect to your duties, liabilities and indemnification as Exchange Agent.

21. The Company covenants and agrees to fully indemnify and hold you harmless against any and all loss, liability, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred in good faith without negligence or willful misconduct on your part, arising out of or in connection with any act, omission, delay or refusal made by you in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice, instruction or other instrument or document believed by you in good faith to be valid, genuine and sufficient and in accepting any tender of Original Notes believed by you in good faith to be authorized, and in delaying or refusing in good faith to accept any tender of Original Notes. In each case, the Company shall be notified by you, by letter or facsimile transmission, of the written assertion of a claim against you or of any other action commenced against you, promptly after you shall have received any such written assertion or shall have been served with a summons in connection therewith. The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any such claim or other action and, if the Company so elects, the Company shall assume the defense

- 6 -

of any suit brought to enforce any such claim. In the event that the Company shall assume the defense of any such suit, the Company shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of any additional counsel thereafter retained by you, so long as the Company shall retain counsel selected by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to you to defend such suit, and so long as you have not determined, in your reasonable judgment after consultation with independent counsel, that a conflict of interest exists between you and the Company. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this letter agreement.

22. You shall arrange to comply with all requirements under the tax laws of the United States, including those relating to missing Tax Identification Numbers, and shall file any appropriate reports with the Internal Revenue Service.

23. You shall deliver or cause to be delivered, in a timely manner to each governmental authority to which any transfer taxes are payable in respect of the exchange of Original Notes, a check from the Company in the amount of all transfer taxes so payable; provided, however, that you shall promptly reimburse the Company for amounts refunded to you in respect of your payment of any such transfer taxes, at such time as such refund is received by you.

24. This letter agreement and your appointment as Exchange Agent hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state, and without regard to conflicts of law principles, and shall inure to the benefit of, and the obligations created hereby shall be binding upon, the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

25. This letter agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

26. In case any provision of this letter agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

27. This letter agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be modified, amended, rescinded, cancelled or waived, in whole or in part, except by a written instrument signed by a duly authorized representative of the party to be charged. This letter agreement may not be modified orally.

28. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests and other communications to either party hereto shall be in writing (including facsimile or similar writing) and shall be given to such party, addressed to it, at its address or facsimile number set forth below:

If to the Company, to:

Trinity Industries, Inc.

2525 Stemmons Freeway

- 7 -

Dallas, Texas 75207-2401 Phone: (214) 631-4420 Facsimile: (214) 589-8824 Attention: Michael G. Fortado

With a copy, to:

Haynes and Boone, LLP
901 Main Street, Suite 3100 Dallas, Texas 75202
Phone: (214) 651-5000 Facsimile: (214) 200-0674 Attention: W. Scott Wallace, Esq.

If to the Exchange Agent, to:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 505 Main Street, Suite 301 Fort Worth, Texas 76102 Phone: (817) 334-7065 Facsimile: (817) 885-8650 Attention: Corporate Trust Services

29. Unless terminated earlier by the parties hereto, this letter agreement shall terminate 90 days following the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 18 and 20 shall survive the termination of this letter agreement. Upon any termination of this letter agreement, you shall promptly deliver to the Company any certificates, funds or property then held by you as Exchange Agent under this letter agreement.

30. This letter agreement shall be binding and effective as of the date hereof.

Please acknowledge receipt of this letter agreement and confirm the arrangements herein provided by signing and returning the enclosed copy.

TRINITY INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

- 8 -

Accepted as of the date
first above written:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Exchange Agent

By:
Name: Melissa Scott
Title: Vice President

- 9 -